e10vq
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-Q
 
(Mark One)
     
þ   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended July 3, 2011
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number: 1-4219
Harbinger Group Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  74-1339132
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor
New York, NY

(Address of principal executive offices)
  10022
(Zip Code)
(212) 906-8555
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ or No o.
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o or No o.
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large Accelerated Filer o   Accelerated Filer þ   Non-accelerated Filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o or No þ
     There were 139,284,286 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of August 10, 2011.
 
 

 


 

HARBINGER GROUP INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
       
       
    3  
    4  
    5  
    6  
    6  
    7  
    9  
    13  
    18  
    22  
    23  
    24  
    27  
    27  
    29  
    31  
    32  
    33  
    35  
    36  
    37  
    40  
    42  
    44  
    46  
    46  
    47  
    67  
    71  
       
    76  
    76  
    113  
    113  
    113  
    113  
    137  
 EX-3.4
 EX-3.5
 EX-10.2
 EX-10.3
 EX-10.5
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2

2


Table of Contents

PART I: FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.   Financial Statements
HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)
                 
    July 3,     September 30,  
    2011     2010 (A)  
    (Unaudited)          
ASSETS
Consumer Products and Other:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 449,190     $ 256,831  
Short-term investments
    140,045       53,965  
Receivables, net
    411,248       406,447  
Inventories, net
    548,376       530,342  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    95,757       94,078  
 
           
Total current assets
    1,644,616       1,341,663  
Properties, net
    216,690       201,309  
Goodwill
    621,907       600,055  
Intangibles, net
    1,751,812       1,769,360  
Deferred charges and other assets
    110,747       103,808  
 
           
 
    4,345,772       4,016,195  
 
           
Insurance:
               
Investments:
               
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value
    15,714,228        
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value
    310,345        
Derivative investments
    205,185        
Other invested assets
    40,853        
 
           
Total investments
    16,270,611        
Cash and cash equivalents
    740,623        
Accrued investment income
    202,295        
Reinsurance recoverable
    1,626,233        
Intangibles, net
    501,820        
Deferred tax assets
    182,125        
Other assets
    50,346        
 
           
 
    19,574,053        
 
           
Total assets
  $ 23,919,825     $ 4,016,195  
 
           
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Consumer Products and Other:
               
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 26,677     $ 20,710  
Accounts payable
    310,109       333,683  
Accrued and other current liabilities
    272,383       313,617  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    609,169       668,010  
Long-term debt
    2,218,958       1,723,057  
Equity conversion option of preferred stock
    79,740        
Employee benefit obligations
    96,644       97,946  
Deferred tax liabilities
    312,789       277,843  
Other liabilities
    61,794       71,512  
 
           
 
    3,379,094       2,838,368  
 
           
Insurance:
               
Contractholder funds
    14,684,482        
Future policy benefits
    3,626,275        
Liability for policy and contract claims
    77,303        
Note payable
    95,000        
Other liabilities
    466,029        
 
           
 
    18,949,089        
 
           
Total liabilities
    22,328,183       2,838,368  
 
           
 
               
Commitments and contingencies
               
 
               
Temporary equity:
               
Redeemable preferred stock
    186,219        
 
           
 
               
Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock
    1,392       1,392  
Additional paid-in capital
    867,061       855,767  
Accumulated deficit
    (44,661 )     (150,309 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    102,828       (5,195 )
 
           
Total Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders’ equity
    926,620       701,655  
Noncontrolling interest
    478,803       476,172  
 
           
Total permanent equity
    1,405,423       1,177,827  
 
           
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 23,919,825     $ 4,016,195  
 
           
 
(A)   Derived from the audited consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2010.
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

3


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)
                                 
    Three Month Period Ended     Nine Month Period Ended  
    July 3, 2011     July 4, 2010     July 3, 2011     July 4, 2010  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Revenues:
                               
Consumer Products and Other:
                               
Net sales
  $ 804,635     $ 653,486     $ 2,359,586     $ 1,778,012  
 
                       
Insurance:
                               
Premiums
    25,118             25,118        
Net investment income
    176,885             176,885        
Net investment gains
    1,228             1,228        
Insurance and investment product fees and other
    26,424             26,424        
 
                       
 
    229,655             229,655        
 
                       
Total revenues
    1,034,290       653,486       2,589,241       1,778,012  
 
                       
Operating costs and expenses:
                               
Consumer Products and Other:
                               
Cost of goods sold
    510,941       400,617       1,511,215       1,131,101  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    222,939       193,781       690,493       523,293  
 
                       
 
    733,880       594,398       2,201,708       1,654,394  
 
                       
Insurance:
                               
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves
    129,959             129,959        
Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals
    28,595             28,595        
Amortization of intangibles
    21,340             21,340        
 
                       
 
    179,894             179,894        
 
                       
Total operating costs and expenses
    913,774       594,398       2,381,602       1,654,394  
 
                       
Operating income
    120,516       59,088       207,639       123,618  
Interest expense
    (51,904 )     (132,238 )     (192,650 )     (230,130 )
Bargain purchase gain from business acquisition
    134,668             134,668        
Other income (expense), net
    7,086       (1,312 )     7,049       (8,296 )
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before reorganization items and income taxes
    210,366       (74,462 )     156,706       (114,808 )
Reorganization items expense, net
                      3,646  
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    210,366       (74,462 )     156,706       (118,454 )
Income tax expense
    3,720       12,460       63,906       45,016  
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    206,646       (86,922 )     92,800       (163,470 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                      (2,735 )
 
                       
Net income (loss)
    206,646       (86,922 )     92,800       (166,205 )
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
    13,015       (35,304 )     (18,811 )     (35,304 )
 
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest
    193,631       (51,618 )     111,611       (130,901 )
Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion
    5,963             5,963        
 
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to common and participating preferred stockholders
  $ 187,668     $ (51,618 )   $ 105,648     $ (130,901 )
 
                       
 
                               
Basic and diluted income (loss) per common share attributable to controlling interest:
                               
Continuing operations
  $ 1.03     $ (0.39 )   $ 0.58     $ (0.98 )
Discontinued operations
                      (0.02 )
 
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 1.03     $ (0.39 )   $ 0.58     $ (1.00 )
 
                       
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

4


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
                 
    Nine Month Period Ended  
    July 3, 2011     July 4, 2010  
    (Unaudited)  
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ 92,800     $ (166,205 )
Loss from discontinued operations
          (2,735 )
 
           
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    92,800       (163,470 )
Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash used in continuing operating activities:
               
Bargain purchase gain from business acquisition
    (134,668 )      
Depreciation of properties
    34,785       39,488  
Amortization of intangibles
    64,413       31,744  
Stock-based compensation
    22,902       12,280  
Amortization of debt issuance costs
    9,876       6,657  
Amortization of debt discount
    4,105       17,358  
Write off of debt issuance costs on retired debt
    15,420       6,551  
Write off of unamortized discount on retired debt
    8,950       59,162  
Deferred income taxes
    68,951       12,000  
Interest credited/index credits to contractholder account balances
    80,563        
Amortization of fixed maturity discounts and premiums
    35,221        
Net recognized gains on investments and derivatives
    (8,985 )      
Charges assessed to contractholders for mortality and administration
    (14,259 )      
Deferred policy acquisition costs
    (17,293 )      
Cash transferred to reinsurer
    (25,907 )      
Administrative related reorganization items
          3,646  
Payments for administrative related reorganization items
          (47,173 )
Non-cash increase to cost of goods sold due to fresh-start reporting inventory valuation
          34,865  
Non-cash interest expense on 12% Notes
          20,317  
Non-cash restructuring and related charges
    8,312       10,355  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Receivables
    (3,996 )     (2,736 )
Inventories
    (17,340 )     (50,200 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (11,695 )     (855 )
Accrued investment income
    12,227        
Reinsurance recoverable
    (71,766 )      
Accounts payable and accrued and other current liabilities
    (114,782 )     (53,251 )
Future policy benefits
    (5,736 )      
Liability for policy and contract claims
    16,903        
Other operating
    (92,425 )     18,479  
 
           
Net cash used in continuing operating activities
    (43,424 )     (44,783 )
Net cash used in discontinued operating activities
    (291 )     (9,812 )
 
           
Net cash used in operating activities
    (43,715 )     (54,595 )
 
           
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Proceeds from investments sold, matured or repaid
    1,114,541        
Cost of investments acquired
    (1,254,487 )      
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    684,417       (2,577 )
Capital expenditures
    (27,649 )     (17,392 )
Cash acquired in common control transaction
          65,780  
Proceeds from sales of assets
    7,185       260  
Other investing activities, net
    (2,369 )      
 
           
Net cash provided by investing activities
    521,638       46,071  
 
           
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from senior secured notes
    498,459        
Proceeds from preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs
    269,000        
Proceeds from new senior credit facilities, excluding new revolving credit facility, net of discount
          1,474,755  
Payment of extinguished senior credit facilities, excluding old revolving credit facility
    (93,400 )     (1,278,760 )
Reduction of other debt
    (905 )     (8,366 )
Proceeds from other debt financing
    15,349       51,849  
Debt issuance costs, net of refund
    (26,976 )     (54,931 )
Revolving credit facility activity
    55,000       (33,225 )
Payment of supplemental loan
          (45,000 )
Prepayment penalty
    (7,500 )      
Contractholder account deposits
    241,075        
Contractholder account withdrawals
    (491,182 )      
Other financing activities, net
    (1,447 )     (2,207 )
 
           
Net cash provided by financing activities
    457,473       104,115  
 
           
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (2,414 )     (7,086 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents due to Venezuela hyperinflation
          (5,640 )
 
           
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    932,982       82,865  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    256,831       97,800  
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 1,189,813     $ 180,665  
 
           
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents — Consumer Products and Other
  $ 449,190     $ 180,665  
Cash and cash equivalents — Insurance
    740,623        
 
           
Total cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 1,189,813     $ 180,665  
 
           
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

5


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands, except per share figures)
(1) Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
Harbinger Group Inc. (“HGI” and, prior to June 16, 2010, its accounting predecessor as described below, collectively with their respective subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a diversified holding company that is 93.3% owned by Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the “Master Fund”), Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. (together, the “Principal Stockholders”), not giving effect to the conversion of the Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) or the Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A-2 Preferred Stock”) discussed in Note 9 and Note 22. HGI’s shares of common stock trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “HRG.”
HGI is focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in companies that operate across a diversified set of industries. The Company has identified the following six sectors in which it intends to pursue investment opportunities: consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecommunications, agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources. In addition, the Company owns 98% of Zap.Com Corporation (“Zap.Com”), a public shell company that may seek assets or businesses to acquire.
On January 7, 2011, HGI completed the acquisition (the “Spectrum Brands Acquisition”) of a controlling financial interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (“Spectrum Brands”) under the terms of a contribution and exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with the Principal Stockholders. The Principal Stockholders contributed approximately 54.5% of the then outstanding Spectrum Brands common stock to the Company and, in exchange for such contribution, the Company issued to the Principal Stockholders 119,910 shares of its common stock. As of July 3, 2011, the Principal Stockholders directly owned approximately 12.8% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands common stock. On July 20, 2011 and July 29, 2011, the Principal Stockholders sold approximately 5,495 and 824 shares, respectively, of the Spectrum Brands common stock they held and Spectrum Brands sold approximately 1,000 and 150 newly-issued shares, respectively, of its common stock in a public offering. As a result, the Company’s and the Principal Stockholders’ ownership of the outstanding common stock of Spectrum Brands was reduced to 53% and 0.3%, respectively.
Spectrum Brands was formed in connection with the combination (the “SB/RH Merger”) of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (“SBI”), a global branded consumer products company, and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (“Russell Hobbs”), a global branded small appliance company. The SB/RH Merger was consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the SB/RH Merger, both SBI and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SBI. Prior to the SB/RH Merger, the Principal Stockholders owned approximately 40% and 100% of the outstanding common stock of SBI and Russell Hobbs, respectively. Spectrum Brands issued an approximately 65% controlling financial interest to the Principal Stockholders and an approximately 35% noncontrolling financial interest to other stockholders (other than the Principal Stockholders) in the SB/RH Merger. Spectrum Brands trades on the NYSE under the symbol “SPB.”
Immediately prior to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Principal Stockholders held controlling financial interests in both HGI and Spectrum Brands. As a result, the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is considered a transaction between entities under common control under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805 — “Business Combinations,” and is accounted for similar to the pooling of interest method. In accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 805, the assets and liabilities transferred between entities under common control are recorded by the receiving entity based on their carrying amounts (or at the historical cost basis of the parent, if these amounts differ). Although HGI was the issuer of shares in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, during the historical periods presented Spectrum Brands was an operating business and HGI was not. Therefore, Spectrum Brands has been reflected as the predecessor and receiving entity in the Company’s financial statements to provide a more meaningful presentation of the transaction to the Company’s stockholders. Accordingly, the Company’s financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect as the Company’s historical financial statements, those of SBI prior to June 16, 2010 and the combination of Spectrum Brands, HGI and HGI’s other subsidiaries thereafter. HGI’s assets and liabilities have been recorded at the Principal Stockholders’ basis as of June 16, 2010, the date that common control was first established. As SBI was the accounting acquirer in the SB/RH Merger, the financial statements of SBI are included as the Company’s predecessor entity for periods preceding the June 16, 2010 date of the SB/RH Merger.
In connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Company changed its fiscal year end from December 31 to September 30 to

6


Table of Contents

conform to the fiscal year end of Spectrum Brands. As a result of this change in fiscal year end, the Company’s quarterly reporting periods for fiscal year 2011, subsequent to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, ended on April 3, 2011 and July 3, 2011.
As discussed further in Note 17, on April 6, 2011 (the “FGL Acquisition Date”), the Company acquired Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (formerly, Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“FGL”), from OM Group (UK) Limited (“OMGUK”). Such acquisition (the “FGL Acquisition”) has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of FGL’s operations have been included in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements commencing April 6, 2011.
FGL’s primary business is the sale of individual life insurance products and annuities through independent agents, managing general agents, and specialty brokerage firms and in selected institutional markets. FGL’s principal products are deferred annuities (including fixed indexed annuities), immediate annuities and life insurance products. FGL markets products through its wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company (“FGL Insurance”) and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York (“FGL Insurance NY”), which together are licensed in all fifty states and the District of Columbia.
As a result of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the FGL Acquisition, the Company currently operates in two business segments, consumer products and insurance (see Note 21 for segment data).
The accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company (which present SBI as the accounting predecessor prior to June 16, 2010) included herein have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of such information. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, except for the FGL purchase accounting adjustments discussed in Note 17. Although the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading, certain information and footnote disclosures, including a description of significant accounting policies normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s retrospectively adjusted annual consolidated financial statements and notes thereto which are included in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 10, 2011. The results of operations for the nine months ended July 3, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results for any subsequent periods or the entire fiscal year ending September 30, 2011.
(2) Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) and the components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, for the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 and July 4, 2010 are as follows:

7


Table of Contents

                                 
    Three Months     Nine Months  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
Net income (loss)
  $ 206,646     $ (86,922 )   $ 92,800     $ (166,205 )
 
                       
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Consumer Products and Other:
                               
Foreign currency translation
    13,139       (2,870 )     33,009       (9,306 )
Valuation allowance adjustments
    (216 )     668       860       (2,453 )
Pension liability adjustments
                      (52 )
Net unrealized (loss) on derivative instruments
    (653 )     1,548       (3,718 )     (1,850 )
 
                       
 
    12,270       (654 )     30,151       (13,661 )
 
                       
Insurance:
                               
Unrealized investment gains (losses):
                               
Changes in unrealized investment gains before reclassification adjustment
    227,381             227,381        
Net reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income
    (15,032 )           (15,032 )      
 
                       
Changes in unrealized investment gains after reclassification adjustment
    212,349             212,349        
Adjustments to intangible assets
    (71,344 )           (71,344 )      
Changes in deferred income tax asset/liability
    (49,352 )           (49,352 )      
 
                       
Net unrealized gain on investments
    91,653             91,653        
 
                       
Non-credit related other-than-temporary impairment:
                               
Changes in non-credit related other-than-temporary impairment
    (144 )           (144 )      
Adjustments to intangible assets
    48             48        
Changes in deferred income tax asset/liability
    34             34        
 
                       
Net non-credit related other-than-temporary impairment
    (62 )           (62 )      
 
                       
Net change to derive comprehensive loss for the period
    103,861       (654 )     121,742       (13,661 )
 
                       
Comprehensive income (loss)
    310,507       (87,576 )     214,542       (179,866 )
 
                       
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest:
                               
Net income (loss)
    13,015       (35,304 )     (18,811 )     (35,304 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    5,583       3,506       13,719       3,506  
 
                       
 
    18,598       (31,798 )     (5,092 )     (31,798 )
 
                       
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the controlling interest
  $ 291,909     $ (55,778 )   $ 219,634     $ (148,068 )
 
                       
Net exchange gains or losses resulting from the translation of assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are accumulated, net of taxes and noncontrolling interest, in the “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” (“AOCI”) section of HGI’s stockholders’ equity. Also included are the effects of exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term nature and transactions designated as hedges of net foreign investments.
The changes in accumulated foreign currency translation for the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 and July 4, 2010 were primarily attributable to the impact of translation of the net assets of the Company’s European and Latin American operations, primarily denominated in Euros, Pounds Sterling and Brazilian Real.
Net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities classified as available-for-sale are reduced by deferred income taxes and adjustments to intangible assets, including value of business acquired (“VOBA”) and deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”), that would have resulted had such gains and losses been realized. Changes in net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities classified as available-for-sale are recognized in other comprehensive income and loss. See Note 7 for additional disclosures regarding VOBA and DAC.

8


Table of Contents

(3) Investments
Consumer Products and Other
HGI’s short-term investments consist of (1) marketable equity and debt securities classified as trading and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recognized in earnings, including certain securities for which the Company has elected the fair value option under ASC 825, Financial Instruments, which would otherwise have been classified as available-for-sale, and (2) U.S. Treasury securities and a certificate of deposit classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. The Company’s short-term investments are summarized as follows:
                 
    July 3,     September 30,  
    2011     2010  
Trading:
               
Marketable equity securities
  $ 103,408     $  
Marketable debt securities
    778        
 
           
 
    104,186        
 
           
Held to maturity:
               
U.S. Treasury securities
    35,609       53,965  
Certificate of deposit
    250        
 
           
 
    35,859       53,965  
 
           
Total
  $ 140,045     $ 53,965  
 
           
There was $1,058 of net unrealized gains recognized in “Other income (expense), net” during the three and nine months ended July 3, 2011 that relate to trading securities held at July 3, 2011.
Insurance
FGL’s debt and equity securities have been designated as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in AOCI, net of associated VOBA, DAC and deferred income taxes. The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains (losses), and fair value of available-for-sale securities of FGL at July 3, 2011 were as follows:
                                 
            Gross Unrealized     Gross Unrealized        
    Amortized Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
Available-for-sale securities
                               
Asset-backed securities
  $ 514,291     $ 5,849     $ (261 )   $ 519,879  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    614,912       8,304       (6,341 )     616,875  
Corporates
    11,642,202       188,997       (21,909 )     11,809,290  
Equities
    308,939       3,612       (2,206 )     310,345  
Hybrids
    707,553       10,645       (4,411 )     713,787  
Municipals
    801,505       32,970       (503 )     833,972  
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    225,751       2,563       (203 )     228,111  
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    531,932       6,202       (13,298 )     524,836  
U.S. Government
    465,284       2,512       (318 )     467,478  
 
                       
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 15,812,369     $ 261,654     $ (49,450 )   $ 16,024,573  
 
                       
At July 3, 2011, Non-agency residential-mortgage-backed securities had an other-than-temporary impairment of $(144).

9


Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity available-for-sale securities by contractual maturities, as applicable, at July 3, 2011 were as follows:
                 
Corporate, Municipal and U.S. Government securities:   Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
Due in one year or less
  $ 365,252     $ 366,031  
Due after one year through five years
    2,853,640       2,886,449  
Due after five years through ten years
    4,606,324       4,685,515  
Due after ten years
    5,083,775       5,172,745  
 
           
Subtotal
    12,908,991       13,110,740  
 
           
 
               
Other securities which provide for periodic payments:            
Asset-backed securities
    514,291       519,879  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    614,912       616,875  
Hybrids
    707,553       713,787  
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    225,751       228,111  
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    531,932       524,836  
 
           
Total fixed maturity available-for-sale securities
  $ 15,503,430     $ 15,714,228  
 
           
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or pre-pay obligations.
As part of FGL’s ongoing securities monitoring process, FGL evaluates whether securities in an unrealized loss position could potentially be other-than-temporarily impaired. FGL has concluded that the declines in fair values of the securities in the sectors presented in the tables below were not other-than-temporary impairments as of July 3, 2011, except for the non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairments of non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities of $144. This conclusion is derived from the issuers’ continued satisfaction of the securities’ obligations in accordance with their contractual terms along with the expectation that they will continue to do so, including an assessment of the issuers’ financial condition, and other objective evidence. Also contributing to this conclusion is its determination that it is more likely than not that FGL will not be required to sell these securities prior to recovery. As it specifically relates to asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is at least the amount of the amortized cost basis of the security and FGL management has a lack of intent to sell these securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.
As the amortized cost of all investments was adjusted to fair value as of the FGL Acquisition Date, no individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position greater than twelve months. The fair value and gross unrealized losses, of available-for-sale securities with gross unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category, were as follows:

10


Table of Contents

                 
    July 3, 2011  
            Gross Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Losses  
Available-for-sale securities
               
Asset-backed securities
  $ 48,060     $ (261 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    271,584       (6,341 )
Corporates
    1,766,048       (21,909 )
Equities
    72,111       (2,206 )
Hybrids
    277,085       (4,411 )
Municipals
    46,997       (503 )
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    14,016       (203 )
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    350,286       (13,298 )
U.S. Government
    229,270       (318 )
 
           
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 3,075,457     $ (49,450 )
 
           
 
               
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position
            298  
 
             
At July 3, 2011, securities in an unrealized loss position were primarily concentrated in investment grade corporate debt instruments, residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Total unrealized losses were $49,450 at July 3, 2011. The unrealized loss position is primarily the result of risk premiums in finance and related sectors remaining elevated.
At July 3, 2011, securities with a fair value of $3,947 were depressed greater than 20% of amortized cost, which represented less than 1% of the carrying values of all investments. Based upon FGL’s current evaluation of these securities in accordance with its impairment policy and FGL’s intent to retain these investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery in value, FGL has determined that these securities are temporarily impaired.
For the period from April 6, 2011 to June 30, 2011, FGL recognized credit losses in operations totaling $1,259 related to non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, which experience other-than-temporary impairments that had not previously been recognized, and had an amortized cost of $12,140 and a fair value of $10,737 at the time of impairment.
Net Investment Income
The major categories of net investment income on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows:

11


Table of Contents

         
    For the period  
    April 6, 2011 to  
    July 3, 2011  
Fixed maturity available-for-sale securities
  $ 174,181  
Equity available-for-sale securities
    5,641  
Policy loans
    800  
Invested cash and short-term investments
    72  
Other investments
    (291 )
 
     
Gross investment income
    180,403  
Investment expense
    (3,518 )
 
     
Net investment income
  $ 176,885  
 
     
Net Investment Gains (Losses)
Details underlying net investment gains (losses) reported on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows:
         
    For the period  
    April 6, 2011 to  
    July 3, 2011  
Net realized gain on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities
  $ 15,137  
Realized (loss) on equity securities
    (105 )
 
     
Net realized gains on securities
    15,032  
 
     
Realized (loss) on certain derivative instruments
    (3,258 )
Unrealized (loss) on certain derivative instruments
    (10,546 )
 
     
Change in fair value of derivatives
    (13,804 )
 
     
Net investment gains
  $ 1,228  
 
     
Additional detail regarding the net realized gain on securities is as follows:
         
    For the period  
    April 6, 2011 to  
    July 3, 2011  
Total other-than-temporarily impaired
  $ (1,403 )
Portion of other-than-temporarily impaired included in other comprehensive income
    144  
 
     
 
    (1,259 )
Other investment gains
    16,291  
 
     
Net realized gains on securities
  $ 15,032  
 
     
For the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011, proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities totaled $461,506, gross gains on the sale of available-for-sale securities totaled $12,866 and gross losses totaled $1,815.
Underlying write-downs taken to residential mortgage-backed securities investments as a result of other-than-temporary impairments that were recognized in net income and included in net realized gains on available-for-sale securities above were $1,259 for the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011. The portion of other-than-temporary impairments recognized in AOCI is disclosed in Note 2.
Cash flows from investing activities by security classification were as follows:
         
    Nine Months  
    Ended  
    July 3, 2011  
Proceeds from investments sold, matured or repaid:
       
Available-for-sale
  $ 648,243  
Held-to-maturity
    70,792  
Trading
    331,417  
Derivatives and other
    64,089  
 
     
 
  $ 1,114,541  
 
     
Cost of investments acquired:
       
Available-for-sale
  $ (730,468 )
Held-to-maturity
    (52,682 )
Trading
    (433,810 )
Derivatives and other
    (37,527 )
 
     
 
  $ (1,254,487 )
 
     

12


Table of Contents

Concentrations of Financial Instruments
As of July 3, 2011, FGL’s most significant investment in one industry was FGL’s investment securities in the banking industry with a fair value of $2,049,367, or 12.6% of the invested assets portfolio. FGL utilized the industry classifications to obtain the concentration of financial instruments amount; as such, this amount will not agree to the available-for-sale securities table above. As of July 3, 2011, FGL’s exposure to sub-prime and Alternative-A residential mortgage-backed securities was $314,182 and $36,222 or 1.9% and 0.2% of FGL’s invested assets, respectively.
(4) Derivative Financial Instruments
HGI
As of July 3, 2011, the Company had outstanding Preferred Stock that contained a conversion option (see Note 9). If the Company were to issue certain equity securities at a price lower than the conversion price of the Preferred Stock, the conversion price would be adjusted to the share price of the newly issued equity securities (a “down round” provision). Therefore, in accordance with the guidance in ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, this conversion option is considered to be an embedded derivative that must be separately accounted for as a liability at fair value with any changes in fair value reported in current earnings. This embedded derivative has been bifurcated from its host contract, marked to fair value and included in “Equity conversion option of preferred stock” in the “Consumer Products and Other” sections of the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet with the change in fair value included as a component of “Other income (expense), net” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company valued the conversion feature using the Monte Carlo simulation approach, which utilizes various inputs including the Company’s stock price, volatility, risk free rate and discount yield.
The estimated fair value of the bifurcated conversion option at July 3, 2011 was $79,740. The Company recorded income of $5,960 in “Other income (expense), net” due to a change in fair value from the May 13, 2011 issue date.
Spectrum Brands
Derivative financial instruments are used by Spectrum Brands principally in the management of its interest rate, foreign currency and raw material price exposures. Spectrum Brands does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. When hedge accounting is elected at inception, Spectrum Brands formally designates the financial instrument as a hedge of a specific underlying exposure if such criteria are met, and documents both the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge. Spectrum Brands formally assesses both at the inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are effective at offsetting changes in the forecasted cash flows of the related underlying exposure. Because of the high degree of effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the underlying exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the derivative instruments are generally offset by changes in the forecasted cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged. Any ineffective portion of a financial instrument’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. For derivatives that are not designated as cash flow hedges, or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the change in the fair value is also immediately recognized in earnings.
The fair value of outstanding derivative contracts recorded in the “Consumer Products and Other” sections of the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet were as follows:

13


Table of Contents

                     
Asset Derivatives   Classification   July 3, 2011     September 30, 2010  
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                   
Commodity contracts
  Receivables   $ 1,997     $ 2,371  
Commodity contracts
  Deferred charges and other assets     1,424       1,543  
Foreign exchange contracts
  Receivables     588       20  
Foreign exchange contracts
  Deferred charges and other assets     2       55  
 
               
Total asset derivatives designated as hedging instruments
        4,011       3,989  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                   
Foreign exchange contracts
  Receivables     38        
 
               
Total asset derivatives
      $ 4,049     $ 3,989  
 
               
                     
Liability Derivatives   Classification   July 3, 2011     September 30, 2010  
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                   
Interest rate contracts
  Accounts payable   $ 2,620     $ 3,734  
Interest rate contracts
  Accrued and other current liabilities     854       861  
Interest rate contracts
  Other liabilities           2,032  
Commodity contracts
  Accounts payable     105        
Foreign exchange contracts
  Accounts payable     13,644       6,544  
Foreign exchange contracts
  Other liabilities     1,517       1,057  
 
               
Total liability derivatives designated as hedging instruments
        18,740       14,228  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                   
Foreign exchange contracts
  Accounts payable     15,520       9,698  
Foreign exchange contracts
  Other liabilities     22,669       20,887  
 
               
Total liability derivatives
      $ 56,929     $ 44,813  
 
               
Cash Flow Hedges
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of AOCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative, representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, are recognized in current earnings.
The following table summarizes the pretax impact of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 and July 4, 2010:
                                                     
                                    Amount of Gain ( Loss)      
                                    Recognized in Income on      
    Amount of Gain (Loss)     Amount of Gain (Loss)     Derivatives (Ineffective      
Derivatives in Cash
Flow Hedging
  Recognized in AOCI on
Derivatives
    Reclassified from AOCI
into Income
    Portion and Amount
Excluded from
    Location of Gain
(Loss) Recognized
Relationships   (Effective Portion)     (Effective Portion)     Effectivess Testing)     in Income on
Three Months   2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010   Derivatives
Commodity contracts
  $ (109 )   $ (4,647 )   $ 587     $ 155     $ 16     $ (73 )   Cost of goods sold
Interest rate contracts
    (42 )     (998 )     (839 )     (587 )     (44 )     (5,845) (A)   Interest expense
Foreign exchange contracts
    (11 )     (864 )     105       (216 )               Net sales
Foreign exchange contracts
    (5,011 )     5,820       (4,346 )     1,601                 Cost of goods sold
 
                                       
Total
  $ (5,173 )   $ (689 )   $ (4,493 )   $ 953     $ (28 )   $ (5,918 )    
 
                                       
                                                     
Nine Months   2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010      
Commodity contracts
  $ 1,764     $ (2,201 )   $ 1,921     $ 1,106     $ 17     $ 68     Cost of goods sold
Interest rate contracts
    (102 )     (12,644 )     (2,527 )     (3,565 )     (294 )     (5,845) (A)   Interest expense
Foreign exchange contracts
    216       (1,214 )     (102 )     (402 )               Net sales
Foreign exchange contracts
    (15,801 )     7,865       (8,438 )     1,382                 Cost of goods sold
 
                                       
Total
  $ (13,923 )   $ (8,194 )   $ (9,146 )   $ (1,479 )   $ (277 )   $ (5,777 )    
 
                                       
 
(A)   Includes $(4,305) reclassified from AOCI associated with the refinancing of the senior credit facility (see Note 8).

14


Table of Contents

Fair Value Contracts
For derivative instruments that are used to economically hedge the fair value of Spectrum Brands’ third party and intercompany foreign exchange payments, commodity purchases and interest rate payments, the gain (loss) is recognized in earnings in the period of change associated with the derivative contract. During the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 and July 4, 2010 Spectrum Brands recognized the following gains (losses) on these derivative contracts:
                                     
    Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
    Location of Gain (Loss)
Derivatives Not Designated   Three Months     Nine Months     Recognized in Income on
as Hedging Instruments   2011     2010     2011     2010     Derivatives
Commodity contracts
  $     $ (53 )   $     $ 99     Cost of goods sold
Foreign exchange contracts
    (7,578 )     (9,538 )     (17,468 )     (11,827 )   Other income (expense), net
 
                           
Total
  $ (7,578 )   $ (9,591 )   $ (17,468 )   $ (11,728 )    
 
                           
Additional Disclosures
Cash Flow Hedges
Spectrum Brands uses interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate risk. The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges with the changes in fair value recorded in AOCI and as a derivative hedge asset or liability, as applicable. The swaps settle periodically in arrears with the related amounts for the current settlement period payable to, or receivable from, the counter-parties included in accrued liabilities or receivables, respectively, and recognized in earnings as an adjustment to interest expense from the underlying debt to which the swap is designated. At July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands had a portfolio of U.S. dollar denominated interest rate swaps outstanding, which effectively fix the interest on floating rate debt (exclusive of lender spreads), as follows: 2.25% for a notional principal amount of $300,000 through December 2011 and 2.29% for a notional principal amount of $300,000 through January 2012. At September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had a portfolio of U.S. dollar-denominated interest rate swaps outstanding, which effectively fixed the interest on floating rate debt (exclusive of lender spreads), as follows: 2.25% for a notional principal amount of $300,000 through December 2011 and 2.29% for a notional principal amount of $300,000 through January 2012 (the “U.S. dollar swaps”). The derivative net loss on these contracts recorded in AOCI at July 3, 2011 was $(639), net of tax benefit of $718 and noncontrolling interest of $533. The derivative net loss on the U.S. dollar swaps contracts recorded in AOCI at September 30, 2010 was $(1,458), net of tax benefit of $1,640 and noncontrolling interest of $1,217. At July 3, 2011, the portion of derivative net losses estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months is $(639), net of tax and noncontrolling interest.
Spectrum Brands periodically enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the risk from forecasted foreign denominated third party and intercompany sales or payments. These obligations generally require Spectrum Brands to exchange foreign currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling, Australian Dollars, Brazilian Reals, Canadian Dollars or Japanese Yen. These foreign exchange contracts are cash flow hedges of fluctuating foreign exchange related to sales or product or raw material purchases. Until the sale or purchase is recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is recorded in AOCI and as a derivative hedge asset or liability, as applicable. At the time the sale or purchase is recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is reclassified as an adjustment to “Net sales” or purchase price variance in “Cost of goods sold”. At July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands had a series of foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding through September 2012 with a contract value of $270,955. At September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had a series of foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding through June 2012 with a contract value of $299,993. The derivative net loss on these contracts recorded in AOCI at July 3, 2011 was $(5,614), net of tax benefit of $4,270 and noncontrolling interest of $4,687. The derivative net loss on these contracts recorded in AOCI at September 30, 2010 was $(2,900), net of tax benefit of $2,204 and noncontrolling interest of $2,422. At July 3, 2011, the portion of derivative net losses estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months is $(5,042) net of tax and noncontrolling interest.
Spectrum Brands is exposed to risk from fluctuating prices for raw materials, specifically zinc used in its manufacturing processes. Spectrum Brands hedges a portion of the risk associated with these materials through the use of commodity swaps. The hedge contracts are designated as cash flow hedges with the fair value changes recorded in AOCI and as a hedge asset or liability, as applicable. The unrecognized changes in fair value of the hedge contracts are reclassified from AOCI into earnings when the hedged purchase of raw materials also affects earnings. The swaps effectively fix the floating price on a specified quantity of raw materials through a specified date. At July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands had

15


Table of Contents

a series of such swap contracts outstanding through September 2012 for 10 tons of raw materials with a contract value of $20,872. At September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had a series of such swap contracts outstanding through September 2012 for 15 tons of raw materials with a contract value of $28,897. The derivative net gain on these contracts recorded in AOCI at July 3, 2011 was $1,173, net of tax expense of $1,147 and noncontrolling interest of $980. The derivative net gain on these contracts recorded in AOCI at September 30, 2010 was $1,230, net of tax expense of $1,201 and noncontrolling interest of $1,026. At July 3, 2011, the portion of derivative net gains estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months is $679, net of tax and noncontrolling interest.
Fair Value Contracts
Spectrum Brands periodically enters into forward and swap foreign exchange contracts to economically hedge the risk from third party and intercompany payments resulting from existing obligations. These obligations generally require Spectrum Brands to exchange foreign currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros or Australian Dollars. These foreign exchange contracts are economic fair value hedges of a related liability or asset recorded in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The gain or loss on the derivative hedge contracts is recorded in earnings as an offset to the change in value of the related liability or asset at each period end. At July 3, 2011 and September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had $277,510 and $333,562, respectively, of notional value for such foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding.
Credit Risk
Spectrum Brands is exposed to the default risk of the counterparties with which Spectrum Brands transacts. Spectrum Brands monitors counterparty credit risk on an individual basis by periodically assessing each such counterparty’s credit rating exposure. The maximum loss due to credit risk equals the fair value of the gross asset derivatives that are primarily concentrated with a foreign financial institution counterparty. Spectrum Brands considers these exposures when measuring its credit reserve on its derivative assets, which were $62 and $75 at July 3, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively. Additionally, Spectrum Brands does not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk.
Spectrum Brands’ standard contracts do not contain credit risk related contingent features whereby Spectrum Brands would be required to post additional cash collateral as a result of a credit event. However, Spectrum Brands is typically required to post collateral in the normal course of business to offset its liability positions. At both July 3, 2011 and September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had posted cash collateral of $294 and $2,363, respectively, related to such liability positions. In addition, at both July 3, 2011 and September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had posted standby letters of credit of $2,000 and $4,000 related to such liability positions. The cash collateral is included in “Receivables, net” within the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
FGL
FGL recognizes all derivative instruments as assets or liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value and any changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognized immediately in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in Fixed Index Annuity (“FIA”) contracts, is as follows:

16


Table of Contents

         
    July 3, 2011  
Assets:
       
Derivative investments:
       
Call options
  $ 203,671  
Futures contracts
    1,514  
 
     
 
  $ 205,185  
 
     
 
       
Liabilities:
       
 
       
Contractholder funds:
       
FIA embedded derivatives
  $ 1,444,506  
Other liabilities:
       
Available-for-sale embedded derivative
    411  
 
     
 
  $ 1,444,917  
 
     
The change in fair value of derivative instruments included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations is as follows:
         
    For the period  
    April 6, 2011 to  
    July 3, 2011  
Revenues:
       
Net investment gains (losses):
       
Call options
  $ (15,400 )
Futures contracts
    1,596  
 
     
 
    (13,804 )
Net investment income:
       
Available-for-sale embedded derivatives
    8  
 
     
 
  $ (13,796 )
 
     
 
       
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves:
       
FIA embedded derivatives
  $ (21,802 )
 
     
FGL has FIA contracts that permit the holder to elect an interest rate return or an equity index linked component, where interest credited to the contracts is linked to the performance of various equity indices, primarily the S&P 500 Index. This feature represents an embedded derivative. The FIA embedded derivative is valued at fair value and included in the liability for contractholder funds in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet with changes in fair value included as a component of benefits and other changes in policy reserves in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
When FIA deposits are received from policyholders, a portion of the deposit is used to purchase derivatives consisting of a combination of call options and futures contracts on the applicable market indices to fund the index credits due to FIA contractholders. The majority of all such call options are one year options purchased to match the funding requirements of the underlying policies. On the respective anniversary dates of the index policies, the index used to compute the interest credit is reset and FGL purchases new one, two or three year call options to fund the next index credit. FGL manages the cost of these purchases through the terms of its FIA contracts, which permit FGL to change caps or participation rates, subject to guaranteed minimums on each contract’s anniversary date. The change in the fair value of the call options and futures contracts is generally designed to offset the portion of the change in the fair value of the FIA embedded derivative related to index performance. The call options and futures contracts are marked to fair value with the change in fair value included as a component of net investment gains (losses). The change in fair value of the call options and futures contracts includes the gains and losses recognized at the expiration of the instrument term or upon early termination and the changes in fair value of open positions.
Other market exposures are hedged periodically depending on market conditions and FGL’s risk tolerance. FGL’s FIA hedging

17


Table of Contents

strategy economically hedges the equity returns and exposes FGL to the risk that unhedged market exposures result in divergence between changes in the fair value of the liabilities and the hedging assets. FGL uses a variety of techniques including direct estimation of market sensitivities and value-at-risk to monitor this risk daily. FGL intends to continue to adjust the hedging strategy as market conditions and FGL’s risk tolerance change.
FGL is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by its counterparties on the call options and reflects assumptions regarding this nonperformance risk in the fair value of the call options. The nonperformance risk is the net counterparty exposure based on the fair value of the open contracts less collateral held. The credit risk associated with such agreements is minimized by purchasing such agreements from several financial institutions with ratings above “A3” from Moody’s Investor Services or “A-” from Standard and Poor’s Corporation. Additionally, FGL maintains a policy of requiring all derivative contracts to be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement.
Information regarding FGL’s exposure to credit loss on the call options it holds is presented in the following table:
                                         
            July 3, 2011        
            Notional             Collateral     Net Credit  
Counterparty   Credit Rating     Amount     Fair Value     Held     Risk  
Barclay’s Bank
  Aa3   $ 410,820     $ 20,158     $     $ 20,158  
Credit Suisse
  Aa1     436,595       22,265       19,360       2,905  
Bank of America
    A2       1,543,319       55,171             55,171  
Deutsche Bank
  Aa3     1,570,408       51,411       18,013       33,398  
Morgan Stanley
    A2       1,655,489       54,666       28,085       26,581  
 
                               
 
          $ 5,616,631     $ 203,671     $ 65,458     $ 138,213  
 
                               
In addition to the collateral presented in the table above, FGL has fixed maturity securities of $20,190 pledged as collateral by Bank of America which are considered off balance sheet and therefore not recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of July 3, 2011. FGL holds cash and cash equivalents received from counterparties for call option collateral, which is included in “Other liabilities” in the “Insurance” sections of the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. Both the cash and cash equivalents and fixed maturity securities held as collateral limit the maximum amount of loss due to credit risk that FGL would incur if parties to the call options failed completely to perform according to the terms of the contracts to $118,023 at July 3, 2011.
FGL is required to maintain minimum ratings as a matter of routine practice in its ISDA agreements. Under some ISDA agreements, FGL has agreed to maintain certain financial strength ratings. A downgrade below these levels could result in termination of the open derivative contracts between the parties, at which time any amounts payable by FGL or the counterparty would be dependent on the market value of the underlying derivative contracts. Downgrades of FGL have given multiple counterparties the right to terminate ISDA agreements. No ISDA agreements have been terminated, although the counterparties have reserved the right to terminate the ISDA agreements at any time. In certain transactions, FGL and the counterparty have entered into a collateral support agreement requiring either party to post collateral when the net exposures exceed pre-determined thresholds. These thresholds vary by counterparty and credit rating. Downgrades of FGL’s ratings have increased the threshold amount in FGL’s collateral support agreements, reducing the amount of collateral held and increasing the credit risk to which FGL is exposed.
FGL held 2,679 futures contracts at July 3, 2011. The fair value of futures contracts represents the cumulative unsettled variation margin. FGL provides cash collateral to the counterparties for the initial and variation margin on the futures contracts which is included in “Cash and cash equivalents” in the “Insurance” sections of the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. The amount of collateral held by the counterparties for such contracts at July 3, 2011 was $10,698.
(5) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s measurement of fair value is based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the asset or liability, which may include inherent risk, restrictions on the sale or use of an asset or non-performance risk, which may include the Company’s own credit risk. The Company’s estimate of an exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell the

18


Table of Contents

asset or transfer the liability (“exit price”) in the principal market, or the most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market, for that asset or liability, as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or receive a liability (“entry price”). The Company categorizes financial instruments carried at fair value into a three-level fair value hierarchy, based on the priority of inputs to the respective valuation technique. The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement is defined as follows:
Level 1 — Values are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets accessible at the measurement date.
Level 2 — Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices from those willing to trade in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for the term of the instrument. Such inputs include market interest rates and volatilities, spreads and yield curves.
Level 3 — Certain inputs are unobservable (supported by little or no market activity) and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s best estimate of what hypothetical market participants would use to determine a transaction price for the asset or liability at the reporting date based on the best information available in the circumstances.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lower level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.
When a determination is made to classify an asset or liability within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement. Because certain securities trade in less liquid or illiquid markets with limited or no pricing information, the determination of fair value for these securities is inherently more difficult. However, Level 3 fair value investments may include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 inputs, observable components, which are components that are actively quoted or can be validated to market-based sources.
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s consolidated financial instruments for which the disclosure of fair values is required were as follows (asset/(liability)):

19


Table of Contents

                                 
    July 3, 2011     September 30, 2010  
    Carrying             Carrying        
    Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
Consumer Products and Other
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 449,190     $ 449,190     $ 256,831     $ 256,833  
Short-term investments (including related interest receivable of $51 and $68)
    140,096       140,087       54,033       54,005  
Total debt
    (2,245,635 )     (2,387,693 )     (1,743,767 )     (1,868,754 )
Derivatives:
                               
Interest rate swap agreements
    (3,474 )     (3,474 )     (6,627 )     (6,627 )
Commodity swap and option agreements
    3,316       3,316       3,914       3,914  
Foreign exchange forward agreements
    (52,722 )     (52,722 )     (38,111 )     (38,111 )
Equity conversion option of preferred stock
    (79,740 )     (79,740 )            
Redeemable preferred stock, excluding equity conversion option
    (186,219 )     (214,725 )            
 
                               
Insurance
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    740,623       740,623              
Investments:
                               
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale
    15,714,228       15,714,228              
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    310,345       310,345              
Other invested assets
    40,853       40,853              
Derivatives:
                               
Call options and future contracts
    205,185       205,185              
FIA embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds
    (1,444,506 )     (1,444,506 )            
Available-for-sale embedded derivatives
    (411 )     (411 )            
Investment contracts, included in contractholder funds
    (12,280,732 )     (12,327,608 )            
Note payable
    (95,000 )     (95,000 )            
The carrying amounts of receivables, accounts payable, accrued investment income and portions of other insurance liabilities approximate fair value due to their short duration and, accordingly, they are not presented in the table above.
The fair values of cash equivalents, short-term investments, and the long-term debt set forth above are generally based on quoted or observed market prices. Contractholder funds include investment contracts which are comprised of deferred annuities, FIAs and immediate annuities. The fair value of these investment contracts is based on their approximate account values. The fair value of FGL’s note payable approximates its carrying value as it is short-term in nature and the interest rate set on it was recently negotiated.
Goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are also tested annually or if a triggering event occurs that indicates an impairment loss may have been incurred (See Note 6) using fair value measurements with unobservable inputs (Level 3).
See Note 10 with respect to fair value measurements of the Company’s pension plan assets.
Financial assets and liabilities measured and carried at fair value on a recurring basis in our financial statements are summarized, according to the hierarchy previously described, as follows (in thousands):

20


Table of Contents

                                 
As of July 3, 2011   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets
                               
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
                               
Asset-backed securities
  $     $ 131,861     $ 388,018     $ 519,879  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
          616,875             616,875  
Corporates
          11,612,764       196,526       11,809,290  
Hybrids
          708,558       5,229       713,787  
Municipals
          833,972             833,972  
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities
          224,848       3,263       228,111  
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
          505,085       19,751       524,836  
U.S. Government
    467,478                   467,478  
Fixed maturity securities — Trading
          778             778  
Equity securities — Available-for-sale
          310,345             310,345  
Equity securities — Trading
    103,408                   103,408  
Derivatives:
                               
Call options and future contracts
          205,185             205,185  
Commodity swap and option agreements
          3,316             3,316  
 
                       
Total assets carried at fair value
  $ 570,886     $ 15,153,587     $ 612,787     $ 16,337,260  
 
                       
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Derivatives:
                               
FIA embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds
  $     $     $ (1,444,506 )   $ (1,444,506 )
Available-for-sale embedded derivatives
                (411 )     (411 )
Interest rate swap agreements
          (3,474 )           (3,474 )
Foreign exchange forward agreements
          (52,722 )           (52,722 )
Equity conversion option of preferred stock
                (79,740 )     (79,740 )
 
                       
Total liabilities carried at fair value
  $     $ (56,196 )   $ (1,524,657 )   $ (1,580,853 )
 
                       
The following tables summarize changes to financial instruments carried at fair value and classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, all of which are held by FGL except for the equity conversion option of HGI’s Preferred Stock. This summary excludes any impact of amortization of VOBA and DAC. The gains and losses below may include changes in fair value due in part to observable inputs that are a component of the valuation methodology.

21


Table of Contents

                                                 
     
                  Net     Net        
    Balance at     Total Gains (Losses)     purchases,     transfer in     Balance at  
    FGL Acquisition     Included in     Included in     sales and     (out) of     end of  
For the period April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011   Date     earnings     AOCI     settlements     Level 3 (A)     period  
Assets
                                               
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
                                               
Asset-backed securities
  $ 399,967     $     $ 6,385     $ (8,128 )   $ (10,206 )   $ 388,018  
Corporates
    188,439             10,722       (2,635 )           196,526  
Hybrids
    8,305             (38 )           (3,038 )     5,229  
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    3,271             (8 )                 3,263  
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    18,519             2,351       (1,119 )           19,751  
 
                                   
Total assets at fair value
  $ 618,501     $     $ 19,412     $ (11,882 )   $ (13,244 )   $ 612,787  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Liabilities
                                               
FIA embedded derivatives, included in contractholders funds
  $ (1,466,308 )   $ 21,802     $     $     $     $ (1,444,506 )
Available-for-sale embedded derivatives
    (419 )     8                         (411 )
Equity conversion option of preferred stock
          5,960             (85,700 )           (79,740 )
 
                                   
Total liabilities at fair value
  $ (1,466,727 )   $ 27,770     $     $ (85,700 )   $     $ (1,524,657 )
 
                                   
 
(A)   The net transfers in and out of Level 3 during the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011 were exclusively to or from Level 2.
The following table presents the gross components of purchases, sales, and settlements, net, of Level 3 financial instruments from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011. There were no issuances during this period.
                                 
                            Net purchases, sales  
For the period April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011   Purchases     Sales     Settlements     and settlements  
     
Assets
                               
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
                               
Asset-backed securities
  $     $     $ (8,128 )   $ (8,128 )
Corporates
                (2,635 )     (2,635 )
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
                (1,119 )     (1,119 )
 
                       
Total assets
  $     $     $ (11,882 )   $ (11,882 )
 
                       
Liabilities
                               
Equity conversion option of preferred stock
  $     $ (85,700 )   $     $ (85,700 )
 
                       
(6) Goodwill and Intangibles of Consumer Products Segment
A summary of the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill and intangible assets of the Consumer Products Segment is as follows:
                                 
            Intangible Assets  
    Goodwill     Indefinite Lived     Amortizable     Total  
Balance at September 30, 2010
  $ 600,055     $ 857,478     $ 911,882     $ 1,769,360  
Business acquisitions (Note 17)
    10,284       1,250             1,250  
Trade name acquisition
          1,530             1,530  
Amortization during period
                (43,073 )     (43,073 )
Effect of translation
    11,568       11,459       11,286       22,745  
 
                       
Balance at July 3, 2011
  $ 621,907     $ 871,717     $ 880,095     $ 1,751,812  
 
                       

22


Table of Contents

Intangible assets are recorded at cost or at fair value if acquired in a purchase business combination. Customer relationships, proprietary technology intangibles and certain trade names are amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated useful lives of approximately four to 20 years. Excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill) and indefinite lived trade name intangibles are not amortized.
Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually at Spectrum Brands’ August financial period end, and more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred between annual impairment tests. As a result of a realignment of reporting units, goodwill and indefinite lived trade name intangibles were tested for impairment as of October 1, 2010. Spectrum Brands concluded that the fair values of its reporting units and indefinite lived trade name intangible assets were in excess of the carrying amounts of those assets and, accordingly, no impairment of goodwill or indefinite lived trade name intangibles was recorded.
Intangible assets subject to amortization include proprietary technology, customer relationships and certain trade names, which are summarized as follows:
                                                         
    July 3, 2011     September 30, 2010        
            Accumulated                     Accumulated             Amortizable  
    Cost     Amortization     Net     Cost     Amortization     Net     Life  
Technology assets
  $ 67,613     $ 11,765     $ 55,848     $ 67,097     $ 6,305     $ 60,792     8-17 years
Customer relationships
    756,804       69,077       687,727       741,016       35,865       705,151     15-20 years
Trade names
    149,700       13,180       136,520       149,689       3,750       145,939     4-12 years
 
                                           
 
  $ 974,117     $ 94,022     $ 880,095     $ 957,802     $ 45,920     $ 911,882          
 
                                           
Amortization expense for the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 and July 4, 2010 is as follows:
                                 
    Three Months     Nine Months  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
Technology assets
  $ 1,649     $ 1,563     $ 4,946     $ 4,655  
Customer relationships
    9,650       8,767       28,708       26,476  
Trade names
    3,140       549       9,419       613  
 
                       
 
  $ 14,439     $ 10,879     $ 43,073     $ 31,744  
 
                       
The Company estimates annual amortization expense for the next five fiscal years will approximate $57,800 per year.
(7) Intangibles of Insurance Segment
Intangible assets of the Insurance Segment include VOBA and DAC.
VOBA represents the estimated fair value of the right to receive future net cash flows from in-force contracts in a life insurance company acquisition at the acquisition date. DAC represents costs that are related directly to new or renewal insurance contracts, which may be deferred to the extent recoverable. These costs include incremental direct costs of contract acquisition, primarily commissions, as well as certain costs related directly to underwriting, policy issuance and processing. Up front bonus credits to policyholder account values, which are considered to be deferred sales inducements (“DSI”), are accounted for similarly to DAC.
The methodology for determining the amortization of VOBA and DAC varies by product type. For all insurance contracts, amortization is based on assumptions consistent with those used in the development of the underlying contract adjusted for emerging experience and expected trends. US GAAP requires that assumptions for these types of products not be modified unless recoverability testing deems them to be inadequate. VOBA and DAC amortization are reported within “Amortization of intangible assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Acquisition costs for universal life insurance (“UL”) and investment-type products, which include fixed indexed and deferred annuities, are generally amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits (“EGPs”) from investment income, surrender charges and other product fees, policy benefits, maintenance expenses, mortality net of reinsurance ceded and expense margins, and actual realized gains (losses) on investments.

23


Table of Contents

Changes in assumptions can have a significant impact on VOBA and DAC balances and amortization rates. Due to the relative size and sensitivity to minor changes in underlying assumptions of VOBA and DAC balances, FGL performs quarterly and annual analyses of VOBA and DAC for the annuity and life businesses, respectively. The VOBA and DAC balances are also evaluated for recoverability. At each evaluation date, actual historical gross profits are reflected, and estimated future gross profits and related assumptions are evaluated for continued reasonableness. Any adjustment in estimated future gross profits requires that the amortization rate be revised (“unlocking”) retroactively to the date of the policy or contract issuance. The cumulative unlocking adjustment is recognized as a component of current period amortization. In general, sustained increases in investment, mortality, and expense margins, and thus estimated future profits, lower the rate of amortization. However, sustained decreases in investment, mortality, and expense margins, and thus estimated future gross profits, increase the rate of amortization.
The carrying amounts of VOBA and DAC are adjusted for the effects of realized and unrealized gains and losses on debt securities classified as available-for-sale and certain derivatives and embedded derivatives. Amortization expense of VOBA and DAC reflects an assumption for an expected level of credit-related investment losses. When actual credit-related investment losses are realized, FGL performs a retrospective unlocking of VOBA and DAC amortization as actual margins vary from expected margins. This unlocking is reflected in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
For annuity, UL, and investment-type products, the DAC asset is adjusted for the impact of unrealized gains (losses) on investments as if these gains (losses) had been realized, with corresponding credits or charges included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
VOBA and DAC are reviewed periodically to ensure that the unamortized portion does not exceed the expected recoverable amounts.
Information regarding VOBA and DAC (including DSI) is as follows:
                         
    VOBA     DAC     Total  
Balance at September 30, 2010
  $     $     $  
Acquisition of FGL on April 6, 2011
    577,163             577,163  
Deferrals
          17,293       17,293  
Less: Amortization related to:
                       
Unlocking
    (2,150 )           (2,150 )
Interest
    6,832             6,832  
Other amortization
    (21,690 )     (4,332 )     (26,022 )
Add: Adjustment for unrealized investment losses (gains)
    (70,850 )     (446 )     (71,296 )
 
                 
Balance at July 3, 2011
  $ 489,305     $ 12,515     $ 501,820  
 
                 
The above DAC balances include $2,966 of DSI, net of shadow adjustments as of July 3, 2011.
Amortization of VOBA and DAC is attributed to both investment gains and losses and to other expenses for the amount of gross margins or profits originating from transactions other than investment gains and losses. Unrealized investment gains and losses represent the amount of VOBA and DAC that would have been amortized if such gains and losses had been recognized.
The estimated future amortization expense for VOBA is $21,364 for the three months remaining to September 30, 2011. Estimated amortization expense for VOBA in future fiscal years is as follows:
         
    Estimated  
For the year ending   VOBA  
September 30,   Expense  
2012
  $ 85,823  
2013
    77,514  
2014
    68,237  
2015
    59,002  
2016
    49,934  
Thereafter
    198,281  
(8) Debt
The Company’s consolidated debt consists of the following:

24


Table of Contents

                                 
    July 3, 2011     September 30, 2010  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
HGI:
                               
10.625% Senior Secured Notes, due November 15, 2015
  $ 500,000       10.625 %   $        
Spectrum Brands:
                               
Term loan, due June 17, 2016
    656,600       5.1 %     750,000       8.1 %
9.5% Senior Secured Notes, due June 15, 2018
    750,000       9.5 %     750,000       9.5 %
12% Notes, due August 28, 2019
    245,031       12.0 %     245,031       12.0 %
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, expiring April 21, 2016
    55,000       2.5 %           4.1 %
Other notes and obligations
    29,061       12.7 %     13,605       10.8 %
Capitalized lease obligations
    26,956       5.0 %     11,755       5.2 %
 
                           
 
    2,262,648               1,770,391          
Original issuance discounts on debt, net
    (17,013 )             (26,624 )        
Less current maturities
    26,677               20,710          
 
                           
Long-term debt — Consumer Products and Other
  $ 2,218,958             $ 1,723,057          
 
                           
FGL:
                               
Note payable — Insurance
  $ 95,000       6.0 %   $        
 
                           
HGI
On November 15, 2010 and June 28, 2011, HGI issued $350,000 and $150,000, respectively, or $500,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due November 15, 2015 (“10.625% Notes”). The 10.625% Notes were sold only to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and to certain persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S. The initial $350,000 of 10.625% Notes were subsequently registered under the Securities Act and the other $150,000 of 10.625% Notes are in the process of being registered. The 10.625% Notes were issued at an aggregate price equal to 99.311% of the principal amount thereof, with a net original issue discount (“OID”) of $3,445. Interest on the 10.625% Notes is payable semi-annually, commencing on May 15, 2011 and ending November 15, 2015. The 10.625% Notes are collateralized with a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets directly held by HGI, including stock in its subsidiaries (with the exception of Zap.Com, but including Spectrum Brands, Harbinger F&G, LLC (“HFG”), the wholly-owned parent of FGL, and HGI Funding LLC) and HGI’s directly held cash and investment securities.
HGI has the option to redeem the 10.625% Notes prior to May 15, 2013 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. At any time on or after May 15, 2013, HGI may redeem some or all of the 10.625% Notes at certain fixed redemption prices expressed as percentages of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. At any time prior to November 15, 2013, HGI may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 10.625% Notes with net cash proceeds received by HGI from certain equity offerings at a price equal to 110.625% of the principal amount of the 10.625% Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, provided that redemption occurs within 90 days of the closing date of such equity offering, and at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the 10.625% Notes remains outstanding immediately thereafter.
The indenture governing the 10.625% Notes contains covenants limiting, among other things, and subject to certain qualifications and exceptions, the ability of HGI, and, in certain cases, HGI’s subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness; create liens; engage in sale-leaseback transactions; pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock; make certain restricted payments; sell assets; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; or consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of its assets to, another person. HGI is also required to maintain compliance with certain financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral coverage ratios that are based on the fair market value of the assets held directly by HGI, including our equity interests in Spectrum Brands and our other subsidiaries such as HFG and HGI Funding LLC. At July 3, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the 10.625% Notes.
HGI incurred $16,200 of costs in connection with its issuance of the 10.625% Notes. These costs are classified as “Deferred charges and other assets” in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 3, 2011 and, along with the OID, are being amortized to interest expense utilizing the effective interest method over the term of the 10.625% Notes.

25


Table of Contents

Spectrum Brands
In connection with the SB/RH Merger, on June 16, 2010, Spectrum Brands (i) entered into a senior secured term loan pursuant to a senior credit agreement (the “Senior Credit Agreement”) consisting of a $750,000 U.S. dollar term loan due June 16, 2016, (ii) issued $750,000 in aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due June 15, 2018 (the “9.5% Notes”) and (iii) entered into a $300,000 U.S. dollar asset based revolving loan facility due June 16, 2014 (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility”). The proceeds from such financing were used to repay Spectrum Brands’ then-existing senior term credit facility and Spectrum Brands’ then-existing asset based revolving loan facility, to pay fees and expenses in connection with the refinancing and for general corporate purposes.
On February 1, 2011, Spectrum Brands completed the refinancing of its term loan facility established in connection with the SB/RH Merger, which, at February 1, 2011, had an aggregate amount outstanding of $680,000, with an amended and restated credit agreement (the “Term Loan”, together with the amended ABL Revolving Credit Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”) at a lower interest rate. The Term Loan was issued at par and has a maturity date of June 17, 2016. Subject to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term Loan provides for interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Spectrum Brands’ option, the LIBO rate (adjusted for statutory reserves) subject to a 1.00% floor plus a margin equal to 4.00%, or an alternate base rate plus a margin equal to 3.00%.
The Term Loan contains financial covenants with respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over time. In addition, the Term Loan contains customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on Spectrum Brands’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments or specified payments, give guarantees, pay dividends, make capital expenditures, engage in mergers or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a guarantee and collateral agreement, Spectrum Brands’ and its domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed their respective obligations under the Term Loan and related loan documents and have pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure such obligations. The Term Loan also provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
In connection with voluntary prepayments of $90,000 under the previous term loan and the refinancing of the remaining $680,000 balance, during the nine month period ended July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands recorded charges to interest expense aggregating $44,241, consisting of (i) the write off or accelerated amortization of debt issuance costs of $24,370 and $4,121, respectively, (ii) the write off of original issue discount of $8,950 and (iii) prepayment penalties of $6,800. Spectrum Brands incurred $8,698 of fees in connection with the Term Loan, which are classified as “Deferred charges and other assets” in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 3, 2011 and are being amortized to interest expense utilizing the effective interest method over the term of the Term Loan. In connection with voluntary prepayments of $90,000 of term debt during the nine month period ended July 3, 2011, the Company recorded cash charges of $700 and accelerated amortization of portions of the unamortized discount and unamortized Debt issuance costs totaling $4,121 as an adjustment to increase interest expense.
On April 21, 2011, Spectrum Brands amended the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The amended facility carries an interest rate, at Spectrum Brand’s option, which is subject to change based on availability under the facility, of either: (a) the base rate plus currently 1.25% per annum or (b) the reserve-adjusted LIBO rate (the “Eurodollar Rate”) plus currently 2.25% per annum. No amortization is required with respect to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is scheduled to expire on April 21, 2016.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving Credit Facilities at July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands had aggregate borrowing availability of approximately $146,893, net of lender reserves of $48,769 and outstanding letters of credit of $24,105.
At July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands was in compliance with all its debt covenants. However, Spectrum Brands is subject to certain limitations under the indenture governing the 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019 (the “12% Notes”) as a result of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as defined under that indenture, being below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, Spectrum Brands and certain of its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to pay dividends, make significant acquisitions or incur significant additional senior credit facility debt beyond the Senior Credit Facilities. Spectrum Brands does not expect its inability to satisfy the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair its ability to provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and long-term liquidity requirements of its existing businesses, although no assurance can be given in this regard.

26


Table of Contents

FGL
On April 7, 2011, Raven Reinsurance Company (“Raven Re”), a newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of FGL, borrowed $95,000 from OMGUK, the seller in the FGL Acquisition, in the form of a surplus note, as discussed further in Note 11. The surplus note was issued at par and carries a 6% fixed interest rate. Interest payments are subject to regulatory approval and are further restricted until all contractual obligations that Raven Re has to certain financial institutions have been satisfied in full. The note has a maturity date which is the later of (i) December 31, 2012 or (ii) the date on which all amounts due and payable to the lender have been paid in full.
(9) Temporary Equity
On May 13, 2011, the Company issued 280 shares of Preferred Stock in a private placement subject to future registration rights, pursuant to a securities purchase agreement entered into on May 12, 2011, for aggregate gross proceeds of $280,000. The Preferred Stock (i) is redeemable for cash (or, if a holder does not elect cash, automatically converted into common stock) on the seventh anniversary of issuance, (ii) is convertible into the Company’s common stock at an initial conversion price of $6.50 per share, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, (iii) has a liquidation preference of the greater of 150% of the purchase price or the value that would be received if it were converted into common stock, (iv) accrues a cumulative quarterly cash dividend at an annualized rate of 8% and (v) has a quarterly non-cash principal accretion at an annualized rate of 4% that will be reduced to 2% or 0% if the Company achieves specified rates of growth measured by increases in its net asset value. The Preferred Stock is entitled to vote and to receive cash dividends and in-kind distributions on an as-converted basis with the common stock. The net proceeds from the issuance of the Preferred Stock of $269,000, net of related fees and expenses of approximately $11,000, are expected to be used for general corporate purposes, which may include future acquisitions and other investments.
If the Company were to issue certain equity securities at a price lower than the conversion price of the Preferred Stock, the conversion price would be adjusted to the share price of the newly issued equity securities (a “down round” provision). Therefore, in accordance with the guidance in ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, this conversion option requires bifurcation and must be separately accounted for as a derivative liability at fair value with any changes in fair value reported in current earnings (see Note 4). The Company valued the conversion feature using the Monte Carlo simulation approach, which utilizes various inputs including the Company’s stock price, volatility, risk-free rate and discount yield.
As of May 13, 2011, the Company determined the issue date fair value of the bifurcated conversion option was approximately $85,700. The residual $194,300 value of the host contract, less $11,000 of issuance costs, has been classified as mezzanine equity, as the securities are redeemable at the option of the holder and upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the issuer. The resulting $96,700 difference between the issuance price and initial carrying value of $183,300 is being accreted to “Preferred stock dividends and accretion” in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations using the effective interest method over the Preferred Stock’s contractual/expected life of seven years.
(10) Defined Benefit Plans
HGI
HGI has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “HGI Pension Plan”) covering certain former U.S. employees. During 2006, the Pension Plan was frozen which caused all existing participants to become fully vested in their benefits.
Additionally, HGI has an unfunded supplemental pension plan (the “Supplemental Plan”) which provides supplemental retirement payments to certain former senior executives of HGI. The amounts of such payments equal the difference between the amounts

27


Table of Contents

received under the HGI Pension Plan and the amounts that would otherwise be received if HGI Pension Plan payments were not reduced as the result of the limitations upon compensation and benefits imposed by Federal law. Effective December 1994, the Supplemental Plan was frozen.
Spectrum Brands
Spectrum Brands has various defined benefit pension plans (“Spectrum Brands Pension Plans”) covering some of its employees in the United States and certain employees in other countries, primarily the United Kingdom and Germany. The Spectrum Brands Pension Plans generally provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. Spectrum Brands funds its U.S. pension plans in accordance with the requirements of the defined benefit plans and, where applicable, in amounts sufficient to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of applicable laws. Additionally, in compliance with Spectrum Brands’ funding policy, annual contributions to non-U.S. defined benefit plans are equal to the actuarial recommendations or statutory requirements in the respective countries.
Spectrum Brands also sponsors or participates in a number of other non-U.S. pension arrangements, including various retirement and termination benefit plans, some of which are covered by local law or coordinated with government-sponsored plans, which are not significant in the aggregate and therefore are not included in the information presented below. Spectrum Brands also has various nonqualified deferred compensation agreements with certain of its employees. Under certain of these agreements, Spectrum Brands has agreed to pay certain amounts annually for the first 15 years subsequent to retirement or to a designated beneficiary upon death. It is management’s intent that life insurance contracts owned by Spectrum Brands will fund these agreements. Under the remaining agreements, Spectrum Brands has agreed to pay such deferred amounts in up to 15 annual installments beginning on a date specified by the employee, subsequent to retirement or disability, or to a designated beneficiary upon death.
Spectrum Brands also provides postretirement life insurance and medical benefits to certain retirees under two separate contributory plans.
Consolidated
The components of consolidated net periodic benefit and deferred compensation benefit costs and contributions made during the periods are as follows:
                                 
    Three Months     Nine Months  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
Service cost
  $ 818     $ 725     $ 2,453     $ 2,174  
Interest cost
    2,772       1,971       8,315       5,597  
Expected return on assets
    (2,217 )     (1,423 )     (6,650 )     (3,967 )
Amortization of prior service cost
          1             4  
Recognized net actuarial loss
    97       22       291       25  
Employee contributions
    (129 )     (88 )     (386 )     (265 )
 
                       
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 1,341     $ 1,208     $ 4,023     $ 3,568  
 
                       
 
                               
Contributions made during period
  $ 3,216     $ 1,711     $ 6,227     $ 3,714  
 
                       
Contributions. Based on the currently enacted minimum pension plan funding requirements, the Company expects to make contributions during the remaining three months of fiscal 2011 totaling approximately $1,100.

28


Table of Contents

Fair value measurements of the Company’s defined benefit plan assets are as follows:
                 
    July 3,     September 30,  
    2011(A)     2010(A)  
U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
               
Common collective trusts—equity
  $ 44,173     $ 36,723  
Common collective trusts—fixed income
    18,000       22,067  
Other
    776        
 
           
U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets
  $ 62,949     $ 58,790  
 
           
 
               
International Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
               
Common collective trusts—equity
  $ 33,298     $ 28,090  
Common collective trusts—fixed income
    10,859       9,725  
Insurance contracts—general fund
    43,689       40,347  
Other
    5,844       3,120  
 
           
International Defined Benefit Plan Assets
  $ 93,690     $ 81,282  
 
           
 
               
Total Defined Benefit Plan Assets
  $ 156,639     $ 140,072  
 
           
 
(A)   The fair value measurements of the Company’s defined benefit plan assets are based on observable market price inputs (Level 2). Each collective trust’s valuation is based on its calculation of net asset value per share reflecting the fair value of its underlying investments. Since each of these collective trusts allows redemptions at net asset value per share at the measurement date, its valuation is categorized as a Level 2 fair value measurement. The fair values of insurance contracts and other investments are also based on observable market price inputs (Level 2).
(11) Reinsurance
FGL’s insurance subsidiaries enter into reinsurance agreements with other companies in the normal course of business. The assets, liabilities, premiums and benefits of certain reinsurance contracts are presented on a net basis in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, respectively, when there is a right of offset explicit in the reinsurance agreements. All other reinsurance agreements are reported on a gross basis in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as an asset for amounts recoverable from reinsurers or as a component of other liabilities for amounts, such as premiums, owed to the reinsurers, with the exception of amounts for which the right of offset also exists. Premiums, benefits and DAC are reported net of insurance ceded.
The use of reinsurance does not discharge an insurer from liability on the insurance ceded. The insurer is required to pay in full the amount of its insurance liability regardless of whether it is entitled to or able to receive payment from the reinsurer. The portion of risks exceeding FGL’s retention limit is reinsured with other insurers. FGL seeks reinsurance coverage in order to limit its exposure to mortality losses and enhance capital management. FGL follows reinsurance accounting when there is adequate risk transfer. Otherwise, the deposit method of accounting is followed. FGL also assumes policy risks from other insurance companies.
The effect of reinsurance on premiums earned and benefits incurred for the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011 were as follows:
                 
    Net Premiums     Net Benefits  
    Earned     Incurred  
Direct
  $ 79,242     $ 215,152  
Assumed
    11,365       9,708  
Ceded
    (65,489 )     (94,901 )
 
           
Net
  $ 25,118     $ 129,959  
 
           

29


Table of Contents

Amounts payable or recoverable for reinsurance on paid and unpaid claims are not subject to periodic or maximum limits. During the period April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011, FGL did not write off any reinsurance balances nor did it commute any ceded reinsurance other than the recapture discussed below under “Reserve Facility.”
No policies issued by FGL have been reinsured with a foreign company, which is controlled, either directly or indirectly, by a party not primarily engaged in the business of insurance.
FGL has not entered into any reinsurance agreements in which the reinsurer may unilaterally cancel any reinsurance for reasons other than nonpayment of premiums or other similar credit issues.
FGL has the following significant reinsurance agreements as of July 3, 2011:
Reserve Facility
Pursuant to the First Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement (the “F&G Stock Purchase Agreement”), on April 7, 2011, FGL Insurance recaptured all of the life insurance business ceded to Old Mutual Reassurance (Ireland) Ltd. (“OM Re”), an affiliated company of OMGUK, FGL’s former parent. OM Re transferred assets with a fair value of $653,684 to FGL Insurance in settlement of all of OM Re’s obligations under these reinsurance agreements. The fair value of the transferred assets, which was based on the economic reserves was approved by the Maryland Insurance Administration. No gain or loss was recognized in connection with the recapture. The fair value of the assets transferred is reflected in the purchase price allocation (see Note 17).
On April 7, 2011, FGL Insurance ceded to Raven Re, on a coinsurance basis, a significant portion of the business recaptured from OM Re. Raven Re was capitalized by a $250 capital contribution from FGL Insurance and a surplus note (i.e., subordinated debt) issued to OMGUK in the principal amount of $95,000 (see Note 8 for the terms of such note). The proceeds from the surplus note issuance and the surplus note are reflected in the purchase price allocation. Raven Re financed $535,000 of statutory reserves for this business with a letter of credit facility provided by an unaffiliated financial institution and guaranteed by OMGUK and HFG.
On April 7, 2011, FGL Insurance entered into a Reimbursement Agreement with Nomura Bank International plc (“Nomura”) to establish a reserve facility and Nomura charged an upfront structuring fee (the “Structuring Fee”). The Structuring Fee was in the amount of $13,750 and is related to the retrocession of the life business recaptured from OM Re and related credit facility. The Structuring Fee was deferred and will be amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the facility.
Commissioners Annuity Reserve Valuation Method Facility (“CARVM”)
Effective September 30, 2008, FGL entered into a yearly renewable term quota share reinsurance agreement with OM Re, whereby OM Re assumes a portion of the risk that policyholders exercise the “waiver of surrender charge” features on certain deferred annuity policies. This agreement did not meet risk transfer requirements to qualify as reinsurance under US GAAP. Under the terms of the agreement, FGL Insurance expensed net fees of $1,545, for the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011. Although this agreement does not provide reinsurance for reserves on a US GAAP basis, it does provide for reinsurance of reserves on a statutory basis. The statutory reserves are secured by a $280,000 letter of credit with Old Mutual plc of London, England (“OM”), OMGUK’s parent.
Wilton Agreement
On January 26, 2011, HFG entered into a commitment agreement (the “Commitment Agreement”) with Wilton Re U.S. Holdings, Inc. (“Wilton”) committing Wilton Reassurance Company (“Wilton Re”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Wilton and a Minnesota insurance company, to enter into certain coinsurance agreements with FGL Insurance. On April 8, 2011, FGL Insurance ceded significantly all of the remaining life insurance business that it had retained to Wilton Re under the first of the two amendments with Wilton. FGL Insurance transferred assets with a fair value of $535,826, net of ceding commission to Wilton Re. FGL Insurance considered the effects of the first amendment in the purchase price allocation. Effective April 26, 2011, HFG elected the second amendment (the “Raven Springing Amendment”) that commits FGL Insurance to cede to Wilton Re all of the business currently reinsured with Raven Re by November 30, 2012, subject to regulatory approval. The Raven Springing Amendment is intended to mitigate the risk associated with FGL’s obligation to replace the Raven Re reserve facility by December 31, 2012 under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement entered into in connection with the FGL Acquisition.

30


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the terms of the Raven Springing Amendment, the amount payable to Wilton at the closing of such amendment will be adjusted to reflect the economic performance for the Raven Block from January 1, 2011 until the effective time of the closing of the Raven Springing Amendment. However, Wilton Re will have no liability with respect to the Raven Block prior to the effective date of the Raven Springing Amendment, and regardless of the date of closing of Wilton’s obligation to reinsure the Raven Block. Based on the facts and circumstances related to the Raven Springing Amendment, FGL Insurance has assessed the consummation of the Raven Springing Amendment to be probable and will record charges for any experience adjustments payable to Wilton Re. There were no such charges for the period from April 6, 2011 to June 30, 2011.
The Raven Springing Agreement may require regulatory approval, which may include approval from the Maryland Insurance Administration for the recapture of the Raven Block from Raven Re and the reinsurance by FGL Insurance of substantially all of a major class of its insurance in force by an agreement of bulk reinsurance. Filings with the Maryland Insurance Administration requesting these approvals, or confirmation of the inapplicability of regulation requiring such approvals, were made in June 2011.
FGL Insurance has a significant concentration of reinsurance with Wilton Re that could have a material impact on FGL Insurance’s financial position. FGL Insurance monitors both the financial condition of individual reinsurers and risk concentration arising from similar geographic regions, activities and economic characteristics of reinsurers to reduce the risk of default by such reinsurers.
(12) Stock Compensation
The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense associated with stock option awards issued by HGI and restricted stock awards and restricted stock units issued by Spectrum Brands. For the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011, the Company recognized consolidated stock-based compensation expense of $8,557 and $22,903, or $3,050 and $8,170 net of taxes and noncontrolling interest, respectively. For the three and nine month periods ended July 4, 2010, the Company recognized $5,881 and $12,273, or $3,147 and $7,303, net of taxes and noncontrolling interest, respectively. The Company includes stock-based compensation in “Selling, general and administrative expenses”.
HGI
Total stock compensation expense associated with stock option awards recognized by HGI during the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 was $29 and $88, respectively.
A summary of HGI’s outstanding stock options as of July 3, 2011, and changes during the period, is as follows:
                 
            Weighted  
            Average  
    Shares     Exercise Price  
HGI stock options outstanding at September 30, 2010
    509     $ 5.62  
Granted
           
Exercised
    (87 )     2.79  
Forfeited or expired
    (16 )     7.07  
 
             
HGI stock options outstanding at July 3, 2011
    406       6.17  
 
             
Exercisable at July 3, 2011
    316       5.94  
 
             
Vested or expected to vest at July 3, 2011
    406     $ 6.17  
 
             
Spectrum Brands
Total stock compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards and restricted stock units recognized by Spectrum Brands during the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 was $8,528, or $3,021 net of taxes and noncontrolling interest, and $22,815, or $8,082 net of taxes and noncontrolling interest, respectively. Total stock compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards recognized by Spectrum Brands during the three and nine month periods ended July 4, 2010 was $5,881, or $3,147 net of taxes and noncontrolling interest, and $12,273, or $7,303 net of taxes and noncontrolling interest, respectively.
Spectrum Brands granted approximately 1,580 restricted stock units during the nine month period ended July 3, 2011. Of these grants, 1,547 restricted stock units are performance and time-based with 665 units vesting over a two year period and 882 units vesting over a

31


Table of Contents

three year period. 15 restricted stock units are time-based and vest over a one year period and 18 restricted stock units are time-based and vest over a three year period. The total market value of the restricted stock units on the dates of the grants was approximately $46,034.
Spectrum Brands granted approximately 939 shares of restricted stock awards during the nine month period ended July 4, 2010, including 271 restricted stock units in connection with the SB/RH Merger. Of these grants, 289 shares are time-based and vest over a one year period and 650 shares are time-based and vest over a two or three year period. All vesting dates are subject to the recipient’s continued employment with the Company, except as otherwise permitted by the Spectrum Brands’ board of directors or in certain cases if the employee is terminated without cause. The total market value of the restricted stock awards on the date of grant was approximately $23,299.
The fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is determined based on the market price of Spectrum Brands’ shares of common stock on the grant date.
A summary of the Spectrum Brands’ non-vested restricted stock awards and restricted stock units as of July 3, 2011, and changes during the period, is as follows:
                         
            Weighted        
    Units/     Average Grant        
Restricted Stock Awards   Shares     Date Fair Value     Fair Value  
Restricted Spectrum Brands stock awards at September 30, 2010
    446     $ 23.56     $ 10,508  
Vested
    (323 )     23.32       (7,531 )
 
                   
Restricted Spectrum Brands stock awards at July 3, 2011
    123     $ 24.20     $ 2,977  
 
                   
                         
            Weighted        
    Units/     Average Grant        
Restricted Stock Units   Shares     Date Fair Value     Fair Value  
Restricted Spectrum Brands stock units at September 30, 2010
    249     $ 28.22     $ 7,028  
Granted
    1,580       29.14       46,034  
Forfeited
    (17 )     29.29       (498 )
Vested
    (235 )     28.39       (6,671 )
 
                   
Restricted Spectrum Brands stock units at July 3, 2011
    1,577     $ 29.10     $ 45,893  
 
                   
(13) Income Taxes
For the three months ended July 3, 2011, the Company’s effective tax rate was only 2% principally due to (i) the recognition of a bargain purchase gain from the FGL Acquisition, for which a deferred tax liability has not been recorded as the Company believes it has the ability to not incur tax on this gain; and (ii) the release of valuation allowances on tax benefits from net operating and capital loss carryforwards that the Company determined are more-likely-than-not realizable. In addition to the factors noted above, the Company’s effective tax rate for the nine months ended July 3, 2011 of 41% differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 35% principally due to: (i) deferred income taxes provided on the change in book versus tax basis of indefinite lived intangibles, which are amortized for tax purposes but not for book purposes; and (ii) income in foreign jurisdictions subject to tax at rates different from the U.S. statutory rate.
For the three and nine months ended July 4, 2010, the Company reported a provision for income taxes, despite a pre-tax loss from continuing operations, in each of those periods principally due to: (i) deferred income taxes provided on the change in book versus tax basis of indefinite lived intangibles, which are amortized for tax purposes but not for book purposes; (ii) losses in the United States and some foreign jurisdictions for which no tax benefit can be recognized due to full valuation allowances; and (iii) income subject to tax in certain other foreign jurisdictions.
HGI’s effective tax rate was computed using a discrete period approach as a result of its recent acquisition of FGL. FGL is unable to project its expected income for the year ending September 30, 2011 and, as a result, must use a discrete period approach. FGL is unable to project its expected income for the year ending September 30, 2011 because of its inability to reliably project the realization of built-in gains on investments due to unknown variables related to future market conditions, coupled with the potential

32


Table of Contents

impact that such would have on its effective tax rate. As FGL does not have significant permanent differences, it is anticipated that were they to compute an annual effective tax rate, it would not appreciably differ from the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 35%.
The Company files income tax returns in the United States Federal jurisdiction and various state and local, and foreign jurisdictions, and is subject to ongoing examination by various taxing authorities. The Company’s major taxing jurisdictions are the United States, United Kingdom and Germany. The Company believes its tax reserves for uncertain tax positions are adequate, consistent with the principles of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional tax assessments in those jurisdictions and, if necessary, adjusts its tax reserves based on new information or developments.
HGI is effectively settled with respect to United States income tax audits for years prior to 2007. With limited exception, HGI is no longer subject to state and local income tax audits for years prior to 2007. Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are effectively settled with respect to U.S. Federal income tax audits for years prior to 2006 and 2008, respectively. However, Federal net operating loss carryforwards from their fiscal years ended September 30, 2006 and June 30, 2008, respectively, continue to be subject to Internal Revenue Service examination until the statute of limitations expires for the years in which these net operating loss carryforwards are ultimately utilized. FGL is effectively settled with respect to U.S. Federal income tax audits for years prior to 2007. FGL is no longer subject to state and local income tax audits for years prior to 2007. However, Federal net operating loss carryforwards from tax years ended June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively, continue to be subject to Internal Revenue Service examination until the statute of limitations expires for the year in which these net operating loss carryforwards are ultimately utilized.
The Company recognizes in its consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position if it concludes that the position is more likely than not sustainable upon audit, based on the technical merits of the position. At July 3, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the Company had $9,366 and $13,174, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions. The Company also had approximately $6,000 of accrued interest and penalties related to the uncertain tax positions at those dates. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are reported in the financial statements as part of income tax expense.
(14) Earnings Per Share
The Company follows the provisions of ASC 260, Earnings Per Share, which requires companies with complex capital structures, such as having two (or more) classes of securities that participate in declared dividends to calculate earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) utilizing the two-class method. As the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends with common shares on an as-converted basis, the Preferred Stock has the right to participate in undistributed earnings and must therefore be considered under the two-class method.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted EPS for the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 and July 4, 2010:

33


Table of Contents

                                 
    Three Months     Nine Months  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
Income (loss) attributable to common and participating preferred stockholders
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 187,668     $ (51,618 )   $ 105,648     $ (128,166 )
Loss from discontinued operations
                      (2,735 )
 
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 187,668     $ (51,618 )   $ 105,648     $ (130,901 )
 
                       
 
                               
Participating shares at end of period:
                               
Common shares outstanding
    139,283       139,196       139,283       139,196  
Preferred shares (as-converted basis)
    43,307             43,307        
 
                       
Total
    182,590       139,196       182,590       139,196  
 
                       
 
                               
Percentage of income (loss) allocated to:
                               
Common shares
    76.3 %     100.0 %     76.3 %     100.0 %
Preferred shares
    23.7 %           23.7 %      
 
                               
Income (loss) attributable to common shares:
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 143,157     $ (51,618 )   $ 80,590     $ (128,166 )
Loss from discontinued operations
                      (2,735 )
 
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 143,157     $ (51,618 )   $ 80,590     $ (130,901 )
 
                       
 
                               
Weighted-average common shares outstanding — basic
    139,222       131,604       139,207       130,258  
Dilutive effect of stock options
    70             73        
 
                       
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding
    139,292       131,604       139,280       130,258  
 
                       
 
                               
Basic income (loss) per common share attributable to controlling interest:
                               
Continuing operations
  $ 1.03     $ (0.39 )   $ 0.58     $ (0.98 )
Discontinued operations
                      (0.02 )
 
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 1.03     $ (0.39 )   $ 0.58     $ (1.00 )
 
                       
 
                               
Diluted income (loss) per common share attributable to controlling interest:
                               
Continuing operations
  $ 1.03     $ (0.39 )   $ 0.58     $ (0.98 )
Discontinued operations
                      (0.02 )
 
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 1.03     $ (0.39 )   $ 0.58     $ (1.00 )
 
                       
The number of common shares outstanding used in calculating the weighted average thereof reflects: (i) for periods prior to the June 16, 2010 date of the SB/RH Merger, the number of Spectrum Brands common shares outstanding multiplied by the 1:1 Spectrum Brands share exchange ratio used in the SB/RH Merger and the 4.32 HGI share exchange ratio used in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (ii) for the period from June 16, 2010 to the January 7, 2011 date of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the number of HGI common shares outstanding plus the 119,910 HGI common shares subsequently issued in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and (iii) for the period subsequent to and including January 7, 2011, the actual number of HGI common shares outstanding.
At July 3, 2011, there were 43,077 and 351 potential common shares issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of stock options, respectively, excluded from the calculation of “Diluted income (loss) per common share attributable to controlling interest” because the as-converted effect of the Preferred Stock would have been anti-dilutive and the exercise prices of the stock options were greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock during the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011. The Preferred Stock had a conversion price of $6.50 and the stock options had a weighted average exercise price of $6.89 per share.

34


Table of Contents

(15) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company has aggregate reserves for its legal, environmental and regulatory matters of approximately $15,900 at July 3, 2011. These reserves relate primarily to the matters described below. However, based on currently available information, including legal defenses available to the Company, and given the aforementioned reserves and related insurance coverage, the Company does not believe that the outcome of these legal, environmental and regulatory matters will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Legal and Environmental Matters
HGI
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of its board of directors are named as defendants in a derivative action filed in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition was financially unfair to HGI and its public stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of the transaction. The Company believes the allegations are without merit and intends to vigorously defend this matter.
HGI is also involved in other litigation and claims incidental to its current and prior businesses. These include worker compensation and environmental matters and pending cases in Mississippi and Louisiana state courts and in a federal multi-district litigation alleging injury from exposure to asbestos on offshore drilling rigs and shipping vessels formerly owned or operated by its offshore drilling and bulk-shipping affiliates. Based on currently available information, including legal defenses available to it, and given its reserves and related insurance coverage, the Company does not believe that the outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Spectrum Brands
Spectrum Brands has provided for approximately $8,600 in the estimated costs associated with the resolution of claims for environmental remediation activities at some of its current and former manufacturing sites. Spectrum Brands believes that any additional liability in excess of the amounts provided for will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of Spectrum Brands.
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of California against Spectrum Brands, as well as a number of unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each of the defendants for such claimed violations. In July 2011, the parties reached a full and final settlement of this matter and the case has been dismissed.
Applica Consumer Products, Inc. (“Applica”) is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over 20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed by it prior to 1979. Spectrum Brands believes that these actions are without merit, but may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully without incurring significant expenses which Spectrum Brands is unable to estimate at this time. At this time, Spectrum Brands does not believe it has coverage under its insurance policies for the asbestos lawsuits.
Spectrum Brands is a defendant in various other matters of litigation generally arising out of the ordinary course of business.

35


Table of Contents

FGL
FGL is involved in various pending or threatened legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising out of the ordinary course of business. In some instances, these proceedings include claims for unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief. In the opinion of FGL management and in light of existing insurance and other potential indemnification, reinsurance and established reserves, such litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on FGL’s financial position, although it is possible that the results of operations could be materially affected by an unfavorable outcome in any one annual period.
Regulatory Matters
FGL
FGL is assessed amounts by the state guaranty funds to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated insurance companies. Those mandatory assessments may be partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes in certain states. At July 3, 2011, FGL has accrued $6,995 for guaranty fund assessments which is expected to be offset by estimated future premium tax deductions of $5,000.
Guarantees
Throughout its history, the Company has entered into indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and, in certain instances, when it sold businesses. Additionally, the Company has indemnified its directors and officers who are, or were, serving at the request of the Company in such capacities. Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is not precisely known due to the extensive history of past operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these indemnifications have not been material to the Company’s financial statements. The Company has no reason to believe that future costs to settle claims related to its former operations will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement between HFG and OMGUK includes a Guarantee and Pledge Agreement which creates certain obligations for FGL as a grantor and also grants a security interest to OMGUK of FGL’s equity interest in FGL Insurance in the event that Harbinger F&G fails to perform in accordance with the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement. FGL is not aware of any events or transactions that would result in non-compliance with the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement.
(16) Insurance Subsidiary Financial Information
The Company’s insurance subsidiaries file financial statements with state insurance regulatory authorities and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) that are prepared in accordance with Statutory Accounting Principles (“SAP”) prescribed or permitted by such authorities, which may vary materially from US GAAP. Prescribed SAP includes the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual of the NAIC as well as state laws, regulations and administrative rules. Permitted SAP encompasses all accounting practices not so prescribed. The principal differences between statutory financial statements and financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP are that statutory financial statements do not reflect VOBA and DAC, some bond portfolios may be carried at amortized cost, assets and liabilities are presented net of reinsurance, contractholder liabilities are generally valued using more conservative assumptions and certain assets are non-admitted. Accordingly, statutory operating results and statutory capital and surplus may differ substantially from amounts reported in the US GAAP basis financial statements for comparable items. For example, in accordance with the US GAAP acquisition method of accounting, the amortized cost of FGL’s invested assets was adjusted to fair value as of the FGL Acquisition Date while it was not adjusted for statutory reporting. Thus, the net unrealized gains on a statutory basis were $527,000 as of July 3, 2011 compared to net unrealized gains of $212,000 on a US GAAP basis, as reported in Note 3.
The Company’s insurance subsidiaries’ statutory financial statements are based on a December 31 year end. The total adjusted capital of FGL Insurance Company was $941,472 and $902,118 at July 3, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Life insurance companies are subject to certain Risk-Based Capital (“RBC”) requirements as specified by the NAIC. The RBC is used to evaluate the adequacy of capital and surplus maintained by an insurance company in relation to risks associated with: (i) asset risk, (ii) insurance risk, (iii) interest rate risk and (iv) business risk. FGL monitors the RBC of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries. As of July 3, 2011 and December 31, 2010, each of FGL’s insurance subsidiaries has exceeded the minimum RBC requirements.
The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are restricted by state laws and regulations as to the amount of dividends they may pay to their parent without regulatory approval in any year, the purpose of which is to protect affected insurance policyholders, depositors or investors. Any dividends in excess of limits are deemed “extraordinary” and require approval. Based on statutory results as of December 31, 2010, in accordance with applicable dividend restrictions FGL’s subsidiaries could pay “ordinary” dividends of $90,212 to FGL in 2011. On December 20, 2010, FGL Insurance paid a dividend to OMGUK in the amount of $59,000 with respect to its 2009 results. Based on its 2010 fiscal year results, FGL Insurance is able to declare an ordinary dividend up to $31,212 through December 20, 2011 (taking into account the December 20, 2010 dividend payment of $59,000). In addition, between December 21, 2011 and December 31, 2011, FGL Insurance may be able to declare an additional ordinary dividend in the amount of 2011 eligible dividends of $90,212 less any dividends paid in the previous twelve months.

36


Table of Contents

(17) Acquisitions
FGL
On April 6, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of FGL and certain intercompany loan agreements between the seller, as lender, and FGL, as borrower, for cash consideration of $350,000, which amount could be reduced by up to $50,000 post closing if certain regulatory approval is not received (as discussed further below). The Company incurred approximately $22,700 of expenses related to the FGL Acquisition, including $5,000 of the $350,000 cash purchase price which has been re-characterized as an expense since the seller made a $5,000 expense reimbursement to the Master Fund upon closing of the FGL Acquisition. Such expenses are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended July 3, 2011 in the amounts of $1,900 and $22,700, respectively. The FGL Acquisition represents one of the steps in implementing HGI’s strategy of obtaining controlling equity stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of industries.
Net Assets Acquired
The acquisition of FGL has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting which requires the total purchase price to be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on valuations using management’s best estimates and assumptions and are preliminary pending the completion of the valuation analysis of selected assets and liabilities. During the measurement period (which is not to exceed one year from the acquisition date), the Company is required to retrospectively adjust the provisional assets or liabilities if new information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in the recognition of those assets or liabilities as of that date. The following table summarizes the preliminary amounts recognized at fair value for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the FGL Acquisition Date:
         
Investments, cash and accrued investment income, including $1,040,470 of cash acquired
  $ 17,705,419  
Reinsurance recoverable
    929,817  
Intangible assets (VOBA)
    577,163  
Deferred tax assets
    226,863  
Other assets
    72,801  
 
     
Total assets acquired
    19,512,063  
 
     
Contractholder funds
    14,769,699  
Future policy benefits
    3,632,011  
Liability for policy and contract claims
    60,400  
Note payable
    95,000  
Other liabilities
    475,285  
 
     
Total liabilities assumed
    19,032,395  
 
     
Net assets acquired
    479,668  
Cash consideration, net of $5,000 re-characterized as expense
    345,000  
 
     
Bargain purchase gain
  $ 134,668  
 
     
The application of purchase accounting resulted in a bargain purchase gain of $134,668, which is reflected in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended July 3, 2011. The amount of the bargain purchase gain is equal to the amount by which the fair value of net assets acquired exceeded the consideration transferred. The Company believes that the resulting bargain purchase gain is reasonable based on the following circumstances: (a) the seller was highly motivated to sell FGL, as it had publicly announced its intention to do so approximately a year ago, (b) the fair value of FGL’s investments and statutory capital increased between the date that the purchase price was initially negotiated and the FGL Acquisition Date, (c) as a further inducement to consummate the sale, the seller waived, among other requirements, any potential upward adjustment of the purchase price for an improvement in FGL’s statutory capital between the date of the initially negotiated purchase price and the FGL Acquisition Date and (d) an independent appraisal of FGL’s business indicated that its fair value was in excess of the purchase price.

37


Table of Contents

Contingent Purchase Price Reduction
As contemplated by the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement and more fully described in Note 20, Front Street Re, Ltd. (“Front Street”), a recently formed Bermuda-based reinsurer and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, subject to regulatory approval, will enter into a reinsurance agreement (“Front Street Reinsurance Transaction”) with FGL whereby Front Street would reinsure up to $3,000,000 of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL, and Harbinger Capital Partners II LP (“HCP II”), an affiliate of the Principal Stockholders, would be appointed the investment manager of up to $1,000,000 of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the reinsurance agreement. These assets would be deposited in a reinsurance trust account for the benefit of FGL.
The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement provides for up to a $50,000 post-closing reduction in purchase price if the Front Street Reinsurance Transaction is not approved by the Maryland Insurance Administration or is approved subject to certain restrictions or conditions. Based on management’s assessment as of July 3, 2011, it is not probable that the purchase price will be required to be reduced; therefore no value was assigned to the contingent purchase price reduction as of the FGL Acquisition Date.
Reserve Facility
As discussed in Note 11, pursuant to the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement on April 7, 2011, FGL recaptured all of the life business ceded to OM Re. OM Re transferred assets with a fair value of $653,684 to FGL in settlement of all of OM Re’s obligations under these reinsurance agreements. Such amounts are reflected in FGL’s purchase price allocation. Further, on April 7, 2011, FGL ceded on a coinsurance basis a significant portion of this business to Raven Re. Certain transactions related to Raven Re such as the surplus note issued to OMGUK in the principal amount of $95,000, which was used to partially capitalize Raven Re and the Structuring Fee of $13,750 are also reflected in FGL’s purchase price allocation. See Note 11 for additional details.
Intangible Assets
VOBA represents the estimated fair value of the right to receive future net cash flows from in-force contracts in a life insurance company acquisition at the acquisition date. VOBA will be amortized over the expected life of the contracts in proportion to either gross premiums or gross profits, depending on the type of contract. Total gross profits will include both actual experience as it arises and estimates of gross profits for future periods. FGL will regularly evaluate and adjust the VOBA balance with a corresponding charge or credit to earnings for the effects of actual gross profits and changes in assumptions regarding estimated future gross profits. The amortization of VOBA is reported in “Amortization of intangible assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The proportion of the VOBA balance attributable to each of the product groups associated with this acquisition is as follows: 80.4% related to FIAs, and 19.6% related to deferred annuities.
Refer to Note 7 for FGL’s estimated future amortization of VOBA, net of interest, for the next five fiscal years.
Deferred taxes
The future tax effects of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date and are recorded as deferred income tax assets and liabilities. The acquisition of FGL is considered a non-taxable acquisition under tax accounting criteria, therefore, tax basis and liabilities reflect an historical (carryover) basis at the FGL Acquisition Date. However, since assets and liabilities reported under US GAAP are adjusted to fair value as of the FGL Acquisition Date, the deferred tax assets and liabilities are also adjusted to reflect the effects of those fair value adjustments. This resulted in shifting FGL into a significant net deferred tax asset position at the FGL Acquisition Date. This shift, coupled with the application of certain tax limitation provisions that apply in the context of a change in ownership transaction; most notably Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “IRC”), relating to “limitation in Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Certain Built-in Losses Following Ownership Change,” as well as other applicable provisions under Sections 381-384 of the IRC, require FGL to reconsider the admissibility of the asset/liability components related to FGL’s gross deferred tax asset position and the need to establish a valuation allowance against it. Management determined that a valuation allowance against a portion of the gross admitted deferred tax asset (“DTA”) would be required. The components of the net deferred tax assets as of the FGL Acquisition Date are as follows:

38


Table of Contents

         
Deferred tax assets:
       
DAC
  $ 96,764  
Insurance reserves and claim related adjustments
    397,000  
Net operating losses
    128,437  
Capital losses (carryovers and deferred)
    267,468  
Tax credits
    75,253  
Other deferred tax assets
    27,978  
 
     
Total deferred tax assets
    992,900  
Valuation allowance
    430,432  
 
     
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
    562,468  
 
     
 
       
Deferred tax liabilities:
       
VOBA
    202,007  
Investments
    121,160  
Other deferred tax liabilities
    12,438  
 
     
Total deferred tax liabilities
    335,605  
 
     
 
       
 
     
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 226,863  
 
     
The deferred tax position of FGL as of the FGL Acquisition Date will be evaluated in successive reporting periods in order to reconsider the need for a valuation allowance in future reporting periods. Adjustments to the opening position are expected to flow through as a current period income tax benefit or expense.
Results of FGL since the FGL Acquisition Date
The following table presents selected financial information reflecting results for FGL from April 6, 2011 through June 30, 2011 that are included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
         
    For the period  
    April 6, 2011 to  
    June 30, 2011  
Total revenues
  $ 229,655  
Income, net of taxes
  $ 53,706  
Russell Hobbs
On June 16, 2010, Spectrum Brands consummated the SB/RH Merger, pursuant to which SBI became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs became a wholly owned subsidiary of SBI. The results of Russell Hobbs’ operations since June 16, 2010 are included in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The measurement period for determination of the purchase price allocation for the SB/RH Merger has closed, during which no adjustments were made to the original preliminary purchase price allocation as of June 16, 2010.
Supplemental Pro Forma Information
The following table reflects the Company’s pro forma results for the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 and July 4, 2010, had the results of Russell Hobbs and FGL been included for all periods beginning after September 30, 2009, as if the respective acquisitions were completed on October 1, 2009.

39


Table of Contents

                                 
    Three Months     Nine Months  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
Revenues:
                               
Reported revenues
  $ 1,034,290     $ 653,486     $ 2,589,241     $ 1,778,012  
FGL adjustment (A)
          113,482       692,004       653,445  
Russell Hobbs adjustment
          137,540             543,952  
 
                       
Pro forma revenues
  $ 1,034,290     $ 904,508     $ 3,281,245     $ 2,975,409  
 
                       
 
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations:
                               
Reported income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 206,646     $ (86,922 )   $ 92,800     $ (163,470 )
FGL adjustment (A)
          (20,582 )     36,531       (203,800 )
Russell Hobbs adjustment
          (20,547 )           (5,504 )
 
                       
Pro forma income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 206,646     $ (128,051 )   $ 129,331     $ (372,774 )
 
                       
 
                               
Basic and diluted income (loss) per common share from continuing operations:
                               
Reported basic and diluted income (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.03     $ (0.39 )   $ 0.58     $ (0.98 )
FGL adjustment
          (0.16 )     0.20       (1.57 )
Russell Hobbs adjustment
          (0.15 )           (0.04 )
 
                       
Pro forma basic and diluted income (loss) per common share from continuing operations
  $ 1.03     $ (0.70 )   $ 0.78     $ (2.59 )
 
                       
 
(A)   The FGL adjustments primarily reflect the following pro forma adjustments applied to FGL’s historical results:
    Reduction in net investment income to reflect amortization of the premium on fixed maturity securities — available-for-sale resulting from the fair value adjustment of these assets;
 
    Reversal of amortization associated with the elimination of FGL’s historical DAC;
 
    Amortization of VOBA associated with the establishment of VOBA arising from the acquisition;
 
    Adjustments to reflect the impacts of the recapture of the life business from OM Re and the retrocession of the majority of the recaptured business and the reinsurance of certain life business previously not reinsured to an unaffiliated third party reinsurer;
 
    Adjustments to eliminate interest expense on notes payable to seller and add interest expense on new surplus note payable;
 
    Amortization of reserve facility Structuring Fee;
 
    Adjustments to reflect the full-period effect of interest expense on the initial $350,000 of 10.625% Notes issued on November 15, 2010, the proceeds of which were used to fund the FGL Acquisition.
Other Acquisitions
On December 3, 2010, Spectrum Brands completed the $10,524 cash acquisition of Seed Resources, LLC (“Seed Resources”) and on April 14, 2011, Spectrum Brands completed the $775 cash acquisition of Ultra Stop. Seed Resources is a wild seed cake producer through its Birdola premium brand seed cakes. Ultra Stop is a trade name used to market a variety of home and garden control products at a major customer. These acquisitions were not significant individually or collectively. They were each accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The results of Seed Resources’ operations since December 3, 2010 and Ultra Stop’s operations since April 14, 2011 are included in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011. The preliminary purchase prices aggregating $13,275 (representing cash paid of $11,299 and contingent consideration accrued of $1,976), including $1,250 of trade name intangible assets and $10,284 of goodwill, for these acquisitions were based upon preliminary valuations. Spectrum Brands’ estimates and assumptions for these acquisitions are subject to change as Spectrum Brands obtains additional information for its estimates during the respective measurement periods. The primary areas of the purchase price allocations that are not yet finalized relate to certain legal matters, income and non-income based taxes and residual goodwill.
(18) Restructuring and Related Charges
The Company reports restructuring and related charges associated with manufacturing and related initiatives of Spectrum Brands in “Cost of goods sold.” Restructuring and related charges reflected in “Cost of goods sold” include, but are not limited to, termination, compensation and related costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset impairments relating to manufacturing initiatives, and other costs directly related to the restructuring or integration initiatives implemented. The Company reports restructuring and related charges relating to administrative functions of Spectrum Brands in “Selling, general and administrative expenses”, which include, but

40


Table of Contents

are not limited to, initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution, or other non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related charges reflected in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” include, but are not limited to, termination and related costs, and any asset impairments relating to the functional areas described above, and other costs directly related to the initiatives implemented.
In 2009, Spectrum Brands implemented a series of initiatives to reduce operating costs as well as evaluate Spectrum Brands’ opportunities to improve its capital structure (the “Global Cost Reduction Initiatives”). In 2008, Spectrum Brands implemented an initiative within certain of its operations in China to reduce operating costs and rationalize Spectrum Brands’ manufacturing structure. These initiatives included the plan to exit Spectrum Brands’ Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility (the “Ningbo Exit Plan”). In 2007, Spectrum Brands began managing its business in three vertically integrated, product-focused lines of business (the “Global Realignment Initiative”). In 2007, Spectrum Brands implemented an initiative in Latin America to reduce operating costs (the “Latin American Initiatives”). In 2006, Spectrum Brands implemented a series of initiatives within certain of its European operations to reduce operating costs and rationalize Spectrum Brands’ manufacturing structure (the “European Initiatives”).
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges incurred by initiative for the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011 and July 4, 2010 and where those charges are classified in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Restructuring and Related Charges
                                                                 
                                    Charges     Expected     Total        
                                    Since     Future     Projected     Expected Completion  
    Three Months     Nine Months     Inception     Charges     Costs     Date  
Initiative:   2011     2010     2011     2010                                  
Global Cost Reduction
  $ 6,462     $ 2,553     $ 14,569     $ 13,942     $ 53,411     $ 11,481     $ 64,892     March 31, 2014
Ningbo Exit Plan
    119       193       219       1,526       29,597             29,597     Substantially Complete
Global Realignment
    485       2,098       2,990       1,115       91,577       750       92,327     June 30, 2013
European
                            26,965             26,965     Substantially Complete
Latin American
                      79       11,447             11,447     Complete
 
                                               
 
  $ 7,066     $ 4,844     $ 17,778     $ 16,662     $ 212,997     $ 12,231     $ 225,228          
 
                                                 
 
                                                               
Classification:
                                                               
Cost of goods sold
  $ 2,285     $ 1,890     $ 4,932     $ 5,530                                  
Selling, general and administrative
    4,781       2,954       12,846       11,132                                  
 
                                                       
 
  $ 7,066     $ 4,844     $ 17,778     $ 16,662                                  
 
                                                       
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance associated with the initiatives and the activity during the nine month period ended July 3, 2011:

41


Table of Contents

Remaining Accrual Balance
                                                 
    Accrual Balance at             Cash             Accrual Balance     Expensed as  
    September 30, 2010     Provisions     Expenditures     Non-Cash Items     at July 3, 2011     Incurred(A)  
Global Cost Reduction
                                               
Termination benefits
  $ 6,447     $ 5,795     $ (5,021 )   $ 183     $ 7,404     $ 686  
Other costs
    4,005       492       (2,486 )     570       2,581       7,596  
 
                                   
 
    10,452       6,287       (7,507 )     753       9,985       8,282  
 
                                   
Ningbo Exit Plan
                                               
Termination benefits
                                   
Other costs
    491       24       (143 )     (372 )           195  
 
                                   
 
    491       24       (143 )     (372 )           195  
 
                                   
Global Realignment
                                               
Termination benefits
    8,721       1,207       (7,096 )     (676 )     2,156        
Other costs
    2,281       93       (619 )     498       2,253       1,690  
 
                                   
 
    11,002       1,300       (7,715 )     (178 )     4,409       1,690  
 
                                   
European
                                               
Termination benefits
    1,801             (455 )     115       1,461        
Other costs
    47             (39 )     (8 )            
 
                                   
 
    1,848             (494 )     107       1,461        
 
                                   
Latin American
                                               
Termination benefits
                                   
Other costs
                                   
 
                                   
 
                                               
 
  $ 23,793     $ 7,611     $ (15,859 )   $ 310     $ 15,855     $ 10,167  
 
                                   
 
(A)   Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring and related charges.
(19) Other Required Disclosures
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which amends current comprehensive income presentation guidance. This accounting update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. Instead, comprehensive income must be reported in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance will be effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2013. The Company does not expect the guidance to impact its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, as it only requires a change in the format of presentation.
Receivables and Concentrations of Credit Risk
“Receivables, net” in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following:

42


Table of Contents

                 
    July 3, 2011     September 30, 2010  
Trade accounts receivable
  $ 363,753     $ 369,353  
Other receivables
    51,581       41,445  
 
           
 
    415,334       410,798  
 
               
Less: Allowance for doubtful trade accounts receivable
    4,086       4,351  
 
           
 
  $ 411,248     $ 406,447  
 
           
Trade receivables subject Spectrum Brands to credit risk. Trade accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. Spectrum Brands extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and credit history, and generally does not require collateral. Spectrum Brands monitors its customers’ credit and financial condition based on changing economic conditions and makes adjustments to credit policies as required. Provision for losses on uncollectible trade receivables are determined principally on the basis of past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of Spectrum Brands’ receivables and evaluations of the risks of nonpayment for a given customer.
Spectrum Brands has a broad range of customers including many large retail outlet chains, one of which accounts for a significant percentage of its sales volume. This customer represented approximately 25% and 23% of Spectrum Brands’ net sales during the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011, respectively. This customer represented approximately 24% and 22% of Spectrum Brands’ net sales during the three and nine month periods ended July 4, 2010, respectively. This customer also represented approximately 14% and 15% of the Spectrum Brands’ trade accounts receivable, net at July 3, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively.
Approximately 40% and 44% of Spectrum Brands’ net sales during the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011, respectively, and 37% and 43% of Spectrum Brands’ net sales during the three and nine month periods ended July 4, 2010, respectively, occurred outside the United States. These sales and related receivables are subject to varying degrees of credit, currency, political and economic risk. Spectrum Brands monitors these risks and makes appropriate provisions for collectability based on an assessment of the risks present.
Inventories
Inventories of Spectrum Brands, which are stated at the lower of cost (using the first-in, first-out method) or market, consist of the following:
                 
    July 3, 2011     September 30, 2010  
Raw materials
  $ 70,183     $ 62,857  
Work in process
    35,077       28,239  
Finished goods
    443,116       439,246  
 
           
 
  $ 548,376     $ 530,342  
 
           
Insurance- Other Liabilities
“Other liabilities” in the “Insurance” section of the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet consist of the following:
         
    July 3, 2011  
Retained asset account
  $ 201,654  
Call options collateral held
    65,458  
Funds withheld from reinsurers
    53,939  
Amounts payable to reinsurers
    23,137  
Other
    121,841  
 
     
Total insurance- other liabilities
  $ 466,029  
 
     

43


Table of Contents

Shipping and Handling Costs
Spectrum Brands incurred shipping and handling costs of $51,172 and $150,140 for the three and nine month periods ended July 3, 2011, respectively, and $40,204 and $111,615 for the three and nine month periods ended July 4, 2010, respectively. These costs are included in “Selling, general and administrative” expenses in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Shipping and handling costs include costs incurred with third-party carriers to transport products to customers as well as salaries and overhead costs related to activities to prepare the Spectrum Brands products for shipment from its distribution facilities.
Reorganization Items
On February 3, 2009, SBI and each of its wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas. On August 28, 2009 the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. SBI adopted fresh-start reporting as of a convenience date of August 30, 2009.
Reorganization items are presented separately in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and represent expenses, income, gains and losses that SBI has identified as directly relating to its voluntary petitions under the Bankruptcy Code. Reorganization items expense, net for the nine month period ended July 4, 2010 consists of the following:
         
    2010  
Legal and professional fees
  $ 3,536  
Provision for rejected leases
    110  
 
     
Reorganization items expense, net
  $ 3,646  
 
     
Discontinued Operations
On November 11, 2008, SBI approved the shutdown of its line of growing products, which included the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed. The decision to shut down growing products was made only after SBI was unable to successfully sell this business, in whole or in part. The shutdown of its line of growing products was completed during the second quarter of SBI's fiscal year ended September 30, 2009.
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations excludes its line of growing products for all periods presented. The following amounts have been segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as discontinued operations for the nine month period ended July 4, 2010:
         
    Nine Months 2010  
Net sales
  $  
 
     
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
    (2,512 )
Provision for income tax expense
    223  
 
     
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (2,735 )
 
     
(20) Related Party Transactions
The Company has a management agreement with Harbinger Capital Partners LLC (“Harbinger Capital”), an affiliate of the Company and the Principal Stockholders, whereby Harbinger Capital may provide advisory and consulting services to the Company. The Company has agreed to reimburse Harbinger Capital for its out-of-pocket expenses and the cost of certain services performed by legal and accounting personnel of Harbinger Capital under the agreement. For the nine months ended July 3, 2011, the Company did not incur any costs related to this agreement.
On January 7, 2011, the Company completed the Spectrum Brands Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Agreement entered into on September 10, 2010 with the Principal Stockholders. In connection therewith, the Company issued an aggregate of 119,910 shares of its common stock in exchange for an aggregate of 27,757 shares of common stock of Spectrum Brands (the “Spectrum Brands Contributed Shares”), or approximately 54.5% of the then outstanding Spectrum Brands common stock. The exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00 was based on the respective volume weighted average trading prices of the Company’s common stock ($6.33 per share) and Spectrum Brands common stock ($27.36 per share) on the NYSE for the 30 trading days from and including July 2, 2010 to and including August 13, 2010, the day the Company received the Principal Stockholders’ proposal for the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.

44


Table of Contents

Upon the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Company became a party to a registration rights agreement, by and among the Principal Stockholders, Spectrum Brands and the other parties listed therein, pursuant to which the Company obtained certain demand and “piggy back” registration rights with respect to the shares of Spectrum Brands’ common stock held by the Company.
Following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Company also became a party to a stockholders agreement, by and among the Principal Stockholders and Spectrum Brands (the “SB Stockholder Agreement”). Under the SB Stockholder Agreement, the parties thereto have agreed to certain governance arrangements, transfer restrictions and certain other limitations with respect to Going Private Transactions (as such term is defined in the SB Stockholder Agreement).
The issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock to the Principal Stockholders pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and the acquisition by the Company of the Spectrum Brands Contributed Shares were not registered under the Securities Act. These shares are restricted securities under the Securities Act. The Company may not be able to sell the Spectrum Brands Contributed Shares and the Principal Stockholders may not be able to sell their shares of the Company’s common stock acquired pursuant to the Exchange Agreement except pursuant to: (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of those shares, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which requires a specified holding period and limits the manner and volume of sales, or (iii) any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act.
On March 7, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Transfer Agreement”) with the Master Fund whereby on March 9, 2011, (i) the Company acquired from the Master Fund a 100% membership interest in HFG, which was the buyer under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, between HFG and OMGUK, pursuant to which HFG agreed to acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of FGL and certain intercompany loan agreements between OM Group, as lender, and FGL, as borrower (the “FGL Acquisition”), in consideration for $350,000, which could be reduced by up to $50,000 post closing if certain regulatory approval is not received, and (ii) the Master Fund transferred to HFG the sole issued and outstanding Ordinary Share of FS Holdco Ltd, a Cayman Islands exempted limited company (“FS Holdco”) (together, the “Insurance Transaction”). In consideration for the interests in HFG and FS Holdco, the Company agreed to reimburse the Master Fund for certain expenses incurred by the Master Fund in connection with the Insurance Transaction (up to a maximum of $13,300) and to submit certain expenses of the Master Fund for reimbursement by OM Group under the Purchase Agreement. The Transfer Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Purchase Agreement, was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors upon a determination by a special committee (the “FGL Special Committee”) comprised solely of directors who were independent under the rules of the NYSE, that it was in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (other than the Master Fund and its affiliates) to enter into the Transfer Agreement and proceed with the Insurance Transaction. On April 6, 2011, the Company completed the FGL Acquisition.
FS Holdco is a recently formed holding company, which is the indirect parent company of Front. Neither HFG nor FS Holdco has engaged in any business other than transactions contemplated in connection with the Insurance Transaction.
On May 19, 2011, FGL Special Committee unanimously determined that it is (i) in the best interests of the Company for Front Street and FGL, to enter into a reinsurance agreement (the “Reinsurance Agreement”), pursuant to which Front Street would reinsure up to $3,000,000 of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL and (ii) in the best interests of the Company for Front Street and HCP II to enter into an investment management agreement (the “Investment Management Agreement”), pursuant to which HCP II would be appointed as the investment manager of up to $1,000,000 of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, which assets will be deposited in a reinsurance trust account for the benefit of FGL pursuant to a trust agreement (the “Trust Agreement”). On May 19, 2011, the Company’s board of directors approved the Reinsurance Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Trust Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. The FGL Special Committee’s consideration of the Reinsurance Agreement, the Trust Agreement, and the Investment Management Agreement was contemplated by the terms of the Transfer Agreement. In considering the foregoing matters, the FGL Special Committee was advised by independent counsel and received an independent third-party fairness opinion.
HFG’s pre-closing and closing obligations under the Purchase Agreement, including payment of the purchase price, were guaranteed by the Master Fund. Pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, the Company entered into a Guaranty Indemnity Agreement (the “Guaranty Indemnity”) with the Master Fund, pursuant to which the Company agreed to indemnify the Master Fund for any losses incurred by it or its representatives in connection with the Master Fund’s guaranty of HFG’s pre-closing and closing obligations under the Purchase Agreement.
On July 14, 2011, the Master Fund and Spectrum Brands entered into an equity underwriting agreement with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as representative of the underwriters listed therein, with respect to the offering of 1,000 shares of Spectrum Brands common stock by Spectrum Brands and 5,495 shares of Spectrum Brands common stock by the Master Fund, at a price per share to the public of $28.00. HGI did not sell any shares of Spectrum Brands common stock in the offering. In connection with the offering, HGI entered into a 180-day lock up agreement. In addition, the Master Fund entered into a standstill agreement with HGI, pursuant to which the Master Fund agreed that it would not, among other things (a) either individually or as part of a group, acquire, offer to acquire, or agree to acquire any securities (or beneficial ownership thereof) of Spectrum Brands; (b) other than with respect to certain existing holdings, form, join or in any way participate in a group with respect to any securities of Spectrum Brands; (c) effect, seek, offer, propose or cause or participate in (i) any merger, consolidation, share exchange or business combination involving Spectrum Brands or any material portion of Spectrum Brands’ business, (ii) any purchase or sale of all or any substantial part of the assets of Spectrum Brands or any material portion of the Spectrum Brands’ business; (iii) any recapitalization, reorganization or other extraordinary transaction with respect to Spectrum Brands or any material portion of the Spectrum Brands’ business, or (iv) any representation on the board of directors of Spectrum Brands.

45


Table of Contents

(21) Segment Data
The Company follows the accounting guidance which establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments in interim and annual financial statements. The Company’s reportable business segments are organized in a manner that reflects how HGI’s management views those business activities. Accordingly, the Company currently operates its business in two reporting segments: (i) consumer products through Spectrum Brands and (ii) insurance through FGL (see Note 1 for additional information).
Segment information for the periods presented is as follows:
                                 
    Three Months     Nine Months  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
Segment revenues:
                               
Consumer products
  $ 804,635     $ 653,486     $ 2,359,586     $ 1,778,012  
Insurance
    229,655             229,655        
 
                       
Consolidated revenues
  $ 1,034,290     $ 653,486     $ 2,589,241     $ 1,778,012  
 
                       
 
                               
Segment operating income (loss):
                               
Consumer products
  $ 78,767     $ 59,634     $ 195,125     $ 124,164  
Insurance
    49,761             49,761        
 
                       
Total segments
    128,528       59,634       244,886       124,164  
Corporate expenses (A)
    (8,012 )     (546 )     (37,247 )     (546 )
 
                       
Consolidated operating income (loss)
    120,516       59,088       207,639       123,618  
Interest expense
    (51,904 )     (132,238 )     (192,650 )     (230,130 )
Bargain purchase gain from business acquisition
    134,668             134,668        
Other income (expense), net
    7,086       (1,312 )     7,049       (8,296 )
Reorganization items expense, net
                      (3,646 )
 
                       
Consolidated income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ 210,366     $ (74,462 )   $ 156,706     $ (118,454 )
 
                       
                 
    July 3, 2011     September 30, 2010  
Segment total assets:
               
Consumer products
  $ 3,822,779     $ 3,873,604  
Insurance
    19,574,053        
 
           
Total segments
    23,396,832       3,873,604  
Corporate assets
    522,993       142,591  
 
           
Consolidated total assets at period end
  $ 23,919,825     $ 4,016,195  
 
           
 
(A)   Included in corporate expenses are $3,400 and $26,500 related to business acquisitions and $1,900 and $3,600 related to Front Street for the three and nine months ended July 3, 2011, respectively.
(22) Subsequent Events
On July 27, 2011, Spectrum Brands made a voluntary prepayment of $40,000 to reduce the Term Loan to $617,000.
On August 5, 2011, the Company issued 120 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, in a private placement subject to future registration rights, pursuant to a securities purchase agreement entered into on August 5, 2011, for aggregate gross proceeds of $120,000. The Series A-2 Preferred Stock (i) is redeemable in cash (or, if a holder does not elect cash, automatically converted into common stock) on the seventh anniversary of issuance, (ii) is convertible into the Company’s common stock at an initial conversion price of $7.00 per share, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, (iii) has a liquidation preference of the greater of 150% of the purchase price or the value that would be received if it were converted into common stock, (iv) accrues a cumulative quarterly cash dividend at an annualized rate of 8% and (v) has a quarterly non-cash principal accretion at an annualized rate of 4% that will be reduced to 2% or 0% if the Company achieves specified rates of growth measured by increases in its net asset value. The Series A-2 Preferred Stock is entitled to vote and to receive cash dividends and in-kind distributions on an as-converted basis with the common stock. The net proceeds from the issuance of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock of $115,000, net of related fees and expenses of approximately $5,000, are expected to be used for general corporate purposes, which may include future acquisitions and other investments.

46


Table of Contents

Item 2.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Introduction
This “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of Harbinger Group Inc. (“HGI,” “we,” “us,” “our” and, collectively with its subsidiaries or as its accounting predecessor prior to June 16, 2010, the “Company”) should be read in conjunction with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of HGI which was included with our retrospectively adjusted annual consolidated financial statements filed on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on June 10, 2011 (the “Recast Financials”). Certain statements we make under this Item 2 constitute “forward-looking statements” under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Projections” in “Part II — Other Information” of this report. You should consider our forward-looking statements in light of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this report, the Recast Financials and our other filings with the Commission.
HGI Overview
We are a holding company that is 93.3% owned by Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the “Master Fund”), Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. (together, the “Principal Stockholders”), not taking into account the conversion of the Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock or the Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) discussed below in “Recent Developments.”
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of industries. We view the acquisition of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (“Spectrum Brands”) and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (“FGL,” formally Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc.), both discussed below in “Recent Developments,” as first steps in the implementation of that strategy. We have identified the following six sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities: consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecommunications, agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources. In addition to our intention to acquire controlling interests, we may also from time to time make investments in debt instruments and acquire minority equity interests in companies.
In pursuing our strategy, we utilize the investment expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital Partners LLC (“Harbinger Capital”), a multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York and an affiliate of the Principal Stockholders. We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record of making successful investments across various industries. We believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital enhances our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will more closely match our principal investment strategy. In addition, our corporate structure provides additional options for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our common stock as a form of consideration.
Recent Developments
On November 15, 2010 and June 28, 2011, we issued $350 million and $150 million, respectively, or $500 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior secured notes due 2015 (the “10.625% Notes”). We used the net proceeds of the $350 million 10.625% Notes to acquire FGL as discussed below. We expect to use the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes which may include the financing of future acquisitions and other investments.
On January 7, 2011, we acquired a then 54.5% (currently 53.0%) controlling interest in Spectrum Brands, a diversified global branded consumer products company, by issuing approximately 119.9 million shares of our common stock to the Principal Stockholders in exchange for approximately 27.8 million shares of common stock of Spectrum Brands in a transaction we refer to as the “Spectrum Brands Acquisition”. As a result, the Principal Stockholders own approximately 93.3% of our outstanding common stock, not taking into account conversion of the Preferred Stock.
Spectrum Brands reflects the combination on June 16, 2010, of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (“SBI”), a global branded consumer products company, and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (“Russell Hobbs”), a global branded small appliance company, in a transaction we refer to as the SB/RH Merger. Prior to the SB/RH Merger, the Principal Stockholders owned approximately 40% and 100% of the outstanding common stock of SBI and Russell Hobbs, respectively. As a result of the SB/RH Merger, Spectrum Brands issued an approximately

47


Table of Contents

65% controlling financial interest to the Principal Stockholders and an approximately 35% noncontrolling financial interest to other stockholders. Spectrum Brands’ shares of common stock trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SPB.”
Immediately prior to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Principal Stockholders held controlling financial interests in both us and Spectrum Brands. As a result, the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is considered a transaction between entities under common control under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805 — “Business Combinations,” and is accounted for similar to the pooling of interest method. In accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 805, the assets and liabilities transferred between entities under common control are recorded by the receiving entity based on their carrying amounts (or at the historical cost basis of the parent, if these amounts differ). Although we were the issuer of shares in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, during the historical periods presented Spectrum Brands was an operating business and we were not. Therefore, Spectrum Brands has been reflected as the predecessor and receiving entity in our financial statements to provide a more meaningful presentation of the transaction to our stockholders. Accordingly, our financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect as our historical financial statements those of Spectrum Brands and SBI, and our assets and liabilities have been recorded at the Principal Stockholders’ basis as of the date that common control was first established (June 16, 2010). As SBI was the accounting acquirer in the SB/RH Merger, the financial statements of SBI are included as our predecessor entity for periods preceding the SB/RH Merger.
In connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we changed our fiscal year end from December 31 to September 30 to conform to the fiscal year end of Spectrum Brands. As a result of this change in fiscal year end, our quarterly reporting periods for fiscal year 2011, subsequent to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, ended on April 3, 2011 and July 3, 2011.
On March 9, 2011, we acquired Harbinger F&G, LLC (formerly, Harbinger OM, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“HFG”), and FS Holdco Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted limited company (“FS Holdco”), from the Master Fund under a transfer agreement (the “Transfer Agreement”) entered into on March 7, 2011. As a result, we indirectly assumed the rights and obligations of HFG to acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of FGL and certain intercompany loan agreements between OM Group (UK) Limited (“OM Group”) as lender, and FGL, as borrower, in consideration for $350 million, which could be reduced by up to $50 million post closing if certain regulatory approval is not received. FS Holdco Ltd. is a recently formed holding company, which is the indirect parent company of Front Street Re, Ltd. (“Front Street”), a recently formed Bermuda-based reinsurer. Subject to regulatory approval, Front Street will enter into a reinsurance agreement with FGL to reinsure up to $3 billion of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL. Front Street has not engaged in any significant business to date, but expects to provide reinsurance for fixed annuities with third parties as well as FGL. FS Holdco has not engaged in any business other than transactions contemplated under the Transfer Agreement. See Note 17 to our accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding this transaction.
On April 6, 2011, we completed the acquisition of FGL for a cash purchase price of $350 million, which could be reduced by up to $50 million post closing if certain regulatory approval is not received, from OM Group in a transaction we refer to as the “FGL Acquisition”. We incurred approximately $22 million of expenses relating to this transaction, which included expense reimbursements to the Master Fund of $13.3 million and $5 million of the $350 million purchase price was re-characterized as an expense since OM Group made a $5 million expense reimbursement to the Master Fund upon closing of the FGL Acquisition. FGL, through its insurance subsidiaries, is a provider of fixed annuity products in the U.S. The FGL Acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of FGL’s operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements commencing April 6, 2011. See Note 17 to our accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding this acquisition.
On May 13, 2011, we issued 280,000 shares of Preferred Stock in a private placement for total gross proceeds of $280 million. The Preferred Stock (i) is redeemable for cash (or, if a holder does not elect cash, automatically converted into common stock) on the seventh anniversary of issuance, (ii) is convertible into our common stock at an initial conversion price of $6.50 per share, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, (iii) has a liquidation preference of the greater of 150% of the purchase price or the value that would be received if it were converted into common stock, (iv) accrues a cumulative quarterly cash dividend at an annualized rate of 8% and (v) has a quarterly non-cash principal accretion at an annualized rate of 4% that will be reduced to 2% or 0% if we achieve specified rates of growth measured by increases in our net asset value. The Preferred Stock is entitled to vote, subject to certain regulatory limitations, and to receive cash dividends and in-kind distributions on an as-converted basis with our common stock. On August 5, 2011 we issued 120,000 shares of Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock for total gross proceeds of $120 million. The terms and conditions of this issuance are substantially similar to the initial issuance except for the initial conversion price, which has been set at $7.00, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. We expect to use the aggregate net proceeds of $384 million, net of related total fees and expenses of approximately $16 million, from the issuance of both the Preferred Stock offerings for general corporate purposes, which may include future acquisitions and other investments.

48


Table of Contents

We currently operate in two segments: consumer products through Spectrum Brands and insurance through FGL.
Consumer Products Segment
Through Spectrum Brands, we are a diversified global branded consumer products company with positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; pet supplies; home and garden control products; electric shaving and grooming; small appliances; electric personal care; and portable lighting.
Spectrum Brands manufactures and markets alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty pet supplies. Manufacturing and product development facilities are located in the United States, Europe, Latin America and Asia. Spectrum Brands designs and markets rechargeable batteries and chargers, shaving and grooming products, small household appliances, personal care products and portable lighting products, substantially all of which are manufactured by third-party suppliers, primarily located in Asia.
Spectrum Brands sells products in approximately 130 countries through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and enjoys strong name recognition in these markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1, Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
The “Spectrum Value Model” is at the heart of Spectrum Brands’ operating approach. This model emphasizes providing value to the consumer with products that work as well as or better than competitive products for a lower cost, while also delivering higher retailer margins. Efforts are concentrated on winning at point of sale and on creating and maintaining a low-cost, efficient operating structure.
Spectrum Brands’ operating performance is influenced by a number of factors including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence and preferences; overall product line mix, including pricing and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy and fuel prices; and general competitive positioning, especially as impacted by competitors’ advertising and promotional activities and pricing strategies.
Insurance Segment
Through FGL, we are a provider of annuity and life insurance products to the middle and upper-middle income markets in the United States. Based in Baltimore, Maryland, FGL operates in the United States through its subsidiaries Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company (“FGL Insurance”) and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York (“FGL NY”).
FGL’s principal products are deferred annuities (including fixed indexed annuities), immediate annuities, and life insurance products, which are sold through a network of approximately 300 independent marketing organizations (“IMOs”) representing approximately 25,000 independent agents and managing general agents. As of July 3, 2011, FGL had over 775,000 policyholders nationwide and distributes its products throughout the United States.
FGL’s most important IMOs are referred to as “Power Partners”. FGL’s Power Partners are currently comprised of 19 annuity IMOs and 9 life insurance IMOs. From April 6, 2011 through July 3, 2011, these Power Partners accounted for approximately 84% of FGL’s sales volume. FGL believes that their relationships with these IMOs are strong. The average tenure of the top ten Power Partners is approximately 12.5 years.
Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”), premium collections for deferred annuities and immediate annuities without life contingency are reported as deposit liabilities (i.e., contractholder funds) instead of as revenues. Similarly, cash payments to policyholders are reported as decreases in the liability for contractholder funds and not as expenses. Sources of revenues for products accounted for as deposit liabilities are net investment income, surrender and other charges deducted from contractholder funds, and net realized gains (losses) on investments. Components of expenses for products accounted for as deposit liabilities are interest sensitive and index product benefits (primarily interest credited to account balances), amortization of intangibles including value of business acquired (“VOBA”) and deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”), other operating costs and expenses and income taxes.

49


Table of Contents

Earnings from products accounted for as deposit liabilities are primarily generated from the excess of net investment income earned over the interest credited or the cost of providing index credits to the policyholder, known as the investment spread. With respect to fixed index annuities, the cost of providing index credits includes the expenses incurred to fund the annual index credits and where applicable, minimum guaranteed interest credited. Proceeds received upon expiration or early termination of call options purchased to fund annual index credits are recorded as part of the change in fair value of derivatives, and are largely offset by an expense for index credited to annuity contractholder fund balances.
FGL’s profitability depends in large part upon the amount of assets under management, the ability to manage operating expenses, the costs of acquiring new business (principally commissions to agents and bonuses credited to policyholders) and the investment spreads earned on contractholder fund balances. Managing investment spreads involves the ability to manage investment portfolios to maximize returns and minimize risks such as interest rate changes and defaults or impairment of investments and the ability to manage interest rates credited to policyholders and costs of the options purchased to fund the annual index credits on the fixed index annuities.
Results of Operations
Fiscal Quarter and Fiscal Nine Month Period Ended July 3, 2011 Compared to Fiscal Quarter and Fiscal Nine Month Period Ended July 4, 2010
In this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q we refer to the three months ended July 3, 2011 as the “Fiscal 2011 Quarter,” the nine month period ended July 3, 2011 as the “Fiscal 2011 Nine Months,” the three month period ended July 4, 2010 as the “Fiscal 2010 Quarter” and the nine month period ended July 4, 2010 as the “Fiscal 2010 Nine Months.”
Presented below is a table that summarizes our results of operations and compares the amount of the change between the fiscal quarters and nine month periods (in millions, expect per share data):

50


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Fiscal Quarter     Fiscal Nine Months  
                    Increase                     Increase  
    2011     2010     (Decrease)     2011     2010     (Decrease)  
    (Unaudited)             (Unaudited)          
Revenues:
                                               
Consumer Products and Other — Net Sales
  $ 805     $ 653     $ 152     $ 2,360     $ 1,778     $ 582  
Insurance
    230             230       230             230  
 
                                   
Total revenues
    1,035       653       382       2,590       1,778       812  
 
                                   
Operating costs and expenses:
                                               
Consumer Products and Other:
                                               
Cost of goods sold
    511       400       111       1,511       1,131       380  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    223       194       29       691       523       168  
 
                                   
 
    734       594       140       2,202       1,654       548  
 
                                   
Insurance:
                                               
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves
    130             130       130             130  
Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals
    29             29       29             29  
Amortization of intangibles
    21             21       21             21  
 
                                   
 
    180             180       180             180  
 
                                   
Total operating costs and expenses
    914       594       320       2,382       1,654       728  
 
                                   
Operating income
    121       59       62       208       124       84  
Interest expense
    (52 )     (132 )     80       (193 )     (230 )     37  
Bargain purchase gain from business acquisition
    135             135       135             135  
Other income (expense), net
    7       (1 )     8       7       (8 )     15  
 
                                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations before reorganization items and income taxes
    211       (74 )     285       157       (114 )     271  
Reorganization items expense, net
                            4       (4 )
 
                                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    211       (74 )     285       157       (118 )     275  
Income tax expense
    4       12       (8 )     64       45       19  
 
                                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    207       (86 )     293       93       (163 )     256  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                            (3 )     3  
 
                                   
Net income (loss)
    207       (86 )     293       93       (166 )     259  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
    13       (35 )     48       (19 )     (35 )     16  
 
                                   
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest
    194       (51 )     245       112       (131 )     243  
Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion
    6             6       6             6  
 
                                   
Net income (loss) attributable to common and participating preferred stockholders
  $ 188     $ (51 )   $ 239     $ 106     $ (131 )   $ 237  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Basic and diluted income (loss) per common share attributable to controlling interest:
                                               
Continuing operations
  $ 1.03     $ (0.39 )   $ 1.42     $ 0.58     $ (0.98 )   $ 1.56  
Discontinued operations
                            (0.02 )     0.02  
 
                                   
Net income (loss)
  $ 1.03     $ (0.39 )   $ 1.42     $ 0.58     $ (1.00 )   $ 1.58  
 
                                   
 
                                               

51


Table of Contents

Revenues
Consumer Products and Other
Net sales for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased $152 million to $805 million from $653 million in the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. Net sales for the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months increased $582 million to $2,360 million from $1,778 million in the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months. The following table details consolidated net sales by product line, and the amounts attributable to the acquisition of Russell Hobbs in the SB/RH Merger, for each of those respective periods (in millions):
                                                 
    Fiscal Quarter     Fiscal Nine Months  
Product line net sales   2011     2010     Increase
(Decrease)
    2011     2010     Increase
(Decrease)
 
Russell Hobbs acquisition:
                                               
Small appliances
  $ 170     $ 34     $ 136     $ 567     $ 34     $ 533  
Pet supplies
    3       1       2       11       1       10  
Home and garden control products
    1             1       3             3  
 
                                   
Total Russell Hobbs acquisition
    174       35       139       581       35       546  
Consumer batteries
    198       194       4       627       629       (2 )
Pet supplies
    141       135       6       414       420       (6 )
Home and garden control products
    154       164       (10 )     270       266       4  
Electric shaving and grooming products
    62       61       1       211       196       15  
Electric personal care products
    53       43       10       191       167       24  
Portable lighting products
    23       21       2       66       65       1  
 
                                   
Total net sales to external customers
  $ 805     $ 653     $ 152     $ 2,360     $ 1,778     $ 582  
 
                                   
During the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, global consumer battery sales increased $4 million, or 2%, primarily driven by increases in North America and Europe of $3 million and $12 million, respectively, which were partially offset by decreases in Latin American sales of $11 million. The increases within North America were driven by distribution gains at a major customer, whereas increases in Europe were driven by customer gains and increased placement with retailers coupled with a $9 million favorable foreign exchange impact. The decrease within Latin America was driven by lower zinc carbon battery sales of $9 million and lower alkaline sales of $2 million. The decrease in both zinc carbon and alkaline battery sales was predominantly driven by decreased volume and price in Brazil resulting from competitive pressures. Pet supply sales increased $6 million, or 4%, during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, which was primarily attributable to improved consumption trends at key retailers as well as favorable foreign exchange. During the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, electric shaving and grooming product sales increased $1 million, or 2%, primarily due to increased sales within North America as a result of distribution gains and increased online sales. Electric personal care sales increased $10 million, or 23%, during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, primarily due to increased sales in North America and Europe of $4 million and $5 million, respectively, as a result of new product introductions, distribution gains, increased online sales and regional growth into Eastern Europe coupled with favorable foreign exchange impacts of $3 million. Home and garden control product sales decreased $10 million, or 6%, during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter compared to the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The decrease is primarily attributable to unseasonable weather in the United States which negatively impacted the lawn and garden season. The $2 million, or 10%, increase in portable lighting sales during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter was primarily driven by new distribution channels added during the quarter.
During the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months, global consumer battery sales decreased $2 million, or less than 1%, primarily driven by lower Latin American sales of $21 million which were offset by increased North American sales of $16 million and favorable foreign exchange translation of $3 million. North American sales increased as a result of strong holiday sales during our first fiscal quarter and new distribution channels added during the year. Latin American sales decreased due to the factors discussed in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter. The $6 million, or 1%, decrease in pet supplies sales during the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months resulted from decreases in aquatics sales of $13 million resulting from macroeconomic factors which were offset by an increase in companion animal sales of $3 million primarily attributable to the same factors mentioned above during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, coupled with favorable foreign exchange of $4 million. During the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months, electric shaving and grooming product sales increased $15 million, or 8%, primarily due to increases within North America, Europe and Latin America of $6 million, $5 million and $2 million, respectively, due to distribution gains. Electric personal care sales increased $24 million, or 14%, during the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months, primarily due to increased sales in North America and Europe of $7 million and $14 million, respectively, resulting from the factors listed above for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter as well as successful in-store promotions. Home and garden control product sales increased $4 million, or 2%, during the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months compared to the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months. The increase was

52


Table of Contents

attributable to increased distribution and product placements with major customers which were tempered by the factors listed above for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter. Portable lighting products sales increased slightly to $66 million during the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months compared to $65 million during the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months due to the factors listed above for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter.
Insurance
Insurance revenues consist of the following components within the Fiscal 2011 Quarter and Nine Months following the FGL Acquisition on April 6, 2011 (in millions):
         
    For the  
    Period April 6, 2011  
    to July 3,2011  
Premiums
  $ 25  
Net investment income
    177  
Net investment gains
    1  
Insurance and investment product fees and other
    27  
 
     
Total Insurance Revenues
  $ 230  
 
     
Premiums of $25 million reflect insurance premiums for traditional life insurance products which are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. FGL Insurance has ceded the majority of its traditional life business to unaffiliated third party reinsurers.
Net investment income of $177 million, less interest credited and option costs on annuity deposits of $114 million, resulted in a net investment spread of $63 million during the period. Changes in investment spread primarily result from the aggregate interest credited and option costs on FGL’s fixed indexed annuities (“FIA”) products which can be impacted by the costs of options purchased to fund the annual index credits on fixed index annuities. Average invested assets (on an amortized cost basis) for the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011 were $16 billion and the average yield earned on average invested assets was 4.33% for the period compared to interest credited and option costs of 2.71%. Also included in net investment income for the period was $(35) million of net premium amortization on the investments in fixed maturity securities. As of the FGL Acquisition Date, all investment securities were recorded at fair value, which resulted in a significant net investment premium position that is being amortized into investment income over the life of the acquired investments.
The investment spread for the period is summarized as follows:
         
    For the Period  
    April 6, 2011  
    to July 3,  
    2011  
Average yield on invested assets
    4.33 %
Interest credited and option cost
    2.71 %
Investment spread
    1.62 %
Net investment gains, reduced by impairment losses, recognized in operations fluctuate from period to period based upon changes in the interest rate and economic environment and the timing of the sale of investments or the recognition of other than temporary impairments (“OTTI”). For the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011, net investment gains on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities and equity securities were $15 million related to security trading activity during the period. Net investment gains also included net losses of $14 million on derivative instruments purchased to fund the annual index credits for FIA contracts. The components of the realized and unrealized gains on derivative instruments are as follows (in millions):

53


Table of Contents

         
    For the Period  
    April 6, 2011 to  
    July 3, 2011  
Call options:
       
Loss on option expiration
  $ (2 )
Change in unrealized gain/loss
    (13 )
Futures contracts:
       
Loss on futures contracts expiration
    (1 )
Change in unrealized gain/loss
    3  
 
     
 
  $ (13 )
 
     
Realized and unrealized gains on derivative instruments primarily result from the performance of the indices upon which the call options and futures contracts are based and the aggregate cost of options purchased. A substantial portion of the call options and futures contracts are based upon the S&P 500 Index with the remainder based upon other equity and bond market indices. The range of index appreciation for call options during the period is as follows:
         
    For the Period  
    April 6, 2011 to  
    July 3, 2011  
S&P 500 Index:
       
Point-to-point strategy
    0%-12.0 %
Monthly average strategy
    0%-15.0 %
Monthly point-to-point strategy
    0%-19.0 %
Daily averaging
    0%-31.4 %
3 Year high water mark
    0.0 %
Actual amounts credited to contract holder fund balances may be less than the index appreciation due to contractual features in the FIA contracts (caps, participation rates and asset fees) which allow us to manage the cost of the options purchased to fund the annual index credits. The level of realized and unrealized gains on derivative instruments is also influenced by the aggregate costs of options purchased. The aggregate cost of options is primarily influenced by the amount of FIA contracts in force. The aggregate cost of options is also influenced by the amount of contract holder funds allocated to the various indices and market volatility which affects option pricing. The cost of options purchased during the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011 was $31 million.
Insurance and investment products fees and other for the period were $27 million and consist primarily of cost of insurance and surrender charges assessed against policy withdrawals in excess of the policyholders allowable penalty-free amounts (up to 10% of the prior year’s value, subject to certain limitations).
Operating costs and expenses
Consumer Products and Other
Costs of Goods Sold/Gross Profit. Gross profit, representing net sales minus cost of good sold, for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter was $294 million versus $253 million for the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. Our gross profit margin, representing gross profit as a percentage of net sales, for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter decreased to 36.5% from 38.7% in the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The increase in gross profit is primarily attributable to the SB/RH Merger, which contributed $26 million to the increase in gross profit in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter compared to the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The decrease in gross profit margin is attributable to the change in overall product mix as a result of the SB/RH Merger. Gross profit for the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months was $849 million versus $647 million for the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months. Spectrum Brands’ gross profit margin decreased to 36.0% from 36.4% in the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months. The increase in gross profit for the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months is also attributable to the SB/RH Merger, which contributed $134 million to the increase during the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months compared to the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months, coupled with the non-recurrence of a $34 million inventory revaluation charge Spectrum

54


Table of Contents

Brands recognized associated with the adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Inventory balances were revalued at August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such inventory balances of $49 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation, Spectrum Brands recognized $34 million in additional cost of goods sold during the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months.
Selling, General & Administrative Expense. Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased $29 million to $223 million from $194 million for the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The increase is primarily due to $19 million of SG&A for the addition of Russell Hobbs, a negative foreign exchange impact of $9 million, a $2 million increase in restructuring charges and $8 million of SG&A for the corporate expenses at HGI, which are reflected commencing June 16, 2010 (the date that common control was first established over Spectrum Brands and HGI) in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter and Nine Months. The corporate expenses of HGI included $3 million of corporate overhead, $2 million of start-up costs for Front Street and $3 million of acquisition and project related expenses. These increases have been offset by a decrease in acquisition and integration related charges of $10 million principally related to the SB/RH Merger.
SG&A for the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months increased $168 million to $691 million from $523 million for the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months. The increase is primarily due to $95 million of SG&A for the addition of Russell Hobbs, an $11 million increase in stock-compensation expense at Spectrum Brands, a $9 million increase in acquisition and integration related charges principally related to the SB/RH Merger, a negative foreign exchange impact of $9 million and $37 million of SG&A for the corporate expenses of HGI. The corporate expenses of HGI included $6 million for corporate overhead expenses, $4 million of start-up costs for Front Street and $27 million of acquisition and project related expenses, which included $1 million related to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, $23 million related to the FGL Acquisition and $3 million of other project related expenses.
Insurance
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves. Benefits and other changes in policy reserves of $130 million for the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011 include insurance policy benefits and changes in policy reserves of $48 million, interest sensitive and index product benefits of $104 million, and $(22) million related to changes in the fair value of embedded derivatives. Interest sensitive and index product benefits consist primarily of interest credited and the cost of providing index credits to contractholders of deferred and immediate annuities and universal life products. Changes in index credits are attributable to changes in the underlying indices and the amount of funds allocated by policyholders to the respective index options. Benefits also include claims incurred during the period in excess of contractholder fund balances, traditional life benefits and the change in reserves for life insurance products.
Fair value accounting for derivative instruments and the embedded derivatives in the FIA contracts creates differences in the recognition of revenues and expenses from derivative instruments including the embedded derivative liability in our fixed index annuity contracts. The change in fair value of the embedded derivatives will not correspond to the change in fair value of the derivatives (purchased call options) because the purchased call options are one, two, and three-year options while the options valued in the fair value of embedded derivatives cover the expected life of the FIA contracts. The impact on benefits and expenses adjustment resulting from the change in the fair value of the embedded derivatives in the FIA contracts for the period from April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011 was a credit to earnings of $22 million, with the decrease in the derivative liability being primarily due to FIA contract terminations during the period.
Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals. Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals for the period were $29 million and include costs and expenses related to the acquisition and ongoing maintenance of insurance and investment contracts, including commissions, policy issuance expenses and other underwriting and general operating costs. These costs and expenses are net of amounts that are capitalized and deferred, which are primary costs and expenses that vary with and are primarily related to the sale and issuance of our insurance policies and investment contracts, such as first-year commissions in excess of ultimate renewal commissions and other policy issuance expenses.
Amortization of intangibles. Amortization of intangibles of $21 million includes VOBA amortization of $17 million, net of accrued interest, and DAC amortization of $4 million for the period. In general, amortization of DAC will increase each period due to the growth in our annuity business and the deferral of policy acquisition costs incurred with respect to sales of annuity products. The anticipated increase in amortization from these factors will be affected by amortization associated with fair value accounting for derivatives and embedded derivatives utilized in our fixed index annuity business and amortization associated with net realized gains on investments and net OTTI losses recognized in operations.
Consolidated operating costs and expenses are expected to increase as we recognize the full period effect of the FGL Acquisition, continue to actively pursue our acquisition strategy and increase corporate oversight due to acquisitions and continued growth at subsidiaries. These increases in SG&A will be partially offset by cost synergies that Spectrum Brands expects to achieve with the

55


Table of Contents

SB/RH Merger and savings from its pet supplies product line restructuring over the next two years.
Interest Expense. Interest expense for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter decreased $80 million to $52 million from $132 million for the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The decrease in quarterly interest expense is the result of $77 million of charges related to the refinancing of Spectrum Brands’ debt in the Fiscal 2010 Quarter consisting of (i) $61 million for the write-offs of the unamortized portion of the discounts, premiums and debt issuance costs related to Spectrum Brands’ debt that was refinanced; (ii) $9 million related to bridge commitment fees while Spectrum Brands was refinancing its debt; (iii) $4 million of prepayment penalties; and (iv) $3 million related to the termination of a Euro-denominated interest rate swap. Also affecting the decrease is a reduction in interest rates and average outstanding balances due to Spectrum Brands’ debt prepayments and refinancing during Fiscal 2011. Partially offsetting these decreases was $10 million of interest expense related to our 10.625% Notes initially issued in November 2010. Interest expense for the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months decreased $37 million to $193 million from $230 million for the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months. The decrease is due to the reasons mentioned above for the 2011 Fiscal Quarter which were partially offset by interest expense related to our 10.625% Notes of $25 million, $24 million related to Spectrum Brands’ term loan refinancing in February 2011 and $5 million related to Spectrum Brands’ voluntary debt prepayments.
Bargain purchase gain from business acquisition. The FGL Acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires the total purchase price to be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, which resulted in a bargain purchase gain under US GAAP. We believe that the resulting bargain purchase gain of $135 million is reasonable based on the following circumstances: (a) the seller was highly motivated to sell FGL, as it had publicly announced its intention to do so approximately a year ago, (b) the fair value of FGL’s investments and statutory capital increased between the date that the purchase price was initially negotiated and the date of the FGL Acquisition, (c) as a further inducement to consummate the sale, the seller waived, among other requirements, any potential upward adjustment of the purchase price for an improvement in FGL’s statutory capital between the date of the initially negotiated purchase price and the date of the FGL Acquisition and (d) an independent appraisal of FGL’s business indicated that its fair value was in excess of the purchase price.
Other Income (Expense), net. Other income, net was $7 million for the 2011 Fiscal Quarter and Nine Months, compared to an expense of $1 million and $8 million for the 2010 Fiscal Quarter and Nine Months, respectively. The other income, net in the 2011 Fiscal Quarter and Nine Months relates principally to a $6 million mark to market change in the fair value of the equity conversion option of the Preferred Stock that was issued on May 13, 2011. Refer to Notes 4 and 9 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the accounting for this embedded derivative liability. The $8 million expense in the 2010 Fiscal Nine Months was due principally to a foreign exchange loss recognized in connection with the designation of Spectrum Brands’ Venezuelan subsidiary as being in a highly inflationary economy and the devaluation of Venezuela’s currency.
Reorganization Items. During the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months, Spectrum Brands, in connection with its reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in 2009, recorded reorganization items expense of $4 million, which are primarily professional and legal fees.
Income Taxes. For the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, our effective tax rate was only 2% principally due to (i) the recognition of a bargain purchase gain from the FGL Acquisition, for which a deferred tax liability has not been recorded as we believe we would have the ability to not incur tax on this gain; and (ii) the release of valuation allowances on tax benefits from net operating and capital loss carryforwards that we determined are more-likely-than-not realizable. In addition to the factors noted above, our effective tax rate for the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months of 41% differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 35% principally due to: (i) deferred income taxes provided on the change in book versus tax basis of indefinite lived intangibles, which are amortized for tax purposes but not for book purposes, and (ii) income in foreign jurisdictions subject to tax at rates different from the U.S. statutory rate.
For the Fiscal 2010 Quarter and Nine Months, we reported a provision for income taxes, despite a pretax loss from continuing operations, in each of those periods principally due to (i) deferred income taxes provided on the change in book versus tax basis of indefinite lived intangibles, which are amortized for tax purposes but not for book purposes, (ii) losses in the United States and some foreign jurisdictions for which no tax benefit can be recognized due to full valuation allowances; and (iii) income subject to tax in certain other foreign jurisdictions.
Discontinued Operations. Loss from discontinued operations of $3 million in the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months relates to the shutdown of the growing products line of business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the projected input costs and significant working capital demands for growing products during Fiscal 2009.

56


Table of Contents

Noncontrolling Interest. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest of $13 million and $(19) million in the 2011 Fiscal Quarter and Nine Months, respectively, reflects the 45.5% share of the net income (loss) of Spectrum Brands attributable to the noncontrolling interest not owned by HGI. The net (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest for the 2010 Fiscal Quarter and Nine Months was $(35) million relating to the period from June 16, 2010 through July 4, 2010, which was the portion of the prior year period that HGI and Spectrum Brands were under common control. Prior to June 16, 2010 the results of Spectrum Brands were entirely attributable to the shareholders of the accounting predecessor, SBI.
Preferred Stock Dividend and Accretion. The preferred stock dividend and accretion for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter and Nine Months of $6 million consists of a cumulative quarterly cash dividend at an annualized rate of 8%, a quarterly non-cash principal accretion at an annualized rate of 4% that will be reduced to 2% or 0% if we achieve specified rates of growth measured by increases in our net asset value, and accretion of the carrying value of our Preferred Stock, which was discounted by the bifurcated equity conversion option and issuance costs. Refer to Note 9 to our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Preferred Stock.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
HGI
HGI’s liquidity needs are primarily for interest payments on the 10.625% Notes (approximately $53 million per year), dividend payments on our Preferred Stock (approximately $32 million per year), professional fees (including advisory services, legal and accounting fees), salaries and benefits, office rent, pension expense, insurance costs and to fund certain requirements of its insurance subsidiaries. HGI’s current source of liquidity is its cash, cash equivalents and investments.
HGI is a holding company that is dependent on the proceeds realized from investments and dividends or distributions from its subsidiaries as its primary source of cash. The ability of HGI’s subsidiaries to generate sufficient net income and cash flows to make upstream cash distributions is subject to numerous factors, including restrictions contained its subsidiaries’ financing agreements, availability of sufficient funds in such subsidiaries and applicable state laws and regulatory restrictions. At the same time, HGI’s subsidiaries may require additional capital to maintain or grow their businesses. Such capital could come from HGI, retained earnings at the relevant subsidiary or from third-party sources. For example, Front Street will require additional capital in order to engage in reinsurance transactions, including any possible transaction with FGL, and may require additional capital to meet regulatory capital requirements. As another example, pursuant to a reserve funding transaction that FGL’s insurance subsidiary is a party to, we have been required to post collateral under a collateral model and may be required to post additional collateral in the future. See “Item 5. Other Information — The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — The Reserve Facility and the CARVM Facility.” In that regard, as of August 11, 2011, we posted $19 million as additional collateral. We do not expect to receive any dividends from Spectrum Brands through 2011. We expect to receive dividends from FGL in future periods sufficient to fund a substantial portion of the interest payments on the 10.625% Notes. Any payment of dividends by FGL is subject to the regulatory restrictions and the approval of such payment by the board of directors of FGL, which must consider various factors, including general economic and business conditions, tax considerations, FGL’s strategic plans, financial results and condition, FGL’s expansion plans, any contractual, legal or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends, and such other factors the board of directors of FGL considers relevant.
We expect our cash, cash equivalents and investments to continue to be a source of liquidity except to the extent they may be used to fund investments in operating businesses or assets. At July 3, 2011, HGI’s cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments were $501 million.
Based on current levels of operations, HGI does not have any significant capital expenditure commitments and management believes that its consolidated cash, cash equivalents and investments on hand will be adequate to fund its operational and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. Depending on the size and terms of future acquisitions of operating businesses or assets, HGI and its subsidiaries may raise additional capital through the issuance of equity, debt, or both. There is no assurance, however, that such capital will be available at the time, in the amounts necessary or with terms satisfactory to HGI.
Spectrum Brands
Spectrum Brands expects to fund its cash requirements, including capital expenditures, interest and principal payments due in Fiscal 2011 through a combination of cash on hand ($88 million at July 3, 2011) and cash flows from operations and available borrowings under its revolving credit facility (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility”). Spectrum Brands expects its capital expenditures for the remaining three months of Fiscal 2011 will be approximately $13 million. Going forward its ability to satisfy financial and other covenants in its senior credit agreements and senior subordinated indenture and to make scheduled payments or prepayments on its debt and other financial obligations will depend on its future financial and operating performance. There can be no assurances that its business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility will be

57


Table of Contents

available in an amount sufficient to satisfy its debt maturities or to fund its other liquidity needs. In addition, the current economic crisis could have a further negative impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Accordingly, Spectrum Brands has and expects it will continue to use a portion of available cash to repay debt prior to expected maturity, for the purpose of improving its capital structure.
FGL
FGL conducts all its operations through operating subsidiaries. Dividends from its subsidiaries are the principal sources of cash to pay dividends to HGI and to meet its obligations, including payments of principal and interest on its outstanding indebtedness. Other principal sources of cash include sales of assets.
The liquidity requirements of FGL’s regulated insurance subsidiaries principally relate to the liabilities associated with their various insurance and investment products, operating costs and expenses, the payment of dividends to FGL, payment of principal and interest on their outstanding debt obligations and income taxes. Liabilities arising from insurance and investment products include the payment of benefits, as well as cash payments in connection with policy surrenders and withdrawals, policy loans and obligations to redeem funding agreements.
FGL’s insurance subsidiaries have used cash flows from operations and investment activities to fund their liquidity requirements. FGL’s insurance subsidiaries’ principal cash inflows from operating activities are derived from premiums, annuity deposits and insurance and investment product fees and other income. The principal cash inflows from investment activities result from repayments of principal, investment income and, as necessary, sales of invested assets.
FGL’s insurance subsidiaries maintain investment strategies intended to provide adequate funds to pay benefits without forced sales of investments. Products having liabilities with longer durations, such as certain life insurance, are matched with investments having similar estimated lives such as long-term fixed maturity securities. Shorter-term liabilities are matched with fixed maturity securities that have short- and medium-term fixed maturities. In addition, FGL’s insurance subsidiaries hold highly liquid, high-quality short-term investment securities and other liquid investment grade fixed maturity securities to fund anticipated operating expenses, surrenders and withdrawals.
The ability of FGL’s subsidiaries to pay dividends and to make such other payments will be limited by applicable laws and regulations of the states in which its subsidiaries are domiciled, which subject its subsidiaries to significant regulatory restrictions. These laws and regulations require, among other things, FGL’s insurance subsidiaries to maintain minimum solvency requirements and limit the amount of dividends these subsidiaries can pay. Along with solvency regulations, the primary driver in determining the amount of capital used for dividends is the level of capital needed to maintain desired financial strength ratings from the rating agencies. Given recent economic events that have affected the insurance industry, both regulators and rating agencies could become more conservative in their methodology and criteria, including increasing capital requirements for FGL’s insurance subsidiaries which, in turn, could negatively affect the cash available to FGL from its insurance subsidiaries.
Summary of Consolidated Cash Flows
                 
    Fiscal Nine Months  
Cash (used in) provided by:   July 3, 2011     July 4, 2010  
    (In millions)  
Operating activities
  $ (44 )   $ (55 )
Investing activities
    522       46  
Financing activities
    457       104  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (2 )     (7 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents due to Venezuela hyperinflation
          (5 )
 
           
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 933     $ 83  
 
           

58


Table of Contents

Operating Activities
Cash used in operating activities totaled $44 million for the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months as compared to a use of $55 million for the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months. The $11 million decrease in cash used from continuing operations was the result of higher income from Spectrum Brands’ continuing operations of $78 million, primarily related to the SB/RH Merger; $47 million of cash payments for Spectrum Brands’ administrative related reorganization items during the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months which did not recur; the non-recurrence in the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months of $18 million of acquisition related expenses for Russell Hobbs which were paid in the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months; cash used in discontinued operating activities of $10 million during the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months which relates to the shutdown of Spectrum Brands’ line of growing products and was nominal during the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months; and $7 million of net operating cash provided by FGL as premiums collected from its insurance products and income received from its investments exceeded policy acquisition costs, benefits paid, redemptions and operating expenses since the FGL Acquisition Date.
Partially offsetting these decreased uses was a $40 million increased use in our Consumer Products and Other working capital and other assets and liabilities, primarily driven by higher receivables and lower accounts payable due in part to seasonal timing related to the SB/RH Merger as well as the full period effect of the operating cash used for HGI in the 2011 Fiscal Nine Months and the foreign exchange impact on assets and liabilities; $38 million of higher cash payments to Spectrum Brands for integration and restructuring charges; higher cash interest payments of $24 million, of which $15 million related to interest on Spectrum Brands’ 12% Notes which was paid in kind during the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months but paid in cash during the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months, and the remainder primarily due to timing of interest payments as a result of the change in Spectrum Brands’ capital structure in connection with the SB/RH Merger; higher cash interest payments resulting from the 10.625% Notes that were issued on November 15, 2010 of $19 million; and $27 million of acquisition related payments by HGI, principally related to the Spectrum Brands and FGL Acquisitions.
Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities was $522 million for the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months. For the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months, cash provided by investing activities was $46 million. The $476 million increase in cash provided by investing activities is due to net cash acquired in our acquisition of FGL of $695 million and proceeds of $7 million received from the sale of the Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility in Fiscal 2011, partially offset by the cash use of $84 million, net of maturities, for the purchase of short-term investments by HGI, cash used of $57 million, net of maturities, for the purchase of fixed maturity securities by FGL, $10 million in conjunction with the Seed Resources, LLC acquisition in Fiscal 2011 coupled with increased capital expenditures of $10 million. In addition, for the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months, $66 million of HGI cash was added to the consolidated balance sheet as of June 16, 2010 in connection with the common control accounting for the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities was $457 million for Fiscal 2011 Nine Months compared to $104 million for the Fiscal 2010 Nine Months. The increase of $353 million was primarily related to the issuance of our 10.625% Notes, for which we received $498 million of proceeds, net of original net issue discount of $2 million. In addition, on May 13, 2011 we issued the Preferred Stock, for which we received net proceeds of $269 million. This was partially offset by net cash used by FGL of $250 million relating to net redemptions and benefit payments on investment contracts, including annuity and universal life contracts; and the issuance and repayment of borrowings and net cash used of $46 million by Spectrum Brands in Fiscal 2011 Nine Months in comparison to net cash provided by Spectrum Brands of $104 million in 2010 Fiscal Nine Months. The net cash used by Spectrum Brands of $46 million in the Fiscal 2011 Nine Months is primarily driven by term loan repayments of $93 million partially offset by a $55 million increase in the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The net cash provided in the 2010 Fiscal Nine Months is attributable to Spectrum Brands entering in to a $750 million Term Loan, issuing a $750 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes and entering into the $300 million ABL Revolving Credit Facility, the proceeds from such financing were used to repay its then-existing senior term credit facility and its then-existing asset based revolving loan facility See “Debt Financing Activities” below for further information.

59


Table of Contents

Debt Financing Activities
HGI
On November 15, 2010 and June 28, 2011, we issued $350 million and $150 million, respectively, or $500 million aggregate principal amount of the 10.625% Notes. The 10.625% Notes were sold only to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and to certain persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S. The initial $350 million of 10.625% Notes were subsequently registered under the Securities Act and the other $150 million of 10.625% Notes are in the process of being registered. The 10.625% Notes were issued at an aggregate price equal to 99.311% of the principal amount thereof, with a net original issue discount of $3.4 million. Interest on the 10.625% Notes is payable semi-annually, commencing on May 15, 2011 and ending November 15, 2015. The 10.625% Notes are collateralized with a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets directly held by us, including stock in our subsidiaries (with the exception of Zap.Com, but including Spectrum Brands, HFG and HGI Funding LLC) and our directly held cash and investment securities.
We have the option to redeem the 10.625% Notes prior to May 15, 2013 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. At any time on or after May 15, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the 10.625% Notes at certain fixed redemption prices expressed as percentages of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. At any time prior to November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 10.625% Notes with net cash proceeds received by us from certain equity offerings at a price equal to 110.625% of the principal amount of the 10.625% Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, provided that redemption occurs within 90 days of the closing date of such equity offering, and at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the 10.625% Notes remains outstanding immediately thereafter.
The Indenture governing the 10.625% Notes contains covenants limiting, among other things, and subject to certain qualifications and exceptions, our ability, and, in certain cases, the ability of our subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness; create liens; engage in sale-leaseback transactions; pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock; make certain restricted payments; sell assets; engage in transactions with affiliates; or consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person. We are also required to maintain compliance with certain financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral coverage ratios that are based on the fair market value of the assets held directly by HGI, including our equity interests in Spectrum Brands and our other subsidiaries such as HFG and HGI Funding LLC. At July 3, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants under the 10.625% Notes.
Spectrum Brands
In connection with the SB/RH Merger, on June 16, 2010 Spectrum Brands (i) entered into a $750 million term loan pursuant to a senior credit agreement (the “Senior Credit Agreement”), (ii) issued $750 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes (the “9.5% Notes”) and (iii) entered into the $300 million ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds from such financing were used to repay its then-existing senior term credit facility (the “Prior Term Facility”) and its then-existing asset based revolving loan facility, to pay fees and expenses in connection with the refinancing and for general corporate purposes.
Senior Term Credit Facility
On February 1, 2011, Spectrum Brands completed the refinancing of its term loan facility established in connection with the SB/RH Merger, which, at February 1, 2011, had an aggregate amount outstanding of $680 million, with a amended and restated agreement (the “Term Loan”, together with the amended ABL Revolving Credit Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”) at a lower interest rate. The Term Loan reduces scheduled principal amortizations to approximately $7 million per year, contains a one-year soft call protection of 1% on refinancing but none on other voluntary prepayments, and has the same financial, negative (other than a more favorable ability to repurchase other indebtedness) and affirmative covenants and events of default as the former term loan facility. The Term Loan was issued at par with a maturity date of June 17, 2016. Subject to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term Loan provides for interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Spectrum Brands’ option, the LIBO rate (adjusted for statutory reserves) subject to a 1.00% floor plus a margin equal to 4.00%, or an alternate base rate plus a margin equal to 3.00%.
The Term Loan contains financial covenants with respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over time. In addition, the Term Loan contains customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on Spectrum Brands’ ability to incur

60


Table of Contents

additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments or specified payments, give guarantees, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and merge or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a guarantee and collateral agreement, Spectrum Brands and its domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed their respective obligations under the Term Loan and related loan documents and have pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure such obligations. The Term Loan also provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
At July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands was in compliance with all covenants under the Term Loan. On July 27, 2011, Spectrum Brands made a voluntary prepayment of $40 million on the Term Loan.
9.5% Notes
At both July 3, 2011 and September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had outstanding principal of $750 million under the 9.5% Notes maturing June 15, 2018.
Spectrum Brands may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the 9.5% Notes (the “2018 Indenture”) requires Spectrum Brands to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control of Spectrum Brands, as defined in such indenture.
The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
At July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands was in compliance with all covenants under the 9.5% Notes and the 2018 Indenture.
12% Notes
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11, Spectrum Brands issued $218 million in aggregate principal amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019 (the “12% Notes”). Semiannually, at its option, Spectrum Brands may elect to pay interest on the 12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, (or “PIK”). PIK interest is added to principal upon the relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior Term Facility, Spectrum Brands agreed to make interest payments on the 12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the Prior Term Facility, Spectrum Brands is no longer required to make interest payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual interest payment date of August 28, 2010.
Spectrum Brands may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the 12% Notes (the “2019 Indenture”) requires Spectrum Brands to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in such indenture.
At July 3, 2011 and September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had outstanding principal of $245 million under the 12% Notes, including PIK interest of $27 million added during Fiscal 2010.
The 2019 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.

61


Table of Contents

In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default under the 2019 Indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of default under the 2019 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the 2019 Indenture or the registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 12% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
In connection with the SB/RH Merger, Spectrum Brands obtained the consent of the note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”). The Supplemental Indenture became effective upon the closing of the SB/RH Merger. Among other things, the Supplemental Indenture amended the definition of change in control to exclude the Principal Stockholders and increased Spectrum Brands’ ability to incur indebtedness up to $1.85 billion.
At July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands was in compliance with all covenants under the 12% Notes and the 2019 Indenture. However, Spectrum Brands is subject to certain limitations as a result of its Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under the 2019 Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, Spectrum Brands and certain of its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to pay dividends, make significant acquisitions or incur significant additional senior debt beyond the Senior Credit Facilities. Spectrum Brands does not expect the inability to satisfy the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair its ability to provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and long-term liquidity requirements of its existing business, although no assurance can be given in this regard.
ABL Revolving Credit Facility
On April 21, 2011 Spectrum Brands amended its ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The amended facility carries an interest rate, at Spectrum Brands’ option, which is subject to change based on availability under the facility, of either: (a) the base rate plus currently 1.25% per annum or (b) the reserve-adjusted LIBO rate (the “Eurodollar Rate”) plus currently 2.25% per annum. No amortization is required with respect to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is scheduled to mature on April 21, 2016.
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America as administrative agent (the “Agent”). The ABL Revolving Credit Facility consists of revolving loans (the “Revolving Loans”), with a portion available for letters of credit and a portion available as swing line loans, in each case subject to the terms and limits described therein.
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and re-borrowed without premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for working capital requirements of Spectrum Brands and its subsidiaries, restructuring costs, and other general corporate purposes.
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and warranties and covenants, including, without limitation, enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. Pursuant to the credit and security agreement, the obligations under the ABL Credit Agreement are secured by certain current assets of the guarantors, including, but not limited to, deposit accounts, trade receivables and inventory.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility at July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands had aggregate borrowing availability of approximately $147 million, net of lender reserves of $49 million. At July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands had outstanding letters of credit of $24 million under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
At July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands was in compliance with all covenants under the ABL Credit Agreement.
Interest Payments and Fees
In addition to principal payments on the Senior Credit Facilities, Spectrum Brands has annual interest payment obligations of approximately $71 million in the aggregate under the 9.5% Notes and annual interest payment obligations of approximately $29 million in the aggregate under the 12% Notes. Spectrum Brands also incurs interest on borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities and such interest would increase borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility if cash were not otherwise available for such payments. Interest on the 9.5% Notes and interest on the 12% Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears and interest under the Senior Credit Facilities is payable on various interest payment dates as provided in the Senior Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit

62


Table of Contents

Agreement. Interest is payable in cash, except that interest under the 12% Notes is required to be paid by increasing the aggregate principal amount due under the subject notes unless Spectrum Brands elects to make such payments in cash. Effective with the payment date of February 28, 2011, Spectrum Brands elected to make the semi-annual interest payment scheduled for August 28, 2011 in cash. Thereafter, Spectrum Brands may make the semi-annual interest payments for the 12% Notes either in cash or by further increasing the aggregate principal amount due under the notes subject to certain conditions. Based on amounts currently outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, and using market interest rates and foreign exchange rates in effect at July 3, 2011, we estimate annual interest payments of approximately $35 million in the aggregate under the Senior Credit Facilities would be required assuming no further principal payments were to occur and excluding any payments associated with outstanding interest rate swaps. Spectrum Brands is required to pay certain fees in connection with the Senior Credit Facilities. Such fees include a quarterly commitment fee of up to 0.50% on the unused portion of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and certain additional fees with respect to the letter of credit sub-facility under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
FGL
On April 7, 2011, a wholly-owned reinsurance subsidiary of FGL borrowed $95 million from the seller in the FGL Acquisition in the form of a surplus note. The surplus note was issued at par and carries a 6% fixed interest rate. Interest payments are subject to regulatory approval and are further restricted until all contractual obligations that the reinsurance subsidiary has to certain financial institutions have been satisfied in full. The note has a maturity date which is at the later of (i) December 31, 2012 or (ii) the date on which all amounts due and payable to the lender have been paid in full. The surplus note issued by the reinsurance subsidiary is expected to be retired by selling the investments the reinsurance subsidiary acquired with the proceeds from the issuance. The retirement is not expected to have a significant impact on HGI or the regulatory position of FGL.
Series A and Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock
On May 13, 2011 and August 5, 2011, we issued 280,000 shares and 120,000 shares, respectively of Preferred Stock in a private placement for total gross proceeds of $400 million. See “Recent Developments” above.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Throughout our history, we have entered into indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with our customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and in certain instances, when we sold businesses. Additionally, we have indemnified our directors and officers who are, or were, serving at our request in such capacities. Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is not precisely known due to the extensive history of our past operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these indemnifications have not been material to our financial statements. We have no reason to believe that future costs to settle claims related to our former operations will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Contractual Obligations
At July 3, 2011, there have been no material changes to the contractual obligations as set forth in the Recast Financials except for the following updates resulting from the subsequent issuance of the 10.625% Notes and the FGL Acquisition (in millions):

63


Table of Contents

                                         
    Payments Due by Fiscal Periods  
            Remainder of     2012 and     2014 and        
Contractual Obligations   Total     2011     2013     2015     After 2015  
HGI
                                       
10.625% Notes
  $ 500     $     $     $     $ 500  
Interest payments on 10.625% Notes
    239             106       106       27  
 
                             
Total HGI contractual obligations
    739             106       106       527  
 
                             
 
                                       
FGL
                                       
 
                                       
Annuity and universal life products(A)
    22,218       606       4,947       3,553       13,112  
Note payable, including interest payments
    105             105              
Operating leases
    22       1       6       4       11  
 
                             
Total FGL contractual obligations
    22,345       607       5,058       3,557       13,123  
 
                             
Total additions to contractual obligations as of July 3, 2011
  $ 23,084     $ 607     $ 5,164     $ 3,663     $ 13,650  
 
                             
 
(A)   Amounts shown in this table are projected payments through the year 2030 which FGL is contractually obligated to pay to its annuity and universal life policyholders. The payments are derived from actuarial models which assume a level interest rate scenario and incorporate assumptions regarding mortality and persistency, when applicable. These assumptions are based on FGL’s historical experience.
Critical Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. There have been no material changes to the critical accounting policies or critical accounting estimates as discussed in Recast Financials except for the following updates resulting from the subsequent issuance of our Preferred Stock and the FGL Acquisition:
HGI
Valuation of Embedded Derivative
The Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock contains a “down round” provision, whereby the conversion price will be adjusted in the event that we issue certain equity securities at a price lower than the contractual conversion price of the Preferred Stock of $6.50. Therefore, in accordance with the guidance in ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, this conversion option requires bifurcation and must be separately accounted for as a derivative liability at fair value with any changes in fair value reported in current earnings. We re-measure the fair value of this equity conversion option on a recurring basis using the Monte Carlo simulation approach, which utilizes various inputs including HGI’s stock price, volatility, risk-free rate and discount yield. The fair value of this equity conversion option was $80 million as of July 3, 2011 compared to $86 million as of the May 13, 2011 issuance date of the Preferred Stock. Although we use a consistent approach to valuing this equity conversion option on a recurring basis, the use of a different approach or underlying assumptions could have a material effect on the estimated fair value.

64


Table of Contents

FGL
Valuation of Investments
FGL’s fixed maturity securities (bonds and redeemable preferred stocks maturing more than one year after issuance) and equity securities (common and perpetual preferred stocks) classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of associated amortization of intangibles and deferred income taxes. Unrealized gains and losses represent the difference between the amortized cost or cost basis and the fair value of these investments. FGL utilizes independent pricing services in estimating the fair values of investment securities. The independent pricing services incorporate a variety of observable market data in their valuation techniques, including: reported trading prices, benchmark yields, broker-dealer quotes, benchmark securities, bids and offers, credit ratings, relative credit information, and other reference data.
The following table presents the fair value of fixed maturity and equity securities, available-for-sale, by pricing source and hierarchy level as of July 3, 2011:
                                 
    Quoted Prices                    
    in Active     Significant     Significant        
    Markets for     Observable     Unobservable        
    Identical Assets     Inputs     Inputs        
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Total  
            (Dollars in millons)          
Prices via third party pricing services
  $ 467     $ 14,944     $     $ 15,411  
Priced via independent broker quotations
                613       613  
Priced via matrices
                       
Priced via other methods
                       
                         
 
  $ 467     $ 14,944     $ 613     $ 16,024  
                         
% of total
    3%       93%       4%       100%  
                         
Management’s assessment of all available data when determining fair value of the investments is necessary to appropriately apply fair value accounting.
The independent pricing services also take into account perceived market movements and sector news, as well as a security’s terms and conditions, including any features specific to that issue that may influence risk and marketability. Depending on the security, the priority of the use of observable market inputs may change as some observable market inputs may not be relevant or additional inputs may be necessary. FGL generally obtains one value from its primary external pricing service. In situations where a price is not available from this service, FGL may obtain further quotes or prices from additional parties as needed.
FGL validates external valuations at least quarterly through a combination of procedures that include the evaluation of methodologies used by the pricing services, comparisons to valuations from other independent pricing services, analytical reviews and performance analysis of the prices against trends, and maintenance of a securities watch list.
Evaluation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments
FGL has a policy and process in place to identify securities in its investment portfolio that could potentially have an impairment that is other-than-temporary. This process involves monitoring market events and other items that could impact issuers. The evaluation includes but is not limited to such factors as: the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost or cost; whether the issuer is current on all payments and all contractual payments have been made as agreed; the remaining payment terms and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; the lack of ability to refinance due to liquidity problems in the credit market; the fair value of any underlying collateral; the existence of any credit protection available; the intent to sell and whether it is more likely than not it would be required to sell prior to recovery for debt securities; the assessment in the case of equity securities

65


Table of Contents

including perpetual preferred stocks with credit deterioration that the security cannot recover to cost in a reasonable period of time; the intent and ability to retain equity securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery; consideration of rating agency actions; and changes in estimated cash flows of residential mortgage and asset-backed securities.
FGL determines whether other-than-temporary impairment losses should be recognized for debt and equity securities by assessing all facts and circumstances surrounding each security. Where the decline in market value of debt securities is attributable to changes in market interest rates or to factors such as market volatility, liquidity and spread widening, and FGL anticipates recovery of all contractual or expected cash flows, FGL does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired because it does not intend to sell these investments and it is not more likely than not it will be required to sell these investments before a recovery of amortized cost, which may be maturity. For equity securities, FGL recognizes an impairment charge in the period in which it does not have the intent and ability to hold the securities until recovery of cost or it determines that the security will not recover to book value within a reasonable period of time. FGL determines what constitutes a reasonable period of time on a security-by-security basis by considering all the evidence available, including the magnitude of any unrealized loss and its duration.
Valuation of Derivatives
FGL’s fixed indexed annuity contracts permit the holder to elect to receive a return based on an interest rate or the performance of a market index. FGL hedges certain portions of its exposure to equity market risk by entering into derivative transactions. In doing so, FGL uses a portion of the deposit made by policyholders pursuant to the fixed index annuity (“FIA”) contracts to purchase derivatives consisting of a combination of call options and futures contracts on the equity indices underlying the applicable policy. These derivatives are used to fund the index credits due to policyholders under the FIA contracts. The majority of all such call options are one-year options purchased to match the funding requirements underlying the FIA contracts. On the respective anniversary dates of the applicable FIA contracts, the market index used to compute the annual index credit under the applicable FIA contract is reset. At such time, FGL purchases new one-, two- or three-year call options to fund the next index credit. FGL attempts to manage the cost of these purchases through the terms of the FIA contracts, which permits changes to caps or participation rates, subject to certain guaranteed minimums that must be maintained. FGL is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by its counterparties on the call options. FGL attempts to reduce the credit risk associated with such agreements by purchasing such options from large, well-established financial institutions.
All of FGL’s derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The change in fair value is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations within net investment gains (losses).
Certain products contain embedded derivatives. The feature in the FIA contracts that permits the holder to elect an interest rate return or an equity-index linked component, where interest credited to the contracts is linked to the performance of various equity indices, represents an embedded derivative. The FIA embedded derivate is valued at fair value and included in the liability for contractholder funds in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value included as a component of benefits and other changes in policy reserves in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.
The fair value of derivative assets and liabilities is based upon valuation pricing models and represent what FGL would expect to receive or pay at the balance sheet date if it cancelled the options, entered into offsetting positions, or exercised the options. The fair value of futures contracts at the balance sheet date represents the cumulative unsettled variation margin. Fair values for these instruments are determined externally by an independent actuarial firm using market observable inputs, including interest rates, yield curve volatilities, and other factors. Credit risk related to the counterparty is considered when estimating the fair values of these derivatives. However, FGL is largely protected by collateral arrangements with counterparties.
The fair values of the embedded derivatives in FGL’s FIA products are derived using market indices, pricing assumptions and historical data.
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs (DAC)
Costs relating to the production of new business are not expensed when incurred but instead are capitalized as DAC. Only costs which are expected to be recovered from future policy revenues and gross profits may be deferred.
DAC are subject to loss recognition testing on a quarterly basis or when an event occurs that may warrant loss recognition. DAC consist principally of commissions and certain costs of policy issuance. Deferred Sales Inducements, which are accounted for similar

66


Table of Contents

to and included with DAC, consist of premium and interest bonuses credited to policyholder account balances.
For annuity products, these costs are being amortized generally in proportion to estimated gross profits from investment spread margins, surrender charges and other product fees, policy benefits, maintenance expenses, mortality net of reinsurance ceded and expense margins, and actual realized gain (loss) on investments. Current and future period gross profits for FIA contracts also include the impact of amounts recorded for the change in fair value of derivatives and the change in fair value of embedded derivatives. Current period amortization is adjusted retrospectively through an unlocking process when estimates of current or future gross profits (including the impact of realized investment gains and losses) to be realized from a group of products are revised. FGL’s estimates of future gross profits are based on actuarial assumptions related to the underlying policies’ terms, lives of the policies, yield on investments supporting the liabilities and level of expenses necessary to maintain the polices over their entire lives. Revisions are made based on historical results and FGL’s best estimates of future experience.
Estimated future gross profits vary based on a number of sources including investment spread margins, surrender charge income, policy persistency, policy administrative expenses and realized gains and losses on investments including credit related other than temporary impairment losses. Estimated future gross profits are most sensitive to changes in investment spread margins which are the most significant component of gross profits.
Income taxes
Deferred tax assets represent the tax benefit of future deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The application of US GAAP requires the evaluation of the recoverability of deferred tax assets and the establishment of a valuation allowance if necessary, to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realizable. Considerable judgment and the use of estimates are required in determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, FGL considers many factors, including: the nature and character of the deferred tax assets and liabilities; taxable income in prior carryback years; future reversals of temporary differences; the length of time carryovers can be utilized; and any tax planning strategies that would be employed to avoid a tax benefit from expiring unused. FGL is required to establish a valuation allowance for any gross deferred tax assets that are unlikely to reduce taxes payable in future years’ tax returns.
As of July 3, 2011, FGL has a consolidated net deferred tax asset of $182 million. Reflected in that asset, which is net of valuation allowances of $410 million, is the tax effect of net operating loss carryforwards of $86 million, tax credits of $68 million and capital losses of $260 million, which, if not used, will expire beginning in 2023, 2017 and 2012, respectively.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which amends current comprehensive income presentation guidance. This accounting update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. Instead, comprehensive income must be reported in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance will be effective for us beginning in fiscal 2013. We do not expect the guidance to impact our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, as it only requires a change in the format of presentation.
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market Risk Factors
Market risk is the risk of the loss of fair value resulting from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity price and equity prices. Market risk is directly influenced by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the related underlying financial instruments are traded.
Through Spectrum Brands, we have market risk exposure from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and commodity prices. Spectrum Brands uses derivative financial instruments for purposes other than trading to mitigate the risk from such exposures. Through FGL, we are primarily exposed to interest rate risk and equity price risk and have some exposure to credit risk and counterparty risk, which affect the fair value of financial instruments subject to market risk. Additionally, HGI is exposed to market risk with respect to its short-term investments and an embedded derivative liability related to its Preferred Stock.

67


Table of Contents

Equity Price Risk
HGI
HGI is exposed to equity price risk since it invests a portion of its excess cash in marketable equity securities, which as of July 3, 2011, are all classified as trading within “Short-term investments” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. HGI follows an investment policy approved by its board of directors which sets certain restrictions on the amounts and types of investments it may make. In addition, HGI is exposed to equity price risk related to the embedded equity conversion option of its Preferred Stock which is required to be separately accounted for as a derivative liability under US GAAP.
FGL
FGL is primarily exposed to equity price risk through certain insurance products that are exposed to equity price risk, specifically those products with guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits. FGL offers a variety of fixed indexed annuity (“FIA”) contracts with crediting strategies linked to the performance of indices such as the S&P 500, Dow Jones Industrials or the NASDAQ 100 Index. The estimated cost of providing guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits incorporates various assumptions about the overall performance of equity markets over certain time periods. Periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets, increased equity volatility, or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of the future policy benefit or policyholder account balance liabilities associated with such products, results in a reduction in our net income. The rate of amortization of VOBA related to fixed indexed annuity products and the cost of providing guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits could also increase if equity market performance is worse than assumed.
To economically hedge the equity returns on these products, FGL uses a portion of the deposit made by policyholders pursuant to the FIA contracts to purchase derivatives consisting of a combination of call options and future contracts on the equity indices underlying the applicable policy. These derivatives are used to fund the interest credited to policyholders under the FIA contracts. The majority of all such call options are one-year options purchased to match the funding requirements underlying the FIA contracts. FGL attempts to manage the costs of these purchases through the terms of its FIA contracts, which permits changes to caps or participation rates, subject to certain guaranteed minimums that must be maintained.
Fair value changes associated with these investments are substantially offset by an increase or decrease in the amounts added to policyholder account balances for index products. For the period April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011, the annual index credits to policyholders on their anniversaries were $72 million. Proceeds received at expiration or gains (losses) recognized upon early termination of these options related to such credits were $49 million for the period April 6, 2011 to July 3, 2011. The difference between proceeds received at expiration or gains recognized upon early termination of these options and index credits is primarily due to the timing of futures income.
Other market exposures are hedged periodically depending on market conditions and risk tolerance. The FIA hedging strategy economically hedges the equity returns and exposes FGL to the risk that unhedged market exposures result in divergence between changes in the fair value of the liabilities and the hedging assets. FGL uses a variety of techniques including direct estimation of market sensitivities and value-at-risk to monitor this risk daily. FGL intends to continue to adjust the hedging strategy as market conditions and its risk tolerance change.
Interest Rate Risk
FGL
Interest rate risk is FGL’s primary market risk exposure. Substantial and sustained increases or decreases in market interest rates can affect the profitability of the insurance products and fair value of investments, as the majority of its insurance liabilities are backed by fixed maturity securities.
The profitability of most of FGL’s products depends on the spreads between interest yield on investments and rates credited on insurance liabilities. FGL has the ability to adjust the rates credited (primarily caps and participation rates) on substantially all of the annuity liabilities at least annually (subject to minimum guaranteed values). In addition, substantially all of the annuity products have surrender and withdrawal penalty provisions designed to encourage persistency and to help ensure targeted spreads are earned.

68


Table of Contents

However, competitive factors, including the impact of the level of surrenders and withdrawals, may limit the ability to adjust or maintain crediting rates at levels necessary to avoid narrowing of spreads under certain market conditions.
In order to meet its policy and contractual obligations, FGL must earn a sufficient return on its invested assets. Significant changes in interest rates exposes FGL to the risk of not earning anticipated interest earnings, or of not earning anticipated spreads between the interest rate earned on investments and the credited interest rates paid on outstanding policies and contracts. Both rising and declining interest rates can negatively affect interest earnings, spread income, as well as the attractiveness of certain products.
During periods of increasing interest rates, FGL may offer higher crediting rates on interest-sensitive products, such as universal life insurance and fixed annuities, and it may increase crediting rates on in-force products to keep these products competitive. A rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, will result in a decline in the market value of FGL’s investment portfolio.
As part of FGL’s asset/liability management program, significant effort has been made to identify the assets appropriate to different product lines and ensure investing strategies match the profile of these liabilities. As such, a major component of managing interest rate risk has been to structure the investment portfolio with cash flow characteristics consistent with the cash flow characteristics of the insurance liabilities. FGL uses computer models to simulate cash flows expected from the existing business under various interest rate scenarios. These simulations enable it to measure the potential gain or loss in fair value of interest rate-sensitive financial instruments, to evaluate the adequacy of expected cash flows from assets to meet the expected cash requirements of the liabilities and to determine if it is necessary to lengthen or shorten the average life and duration of its investment portfolio. The “duration” of a security is the time weighted present value of the security’s expected cash flows and is used to measure a security’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. When the durations of assets and liabilities are similar, exposure to interest rate risk is minimized because a change in value of assets should be largely offset by a change in the value of liabilities.
Spectrum Brands
Spectrum Brands has bank lines of credit at variable interest rates. The general level of U.S. interest rates, LIBOR and Euro LIBOR affect interest expense. Spectrum Brands uses interest rate swaps to manage such risk. The net amounts to be paid or received under interest rate swap agreements are accrued as interest rates change, and are recognized over the life of the swap agreements as an adjustment to interest expense from the underlying debt to which the swap is designated.
Foreign Exchange Risk
Spectrum Brands is subject to risk from sales and loans to and from its subsidiaries as well as sales to and purchases from and bank lines of credit with third-party customers, suppliers and creditors, respectively, denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign currency sales and purchases are made primarily in Euro, Pounds Sterling, Brazilian Reals and Canadian Dollars. Spectrum Brands manages its foreign exchange exposure from anticipated sales, accounts receivable, intercompany loans, firm purchase commitments, accounts payable and credit obligations through the use of naturally occurring offsetting positions (borrowing in local currency), forward foreign exchange contracts, foreign exchange rate swaps and foreign exchange options.
Commodity Price Risk
Spectrum Brands is exposed to fluctuations in market prices for purchases of raw materials used in the manufacturing process, particularly zinc. Spectrum Brands uses commodity swaps, calls and puts to manage such risk. The maturity of, and the quantities covered by, the contracts are closely correlated to its anticipated purchases of the commodities. The cost of calls, and the premiums received from the puts, are amortized over the life of the contracts and are recorded in cost of goods sold, along with the effects of the swap, put and call contracts.
Credit Risk
FGL is exposed to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligation resulting in financial loss. The major source of credit risk arises predominantly in the insurance operations’ portfolios of debt and similar securities. Credit risk for these portfolios is managed with reference to established credit rating agencies with limits placed on exposures to below investment grade holdings.
In connection with the use of call options, FGL is exposed to counterparty credit risk (the risk that a counterparty fails to perform under the terms of the derivative contract). FGL has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties and obtaining sufficient collateral where appropriate, as a means of mitigating the financial loss from defaults. The exposure and credit rating of the

69


Table of Contents

counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded is spread amongst five different approved counterparties to limit our concentration in one counterparty. FGL’s policy allows for the purchase of derivative instruments from nationally recognized investment banking institutions with an S&P rating of A3 or higher. As of July 3, 2011, all derivative instruments have been purchased from counterparties with an S&P rating of A3 or higher. Collateral support documents are negotiated to further reduce the exposure when deemed necessary.
Sensitivity Analysis
The analysis below is hypothetical and should not be considered a projection of future risks. Earnings projections are before tax and noncontrolling interest.
Equity Price — Trading
One means of assessing exposure to changes in equity market prices is to estimate the potential changes in market values on the investments resulting from a hypothetical broad-based decline in equity market prices of 10%. On July 3, 2011, assuming all other factors are constant, we estimate that a 10% decline in equity market prices will have a $10 million adverse impact on HGI’s trading portfolio of marketable equity securities.
Equity Price — Other
On July 3, 2011, assuming all other factors are constant, we estimate that a decline in equity market prices of 10% would cause the market value of FGL’s equity investments to decline by approximately $31 million and its derivative investments to decline by approximately $1 million based on equity positions as of July 3, 2011. Because FGL’s equity investments are classified as available-for-sale, the $31 million decline would not affect current earnings except to the extent that it reflects other-than-temporary impairments.
On July 3, 2011, assuming all other factors are constant, we estimate that a 10% increase in equity market prices would cause the fair value liability of our equity conversion option of our Preferred Stock to increase by $18 million.
Interest Rates
If interest rates were to increase 10% from levels at July 3, 2011, the estimate of the fair value of fixed maturity securities of FGL would decrease by approximately $347 million. The impact on stockholders’ equity of such decrease (net of income taxes and certain adjustments for changes in amortization of VOBA and DAC) would be a decrease of $139 million in accumulated other comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity. The computer models used to estimate the impact of a 10% change in market interest rates incorporate numerous assumptions, require significant estimates and assume an immediate and parallel change in interest rates without any management of the investment portfolio in reaction to such change. Consequently, potential changes in value of financial instruments indicated by the simulations will likely be different from the actual changes experienced under given interest rate scenarios, and the differences may be material. Because FGL actively manages its investments and liabilities, the net exposure to interest rates can vary over time. However, any such decreases in the fair value of fixed maturity securities (unless related to credit concerns of the issuer requiring recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment) would generally be realized only if FGL was required to sell such securities at losses prior to their maturity to meet liquidity needs, which it manages using the surrender and withdrawal provisions of the annuity contracts and through other means.
At July 3, 2011, the potential change in fair value of outstanding interest rate derivative instruments of Spectrum Brands, assuming a one percentage point unfavorable shift in the underlying interest rates would be a loss of $0.1 million. The net impact on reported earnings, after also including the reduction in one year’s interest expense on the related debt due to the same shift in interest rates, would be a net gain of $0.1 million.
Foreign Exchange Risk
At July 3, 2011, the potential change in fair value of outstanding foreign exchange derivative instruments of Spectrum Brands, assuming a 10% unfavorable change in the underlying exchange rates would be a loss of $50 million. The net impact on reported earnings, after also including the effect of the change in the underlying foreign currency-denominated exposures, would be a net gain of $20 million.
Commodity
At July 3, 2011, the potential change in fair value of outstanding commodity price derivative instruments of Spectrum Brands,

70


Table of Contents

assuming a 10% unfavorable change in the underlying commodity prices would be a loss of $2 million. The net impact on reported earnings, after also including the reduction in cost of one year’s purchases of the related commodities due to the same change in commodity prices, would be a net gain of $1 million.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was performed under the supervision of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that, as of July 3, 2011, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within the Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving their control objectives.
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
As a result of the Company’s acquisition of Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (“FGL”) in the quarter ended July 3, 2011, the Company incorporated internal controls over financial reporting to include consolidation of FGL’s results of operations, as well as acquisition related accounting and disclosures, in addition to controls that FGL incorporated in connection with the change in its basis of accounting from International Financial Reporting Standards to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. There were no other significant changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting made during the quarter ended July 3, 2011 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

71


Table of Contents

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report includes forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of the management of Harbinger Group Inc. (“HGI,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”) and the management of our subsidiaries. Generally, forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future actions, events or results of operations of our company and our subsidiaries. Forward-looking statements specifically include, without limitation, the information regarding: efficiencies/cost avoidance, cost savings, income and margins, growth, economies of scale, combined operations, the economy, future economic performance, conditions to, and the timetable for, completing the integration of financial reporting of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (“Spectrum Brands Holdings”) and Fidelity & Life Holdings Inc. (“F&G Holdings”) with ours, completing future acquisitions and dispositions, completing the Front Street reinsurance transaction, litigation, potential and contingent liabilities, management’s plans, business portfolios, changes in regulations and taxes.
Forward-looking statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “may,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “could,” “might,” or “continue” or the negative or other variations thereof or comparable terminology.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. You should understand that the following important factors could affect the future results of our company (including our subsidiaries), and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements.
HGI
HGI’s actual results or other outcomes may differ from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements contained or incorporated herein due to a variety of important factors, including, without limitation, the following:
    limitations on our ability to successfully identify additional suitable acquisition and investment opportunities and to compete for these opportunities with others who have greater resources;
 
    the need to provide sufficient capital to our operating businesses;
 
    our dependence on distributions from our subsidiaries to fund our operations and payments on our debt;
 
    the impact of covenants in our Senior Notes Indenture governing our senior secured notes, and future financing agreements, on our ability to operate our business and finance our pursuit of additional acquisition opportunities;
 
    the impact on our business and financial condition of our substantial indebtedness and the significant additional indebtedness and other financing obligations we and our subsidiaries may incur;
 
    the impact on the aggregate value of our company portfolio and our stock price from changes in the market prices of publicly traded equity interests we hold, particularly during times of volatility in security prices;
 
    the impact of additional material charges associated with our oversight of acquired companies and the integration of our financial reporting;
 
    the impact of restrictive stockholder agreements and securities laws on our ability to dispose of equity interests we hold;
 
    the controlling effect of our principal stockholders whose interests may conflict with interests of our other stockholders and holders of our senior secured notes;
 
    the effect interests of our officers, directors, stockholders and their respective affiliates may have in certain transactions in which we are involved;
 
    our dependence on certain key personnel;

72


Table of Contents

    the impact of potential losses and other risks from changes in our investment portfolio;
 
    our ability to effectively increase the size of our organization and manage our growth;
 
    the impact of a determination that we are an investment company or personal holding company;
 
    the impact of future claims arising from operations, agreements and transactions involving former subsidiaries;
 
    the impact of expending significant resources in researching acquisition or investment targets that are not consummated;
 
    tax consequences associated with our acquisition, holding and disposition of target companies and assets; and
 
    the impact of delays or difficulty in satisfying the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or negative reports concerning our internal controls.
Spectrum Brands Holdings
Spectrum Brands Holdings’ actual results or other outcomes may differ from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements contained or incorporated herein due to a variety of important factors, including, without limitation, the following:
    the impact of Spectrum Brands Inc.’s (“Spectrum Brands”) substantial indebtedness on its business, financial condition and results of operations;
 
    the impact of restrictions in Spectrum Brands’ debt instruments on its ability to operate its business, finance its capital needs or pursue or expand business strategies;
 
    any failure to comply with financial covenants and other provisions and restrictions of Spectrum Brands’ debt instruments;
 
    Spectrum Brands’ ability to successfully integrate the business acquired in connection with the combination with Russell Hobbs and achieve the expected synergies from that integration at the expected costs;
 
    the impact of expenses resulting from the implementation of new business strategies, divestitures or current and proposed restructuring activities;
 
    the impact of fluctuations in commodity prices, costs or availability of raw materials or terms and conditions available from suppliers, including suppliers’ willingness to advance credit;
 
    interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations;
 
    the loss of, or a significant reduction in, sales to a significant retail customer(s);
 
    competitive promotional activity or spending by competitors or price reductions by competitors;
 
    the introduction of new product features or technological developments by competitors and/or the development of new competitors or competitive brands;
 
    the effects of general economic conditions, including inflation, recession or fears of a recession, depression or fears of a depression, labor costs and stock market volatility or changes in trade, monetary or fiscal policies in the countries where Spectrum Brands Holdings’ does business;
 
    changes in consumer spending preferences and demand for Spectrum Brands Holdings’ products;
 
    Spectrum Brands’ ability to develop and successfully introduce new products, protect its intellectual property and avoid infringing the intellectual property of third parties;

73


Table of Contents

    Spectrum Brands’ ability to successfully implement, achieve and sustain manufacturing and distribution cost efficiencies and improvements, and fully realize anticipated cost savings;
 
    the cost and effect of unanticipated legal, tax or regulatory proceedings or new laws or regulations (including environmental, public health and consumer protection regulations);
 
    public perception regarding the safety of Spectrum Brands’ products, including the potential for environmental liabilities, product liability claims, litigation and other claims;
 
    the impact of pending or threatened litigation;
 
    changes in accounting policies applicable to Spectrum Brands’ business;
 
    government regulations;
 
    the seasonal nature of sales of certain of Spectrum Brands’ products;
 
    the effects of climate change and unusual weather activity; and
 
    the effects of political or economic conditions, terrorist attacks, acts of war or other unrest in international markets.
F&G Holdings
F&G Holdings’ actual results or other outcomes may differ from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements contained or incorporated herein due to a variety of important factors, including, without limitation, the following:
    Harbinger F&G’s ability to replace the Reserve Facility;
 
    Harbinger F&G’s ability to consummate the Raven Springing Amendment;
 
    Wilton Re’s ability or willingness to meet its financial obligations under the Raven Springing Amendment;
 
    F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries’ ability to maintain and improve their financial strength ratings;
 
    Harbinger F&G’s and its insurance subsidiaries’ need for additional capital in order to maintain the amount of statutory capital that they must hold to maintain their financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements and obligations, including under the Reserve Facility;
 
    F&G Holdings’ ability to control its business in a highly regulated industry, which is subject to numerous legal restrictions and regulations;
 
    availability of reinsurance and credit risk associated with reinsurance;
 
    the accuracy of F&G Holdings’ assumptions and estimates regarding future events and ability to respond effectively to such events, including mortality, persistency, expenses and interest rates, tax liability, business mix, frequency of claims, contingent liabilities, investment performance, and other factors related to its business and anticipated results;
 
    F&G Holdings’ ability to mitigate the reserve strain associated with Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX;
 
    the impact of interest rate fluctuations on F&G Holdings;
 
    the availability of credit or other financings and the impact of equity and credit market volatility and disruptions on F&G Holdings;

74


Table of Contents

    changes in the federal income tax laws and regulations which may affect the relative income tax advantages of F&G Holdings’ products;
 
    F&G Holdings’ ability to defend itself against litigation (including class action litigation) and respond to enforcement investigations or regulatory scrutiny;
 
    the performance of third parties including distributors and technology service providers, and providers of outsourced services;
 
    the impact of new accounting rules or changes to existing accounting rules on F&G Holdings;
 
    F&G Holdings’ ability to protect its intellectual property;
 
    general economic conditions and other factors, including prevailing interest and unemployment rate levels and stock and credit market performance which may affect (among other things) F&G Holdings’ ability to sell its products, its ability to access capital resources and the costs associated therewith, the fair value of its investments, which could result in impairments and other-than-temporary impairments, and certain liabilities, and the lapse rate and profitability of policies;
 
    regulatory changes or actions, including those relating to regulation of financial services affecting (among other things) underwriting of insurance products and regulation of the sale, underwriting and pricing of products and minimum capitalization and statutory reserve requirements for insurance companies;
 
    the impact of man-made catastrophes, pandemics, computer virus, network security branches and malicious and terrorist acts on F&G Holdings;
 
    F&G Holdings’ ability to compete in a highly competitive industry;
 
    the ability of Front Street Re Ltd. (“Front Street”) to effectively implement its business strategy, including the need for capital and its ability to expand its operations; and
 
    ability to obtain approval of the Maryland Insurance Administration for the Front Street reinsurance transaction.
We caution the reader that undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document. We do not undertake any duty or responsibility to update any of these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document or to reflect actual outcomes.

75


Table of Contents

Item 1. Legal Proceedings
See Note 15 to the Company’s financial statements included in Part I — Item 1. Financial Statements. There were no material developments relating to the matters discussed therein during the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2011.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
When considering an investment in the Company, you should carefully consider the risk factors discussed below. Any of these risk factors could materially and adversely affect our or our subsidiaries’ business, financial condition and results of operations and these risk factors are not the only risks that we or our subsidiaries may face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or our subsidiaries or that are not currently believed to be material also may adversely affect us or our subsidiaries.
Risks Related to HGI
We are a holding company and we are dependent upon dividends or distributions from our subsidiaries; our ability to receive funds from our subsidiaries will be dependent upon the profitability of our subsidiaries and restrictions imposed by law and contracts.
As a holding company, our only material assets are our cash on hand, the equity interests in our subsidiaries and other investments. Our principal source of revenue and cash flow is distributions from our subsidiaries. Thus, our ability to service our debt, finance acquisitions and pay dividends to our stockholders in the future is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient net income and cash flows to make upstream cash distributions to us. Our subsidiaries are and will be separate legal entities, and although they may be wholly-owned or controlled by us, they have no obligation to make any funds available to us, whether in the form of loans, dividends, distributions or otherwise. The ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash to us will also be subject to, among other things, restrictions that are contained in our subsidiaries’ financing agreements, availability of sufficient funds in such subsidiaries and applicable state laws and regulatory restrictions. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries generally will have priority as to the assets of such subsidiaries over our claims and claims of our creditors and stockholders. To the extent the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to us could be limited in any way, this could materially limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.
As an example, Spectrum Brands Holdings is a holding company with limited business operations of its own and its main assets are the capital stock of its subsidiaries, principally Spectrum Brands. Spectrum Brands’ $300 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility due 2016 (the “Spectrum Brands ABL Facility”), its $617 million senior secured term facility due 2016 (the “Spectrum Brands Term Loan”), the indenture governing its 9.50% senior secured notes due 2018 (the “Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes”), the indenture governing its 12% Notes due 2019 (the “Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes” and, collectively, the “Spectrum loan agreements”) and other agreements substantially limit or prohibit certain payments of dividends or other distributions to Spectrum Brands Holdings.
Specifically, (i) each indenture of Spectrum Brands generally prohibits the payment of dividends to shareholders except out of a cumulative basket based on an amount equal to the excess of (a) 50% of the cumulative consolidated net income of Spectrum Brands plus (b) 100% of the aggregate cash proceeds from the sale of equity by Spectrum Brands (or less 100% of the net losses) plus (c) any repayments to Spectrum Brands of certain investments plus (d) in the case of the indenture governing the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes (the “2019” Indenture), $50 million, subject to certain other tests and certain exceptions and (ii) each credit facility of Spectrum Brands generally prohibits the payment of dividends to shareholders except out of a cumulative basket amount limited to $40 million per year. We expect that future debt of Spectrum Brands and Spectrum Brands Holdings will contain similar restrictions and we do not expect to receive dividends from Spectrum Brands Holdings in fiscal 2011.
F&G Holdings is also a holding company with limited business operations of its own. Its main assets are the capital stock of its subsidiaries, which are principally regulated insurance companies, whose ability to pay dividends is limited by applicable insurance laws.
We may not be successful in identifying any additional suitable acquisition or investment opportunities.
The successful implementation of our business strategy depends on our ability to identify and consummate suitable acquisitions or other investment opportunities. However, to date we have only identified a limited number of such opportunities. There is no

76


Table of Contents

assurance that we will be successful in identifying or consummating any additional suitable acquisitions and certain acquisition opportunities may be limited or prohibited by applicable regulatory regimes. Even if we do complete other acquisitions or investments, there is no assurance that we will be successful in enhancing our business or our financial condition. Acquisitions and investments may require a substantial amount of our management time and may be difficult for us to integrate, which could adversely affect management’s ability to identify and consummate other acquisition or investment opportunities. The failure to identify or successfully integrate future acquisitions and investment opportunities could have a material adverse affect on our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to service our debt.
Because we face significant competition for acquisition and investment opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business plan similar to ours, it may be difficult for us to fully execute our business strategy.
We expect to encounter intense competition for acquisition and investment opportunities from both strategic investors and other entities having a business objective similar to ours, such as private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), blank check companies, and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the type of businesses that we may intend to acquire. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources, or more local industry knowledge, or greater access to capital, than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. These factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully completing future acquisitions and investments.
In addition, while we believe that there are numerous target businesses that we could potentially acquire or invest in, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. We may need to obtain additional financing in order to consummate future acquisitions and investment opportunities. We cannot assure you that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing acquisition and investment opportunities.
Future acquisitions or investments could involve unknown risks that could harm our business and adversely affect our financial condition.
We expect to become a diversified holding company with interests in a variety of industries and market sectors. The Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and future acquisitions that we consummate will involve unknown risks, some of which will be particular to the industry in which the acquisition target operates. Although we intend to conduct extensive business, financial and legal due diligence in connection with the evaluation of future acquisition and investment opportunities, there can be no assurance our due diligence investigations will identify every matter that could have a material adverse effect on us. We may be unable to adequately address the financial, legal and operational risks raised by such acquisitions or investments, especially if we are unfamiliar with the industry in which we invest. The realization of any unknown risks could prevent or limit us from realizing the projected benefits of the acquisitions or investments, which could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, our financial condition, results of operations and the ability to service our debt will be subject to the specific risks applicable to any company we acquire or in which we invest.
Any potential acquisition or investment in a foreign business or a company with significant foreign operations may subject us to additional risks.
Acquisitions or investments by us in a foreign business or other companies with significant foreign operations, such as Spectrum Brands Holdings, subjects us to risks inherent in business operations outside of the United States. These risks include, for example, currency fluctuations, complex foreign regulatory regimes, punitive tariffs, unstable local tax policies, trade embargoes, risks related to shipment of raw materials and finished goods across national borders, restrictions on the movement of funds across national borders and cultural and language differences. If realized, some of these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and liquidity, and can have an adverse effect on our ability to service our debt.
Our investments in any future joint investment could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on a partner’s financial condition and disputes between us and our partners.
We may in the future co-invest with third parties through partnerships or joint investment in an investment or acquisition target or other entities. In such circumstances, we may not be in a position to exercise significant decision-making authority regarding a target business, partnership or other entity if we do not own a substantial majority of the equity interests of the target. These investments may involve risks not present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that partners might become insolvent or fail to

77


Table of Contents

fund their share of required capital contributions. In addition, partners may have economic or other business interests or goals that are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our policies or objectives. Such partners may also seek similar acquisition targets as us and we may be in competition with them for such business combination targets. Disputes between us and partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our costs and expenses and divert a substantial amount of our management’s time and effort away from our business. Consequently, actions by, or disputes with, partners might result in subjecting assets owned by the partnership to additional risk. We may also, in certain circumstances, be liable for the actions of our third-party partners. For example, in the future we may agree to guarantee indebtedness incurred by a partnership or other entity. Such a guarantee may be on a joint and several basis with our partner in which case we may be liable in the event such partner defaults on its guarantee obligation.
We could consume resources in researching acquisition or investment targets that are not consummated, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or invest in another business.
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific acquisition or investment target and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments, with respect to the investment itself and any related financings, will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for financial advisors, accountants, attorneys and other advisors. If a decision is made not to consummate a specific acquisition, investment or financing, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific acquisition, investment target or financing, we may fail to consummate the investment or acquisition for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event could consume significant management time and result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which could adversely affect our financial position and our ability to consummate other acquisitions and investments.
Covenants in the indenture governing our senior secured notes and the certificate of designations of our preferred stock limit, and other future financing agreements may limit, our ability to operate our business.
The indenture governing our senior secured notes due 2015 (the “Senior Notes Indenture”) and the certificate of designations of our Preferred Stock contain, and any of our other future financing agreements may contain, covenants imposing operating and financial restrictions on our business. The Senior Notes Indenture requires us to satisfy certain financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral coverage ratios. If we fail to meet or satisfy any of these covenants (after applicable cure periods), we would be in default and noteholders (through the trustee or collateral agent, as applicable) could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable, enforce their interests in the collateral pledged and restrict our ability to make additional borrowings. These agreements may also contain cross-default provisions, so that if a default occurs under any one agreement, the lenders under the other agreements could also declare a default. The covenants and restrictions in the Senior Notes Indenture, subject to specified exceptions, restrict our, and in certain cases, our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:
    incur additional indebtedness;
 
    create liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
 
    pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock;
 
    make certain restricted payments;
 
    sell assets;
 
    engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an arms’-length basis; or
 
    consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.
The terms of our Preferred Stock provide the holders of the Preferred Stock with consent and voting rights with respect to certain of the matters referred to above and certain corporate governance rights.

78


Table of Contents

These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain financings or to engage in other business activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Moreover, a default under one of our financing agreements may cause a default on the debt and other financing arrangements of our subsidiaries.
Financing covenants could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of July 3, 2011, on a pro forma basis our total outstanding indebtedness (excluding the indebtedness of our subsidiaries, but including the notes and preferred stock) was $900 million. As of July 3, 2011, the total liabilities of Spectrum Brands Holdings were approximately $2.8 billion, including trade payables. As of June 30, 2011, the total liabilities of F&G Holdings were approximately $19.2 billion, including approximately $14.8 billion in annuity contractholder funds and approximately $3.8 billion in future policy benefits. Our and our directly held subsidiaries’ significant indebtedness and other financing arrangements could have material consequences. For example, they could:
    make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our senior secured notes and any other outstanding future debt obligations;
 
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions or a downturn in our business;
 
    impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows to the payment to our financing sources, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; and
 
    place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors.
Any of these risks could impact our ability to fund our operations or limit our ability to expand our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Our ability to make payments on our financial obligations will depend upon the future performance of our operating subsidiaries and their ability to generate cash flow in the future, which are subject to general economic, industry, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from our operating subsidiaries, or that future borrowings will be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our financial obligations or to fund our other liquidity needs. If the cash flow from our operating subsidiaries is insufficient, we may take actions, such as delaying or reducing investments or acquisitions, attempting to restructure or refinance our financial obligations prior to maturity, selling assets or operations or seeking additional equity capital to supplement cash flow. However, we may be unable to take any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
We may be unable to repurchase the senior secured notes upon a change of control.
Under the Senior Notes Indenture, each holder of senior secured notes may require us to repurchase all of such holder’s senior secured notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the senior secured notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if certain “change of control” events occur. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds when required under the Senior Notes Indenture to make the required repurchase of the senior secured notes, especially because such events will likely be a change of control under our subsidiaries’ debt documents as well. If we fail to repurchase notes in that circumstance, we will be in default under the Senior Notes Indenture. If we are required to repurchase a significant portion of the senior secured notes, we may require third party financing as such funds may otherwise only be available to us through a distribution by our subsidiaries to us. We cannot be sure that we would be able to obtain third party financing on acceptable terms, or at all, or obtain such funds through distributions from our subsidiaries.
Future financing activities may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition.
Subject to the limitations set forth in the Senior Notes Indenture and the certificate of designations for our Preferred Stock, we and our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness and issue dividend-bearing redeemable equity interests. We expect to incur substantial additional financial obligations to enable us to consummate future acquisitions and investment opportunities. These obligations could result in:
    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an investment or acquisition are insufficient to repay our financial obligations;
 
    acceleration of our obligations to repay the financial obligations even if we make all required payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
 
    our immediate payment of all amounts owed, if any, if such financial obligations are payable on demand;

79


Table of Contents

    our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if such financial obligations contain covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the financial obligations remain outstanding;
 
    our inability to pay dividends on our capital stock;
 
    using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest or dividends on our financial obligations, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
    limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industries in which we operate;
 
    an event of default that triggers a cross default with respect to other financial obligations, including our senior secured notes and our Preferred Stock;
 
    increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry, financial, competitive legislative, regulatory and other conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and
 
    limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors.
In addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make other significant investments in publicly traded companies. Changes in the market prices of the securities we own, particularly during times of volatility in security prices, can have a material impact on the value of our company portfolio.
In addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make other significant investments in publicly traded companies, both as long-term acquisition targets and as shorter-term investments. We will either consolidate our investments and subsidiaries or report such investments under the equity method of accounting. Changes in the market prices of the publicly traded securities of these entities could have a material impact on an investor’s perception of the aggregate value of our company portfolio and on the value of the assets we can pledge to creditors for debt financing, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to incur additional debt or finance future acquisitions.
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial costs associated with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, which will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for other corporate purposes, and such costs and the costs of future investments could adversely affect our financial results and liquidity may be adversely affected.
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial costs in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition. These costs will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available to us for acquisitions and investments and other corporate purposes. There is no assurance that the actual costs will not exceed our estimates. We may continue to incur additional material charges reflecting additional costs associated with our investments and the integration of our acquisitions in fiscal quarters subsequent to the quarter in which the relevant acquisition was consummated.
Our ability to dispose of equity interests we hold may be limited by restrictive stockholder agreements and by the federal securities laws.
When we acquire the equity interests of a company, our investment may be illiquid and, when we acquire less than 100% of the equity interests of a company, we may be subject to restrictive terms of agreements with other equityholders. For instance, our investment in Spectrum Brands Holdings is subject to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, which may adversely affect our flexibility in managing our investment in Spectrum Brands Holdings. In addition, the shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings we received in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the shares of F&G Holdings we acquired in the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition are not registered under the Securities Act and are, and any other securities we acquire may be, restricted securities under the Securities Act. Our ability to sell such securities could be limited to sales pursuant to: (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of those securities, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which, among other things, requires a specified holding period and limits the manner and volume of sales, or (iii) another applicable exemption under the Securities Act. The inability

80


Table of Contents

to efficiently sell restricted securities when desired or necessary may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and liquidity, which could adversely affect our ability to service our debt.
The Harbinger Parties hold a majority of our outstanding common stock and have interests which may conflict with interests of our other stockholders and the holders of our senior secured notes. As a result of this ownership, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements.
The Harbinger Parties beneficially own shares of our outstanding common stock that collectively constitute a substantial majority of our total voting power. Because of this, the Harbinger Parties, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs and have the power to determine all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including the election of directors, the removal of directors, and approval of significant corporate transactions such as amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, mergers and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, subject to the consent and board representation rights of our Preferred Stock. Moreover, a majority of the members of our Board were nominated by and are affiliated with or are or were previously employed by the Harbinger Parties or their affiliates. This influence and actual control may have the effect of discouraging offers to acquire HGI because any such transaction would likely require the consent of the Harbinger Parties. In addition, the Harbinger Parties could cause corporate actions to be taken even if the interests of these entities conflict with or are not aligned with the interests of our other stockholders. Matters not directly related to us can nevertheless affect Harbinger Capital’s decisions regarding its investment in us. We are one investment in Harbinger Capital’s portfolio. Numerous considerations regarding Harbinger Capital, including investor contributions and redemptions, portfolio performance, mix and concentration, and portfolio financing arrangements, could influence Harbinger Capital’s decisions whether to decrease or increase its investment in us.
Because of our ownership structure, we qualify for, and rely upon, the “controlled company” exception to the Board and committee composition requirements under the NYSE rules. Pursuant to this exception, we are exempt from rules that would otherwise require that our Board be comprised of a majority of “independent directors” (as defined under the NYSE rules), and that any compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee be comprised solely of “independent directors,” so long as the Harbinger Parties continue to own more than 50% of our combined voting power.
We are dependent on certain key personnel and our affiliation with Harbinger Capital; Harbinger Capital and its affiliates will exercise significant influence over us and our business activities; and business activities and other matters that affect Harbinger Capital could adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.
We are dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of Philip A. Falcone, Omar M. Asali and Francis T. McCarron, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, our Acting President and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, respectively. Mr. Falcone is the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Harbinger Capital and has significant influence over the acquisition opportunities HGI reviews. Mr. Falcone may be deemed to be an indirect beneficial owner of the shares of our common stock owned by the Harbinger Parties. Accordingly, Mr. Falcone may exert significant influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election or removal of directors and stockholder approval of acquisitions or other investment transactions. Mr. Asali is a Managing Director and the Head of Global Strategy for Harbinger Capital. Mr. McCarron is currently our only permanent, full-time executive officer. Mr. McCarron is responsible for integrating our financial reporting with Spectrum Brands Holdings and F&G Holdings and any other businesses we acquire. The loss of Mr. Falcone, Mr. Asali or Mr. McCarron or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results.
Under the terms of our management agreement with Harbinger Capital, Harbinger Capital assists us in identifying potential acquisitions. Mr. Falcone’s and Harbinger Capital’s reputation and access to acquisition candidates is therefore important to our strategy of identifying acquisition opportunities. While we expect that Mr. Falcone and other Harbinger Capital personnel will devote a portion of their time to our business, they are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time between our operations and their other commitments in their discretion.
Harbinger Capital and its affiliated funds have historically been involved in miscellaneous corporate litigation related to transactions or the protection and advancement of some of their investments, such as litigation over satisfaction of closing conditions or litigation related to proxy contests and tender offers. These actions arise from the investing activities of the funds conducted in the ordinary course of their business and do not arise from any allegations of misconduct asserted by investors in the funds against the firm or its personnel. Currently, Harbinger Capital and certain individuals are defendants in one such action for damages filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery in December 2010 concerning the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. See “— From time to time we may be subject to

81


Table of Contents

litigation for which we may be unable to accurately assess our level of exposure and which, if adversely determined, may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.”
In addition, in the normal course of business, Harbinger Capital and its affiliates have contact with governmental authorities, and are subjected to responding to questionnaires or examinations. Harbinger Capital and its affiliates are also subject to regulatory inquiries concerning its positions and trading or other matters. The Department of Justice and the SEC are investigating, among other subjects, a loan made by the Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. to Mr. Falcone in October 2009 and the circumstances and disclosure thereof. Such loan was repaid in full. Harbinger Capital and its affiliates continue to respond to subpoenas and voluntary requests for documents and information in connection with these investigations. The SEC is also conducting an informal investigation into whether Harbinger Capital or its affiliates engaged in market manipulation with respect to the trading of the debt securities of a particular issuer in 2006 to 2008, and an informal investigation that relates to compliance with Rule 105 of Regulation M with respect to three offerings. No criminal or enforcement charges have been brought against Harbinger Capital or its affiliates by any governmental or regulatory authority. Harbinger Capital and its affiliates are cooperating with these investigations.
If Mr. Falcone’s and Harbinger Capital’s other business interests or legal matters require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to those businesses or legal matters, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative effect on our ability to execute our business strategy. Moreover, their unrelated business activities or legal matters could present challenges which could not only affect the amount of business time that they are able to dedicate to our affairs, but also affect their ability to help us identify, acquire and integrate acquisition candidates.
Our officers, directors, stockholders and their respective affiliates may have a pecuniary interest in certain transactions in which we are involved, and may also compete with us.
We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. We have engaged in transactions in which such persons have an interest and, subject to the terms of the Senior Notes Indenture and other applicable covenants in other financing arrangements or other agreements, may in the future enter into additional transactions in which such persons have an interest. In addition, such parties may have an interest in certain transactions such as strategic partnerships or joint ventures in which we are involved, and may also compete with us.
In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and acquisition opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our officers and directors may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
Our officers and directors may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are or may be affiliated. Due to our officers’ and directors’ existing affiliations with other entities, they may have fiduciary obligations to present potential business opportunities to those entities in addition to presenting them to us, which could cause additional conflicts of interest. For instance, Messrs. Falcone and Asali may be required to present investment opportunities to the Harbinger Parties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. To the extent that our officers and directors identify business combination opportunities that may be suitable for entities to which they have pre-existing fiduciary obligations, or are presented with such opportunities in their capacities as fiduciaries to such entities, they may be required to honor their pre-existing fiduciary obligations to such entities. Accordingly, they may not present business combination opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to such entities unless the other entities have declined to accept such opportunities. Although the Harbinger Parties have agreed, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement with certain holders of our Preferred Stock, to, subject to certain exceptions, present to us certain business opportunities in the consumer product, insurance and financial products, agriculture, power generation and water and mineral resources industries, we cannot assure you that the terms of this agreement will be enforced because we are not a party to this agreement and have no ability to enforce its terms.
Changes in our investment portfolio will likely increase our risk of loss.
Because investments in U.S. Government instruments generate only nominal returns, we have established HGI Funding LLC as a vehicle for managing a portion of our excess cash while we search for acquisition opportunities. Investing in securities other than U.S. government investments will likely result in a higher risk of loss to us, particularly in light of uncertain domestic and global political,

82


Table of Contents

credit and financial market conditions. Neither the Senior Notes Indenture nor the certificate of designations for our Preferred Stock generally limit the investments that we are permitted to make.
We will need to increase the size of our organization, and may experience difficulties in managing growth.
At HGI, the parent company, we do not have significant operating assets and have only nine employees as of July 3, 2011. In connection with the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, and particularly if we proceed with other acquisitions or investments, we expect to require additional personnel and enhanced information technology systems. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of our management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate additional employees and implement enhanced informational technology systems. Our future financial performance and our ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively. Future growth will also increase our costs and expenses and limit our liquidity.
We may suffer adverse consequences if we are deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act and we may be required to incur significant costs to avoid investment company status and our activities may be restricted.
We believe that we are not an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”) and we intend to continue to make acquisitions and other investments in a manner so as not to be an investment company. The Investment Company Act contains substantive legal requirements that regulate the manner in which investment companies are permitted to conduct their business activities. If the SEC or a court were to disagree with us, we could be required to register as an investment company. This would negatively affect our ability to consummate an acquisition of an operating company, subject us to disclosure and accounting guidance geared toward investment, rather than operating, companies; limit our ability to borrow money, issue options, issue multiple classes of stock and debt, and engage in transactions with affiliates; and require us to undertake significant costs and expenses to meet the disclosure and regulatory requirements to which we would be subject as a registered investment company.
In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exemption, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and that we do not own or acquire “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of the value of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. To ensure that majority-owned investments, such as Spectrum Brands Holdings, do not become categorized as “investment securities,” we may need to make additional investments in these subsidiaries to offset any dilution of our interest that would otherwise cause such a subsidiary to cease to be majority-owned. We may also need to forego acquisitions that we would otherwise make or retain or dispose of investments that we might otherwise sell or hold.
We may be subject to an additional tax as a personal holding company on future undistributed personal holding company income if we generate passive income in excess of operating expenses.
Section 541 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), subjects a corporation which is a “personal holding company” (“PHC”), as defined in the Code, to a 15% tax on “undistributed personal holding company income” in addition to the corporation’s normal income tax. Generally, undistributed personal holding company income is based on taxable income, subject to certain adjustments, most notably a deduction for federal income taxes and a modification of the usual net operating loss deduction. Personal holding company income (“PHC Income”) is comprised primarily of passive investment income plus, under certain circumstances, personal service income. A corporation generally is considered to be a PHC if (i) at least 60% of its adjusted ordinary gross income is PHC Income and (ii) more than 50% in value of its outstanding common stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (including, for this purpose, certain organizations and trusts) at any time during the last half of the taxable year.
We did not incur a PHC tax for the 2009 fiscal year, because we had a sufficiently large net operating loss for that fiscal year. We also had a net operating loss for the 2010 fiscal year. However, so long as the Harbinger Parties and their affiliates hold more than 50% in value of our outstanding common stock at any time during any future tax year, it is possible that we will be a PHC if at least 60% of our adjusted ordinary gross income consists of PHC Income as discussed above. Thus, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to this tax in the future, which, in turn, may materially adversely impact our financial position, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity, and in turn our ability to make debt service payments on our senior secured notes. In addition, if we are subject to this tax during future periods, statutory tax rate increases could significantly increase tax expense and adversely affect operating results and cash flows. Specifically, the current 15% tax rate on undistributed PHC Income is scheduled to expire at the end of 2012, so that, absent a statutory change, the rate will revert back to the highest individual ordinary income rate of 39.6% for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012.

83


Table of Contents

Agreements and transactions involving former subsidiaries may give rise to future claims that could materially adversely impact our capital resources.
Throughout our history, we have entered into numerous transactions relating to the sale, disposal or spinoff of partially and wholly owned subsidiaries. We may have continuing obligations pursuant to certain of these transactions, including obligations to indemnify other parties to agreements, and may be subject to risks resulting from these transactions.
From time to time we may be subject to litigation for which we may be unable to accurately assess our level of exposure and which, if adversely determined, may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
We and our subsidiaries are or may become parties to legal proceedings that are considered to be either ordinary or routine litigation incidental to our or their current or prior businesses or not material to our consolidated financial position or liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will prevail in any litigation in which we or our subsidiaries may become involved, or that our or their insurance coverage will be adequate to cover any potential losses. To the extent that we or our subsidiaries sustain losses from any pending litigation which are not reserved or otherwise provided for or insured against, our business, results of operations, cash flows and/or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of our Board are named as defendants in a derivative action filed in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition was financially unfair to HGI and its public stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
There may be tax consequences associated with our acquisition, investment, holding and disposition of target companies and assets.
We may incur significant taxes in connection with effecting acquisitions or investments, holding, receiving payments from, and operating target companies and assets and disposing of target companies or their assets.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting and to report on our assessment as to the effectiveness of these controls. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying these requirements or negative reports concerning our internal controls could adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.
We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement, particularly with respect to acquired businesses, businesses that we may acquire in the future, and newly formed businesses or entities. We cannot be certain that any remedial measures we take will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate internal controls over our financial reporting processes and reporting in the future.
Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the period ended September 30, 2009 stated that we did not maintain effective controls over the application and monitoring of our accounting for income taxes. Specifically, we did not have controls designed and in place to ensure the accuracy and completeness of financial information provided by third party tax advisors used in accounting for income taxes and the determination of deferred income tax assets and the related income tax provision and the review and evaluation of the application of generally accepted accounting principles relating to accounting for income taxes. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2009. Accordingly, we determined that this control deficiency constituted a material weakness as of September 30, 2009. As of the period ended December 31, 2009, we concluded that our ongoing remediation efforts resulted in control enhancements which had operated for an adequate period of time to demonstrate operating effectiveness. Although we believe that this material weakness has been remediated, there can be no assurance that similar weaknesses will not occur in the future which could adversely affect our future results of operations or financial condition.
In addition, when we acquire a company that was not previously subject to U.S. public company requirements or did not previously prepare financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) such as F&G Holdings, we may incur significant additional costs in order to ensure that after such acquisition we continue to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other public company requirements, which in turn would reduce our earnings and negatively affect our liquidity or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding adequacy of their internal controls and may not be otherwise set up for

84


Table of Contents

public company reporting. The development of an adequate financial reporting system and the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report regarding the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. Failure to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. In addition, failure to comply with our SEC reporting obligations may cause an event of default to occur under the Senior Notes Indenture, or similar instruments governing any debt we incur in the future.
Limitations on liability and indemnification matters.
As permitted by Delaware law we have included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach or alleged breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions. Our bylaws also provide that we are required to indemnify our directors under certain circumstances, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we will be required to advance expenses to our directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. In addition, we may, by action of our Board, provide indemnification and advance expenses to our officers, employees and agents (other than directors), to directors, officers, employees or agents of a subsidiary of our company, and to each person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at our request, with the same scope and effect as the indemnification of our directors provided in our bylaws.
Risks Related to Spectrum Brands Holdings
Significant costs have been incurred in connection with the Merger of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs and are expected to be incurred in connection with the integration of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs into a combined company, including legal, accounting, financial advisory and other costs.
Spectrum Brands Holdings expects to incur one-time costs of approximately $14 million in connection with integrating the operations, products and personnel of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs into a combined company, in addition to costs related directly to completing the SB/RH Merger described below. These costs may include costs for:
    employee redeployment, relocation or severance;
 
    integration of information systems;
 
    combination of research and development teams and processes; and
 
    reorganization or closures of facilities.
In addition, Spectrum Brands Holdings expects to incur a number of non-recurring costs associated with combining its operations with those of Russell Hobbs, which cannot be estimated accurately at this time. As of July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands Holdings has incurred approximately $87 million of transaction fees and other costs related to the SB/RH Merger. Additional unanticipated costs may yet be incurred as Spectrum Brands Holdings integrates its business with that of Russell Hobbs. Although Spectrum Brands Holdings expects that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of its operations with those of Russell Hobbs, may offset incremental transaction and transaction-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all. There can be no assurance that Spectrum Brands Holdings will be successful in its integration efforts. In addition, while Spectrum Brands Holdings expects to benefit from leveraging distribution channels and brand names across both companies, we cannot assure you that it will achieve such benefits.

85


Table of Contents

Spectrum Brands Holdings may not realize the anticipated benefits of the SB/RH Merger.
The SB/RH Merger involved the integration of two companies that previously operated independently. The integration of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ operations with those of Russell Hobbs is expected to result in financial and operational benefits, including increased revenues and cost savings. There can be no assurance, however, regarding when or the extent to which Spectrum Brands Holdings will be able to realize these increased revenues, cost savings or other benefits. Integration may also be difficult, unpredictable, and subject to delay because of possible company culture conflicts and different opinions on technical decisions and product roadmaps. Spectrum Brands Holdings must integrate or, in some cases, replace, numerous systems, including those involving management information, purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, billing, employee benefits, payroll and regulatory compliance, many of which are dissimilar. In some instances, Spectrum Brands Holdings and Russell Hobbs have served the same customers, and some customers may decide that it is desirable to have additional or different suppliers. Difficulties associated with integration could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands Holdings’ business, financial condition and operating results.
Integrating Spectrum Brands Holdings’ business with that of Russell Hobbs may divert its management’s attention away from operations.
Successful integration of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ and Russell Hobbs’ operations, products and personnel may place a significant burden on Spectrum Brands Holdings’ management and other internal resources. The diversion of management’s attention and any difficulties encountered in the transition and integration process could harm Spectrum Brands Holdings’ business, financial conditions and operating results.
Because Spectrum Brands Holdings’ consolidated financial statements are required to reflect fresh-start reporting adjustments to be made upon emergence from bankruptcy, financial information in Spectrum Brands Holdings’ financial statements prepared after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to its financial information from prior periods.
All conditions required for the adoption of fresh-start reporting were met upon Spectrum Brands’ emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on August 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”). However, in light of the proximity of that date to Spectrum Brands’ accounting period close immediately following the Effective Date, which was August 30, 2009, Spectrum Brands elected to adopt a convenience date of August 30, 2009 for recording fresh-start reporting. Spectrum Brands adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 852: “Reorganizations,” pursuant to which Spectrum Brands’ reorganization value, which is intended to reflect the fair value of the entity before considering liabilities and to approximate the amount a willing buyer would pay for the assets of the entity immediately after the reorganization, was allocated to the fair value of assets in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations,” using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Spectrum Brands Holdings stated its liabilities, other than deferred taxes, at a present value of amounts expected to be paid. The amount remaining after allocation of the reorganization value to the fair value of identified tangible and intangible assets was reflected as goodwill, which is subject to periodic evaluation for impairment. In addition, under fresh-start reporting the accumulated deficit was eliminated. Thus, Spectrum Brands’ and Spectrum Brands Holdings’ future statements of financial position and results of operations are not comparable in many respects to statements of financial position and consolidated statements of operations data for periods prior to the adoption of fresh-start reporting. The lack of comparable historical information may discourage investors from purchasing Spectrum Brands Holdings’ securities.
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a parent company and its primary source of cash is and will be distributions from its subsidiaries.
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a parent company with limited business operations of its own. Its main asset is the capital stock of its subsidiaries, including Spectrum Brands. Spectrum Brands conducts most of its business operations through its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Accordingly, Spectrum Brands’ primary sources of cash are dividends and distributions with respect to its ownership interests in its subsidiaries that are derived from their earnings and cash flow. Spectrum Brands Holdings’ and Spectrum Brands’ subsidiaries might not generate sufficient earnings and cash flow to pay dividends or distributions in the future. Spectrum Brands Holdings’ and Spectrum Brands’ subsidiaries’ payments to their respective parent will be contingent upon their earnings and upon other business considerations. In addition, Spectrum Brands’ senior credit facilities, the indenture governing its notes and other agreements limit or prohibit certain payments of dividends or other distributions to Spectrum Brands Holdings. Spectrum Brands Holdings expects that future credit facilities and financing arrangements of Spectrum Brands will contain similar restrictions.
Spectrum Brands’ substantial indebtedness may limit its financial and operating flexibility, and it may incur additional debt, which could increase the risks associated with its substantial indebtedness.
Spectrum Brands has, and expects to continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands had total indebtedness under the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility, the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands Senior

86


Table of Contents

Secured Notes (collectively, the “Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities”), the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes and other debt of approximately $1.7 billion. Spectrum Brands’ substantial indebtedness has had, and could continue to have, material adverse consequences for its business, and may:
    require it to dedicate a large portion of its cash flow to pay principal and interest on its indebtedness, which will reduce the availability of its cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development expenditures and other business activities;
 
    increase its vulnerability to general adverse economic, industry, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other conditions;
 
    limit its flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and the industry in which it operates;
 
    restrict its ability to make strategic acquisitions, dispositions or exploiting business opportunities;
 
    place it at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors that have less debt; and
 
    limit its ability to borrow additional funds (even when necessary to maintain adequate liquidity) or dispose of assets.
Under the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture, Spectrum Brands may incur additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to its existing debt levels, the related risks that it now faces would increase.
Furthermore, a substantial portion of Spectrum Brands’ debt bears interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, the interest rate on its variable rate debt will increase and will create higher debt service requirements, which would adversely affect its cash flow and could adversely impact its results of operations. While Spectrum Brands may enter into agreements limiting its exposure to higher debt service requirements, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.
Restrictive covenants in the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture may restrict Spectrum Brands’ ability to pursue its business strategies.
The Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture each restrict, among other things, asset dispositions, mergers and acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases and redemptions, other restricted payments, indebtedness and preferred stock, loans and investments, liens and affiliate transactions. The Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture also contain customary events of default. These covenants, among other things, limit Spectrum Brands’ ability to fund future working capital and capital expenditures, engage in future acquisitions or development activities, or otherwise realize the value of its assets and opportunities fully because of the need to dedicate a portion of cash flow from operations to payments on debt. In addition, the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities contain financial covenants relating to maximum leverage and minimum interest coverage. Such covenants could limit the flexibility of Spectrum Brands’ restricted entities in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industries in which they operate. Spectrum Brands’ ability to comply with these covenants is subject to certain events outside of its control. If Spectrum Brands is unable to comply with these covenants, the lenders under the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities or Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes could terminate their commitments and the lenders under its Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities or Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes could accelerate repayment of its outstanding borrowings, and, in either case, Spectrum Brands may be unable to obtain adequate refinancing of outstanding borrowings on favorable terms. If Spectrum Brands is unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities or Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes will also have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the indebtedness owed to them. If Spectrum Brands’ obligations under the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes are accelerated, it cannot assure you that its assets would be sufficient to repay in full such indebtedness.
The sale or other disposition by HGI, the holder of a majority of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ common stock, to non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings would constitute a change of control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands’ debt.
HGI owns a majority of the outstanding shares of the common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings. The sale or other disposition by HGI to non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings, including any foreclosure on or sale

87


Table of Contents

of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ common stock pledged as collateral for our senior secured notes, could constitute a change of control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands’ debt. Under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility, a change of control is an event of default and, if a change of control were to occur, Spectrum Brands would be required to get an amendment to these agreements to avoid a default. If Spectrum Brands was unable to get such an amendment, the lenders could accelerate the maturity of each of the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility. In addition, under the indenture governing the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes and the 2019 Indenture, upon a change of control of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Spectrum Brands is required to offer to repurchase such notes from the holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest or obtain a waiver of default from the holders of such notes. If Spectrum Brands was unable to make the change of control offer or obtain a waiver of default, it would be an event of default under the indentures that could allow holders of such notes to accelerate the maturity of the notes.
Spectrum Brands faces risks related to the current economic environment.
The current economic environment and related turmoil in the global financial system has had and may continue to have an impact on Spectrum Brands’ business and financial condition. Global economic conditions have significantly impacted economic markets within certain sectors, with financial services and retail businesses being particularly impacted. Spectrum Brands’ ability to generate revenue depends significantly on discretionary consumer spending. It is difficult to predict new general economic conditions that could impact consumer and customer demand for Spectrum Brands’ products or its ability to manage normal commercial relationships with its customers, suppliers and creditors. The recent continuation of a number of negative economic factors, including constraints on the supply of credit to households, uncertainty and weakness in the labor market and general consumer fears of a continuing economic downturn could have a negative impact on discretionary consumer spending. Spectrum Brands’ net sales expectations have been impacted by the challenging retail environment. If the economy continues to deteriorate or fails to improve, Spectrum Brands’ business could be negatively impacted, including as a result of reduced demand for its products or supplier or customer disruptions. Any weakness in discretionary consumer spending could have a material adverse effect on its revenues, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, Spectrum Brands’ ability to access the capital markets may be restricted at a time when it could be necessary or beneficial to do so, which could have an impact on its flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions.
Spectrum Brands Holdings may not be able to retain key personnel or recruit additional qualified personnel, which could materially affect its business and require it to incur substantial additional costs to recruit replacement personnel.
Spectrum Brands Holdings is highly dependent on the continuing efforts of its senior management team and other key personnel. Any developments, changes or events that adversely affects Spectrum Brands Holdings’ ability to attract and retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands Holdings’ business. In addition, Spectrum Brands Holdings currently does not maintain “key person” insurance covering any member of its management team.
Spectrum Brands participates in very competitive markets and it may not be able to compete successfully, causing it to lose market share and sales.
The markets in which Spectrum Brands participates are very competitive. In the consumer battery market, its primary competitors are Duracell (a brand of The Procter & Gamble Company), Energizer and Panasonic (a brand of Matsushita Electrical Industrial Co., Ltd.). In the electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product markets, its primary competitors are Braun (a brand of Procter & Gamble), Norelco (a brand of Koninklijke Philips Electronics NV), and Vidal Sassoon and Revlon (brands of Helen of Troy Limited). In the pet supplies market, its primary competitors are Mars Corporation, The Hartz Mountain Corporation and Central Garden & Pet Company. In the Home and Garden Business, its principal national competitors are The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company, Central Garden & Pet and S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Spectrum Brands’ principal national competitors within the small appliances market include Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America, Euro-Pro Operating LLC, Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville, NACCO Industries, Inc. (Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In each of these markets, Spectrum Brands also faces competition from numerous other companies. In addition, in a number of its product lines, Spectrum Brands competes with its retail customers, who use their own private label brands, and with distributors and foreign manufacturers of unbranded products. Significant new competitors or increased competition from existing competitors may adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of its operations.
Spectrum Brands competes for consumer acceptance and limited shelf space based upon brand name recognition, perceived product quality, price, performance, product features and enhancements, product packaging and design innovation, as well as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies, and new product introductions. Spectrum Brands’ ability to compete in these consumer product markets may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

88


Table of Contents

    Spectrum Brands competes against many well-established companies that may have substantially greater financial and other resources, including personnel and research and development, and greater overall market share than Spectrum Brands.
 
    In some key product lines, Spectrum Brands’ competitors may have lower production costs and higher profit margins than it, which may enable them to compete more aggressively in offering retail discounts, rebates and other promotional incentives.
 
    Product improvements or effective advertising campaigns by competitors may weaken consumer demand for Spectrum Brands’ products.
 
    Consumer purchasing behavior may shift to distribution channels where Spectrum Brands does not have a strong presence.
 
    Consumer preferences may change to lower margin products or products other than those Spectrum Brands markets.
 
    Spectrum Brands may not be successful in the introduction, marketing and manufacture of any new products or product innovations or be able to develop and introduce, in a timely manner, innovations to its existing products that satisfy customer needs or achieve market acceptance.
Some competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept lower profit margins to compete with Spectrum Brands. As a result of this competition, Spectrum Brands could lose market share and sales, or be forced to reduce its prices to meet competition. If its product offerings are unable to compete successfully, its sales, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Spectrum Brands may not be able to realize expected benefits and synergies from future acquisitions of businesses or product lines.
Spectrum Brands may acquire partial or full ownership in businesses or may acquire rights to market and distribute particular products or lines of products. The acquisition of a business or of the rights to market specific products or use specific product names may involve a financial commitment by Spectrum Brands, either in the form of cash or equity consideration. In the case of a new license, such commitments are usually in the form of prepaid royalties and future minimum royalty payments. There is no guarantee that Spectrum Brands will acquire businesses or product distribution rights that will contribute positively to its earnings. Anticipated synergies may not materialize, cost savings may be less than expected, sales of products may not meet expectations, and acquired businesses may carry unexpected liabilities.
Sales of certain of Spectrum Brands’ products are seasonal and may cause its operating results and working capital requirements to fluctuate.
On a consolidated basis Spectrum Brands Holdings’ financial results are approximately equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrum Brands Holdings’ first fiscal quarter). Sales of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ small electric appliances peak from July through December primarily due to the increased demand by customers in the late summer for “back-to-school” sales and in the fall for the holiday season. Demand for pet supplies products remains fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden control products sold though the Home and Garden Business typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year (Spectrum Brands Holdings’ second and third fiscal quarters). As a result of this seasonality, Spectrum Brands Holdings’ inventory and working capital needs fluctuate significantly during the year. In addition, orders from retailers are often made late in the period preceding the applicable peak season, making forecasting of production schedules and inventory purchases difficult. If Spectrum Brands Holdings is unable to accurately forecast and prepare for customer orders or its working capital needs, or there is a general downturn in business or economic conditions during these periods, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

89


Table of Contents

Spectrum Brands is subject to significant international business risks that could hurt its business and cause its results of operations to fluctuate.
Approximately 40% of Spectrum Brands’ net sales for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2011 were from customers outside of the U.S. Spectrum Brands’ pursuit of international growth opportunities may require significant investments for an extended period before returns on these investments, if any, are realized. Its international operations are subject to risks including, among others:
    currency fluctuations, including, without limitation, fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate of the Euro;
 
    changes in the economic conditions or consumer preferences or demand for its products in these markets;
 
    the risk that because its brand names may not be locally recognized, Spectrum Brands Holdings must spend significant amounts of time and money to build brand recognition without certainty that it will be successful;
 
    labor unrest;
 
    political and economic instability, as a result of terrorist attacks, natural disasters or otherwise;
 
    lack of developed infrastructure;
 
    longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts;
 
    restrictions on transfers of funds;
 
    import and export duties and quotas, as well as general transportation costs;
 
    changes in domestic and international customs and tariffs;
 
    changes in foreign labor laws and regulations affecting its ability to hire and retain employees;
 
    inadequate protection of intellectual property in foreign countries;
 
    unexpected changes in regulatory environments;
 
    difficulty in complying with foreign law;
 
    difficulty in obtaining distribution and support; and
 
    adverse tax consequences.
The foregoing factors may have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ ability to increase or maintain its supply of products, financial condition or results of operations.
Adverse weather conditions during its peak selling season for Spectrum Brands’ home and garden control products could have a material adverse effect on its Home and Garden Business.
Weather conditions in the U.S. have a significant impact on the timing and volume of sales of certain of Spectrum Brands’ lawn and garden and household insecticide and repellent products. Periods of dry, hot weather can decrease insecticide sales, while periods of cold and wet weather can slow sales of herbicides.
Spectrum Brands’ products utilize certain key raw materials; any increase in the price of, or change in supply and demand for, these raw materials could have a material and adverse effect on its business, financial condition and profits.
The principal raw materials used to produce Spectrum Brands’ products — including zinc powder, electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, petroleum-based plastic materials, steel, aluminum, copper and corrugated materials (for packaging) — are sourced either on a global or regional basis by Spectrum Brands or its suppliers, and the prices of those raw materials are susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand trends, energy costs, transportation costs, government regulations, duties and tariffs, changes in

90


Table of Contents

currency exchange rates, price controls, general economic conditions and other unforeseen circumstances. In particular, during the past two years, Spectrum Brands experienced extraordinary price increases for raw materials, particularly as a result of strong demand from China. Although Spectrum Brands may increase the prices of certain of its goods to its customers, it may not be able to pass all of these cost increases on to its customers. As a result, its margins may be adversely impacted by such cost increases. Spectrum Brands cannot provide any assurance that its sources of supply will not be interrupted due to changes in worldwide supply of or demand for raw materials or other events that interrupt material flow, which may have an adverse effect on its profitability and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands regularly engages in forward purchase and hedging derivative transactions in an attempt to effectively manage and stabilize some of the raw material costs it expects to incur over the next 12 to 24 months; however, Spectrum Brands’ hedging positions may not be effective, or may not anticipate beneficial trends, in a particular raw material market or may, as a result of changes in its business, no longer be useful for it. In addition, for certain of the principal raw materials Spectrum Brands uses to produce its products, such as electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, there are no available effective hedging markets. If these efforts are not effective or expose Spectrum Brands to above average costs for an extended period of time, and Spectrum Brands is unable to pass its raw materials costs on to its customers, its future profitability may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, with respect to transportation costs, certain modes of delivery are subject to fuel surcharges which are determined based upon the current cost of diesel fuel in relation to pre-established agreed upon costs. Spectrum Brands may be unable to pass these fuel surcharges on to its customers, which may have an adverse effect on its profitability and results of operations.
In addition, Spectrum Brands has exclusivity arrangements and minimum purchase requirements with certain of its suppliers for the Home and Garden Business, which increase its dependence upon and exposure to those suppliers. Some of those agreements include caps on the price Spectrum Brands pays for its supplies and in certain instances, these caps have allowed Spectrum Brands to purchase materials at below market prices. When Spectrum Brands attempts to renew those contracts, the other parties to the contracts may not be willing to include or may limit the effect of those caps and could even attempt to impose above market prices in an effort to make up for any below market prices paid by Spectrum Brands prior to the renewal of the agreement. Any failure to timely obtain suitable supplies at competitive prices could materially adversely affect Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands may not be able to fully utilize its U.S. net operating loss carryforwards.
As of July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands is estimating that at September 30, 2011 it will have U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,156 million and $1,006 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in 2032. As of July 3, 2011, Spectrum Brands’ management determined that it continues to be more likely than not that the net U.S. deferred tax asset, excluding certain indefinite lived intangibles, will not be realized in the future and as such recorded a full valuation allowance to offset the net U.S. deferred tax asset, including its net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, Spectrum Brands has had changes of ownership, as defined under Section 382 of the Code, that continue to subject a significant amount of Spectrum Brands’ U.S. net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain limitations. Spectrum Brands estimates that approximately $299 million of its federal and $463 million of its state net operating losses will expire unused due to Section 382 of the Code.
As a consequence of the merger of Salton, Inc. and Applica Incorporated in December of 2007 (which created Russell Hobbs), as well as earlier business combinations and issuances of common stock consummated by both companies, use of the tax benefits of Russell Hobbs’ loss carryforwards is also subject to limitations imposed by Section 382 of the Code. The determination of the limitations is complex and requires significant judgment and analysis of past transactions. Spectrum Brands’ analysis to determine what portion of Russell Hobbs’ carryforwards are restricted or eliminated by that provision is ongoing and, pursuant to such analysis, Spectrum Brands expects that a significant portion of these carryforwards will not be available to offset future taxable income, if any. In addition, use of Russell Hobbs’ net operating loss and credit carryforwards is dependent upon both Russell Hobbs and Spectrum Brands achieving profitable results in the future. Russell Hobbs’ net operating loss carryforwards are subject to a full valuation allowance as of July 3, 2011.
If Spectrum Brands is unable to fully utilize its net operating losses, other than those restricted under Section 382 of the Code, as discussed above, to offset taxable income generated in the future, its results of operations could be materially and negatively impacted.

91


Table of Contents

Consolidation of retailers and Spectrum Brands’ dependence on a small number of key customers for a significant percentage of its sales may negatively affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
As a result of consolidation of retailers and consumer trends toward national mass merchandisers, a significant percentage of Spectrum Brands’ sales are attributable to a very limited group of customers. Spectrum Brands’ largest customer accounted for approximately 25% of its consolidated net sales for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2011. As these mass merchandisers and retailers grow larger and become more sophisticated, they may demand lower pricing, special packaging, or impose other requirements on product suppliers. These business demands may relate to inventory practices, logistics, or other aspects of the customer-supplier relationship. Because of the importance of these key customers, demands for price reductions or promotions, reductions in their purchases, changes in their financial condition or loss of their accounts could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although Spectrum Brands has long-established relationships with many of its customers, it does not have long-term agreements with them and purchases are generally made through the use of individual purchase orders. Any significant reduction in purchases, failure to obtain anticipated orders or delays or cancellations of orders by any of these major customers, or significant pressure to reduce prices from any of these major customers, could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the retail industry in general could have a material adverse effect on its sales and profitability.
In addition, as a result of the desire of retailers to more closely manage inventory levels, there is a growing trend among them to purchase products on a “just-in-time” basis. Due to a number of factors, including (i) manufacturing lead-times, (ii) seasonal purchasing patterns and (iii) the potential for material price increases, Spectrum Brands may be required to shorten its lead-time for production and more closely anticipate its retailers’ and customers’ demands, which could in the future require it to carry additional inventories and increase its working capital and related financing requirements. This may increase the cost of warehousing inventory or result in excess inventory becoming difficult to manage, unusable or obsolete. In addition, if Spectrum Brands’ retailers significantly change their inventory management strategies, Spectrum Brands may encounter difficulties in filling customer orders or in liquidating excess inventories, or may find that customers are cancelling orders or returning products, which may have a material adverse effect on its business.
Furthermore, Spectrum Brands primarily sells branded products and a move by one or more of its large customers to sell significant quantities of private label products, which Spectrum Brands does not produce on their behalf and which directly compete with Spectrum Brands’ products, could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
As a result of its international operations, Spectrum Brands faces a number of risks related to exchange rates and foreign currencies.
Spectrum Brands’ international sales and certain of its expenses are transacted in foreign currencies. During the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2011, approximately 40% of Spectrum Brands’ net sales and 42% of its operating expenses were denominated in foreign currencies. Spectrum Brands expects that the amount of its revenues and expenses transacted in foreign currencies will increase as its Latin American, European and Asian operations grow and, as a result, its exposure to risks associated with foreign currencies could increase accordingly. Significant changes in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to foreign currencies will affect its cost of goods sold and its operating margins and could result in exchange losses or otherwise have a material effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect Spectrum Brands’ sales to, purchases from and loans to its subsidiaries as well as sales to, purchases from and bank lines of credit with its customers, suppliers and creditors that are denominated in foreign currencies.
Spectrum Brands sources many products from, and sells many products in, China and other Asian countries. To the extent the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) or other currencies appreciate with respect to the U.S. dollar, it may experience fluctuations in its results of operations. Since 2005, the RMB has no longer been pegged to the U.S. dollar at a constant exchange rate and instead fluctuates versus a basket of currencies. Although the People’s Bank of China regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations in the exchange rate, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate within a flexible peg range against the U.S. dollar in the medium to long term. Moreover, it is possible that in the future Chinese authorities may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate and lessen intervention in the foreign exchange market.
While Spectrum Brands may enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these transactions may be limited, and it may not be able to successfully hedge its exposure to currency fluctuations. Further, Spectrum Brands may not be successful in implementing customer pricing or other actions in an effort to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations and, thus, its results of operations may be adversely impacted.

92


Table of Contents

A deterioration in trade relations with China could lead to a substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of Chinese origin, which potentially could reduce demand for and sales of Spectrum Brands’ products.
Spectrum Brands purchases a number of its products and supplies from suppliers located in China. China gained Permanent Normal Trade Relations (“PNTR”) with the U.S. when it acceded to the World Trade Organization (“WTO”), effective January 2002. The U.S. imposes the lowest applicable tariffs on exports from PNTR countries to the U.S. In order to maintain its WTO membership, China has agreed to several requirements, including the elimination of caps on foreign ownership of Chinese companies, lowering tariffs and publicizing its laws. China may not meet these requirements, it may not remain a member of the WTO, and its PNTR trading status may not be maintained. If China’s WTO membership is withdrawn or if PNTR status for goods produced in China were removed, there could be a substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of Chinese origin entering the U.S. which could have a material negative adverse effect on its sales and gross margin.
Spectrum Brands’ international operations may expose it to risks related to compliance with the laws and regulations of foreign countries.
Spectrum Brands is subject to three European Union (“EU”) Directives that may have a material impact on its business: Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, discussed below. Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment requires Spectrum Brands to eliminate specified hazardous materials from products it sells in EU member states. Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment requires Spectrum Brands to collect and treat, dispose of or recycle certain products it manufactures or imports into the EU at its own expense. The EU Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries bans heavy metals in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of heavy metals in batteries and mandates waste management of these batteries, including collection, recycling and disposal systems, with the costs imposed upon producers and importers such as Spectrum Brands. Complying or failing to comply with the EU Directives may harm Spectrum Brands’ business. For example:
    Although contracts with its suppliers address related compliance issues, Spectrum Brands may be unable to procure appropriate Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment compliant material in sufficient quantity and quality and/or be able to incorporate it into Spectrum Brands’ product procurement processes without compromising quality and/or harming its cost structure.
 
    Spectrum Brands may face excess and obsolete inventory risk related to non-compliant inventory that it may continue to hold in fiscal 2011 for which there is reduced demand, and it may need to write down the carrying value of such inventories.
 
    Spectrum Brands may be unable to sell certain existing inventories of its batteries in Europe.
Many of the developing countries in which Spectrum Brands operates do not have significant governmental regulation relating to environmental safety, occupational safety, employment practices or other business matters routinely regulated in the U.S. or may not rigorously enforce such regulation. As these countries and their economies develop, it is possible that new regulations or increased enforcement of existing regulations may increase the expense of doing business in these countries. In addition, social legislation in many countries in which Spectrum Brands operates may result in significantly higher expenses associated with labor costs, terminating employees or distributors and closing manufacturing facilities. Increases in Spectrum Brands’ costs as a result of increased regulation, legislation or enforcement could materially and adversely affect its business, results of operations and financial condition.
Spectrum Brands may not be able to adequately establish and protect its intellectual property rights, and the infringement or loss of its intellectual property rights could harm its business.
To establish and protect its intellectual property rights, Spectrum Brands relies upon a combination of national, foreign and multi-national patent, trademark and trade secret laws, together with licenses, confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements. The measures that Spectrum Brands takes to protect its intellectual property rights may prove inadequate to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating its intellectual property. Spectrum Brands may need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend its intellectual property rights. If a competitor or collaborator files a patent application claiming technology also claimed by Spectrum Brands, or a trademark application claiming a trademark, service mark or trade dress also used by Spectrum Brands, in order

93


Table of Contents

to protect its rights, it may have to participate in expensive and time consuming opposition or interference proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or a similar foreign agency. Similarly, its intellectual property rights may be challenged by third parties or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. The costs associated with protecting intellectual property rights, including litigation costs, may be material. For example, several million dollars have been spent on protecting the patented automatic litter box business over the last few years. Furthermore, even if Spectrum Brands’ intellectual property rights are not directly challenged, disputes among third parties could lead to the weakening or invalidation of its intellectual property rights, or its competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to its technology. Obtaining, protecting and defending intellectual property rights can be time consuming and expensive, and may require Spectrum Brands to incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the time and resources of management and technical personnel.
Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries in which Spectrum Brands operates or may operate in the future do not protect, and the governments of certain foreign countries do not enforce, intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws and government of the U.S., which may negate Spectrum Brands’ competitive or technological advantages in such markets. Also, some of the technology underlying Spectrum Brands’ products is the subject of nonexclusive licenses from third parties. As a result, this technology could be made available to Spectrum Brands’ competitors at any time. If Spectrum Brands is unable to establish and then adequately protect its intellectual property rights, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Spectrum Brands licenses various trademarks, trade names and patents from third parties for certain of its products. These licenses generally place marketing obligations on Spectrum Brands and require Spectrum Brands to pay fees and royalties based on net sales or profits. Typically, these licenses may be terminated if Spectrum Brands fails to satisfy certain minimum sales obligations or if it breaches the terms of the license. The termination of these licensing arrangements could adversely affect Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands licenses the use of the Black & Decker brand for marketing in certain small household appliances in North America, South America (excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean. Sales of Black & Decker branded products represented approximately 11% of the total consolidated revenue in the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2011. In July 2011, The Black & Decker Corporation (“BDC”) extended the license agreement through December 2015. The failure to renew the license agreement with BDC or to enter into a new agreement on acceptable terms could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Claims by third parties that Spectrum Brands is infringing their intellectual property and other litigation could adversely affect its business.
From time to time in the past, Spectrum Brands has been subject to claims that it is infringing the intellectual property of others. Spectrum Brands currently is the subject of such claims and it is possible that third parties will assert infringement claims against Spectrum Brands in the future. An adverse finding against Spectrum Brands in these or similar trademark or other intellectual property litigations may have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive, and may require Spectrum Brands to incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the resources of management and technical personnel, cause product delays or require Spectrum Brands to enter into licensing or other agreements in order to secure continued access to necessary or desirable intellectual property. If Spectrum Brands is deemed to be infringing a third party’s intellectual property and is unable to continue using that intellectual property as it had been, its business and results of operations could be harmed if it is unable to successfully develop non-infringing alternative intellectual property on a timely basis or license non-infringing alternatives or substitutes, if any exist, on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, an unfavorable ruling in intellectual property litigation could subject Spectrum Brands to significant liability, as well as require Spectrum Brands to cease developing, manufacturing or selling the affected products or using the affected processes or trademarks. Any significant restriction on Spectrum Brands’ proprietary or licensed intellectual property that impedes its ability to develop and commercialize its products could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands’ dependence on a few suppliers and one of its U.S. facilities for certain of its products makes it vulnerable to a disruption in the supply of its products.
Although Spectrum Brands has long-standing relationships with many of its suppliers, it generally does not have long-term contracts with them. An adverse change in any of the following could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations:

94


Table of Contents

    its ability to identify and develop relationships with qualified suppliers;
 
    the terms and conditions upon which it purchases products from its suppliers, including applicable exchange rates, transport costs and other costs, its suppliers’ willingness to extend credit to it to finance its inventory purchases and other factors beyond its control;
 
    financial condition of its suppliers;
 
    political instability in the countries in which its suppliers are located;
 
    its ability to import outsourced products;
 
    its suppliers’ noncompliance with applicable laws, trade restrictions and tariffs; or
 
    its suppliers’ ability to manufacture and deliver outsourced products according to its standards of quality on a timely and efficient basis.
If Spectrum Brands’ relationship with one of its key suppliers is adversely affected, Spectrum Brands may not be able to quickly or effectively replace such supplier and may not be able to retrieve tooling, molds or other specialized production equipment or processes used by such supplier in the manufacture of its products.
In addition, Spectrum Brands manufactures the majority of its foil cutting systems for its shaving product lines, using specially designed machines and proprietary cutting technology, at its Portage, Wisconsin facility. Damage to this facility, or prolonged interruption in the operations of this facility for repairs, as a result of labor difficulties or for other reasons, could have a material adverse effect on its ability to manufacture and sell its foil shaving products which could in turn harm its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands faces risks related to its sales of products obtained from third-party suppliers.
Spectrum Brands sells a significant number of products that are manufactured by third party suppliers over which it has no direct control. While Spectrum Brands has implemented processes and procedures to try to ensure that the suppliers it uses are complying with all applicable regulations, there can be no assurances that such suppliers in all instances will comply with such processes and procedures or otherwise with applicable regulations. Noncompliance could result in Spectrum Brands’ marketing and distribution of contaminated, defective or dangerous products which could subject it to liabilities and could result in the imposition by governmental authorities of procedures or penalties that could restrict or eliminate its ability to purchase products from non-compliant suppliers. Any or all of these effects could adversely affect Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Class action and derivative action lawsuits and other investigations, regardless of their merits, could have an adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands and certain of its officers and directors have been named in the past, and may be named in the future, as defendants of class action and derivative action lawsuits. In the past, Spectrum Brands has also received requests for information from government authorities. Regardless of their subject matter or merits, class action lawsuits and other government investigations may result in significant cost to Spectrum Brands, which may not be covered by insurance, may divert the attention of management or may otherwise have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands may be exposed to significant product liability claims which its insurance may not cover and which could harm its reputation.
In the ordinary course of its business, Spectrum Brands may be named as a defendant in lawsuits involving product liability claims. In any such proceeding, plaintiffs may seek to recover large and sometimes unspecified amounts of damages and the matters may remain unresolved for several years. Any such matters could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, results of operations and financial condition if it is unable to successfully defend against or settle these matters or if its insurance coverage is insufficient to satisfy any judgments against Spectrum Brands or settlements relating to these matters. Although Spectrum Brands has product liability insurance coverage and an excess umbrella policy, its insurance policies may not provide coverage for certain, or any,

95


Table of Contents

claims against Spectrum Brands or may not be sufficient to cover all possible liabilities. Additionally, Spectrum Brands does not maintain product recall insurance. Spectrum Brands may not be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms, if at all, in the future. Moreover, any adverse publicity arising from claims made against Spectrum Brands, even if the claims were not successful, could adversely affect the reputation and sales of its products. In particular, product recalls or product liability claims challenging the safety of Spectrum Brands’ products may result in a decline in sales for a particular product. This could be true even if the claims themselves are ultimately settled for immaterial amounts. This type of adverse publicity could occur and product liability claims could be made in the future.
Spectrum Brands may incur material capital and other costs due to environmental liabilities.
Spectrum Brands is subject to a broad range of federal, state, local, foreign and multi-national laws and regulations relating to the environment. These include laws and regulations that govern:
    discharges to the air, water and land;
 
    the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes; and
 
    remediation of contamination associated with release of hazardous substances at its facilities and at off-site disposal locations.
Risk of environmental liability is inherent in Spectrum Brands’ business. As a result, material environmental costs may arise in the future. In particular, it may incur capital and other costs to comply with increasingly stringent environmental laws and enforcement policies, such as the EU Directives: Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, discussed above. Moreover, there are proposed international accords and treaties, as well as federal, state and local laws and regulations that would attempt to control or limit the causes of climate change, including the effect of greenhouse gas emissions on the environment. In the event that the U.S. government or foreign governments enact new climate change laws or regulations or make changes to existing laws or regulations, compliance with applicable laws or regulations may result in increased manufacturing costs for Spectrum Brands’ products, such as by requiring investment in new pollution control equipment or changing the ways in which certain of its products are made. Spectrum Brands may incur some of these costs directly and others may be passed on to it from its third-party suppliers. Although Spectrum Brands believes that it is substantially in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations at its facilities, it may not always be in compliance with such laws and regulations or any new laws and regulations in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
From time to time, Spectrum Brands has been required to address the effect of historic activities on the environmental condition of its properties or former properties. Spectrum Brands has not conducted invasive testing at all of its facilities to identify all potential environmental liability risks. Given the age of its facilities and the nature of its operations, material liabilities may arise in the future in connection with its current or former facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property underlying or in the vicinity of its manufacturing facilities is discovered, Spectrum Brands could be required to incur material unforeseen expenses. If this occurs, it may have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations. Spectrum Brands is currently engaged in investigative or remedial projects at a few of its facilities and any liabilities arising from such investigative or remedial projects at such facilities may have a material effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands is also subject to proceedings related to its disposal of industrial and hazardous material at off-site disposal locations or similar disposals made by other parties for which it is responsible as a result of its relationship with such other parties. These proceedings are under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) or similar state or foreign jurisdiction laws that hold persons who “arranged for” the disposal or treatment of such substances strictly liable for costs incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from such sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is typically joint and several, meaning that a liable party may be responsible for all of the costs incurred in investigating and remediating contamination at a site. Spectrum Brands occasionally is identified by federal or state governmental agencies as being a potentially responsible party for response actions contemplated at an off-site facility. At the existing sites where Spectrum Brands has been notified of its status as a potentially responsible party, it is either premature to determine if Spectrum Brands’ potential liability, if any, will be material or it does not believe that its liability, if any, will be material. Spectrum Brands may be named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar state or foreign

96


Table of Contents

jurisdiction laws in the future for other sites not currently known to Spectrum Brands, and the costs and liabilities associated with these sites may have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Compliance with various public health, consumer protection and other regulations applicable to Spectrum Brands’ products and facilities could increase its cost of doing business and expose Spectrum Brands to additional requirements with which Spectrum Brands may be unable to comply.
Certain of Spectrum Brands’ products sold through, and facilities operated under, each of its business segments are regulated by the Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”), the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or other federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases, similar state and foreign agencies before they can be manufactured or sold. Spectrum Brands’ inability to obtain, or the cancellation of, any registration could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. The severity of the effect would depend on which products were involved, whether another product could be substituted and whether its competitors were similarly affected. Spectrum Brands attempts to anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients, but it may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
As a distributor of consumer products in the U.S., certain of Spectrum Brands’ products are also subject to the Consumer Product Safety Act, which empowers the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (the “Consumer Commission”) to exclude from the market products that are found to be unsafe or hazardous. Under certain circumstances, the Consumer Commission could require Spectrum Brands to repair, replace or refund the purchase price of one or more of its products, or it may voluntarily do so. For example, in April 2011 Spectrum’s United Pet Group, in cooperation with the Consumer Products Safety Commission, voluntarily recalled approximately 1.2 million aquarium heaters sold under the Marineland Stealth and Marineland Stealth Pro brands. Any additional repurchases or recalls of Spectrum Brands’ products could be costly to it and could damage the reputation or the value of its brands. If Spectrum Brands is required to remove, or it voluntarily removes its products from the market, its reputation or brands could be tarnished and it may have large quantities of finished products that could not be sold. Furthermore, failure to timely notify the Consumer Commission of a potential safety hazard can result in significant fines being assessed against Spectrum Brands. Additionally, laws regulating certain consumer products exist in some states, as well as in other countries in which Spectrum Brands sells its products, and more restrictive laws and regulations may be adopted in the future.
The Food Quality Protection Act (“FQPA”) established a standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to pesticides. The pesticides in certain of Spectrum Brands’ products that are sold through the Home and Garden Business continue to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is possible that the EPA or a third party active ingredient registrant may decide that a pesticide Spectrum Brands uses in its products will be limited or made unavailable to Spectrum Brands. Spectrum Brands cannot predict the outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPA’s continuing evaluations of active ingredients used in its products.
In addition, the use of certain pesticide and fertilizer products that are sold through Spectrum Brands’ global pet supplies business and through the Home and Garden Business may, among other things, be regulated by various local, state, federal and foreign environmental and public health agencies. These regulations may require that only certified or professional users apply the product, that users post notices on properties where products have been or will be applied or that certain ingredients may not be used. Compliance with such public health regulations could increase Spectrum Brands’ cost of doing business and expose Spectrum Brands to additional requirements with which it may be unable to comply.
Any failure to comply with these laws or regulations, or the terms of applicable environmental permits, could result in Spectrum Brands incurring substantial costs, including fines, penalties and other civil and criminal sanctions or the prohibition of sales of its pest control products. Environmental law requirements, and the enforcement thereof, change frequently, have tended to become more stringent over time and could require Spectrum Brands to incur significant expenses.
Most federal, state and local authorities require certification by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. (“UL”), an independent, not-for-profit corporation engaged in the testing of products for compliance with certain public safety standards, or other safety regulation certification prior to marketing electrical appliances. Foreign jurisdictions also have regulatory authorities overseeing the safety of consumer products. Spectrum Brands’ products may not meet the specifications required by these authorities. A determination that any of Spectrum Brands’ products are not in compliance with these rules and regulations could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants.

97


Table of Contents

Public perceptions that some of the products Spectrum Brands produces and markets are not safe could adversely affect Spectrum Brands.
On occasion, customers and some current or former employees have alleged that some products failed to perform up to expectations or have caused damage or injury to individuals or property. Public perception that any of its products are not safe, whether justified or not, could impair Spectrum Brands’ reputation, damage its brand names and have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
If Spectrum Brands is unable to negotiate satisfactory terms to continue existing or enter into additional collective bargaining agreements, it may experience an increased risk of labor disruptions and its results of operations and financial condition may suffer.
Approximately 20% of Spectrum Brands’ total labor force is employed under collective bargaining agreements. One of these agreements, which covers approximately 12% of the labor force under collective bargaining agreements, or approximately 2% of Spectrum Brands’ total labor force, is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2011. While Spectrum Brands currently expects to negotiate continuations to the terms of these agreements, there can be no assurances that it will be able to obtain terms that are satisfactory to it or otherwise to reach agreement at all with the applicable parties. In addition, in the course of its business, Spectrum Brands may also become subject to additional collective bargaining agreements. These agreements may be on terms that are less favorable than those under its current collective bargaining agreements. Increased exposure to collective bargaining agreements, whether on terms more or less favorable than existing collective bargaining agreements, could adversely affect the operation of Spectrum Brands’ business, including through increased labor expenses. While it intends to comply with all collective bargaining agreements to which it is subject, there can be no assurances that Spectrum Brands will be able to do so and any noncompliance could subject it to disruptions in its operations and materially and adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition.
Significant changes in actual investment return on pension assets, discount rates and other factors could affect Spectrum Brands’ results of operations, equity and pension contributions in future periods.
Spectrum Brands’ results of operations may be positively or negatively affected by the amount of income or expense it records for its defined benefit pension plans. GAAP requires that Spectrum Brands calculate income or expense for the plans using actuarial valuations. These valuations reflect assumptions about financial market and other economic conditions, which may change based on changes in key economic indicators. The most significant year-end assumptions Spectrum Brands used to estimate pension income or expense are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In addition, Spectrum Brands is required to make an annual measurement of plan assets and liabilities, which may result in a significant change to equity. Although pension expense and pension funding contributions are not directly related, key economic factors that affect pension expense would also likely affect the amount of cash Spectrum Brands would contribute to pension plans as required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
If Spectrum Brands’ goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets become impaired, Spectrum Brands will be required to record additional impairment charges, which may be significant.
A significant portion of Spectrum Brands’ long-term assets consist of goodwill, other indefinite-lived intangible assets and finite-lived intangible assets recorded as a result of past acquisitions. Spectrum Brands does not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather reviews them for impairment on a periodic basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Spectrum Brands considers whether circumstances or conditions exist which suggest that the carrying value of its goodwill and other long-lived assets might be impaired. If such circumstances or conditions exist, further steps are required in order to determine whether the carrying value of each of the individual assets exceeds its fair market value. If analysis indicates that an individual asset’s carrying value does exceed its fair market value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the excess of the individual asset’s carrying value over its fair value.
The steps required by GAAP entail significant amounts of judgment and subjectivity. Events and changes in circumstances that may indicate that there is impairment and which may indicate that interim impairment testing is necessary include, but are not limited to: strategic decisions to exit a business or dispose of an asset made in response to changes in economic; political and competitive conditions; the impact of the economic environment on the customer base and on broad market conditions that drive valuation considerations by market participants; Spectrum Brands’ internal expectations with regard to future revenue growth and the assumptions it makes when performing impairment reviews; a significant decrease in the market price of its assets; a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which its assets are used; a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business

98


Table of Contents

climate that could affect its assets; an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset; and significant changes in the cash flows associated with an asset. As a result of such circumstances, Spectrum Brands may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in its financial statements during the period in which any impairment of its goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets is determined. Any such impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and operating results.
Risks Related to the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and Related Arrangements
If Harbinger F&G fails to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012 or the CARVM Facility by December 31, 2015, OM Group can foreclose on the shares of F&G Holdings and FGL Insurance that Harbinger F&G owns.
Under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger F&G must replace the Reserve Facility as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than December 31, 2012, with a facility that enables FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for the business reinsured under the Reserve Facility.
Similarly, Harbinger F&G will be required to replace the CARVM Facility as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than December 31, 2015, with a facility that enables FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for the business covered under the CARVM Facility. In order to secure these and certain other secured obligations, Harbinger F&G and F&G Holdings have pledged to OM Group the shares of capital stock of F&G Holdings and FGL Insurance (the “Pledged Shares”). If Harbinger F&G is unable to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012 or the CARVM Facility by December 31, 2015 or otherwise defaults on its obligations under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to the Reserve Facility, the CARVM Facility or other secured obligations, OM Group has the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other proceeds paid in respect of the Pledged Shares and, at OM Group’s option, subject to regulatory approval of a change of control, cause the Pledged Shares to be registered in the name of OM Group (or a nominee of OM Group). OM Group would thereafter be able to exercise (i) all voting, corporate or other rights pertaining to such shares at any shareholders meeting and (ii) any rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to the Pledged Shares as if OM Group were the sole owner thereof. The intercompany loans acquired by Harbinger F&G are not pledged for the benefit of OM Group.
If OM Group were to foreclose on the Pledged Shares it would result in Harbinger F&G’s total loss of the business of F&G Holdings and FGL Insurance and their direct and indirect subsidiaries (including FGL NY Insurance) and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As described under “Item 5. Other Information — The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — Wilton Transaction,” in order to mitigate the risk associated with Harbinger F&G’s obligation to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012, Harbinger F&G has entered into the Commitment Agreement with Wilton Re U.S. Holdings, Inc. (“Wilton”) to effect reinsurance by Wilton Reassurance Company (“Wilton Re”) of the business currently reinsured under the Reserve Facility and thereby replace the Reserve Facility in satisfaction of Harbinger F&G’s requirement in respect thereof under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement. However, if the Raven Springing Amendment is terminated or Harbinger F&G is unable to consummate the Raven Springing Amendment under the Commitment Agreement in a timely manner or at all, Harbinger F&G may not be able to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012.
The Raven Springing Amendment is subject to important closing conditions. Compliance with these conditions may impose costs or limitations on F&G Holdings’ business or, if Harbinger F&G is unable or unwilling to meet such conditions, it may be unable to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012.
The closing of the Raven Springing Amendment is subject to the closing conditions set forth in the Commitment Agreement, which include among other things, that (i) all applicable governmental approvals shall have been obtained and shall remain in effect without the imposition of adverse restrictions or conditions, (ii) no event shall have occurred that is reasonably likely to enjoin, restrain or restrict in a manner adverse to the parties the proposed reinsurance transactions or to prohibit or impose adverse conditions upon any of the parties with respect to the consummation thereof, (iii) no action, suit, proceeding or investigation before, and no order, injunction or decree shall have been entered by, any court, arbitrator or other governmental authority that is reasonably likely to enjoin, restrain, set aside or prohibit or impose adverse conditions upon, or to obtain substantial damages in respect of, the consummation of the proposed reinsurance transactions and which would be reasonably expected to impose on the parties or their affiliates additional loss, liability, cost, expense or risk, (iv) the representations and warranties of FGL Insurance shall be true and correct as of certain dates specified in the Commitment Agreement, (v) the parties shall have performed in all material respects their respective obligations and shall have complied in all material respects with the agreements and covenants required to be performed or

99


Table of Contents

complied by them, and (vi) certain documents and certain certifications shall have been delivered (including certifications as to the solvency of the parties). See “Item 5. Other Information — F&G Stock Purchase Agreement and Related Arrangements — Wilton Transaction.” There can be no assurance that the required regulatory approvals, if any, will be obtained in a timely manner or at all. In addition, the governmental authorities from which these approvals may be required have broad discretion in administering the applicable regulations. As a condition to approval of the Raven Springing Amendment, these governmental authorities may impose requirements (including increased capital requirements) or place limitations on the conduct of the business of F&G Holdings after the completion of the Raven Springing Amendment. These requirements or limitations could have the effect of imposing additional costs or restrictions following approval, which could have a material adverse effect on the operating results or financial condition of F&G Holdings or cause Harbinger F&G or Wilton Re to abandon the Raven Springing Amendment. In addition, if Harbinger F&G is not able to satisfy the closing conditions to the Raven Springing Amendment and such conditions are not waived, the closing of such amendment may be delayed or may not occur at all. As a result, Harbinger F&G may be unable to satisfy its requirement to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012, which would entitle OM Group to foreclose on the Pledged Shares and exercise other rights in relation thereto.
The Raven Springing Amendment may be terminated under certain circumstances.
The Raven Springing Amendment is subject to termination (i) by either party if the closing of the reinsurance transactions thereunder has not occurred by November 30, 2013, (ii) by FGL Insurance on five days’ advance notice if Wilton Re has failed to perform a material obligation under the Raven Springing Amendment that has prevented the closing of the transactions thereunder to have occurred by November 30, 2012 and (iii) by either party on five days’ advance notice to the other party if all conditions precedent to the closing under the Raven Springing Amendment have been satisfied or waived and closing has not occurred as a result of the failure to obtain or maintain in effect any material required governmental approvals required for consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Raven Springing Amendment. If the Raven Springing Amendment is terminated, Harbinger F&G may be unable to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012 or at all. If Harbinger F&G is unable to satisfy its requirement to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012, the OM Group would be entitled to foreclose on the Pledged Shares and exercise other rights in relation thereto.
The inability or unwillingness of Wilton Re to meet its financial obligations under the Raven Springing Amendment could harm the business or cause Harbinger F&G to be unable to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012.
Under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger F&G must replace the Reserve Facility as soon as practicable, but in no event later than December 31, 2012, with a facility that enables FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for the business reinsured under the Reserve Facility. Even if Harbinger F&G satisfies all of its obligations to complete the Raven Springing Amendment, if, for any reason, Wilton Re does not meet its obligations under the Raven Springing Amendment, Harbinger F&G may be unable to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012, which would entitle OM Group to foreclose on the Pledged Shares and exercise other rights in relation thereto.
Following the completion of the Raven Springing Amendment, F&G Holdings is subject to Wilton Re’s credit risk.
F&G Holdings is subject to Wilton Re’s credit risk with respect to F&G Holdings’ ability to recover amounts due from Wilton Re because ceded reinsurance arrangements do not eliminate F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries obligation to pay claims to their policy holders. Wilton Re may become financially unsound or choose to dispute its contractual obligations when its reinsurance obligations become due. The inability or unwillingness of Wilton Re to meet its financial obligations to Harbinger F&G under the Raven Springing Amendment (and its other reinsurance agreements with FGL Insurance) could have a material adverse effect on the business, operating results and financial condition of F&G Holdings. Also see “— F&G Holdings’ reinsurers could fail to meet assumed obligations, increase rates, or be subject to adverse developments that could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations”.

100


Table of Contents

Under the Reserve Facility, Harbinger F&G may be required to post significant amounts of collateral in a short period of time.
As described under “Item 5. Other Information — The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — The Reserve Facility and the CARVM Facility,” during the term of the Reserve Facility, Harbinger F&G is required to post collateral to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of Nomura Bank International plc (“NBI”)) based on the outputs of a mutually agreed collateralization model. If the amounts called for by the model based on calculations to be performed at least weekly exceed $30 million, Harbinger F&G will be required to post cash collateral in the amount of such excess (to the extent not already posted, and subject to a $250,000 de minimis threshold), subject to a limit on the total aggregate collateral posted by both Harbinger F&G and Old Mutual equal to the face amount of the letter of credit under the Reserve Facility. Following a demand from Nomura International plc (the “Administrative Agent”), collateral must be posted by Harbinger F&G on the same or the following business day and required collateral posting under the collateralization model may fluctuate significantly in a short period of time. Any additional collateral must be contributed to Harbinger F&G by HRG or made available to Harbinger F&G by its subsidiaries. Any required collateral postings could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity, which could adversely affect our ability to service our debt. As of August 11, 2011, HRG posted $19 million (see “Liability and Capital Resources”).
As a result of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, F&G Holdings may not be able to retain key personnel or recruit additional qualified personnel, which could materially affect its business and require it to incur substantial additional costs to recruit replacement personnel.
F&G Holdings is highly dependent on its senior management team and other key personnel for the operation and development of its business. As a result of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, F&G Holdings’ current and prospective management team and employees could experience uncertainty about their future roles. This uncertainty may adversely affect F&G Holdings’ ability to attract and retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel. Any failure to attract and retain key members of F&G Holdings’ management team or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to F&G Holdings’ Business
A continuation of our existing financial strength ratings, a financial strength ratings downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization could adversely affect F&G Holdings’ financial condition and results of operations.
Various nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“rating organizations”) review the financial performance and condition of insurers, including F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries, and publish their financial strength ratings as indicators of an insurer’s ability to meet policyholder and contract holder obligations. These ratings are important to maintaining public confidence in F&G Holdings’ products, its ability to market its products, and its competitive position. Any downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization with respect to the financial strength ratings of F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings in many ways, including the following: reducing new sales of insurance and investment products; adversely affecting relationships with distributors, IMOs and sales agents; increasing the number or amount of policy surrenders and withdrawals of funds; requiring a reduction in prices for F&G Holdings’ insurance products and services in order to remain competitive; or adversely affecting F&G Holdings’ ability to obtain reinsurance at a reasonable price, on reasonable terms, or at all. A downgrade of sufficient magnitude could result in F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries being required to collateralize reserves, balances, or obligations under reinsurance, and securitization agreements.

101


Table of Contents

Additionally, under some of its derivative contracts, F&G Holdings has agreed to maintain certain financial strength ratings. A downgrade below these levels could result in termination of the contracts, at which time any amounts payable by F&G Holdings or the counterparty would be dependent on the market value of the underlying derivative contracts. Downgrades of F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries have given multiple counterparties the right to terminate ISDA agreements. No ISDA agreements have been terminated, although the counterparties have reserved the right to terminate the ISDA agreements at any time.
Rating organizations assign ratings based upon several factors. While most of these factors relate to the rated company, some factors relate to the views of the rating organization, general economic conditions, and circumstances outside the rated company’s control. In addition, rating organizations use various models and formulas to assess the strength of a rated company, and from time to time rating organizations have, in their discretion, altered the models. Changes to the models could impact the rating organizations’ judgment of the rating to be assigned to the rated company.
Upon the announcement of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, the financial strength ratings of F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries were downgraded to B++ by A.M. Best Company due to the fact that, following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, F&G Holdings no longer had an ultimate parent company with business operations in the insurance industry. Subsequent to such downgrades, our sales of new policies have decreased, due, in part, to such downgrades. If our financial strength ratings are not upgraded, we anticipate that our sales of new policies will continue to be adversely impacted and that we could see increased surrenders of existing policies. F&G Holdings cannot predict what actions the rating organizations may take in the future, and F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries may not be able to improve its insurance subsidiaries’ current financial strength ratings, which could adversely affect F&G Holdings’ financial condition and results of operations.
The amount of statutory capital that F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries have and the amount of statutory capital that they must hold to maintain their financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and are sensitive to a number of factors outside of F&G Holdings’ control.
F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulations that provide minimum capitalization requirements based on risk-based capital (“RBC”) formulas for life insurance companies. The RBC formula for life insurance companies establishes capital requirements relating to insurance, business, asset, interest rate, and certain other risks.
In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors, including the following: the amount of statutory income or losses generated by F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries (which itself is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions), the amount of additional capital F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries must hold to support business growth, changes in reserve requirements applicable to F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries, F&G Holdings’ ability to secure capital market solutions to provide reserve relief, changes in equity market levels, the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in its investment portfolio, the credit ratings of investments held in its portfolio, the value of certain derivative instruments, changes in interest rates, credit market volatility, changes in consumer behavior, as well as changes to the Capital Markets and Investments Analytics Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ (“NAIC”), formerly known as the Securities Valuation Office, RBC formula. Most of these factors are outside of F&G Holdings’ control. The financial strength and credit ratings of F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries are significantly influenced by their statutory surplus amounts and capital adequacy ratios. Rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries must hold in order to maintain their current ratings. In addition, rating agencies may downgrade the investments held in F&G Holdings’ portfolio, which could result in a reduction of F&G Holdings’ capital and surplus and/or its RBC ratio.
In extreme equity market declines, the amount of additional statutory reserves F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries are required to hold for fixed indexed products may decrease at a rate less than the rate of change of the markets. This mismatch could result in a reduction of capital, surplus, and/or RBC ratio of F&G Holdings and its insurance subsidiaries.
F&G Holdings is highly regulated and subject to numerous legal restrictions and regulations.
F&G Holdings’ business is subject to government regulation in each of the states in which it conducts business. Such regulation is vested in state agencies having broad administrative, and in some instances discretionary, authority with respect to many aspects of F&G Holdings’ business, which may include, among other things, premium rates and increases thereto, underwriting practices, reserve requirements, marketing practices, advertising, privacy, policy forms, reinsurance reserve requirements, acquisitions, mergers, and capital adequacy, and is concerned primarily with the protection of policyholders and other customers rather than shareowners. At any given time, a number of financial and/or market conduct examinations of F&G Holdings and its insurance subsidiaries may be

102


Table of Contents

ongoing. From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations or audits of F&G Holdings and its insurance subsidiaries that could, if determined adversely, have a material impact on F&G Holdings.
Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. F&G Holdings cannot predict the amount or timing of any such future assessments.
Although F&G Holdings’ business is subject to regulation in each state in which it conducts business, in many instances the state regulatory models emanate from the NAIC. State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer and at the expense of the insurer and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ business, operations and financial condition. F&G Holdings is also subject to the risk that compliance with any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may not result in compliance with another regulator’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. There is an additional risk that any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may change over time to F&G Holdings’ detriment, or that changes to the overall legal or market environment, even absent any change of interpretation by a particular regulator, may cause F&G Holdings to change its views regarding the actions it needs to take from a legal risk management perspective, which could necessitate changes to F&G Holdings’ practices that may, in some cases, limit its ability to grow and improve profitability.
Some of the NAIC pronouncements, particularly as they affect accounting issues, take effect automatically in the various states without affirmative action by the states. Statutes, regulations, and interpretations may be applied with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting and reserve requirements. Also, regulatory actions with prospective impact can potentially have a significant impact on currently sold products. The NAIC continues to work to reform state regulation in various areas, including comprehensive reforms relating to life insurance reserves.
At the federal level, bills are routinely introduced in both chambers of the U.S. Congress which could affect insurance companies. In the past, Congress has considered legislation that would impact insurance companies in numerous ways, such as providing for an optional federal charter for insurance companies or a federal presence in insurance regulation, pre-empting state law in certain respects regarding the regulation of reinsurance, increasing federal oversight in areas such as consumer protection, solvency regulation and other matters. F&G Holdings cannot predict whether or in what form reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect F&G Holdings or whether any effects will be material.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) makes sweeping changes to the regulation of financial services entities, products and markets. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are or may become applicable to F&G Holdings, its competitors or those entities with which F&G Holdings does business, including but not limited to: the establishment of federal regulatory authority over derivatives, the establishment of consolidated federal regulation and resolution authority over systemically important financial services firms, the establishment of the Federal Insurance Office, changes to the regulation of broker dealers and investment advisors, changes to the regulation of reinsurance, changes to regulations affecting the rights of shareholders, the imposition of additional regulation over credit rating agencies, and the imposition of concentration limits on financial institutions that restrict the amount of credit that may be extended to a single person or entity. Numerous provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the adoption of implementing rules and/or regulations. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislation or regulation applicable to the insurance industry, F&G Holdings, its competitors or the entities with which F&G Holdings does business. Legislative or regulatory requirements imposed by or promulgated in connection with the Dodd-Frank Act may impact F&G Holdings in many ways, including but not limited to: placing F&G Holdings at a competitive disadvantage relative to its competition or other financial services entities, changing the competitive landscape of the financial services sector and/or the insurance industry, making it more expensive for F&G Holdings to conduct its business, requiring the reallocation of significant company resources to government affairs, legal and compliance-related activities, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the overall business climate as well as F&G Holdings’ financial condition and results of operations.
F&G Holdings may also be subject to regulation by the United States Department of Labor when providing a variety of products and services to employee benefit plans governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). Severe penalties are imposed for breach of duties under ERISA.
Other types of regulation that could affect F&G Holdings include insurance company investment laws and regulations, state statutory accounting practices, antitrust laws, minimum solvency requirements, federal privacy laws, insurable interest laws, federal anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws.

103


Table of Contents

F&G Holdings cannot predict what form any future changes in these or other areas of regulation affecting the insurance industry might take or what effect, if any, such proposals might have on F&G Holdings if enacted into law. In addition, because F&G Holdings’ activities are relatively concentrated in a small number of lines of business, any change in law or regulation affecting one of those lines of business could have a disproportionate impact on F&G Holdings compared to other insurance companies.
F&G Holdings’ reinsurers could fail to meet assumed obligations, increase rates, or be subject to adverse developments that could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
F&G Holdings, through its insurance subsidiaries, cedes material amounts of insurance and transfers related assets and certain liabilities to other insurance companies through reinsurance. However, notwithstanding the transfer of related assets and certain liabilities, F&G Holdings remains liable with respect to ceded insurance should any reinsurer fail to meet the obligations assumed. Accordingly, F&G Holdings bears credit risk with respect to its reinsurers, including its reinsurance arrangements with Wilton. See “— The inability or unwillingness of Wilton Re to meet its financial obligations under the Raven Springing Amendment could harm the business or cause Harbinger F&G to be unable to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012”. The failure, insolvency, inability or unwillingness to pay under the terms of the reinsurance agreement with F&G Holdings could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
F&G Holdings’ ability to compete is dependent on the availability of reinsurance or other substitute financing solutions. Premium rates charged by F&G Holdings are based, in part, on the assumption that reinsurance will be available at a certain cost. Under certain reinsurance agreements, the reinsurer may increase the rate it charges F&G Holdings for the reinsurance. Therefore, if the cost of reinsurance were to increase, if reinsurance were to become unavailable, if alternatives to reinsurance were not available to F&G Holdings, or if a reinsurer should fail to meet its obligations, F&G Holdings’ business financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
In recent years, access to reinsurance has become more costly for the insurance industry, including F&G Holdings. In addition, the number of life reinsurers has decreased as the reinsurance industry has consolidated. The decreased number of participants in the life reinsurance market resulted in increased concentration of risk for insurers, including F&G Holdings. If the reinsurance market further contracts, F&G Holdings’ ability to continue to offer its products on terms favorable to it could be adversely impacted resulting in adverse consequences to F&G Holdings’ business, operations and financial condition.
In addition, reinsurers are facing many challenges regarding illiquid credit and/or capital markets, investment downgrades, rating agency downgrades, deterioration of general economic conditions, and other factors negatively impacting the financial services industry generally. If such events cause a reinsurer to fail to meet its obligations, F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
F&G Holdings’ results of operations and financial condition may be negatively affected should actual experience differ from management’s assumptions and estimates.
F&G Holdings makes certain assumptions and estimates regarding mortality, persistency, expenses and interest rates, tax liability, business mix, frequency of claims, contingent liabilities, investment performance, and other factors related to its business and anticipated results. These assumptions and estimates are also used to estimate the amounts of VOBA, policy liabilities and accruals, future earnings, and various components of F&G Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet. These assumptions are also used in making decisions crucial to the operation of F&G Holdings’ business, including the pricing of products and expense structures relating to products. These assumptions and estimates incorporate assumptions about many factors, none of which can be predicted with certainty. F&G Holdings’ actual experiences, as well as changes in estimates, are used to prepare F&G Holdings’ consolidated statement of operations. To the extent F&G Holdings’ actual experience and changes in estimates differ from original estimates, F&G Holdings’ business, operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
The calculations F&G Holdings uses to estimate various components of its balance sheet and consolidated statements of operations are necessarily complex and involve analyzing and interpreting large quantities of data. F&G Holdings currently employs various techniques for such calculations and from time to time it will develop and implement more sophisticated administrative systems and procedures capable of facilitating the calculation of more precise estimates. However, assumptions and estimates involve judgment, and by their nature are imprecise and subject to changes and revisions over time. Accordingly, F&G Holdings’ results may be adversely affected from time to time, by actual results differing from assumptions, by changes in estimates, and by changes resulting from implementing more sophisticated administrative systems and procedures that facilitate the calculation of more precise estimates.

104


Table of Contents

F&G Holdings’ financial condition or results of operations could be adversely impacted if its assumptions regarding the fair value and future performance of its investments differ from actual experience.
F&G Holdings makes assumptions regarding the fair value and expected future performance of its investments. Expectations that F&G Holdings’ investments in residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms are based on assumptions a market participant would use in determining the current fair value and consider the performance of the underlying assets. It is possible that the underlying collateral of these investments will perform worse than current market expectations and that such reduced performance may lead to adverse changes in the cash flows on F&G Holdings’ holdings of these types of securities. This could lead to potential future other-than-temporary impairments within F&G Holdings’ portfolio of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. In addition, expectations that F&G Holdings’ investments in corporate securities and/or debt obligations will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms are based on evidence gathered through its normal credit surveillance process. It is possible that issuers of corporate securities in which F&G Holdings has invested will perform worse than current expectations. Such events may lead F&G Holdings to recognize potential future other-than-temporary impairments within its portfolio of corporate securities. It is also possible that such unanticipated events would lead F&G Holdings to dispose of certain of those holdings and recognize the effects of any market movements in its financial statements.
It is possible that actual values will differ from F&G Holdings’ assumptions. Such events could result in a material change in the value of F&G Holdings’ investments, business, operations and financial condition.
As discussed under “Item 5. Other Information — Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — The Front Street Reinsurance Transaction,” we intend to have a newly created subsidiary, Front Street, reinsure a portion of F&G’s insurance and have an affiliate of Harbinger Capital manage certain investments on its behalf. We believe Harbinger Capital’s investment expertise will benefit us by improving returns on these investments, but if Harbinger Capital is unable to achieve satisfactory returns, we could be required to fund additional capital to Front Street to satisfy its reinsurance requirements.
F&G Holdings could be forced to sell investments at a loss to cover policyholder withdrawals.
Certain products offered by F&G Holdings allow policyholders to withdraw their funds under defined circumstances. In order to meet such funding obligations, F&G Holdings manages its liabilities and configures its investment portfolios so as to provide and maintain sufficient liquidity to support expected withdrawal demands and contract benefits and maturities. However, in order to provide necessary long-term returns, a certain portion of F&G Holdings’ assets are relatively illiquid. There can be no assurance that withdrawal demands will match F&G Holdings’ estimation of withdrawal demands. If F&G Holdings experiences unexpected withdrawal activity, whether as a result of financial strength downgrades or otherwise, it could exhaust its liquid assets and be forced to liquidate other less liquid assets, possibly at a loss or on other unfavorable terms. If F&G Holdings is forced to dispose of assets at a loss or on unfavorable terms, it could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Interest rate fluctuations could negatively affect F&G Holdings’ interest earnings and spread income, or otherwise impact its business.
Interest rates are subject to volatility and fluctuations. For the past several years interest rates trended downwards, engendering concern about their ability to remain low. In addition, as a result of uncertain domestic and global political, credit and financial market conditions, credit markets and interest rates face risks arising from liquidity and credit concerns. In order to meet its policy and contractual obligations, F&G Holdings must earn a sufficient return on its invested assets. Significant changes in interest rates expose F&G Holdings to the risk of not earning anticipated interest earnings, or of not earning anticipated spreads between the interest rate earned on investments and the credited interest rates paid on outstanding policies and contracts. Both rising and declining interest rates can negatively affect F&G Holdings’ interest earnings and spread income (the difference between the returns F&G Holdings earns on its investments and the amounts it must credit to policyholders and contract holders). While F&G Holdings develops and maintains asset/liability management programs and procedures designed to mitigate the effect on interest earnings and spread income in rising or falling interest rate environments, no assurance can be given that changes in interest rates will not materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, F&G Holdings’ asset/liability management programs and procedures incorporate assumptions about the relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates and relationships between risk-adjusted and risk-free interest rates, market liquidity, and other factors. The effectiveness of F&G Holdings’ asset/liability management programs and procedures may be negatively affected whenever actual results differ from these assumptions.

105


Table of Contents

Changes in interest rates may also impact F&G Holdings’ business in other ways, including affecting the attractiveness of certain of F&G Holdings’ products. Lower interest rates may result in lower sales of certain of F&G Holdings’ insurance and investment products. However, during periods of declining interest rates, certain life insurance and annuity products may be relatively more attractive investments to consumers, resulting in increased premium payments on products with flexible premium features, repayment of policy loans and increased persistency, or a higher percentage of insurance policies remaining in force from year to year during a period when F&G Holdings’ investments carry lower returns, and F&G Holdings could become unable to earn its spread income should interest rates decrease significantly.
F&G Holdings’ expectation for future interest earnings and spreads is an important component in amortization of VOBA and significantly lower interest earnings or spreads that may cause F&G Holdings to accelerate amortization, thereby reducing net income in the affected reporting period.
Higher interest rates may increase the cost of debt and other obligations having floating rate or rate reset provisions and may result in lower sales of other products. During periods of increasing market interest rates, F&G Holdings may offer higher crediting rates on interest-sensitive products, such as universal life insurance and fixed annuities, and it may increase crediting rates on in-force products to keep these products competitive. A rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, will increase the net unrealized loss position of F&G Holdings’ investment portfolio and, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six- to twelve-month time period, certain of F&G Holdings’ products may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that policyholders may surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment, requiring F&G Holdings to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. This risk is mitigated to some extent by the high level of surrender charge protection provided by F&G Holdings’ products. Increases in crediting rates, as well as surrenders and withdrawals, could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
F&G Holdings’ investments are subject to market, credit, legal, and regulatory risks. These risks could be heightened during periods of extreme volatility or disruption in financial and credit markets.
F&G Holdings’ invested assets and derivative financial instruments are subject to risks of credit defaults and changes in market values. Periods of extreme volatility or disruption in the financial and credit markets could increase these risks. Underlying factors relating to volatility affecting the financial and credit markets could lead to other-than-temporary impairments of assets in F&G Holdings’ investment portfolio.
The value of F&G Holdings’ mortgage-backed investments depends in part on the financial condition of the borrowers and tenants for the properties underlying those investments, as well as general and specific circumstances affecting the overall default rate.
Significant continued financial and credit market volatility, changes in interest rates, credit spreads, credit defaults, real estate values, market illiquidity, declines in equity prices, acts of corporate malfeasance, ratings downgrades of the issuers or guarantors of these investments, and declines in general economic conditions, either alone or in combination, could have a material adverse impact on F&G Holdings’ results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows through realized losses, other-than-temporary impairments, changes in unrealized loss positions, and increased demands on capital. In addition, market volatility can make it difficult for F&G Holdings to value certain of its assets, especially if trading becomes less frequent. Valuations may include assumptions or estimates that may have significant period-to-period changes that could have an adverse impact on F&G Holdings’ results of operations or financial condition.
Equity market volatility could negatively impact F&G Holdings’ business.
Equity market volatility can affect F&G Holdings’ profitability in various ways, in particular as a result of guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits in its products. The estimated cost of providing guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits incorporates various assumptions about the overall performance of equity markets over certain time periods. Periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets, increased equity volatility, or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of the future policy benefit or policyholder account balance liabilities associated with such products, resulting in a reduction in F&G Holdings’ net income. The rate of amortization of VOBA costs relating to fixed indexed annuity products and the cost of providing guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits could also increase if equity market performance is worse than assumed.

106


Table of Contents

Credit market volatility or disruption could adversely impact F&G Holdings’ financial condition or results from operations.
Significant volatility or disruption in credit markets could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result of the uncertain domestic and global political, credit and financial market conditions, credit markets face risks arising from liquidity and credit concerns. Changes in interest rates and credit spreads could cause market price and cash flow variability in the fixed income instruments in F&G Holdings’ investment portfolio. Significant volatility and lack of liquidity in the credit markets could cause issuers of the fixed-income securities in F&G Holdings’ investment portfolio to default on either principal or interest payments on these securities. Additionally, market price valuations may not accurately reflect the underlying expected cash flows of securities within F&G Holdings’ investment portfolio.
Changes in federal income taxation laws, including any reduction in individual income tax rates, may affect sales of our products and profitability.
The annuity and life insurance products that F&G Holdings markets generally provide the policyholder with certain federal income tax advantages. For example, federal income taxation on any increases in non-qualified annuity contract values (i.e., the “inside build-up”) is deferred until it is received by the policyholder. With other savings investments, such as certificates of deposit and taxable bonds, the increase in value is generally taxed each year as it is realized. Additionally, life insurance death benefits are generally exempt from income tax.
From time to time, various tax law changes have been proposed that could have an adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ business, including the elimination of all or a portion of the income tax advantages described above for annuities and life insurance. If legislation were enacted to eliminate the tax deferral for annuities, such a change would have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ ability to sell non-qualified annuities. Non-qualified annuities are annuities that are not sold to a qualified retirement plan.
Beginning in 2013, distributions from non-qualified annuity policies will be considered “investment income” for purposes of the newly enacted Medicare tax on investment income contained in the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. As a result, in certain circumstances a 3.8% tax (“Medicare Tax”) may be applied to some or all of the taxable portions of distributions from non-qualified annuities to individuals whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts. This new tax may have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ ability to sell non-qualified annuities to individuals whose income exceeds these threshold amounts and could accelerate withdrawals due to additional tax. The constitutionality of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 is currently the subject of multiple litigation actions initiated by various state attorneys general, and the Act is also the subject of several proposals in the U.S. Congress for amendment and/or repeal. The outcome of such litigation and legislative action as it relates to the Medicare Tax is unknown at this time.
F&G Holdings may be required to increase its valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, which could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ capital position, business, operations and financial condition.
Deferred tax assets refer to assets that are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets in essence represent future savings of taxes that would otherwise be paid in cash. The realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income, including capital gains. If it is determined that the deferred tax assets cannot be realized, a deferred tax valuation allowance must be established, with a corresponding charge to net income.
Based on F&G Holdings’ current assessment of future taxable income, including available tax planning opportunities, F&G Holdings anticipates that it is more likely than not that it will not generate sufficient taxable income to realize all of its deferred tax assets. If future events differ from F&G Holdings’ current forecasts, the valuation allowance may need to be increased from the current amount, which could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ capital position, business, operations and financial condition.
Financial services companies are frequently the targets of litigation, including class action litigation, which could result in substantial judgments.
F&G Holdings, like other financial services companies, is involved in litigation and arbitration in the ordinary course of business. Although F&G Holdings does not believe that the outcome of any such litigation or arbitration will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations, F&G Holdings cannot predict such outcome, and a judgment against F&G Holdings could be substantial. More generally, F&G Holdings operates in an industry in which various practices are subject to scrutiny and potential

107


Table of Contents

litigation, including class actions. In addition, F&G Holdings sells its products through IMO’s, whose activities may be difficult to monitor. Civil jury verdicts have been returned against insurers and other financial services companies involving sales, underwriting practices, product design, product disclosure, administration, denial or delay of benefits, charging excessive or impermissible fees, recommending unsuitable products to customers, breaching fiduciary or other duties to customers, refund or claims practices, alleged agent misconduct, failure to properly supervise representatives, relationships with agents or other persons with whom the insurer does business, payment of sales or other contingent commissions, and other matters. Such lawsuits can result in the award of substantial judgments that are disproportionate to the actual damages, including material amounts of punitive non-economic compensatory damages. In some states, juries, judges, and arbitrators have substantial discretion in awarding punitive and non-economic compensatory damages, which creates the potential for unpredictable material adverse judgments or awards in any given lawsuit or arbitration. Arbitration awards are subject to very limited appellate review. In addition, in some class action and other lawsuits, financial services companies have made material settlement payments.
Companies in the financial services industry are sometimes the target of law enforcement investigations and the focus of increased regulatory scrutiny.
The financial services industry, including insurance companies, is sometimes the target of law enforcement and regulatory investigations relating to the numerous laws and regulations that govern such companies. Some financial services companies have been the subject of law enforcement or other actions resulting from such investigations. Resulting publicity about one company may generate inquiries into or litigation against other financial services companies, even those who do not engage in the business lines or practices at issue in the original action. It is impossible to predict the outcome of such investigations or actions, whether they will expand into other areas not yet contemplated, whether they will result in changes in insurance regulation, whether activities currently thought to be lawful will be characterized as unlawful, or the impact, if any, of such scrutiny on the financial services and insurance industry or F&G Holdings.
F&G Holdings is dependent on the performance of others.
Various other parties provide services or are otherwise involved in F&G Holdings’ business operations, and F&G Holdings’ results may be affected by the performance of those other parties. For example, F&G Holdings is dependent upon independent distribution channels to sell its products, and certain assets are managed by third parties. Additionally, F&G Holdings’ operations are dependent on various service providers and on various technologies, some of which are provided and/or maintained by certain key outsourcing partners and other parties.
The other parties upon which F&G Holdings depends may default on their obligations to F&G Holdings due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud, or other reasons. Such defaults could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ financial condition and results of operations. In addition, certain of these other parties may act, or be deemed to act, on behalf of F&G Holdings or represent F&G Holdings in various capacities. Consequently, F&G Holdings may be held responsible for obligations that arise from the acts or omissions of these other parties.
F&G Holdings’ ability to conduct its business is dependent upon consumer confidence in the industry and its products. The conduct of competitors and financial difficulties of other companies in the industry could undermine consumer confidence and adversely affect retention of existing business and future sales of F&G Holdings’ annuity and insurance products.
The occurrence of computer viruses, network security breaches, disasters, or other unanticipated events could affect the data processing systems of F&G Holdings or its business partners and could damage F&G Holdings’ business and adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations.
F&G Holdings retains confidential information in its computer systems, and relies on sophisticated commercial technologies to maintain the security of those systems. Despite F&G Holdings’ implementation of network security measures, its servers could be subject to physical and electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with its computer systems. Anyone who is able to circumvent F&G Holdings’ security measures and penetrate F&G Holdings’ computer systems could access, view, misappropriate, alter, or delete any information in the systems, including personally identifiable customer information and proprietary business information. In addition, an increasing number of states require that customers be notified of unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of their information. Any compromise of the security of F&G Holdings’ computer systems that results in inappropriate access, use or disclosure of personally identifiable customer information could damage F&G Holdings’ reputation in the marketplace, deter people from purchasing F&G Holdings’ products, subject F&G Holdings to significant civil and criminal liability and require F&G Holdings to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses.

108


Table of Contents

In the event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, an industrial accident, a blackout, a computer virus, a terrorist attack or war, F&G Holdings’ computer systems may be inaccessible to its employees, customers, or business partners for an extended period of time. Even if F&G Holdings’ employees are able to report to work, they may be unable to perform their duties for an extended period of time if F&G Holdings’ data or systems are disabled or destroyed. Any such occurrence could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, operations and financial condition.
F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries’ ability to grow depends in large part upon the continued availability of capital.
F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries’ long-term strategic capital requirements will depend on many factors, including their accumulated statutory earnings and the relationship between their statutory capital and surplus and various elements of required capital. To support long-term capital requirements, F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries may need to increase or maintain their statutory capital and surplus through financings, which could include debt, equity, financing arrangements and/or other surplus relief transactions. Adverse market conditions have affected and continue to affect the availability and cost of capital from external sources and HGI is not obligated, and may choose or be unable, to provide financing or make any capital contribution to F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries. Consequently, financings, if available at all, may be available only on terms that are not favorable to F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries. If F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries cannot maintain adequate capital, they may be required to limit growth in sales of new policies, and such action could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, operations and financial condition.
New accounting rules, changes to existing accounting rules, or the grant of permitted accounting practices to competitors could negatively impact F&G Holdings.
Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, F&G Holdings is required to comply with GAAP. A number of organizations are instrumental in the development and interpretation of GAAP such as the SEC, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. GAAP is subject to constant review by these organizations and others in an effort to address emerging accounting rules and issue interpretative accounting guidance on a continual basis. F&G Holdings can give no assurance that future changes to GAAP will not have a negative impact on F&G Holdings. GAAP includes the requirement to carry certain investments and insurance liabilities at fair value. These fair values are sensitive to various factors including, but not limited to, interest rate movements, credit spreads, and various other factors. Because of this, changes in these fair values may cause increased levels of volatility in F&G Holdings’ financial statements.
In addition, F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries are required to comply with statutory accounting principles (“SAP”). SAP and various components of SAP (such as actuarial reserving methodology) are subject to constant review by the NAIC and its task forces and committees as well as state insurance departments in an effort to address emerging issues and otherwise improve financial reporting. Various proposals are currently or have previously been pending before committees and task forces of the NAIC, some of which, if enacted, would negatively affect F&G Holdings. The NAIC is also currently working to reform state regulation in various areas, including comprehensive reforms relating to life insurance reserves and the accounting for such reserves. F&G Holdings cannot predict whether or in what form reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect F&G Holdings. In addition, the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures manual provides that state insurance departments may permit insurance companies domiciled therein to depart from SAP by granting them permitted accounting practices. F&G Holdings cannot predict whether or when the insurance departments of the states of domicile of its competitors may permit them to utilize advantageous accounting practices that depart from SAP, the use of which is not permitted by the insurance departments of the states of domicile of F&G Holdings and its insurance subsidiaries. With respect to regulations and guidelines, states sometimes defer to the interpretation of the insurance department of the state of domicile. Neither the action of the domiciliary state nor action of the NAIC is binding on a state. Accordingly, a state could choose to follow a different interpretation. F&G Holdings can give no assurance that future changes to SAP or components of SAP or the grant of permitted accounting practices to its competitors will not have a negative impact on F&G Holdings.
F&G Holdings’ risk management policies and procedures could leave it exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risk, which could negatively affect its business or result in losses.
F&G Holdings has developed risk management policies and procedures and expects to continue to enhance these in the future. Nonetheless, F&G Holdings’ policies and procedures to identify, monitor, and manage both internal and external risks may not effectively mitigate these risks or predict future exposures, which could be different or significantly greater than expected. These identified risks may not be the only risks facing F&G Holdings. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to F&G

109


Table of Contents

Holdings, or that it currently deem to be immaterial, may adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and/or operating results.
Difficult conditions in the economy generally could adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, operations and financial condition.
A general economic slowdown could adversely affect F&G Holdings in the form of changes in consumer behavior and pressure on F&G Holdings’ investment portfolios. Changes in consumer behavior could include decreased demand for F&G Holdings’ products and elevated levels of policy lapses, policy loans, withdrawals, and surrenders. F&G Holdings’ investments, including investments in mortgage-backed securities, could be adversely affected as a result of deteriorating financial and business conditions affecting the issuers of the securities in F&G Holdings’ investment portfolio.
F&G Holdings may not be able to protect its intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.
F&G Holdings relies on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws to establish and protect its intellectual property. Although F&G Holdings uses a broad range of measures to protect its intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate its intellectual property. F&G Holdings may have to litigate to enforce and protect its copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and know-how or to determine their scope, validity, or enforceability, which represents a diversion of resources that may be significant in amount and may not prove successful. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce the protection of F&G Holdings’ intellectual property assets could adversely impact F&G Holdings’ business and its ability to compete effectively.
F&G Holdings also may be subject to costly litigation in the event that another party alleges its operations or activities infringe upon that party’s intellectual property rights. F&G Holdings may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark, trade secret, or license usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant liability for damages or be enjoined from providing certain products or services to its customers or utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, or licenses, or alternatively could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ business, results of operations, and financial condition.
F&G Holdings’ business could be interrupted or compromised if it experiences difficulties arising from outsourcing relationships.
In addition to services provided by third-party asset managers, F&G Holdings outsources the following functions to third-party service providers, and expects to do so in the future: (i) new business administration, (ii) hosting of financial systems, (iii) services of existing policies, (iv) call centers and (v) underwriting administration of life insurance applications. If F&G Holdings does not maintain an effective outsourcing strategy or third-party providers do not perform as contracted, F&G Holdings may experience operational difficulties, increased costs and a loss of business that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations. In addition, F&G Holdings’ reliance on third-party service providers that it does not control does not relieve F&G Holdings of its responsibilities and requirements. Any failure or negligence by such third-party service providers in carrying out their contractual duties may result in F&G Holdings becoming subjected to liability to parties who are harmed and ensuing litigation. Any litigation relating to such matters could be costly, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome of any such litigation may be uncertain. Moreover, any adverse publicity arising from such litigation, even if the litigation is not successful, could adversely affect the reputation and sales of F&G Holdings and its products.
F&G Holdings is exposed to the risks of natural and man-made catastrophes, pandemics and malicious and terrorist acts that could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
Natural and man-made catastrophes, pandemics and malicious and terrorist acts present risks that could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ operations and results. A natural or man-made catastrophe, pandemic or malicious or terrorist act could materially adversely affect the mortality or morbidity experience of F&G Holdings or its reinsurers. Such events could result in a substantial increase in mortality experience. Although F&G Holdings participates in a risk pooling arrangement that partially mitigates the impact of multiple deaths from a single event, claims arising from such events could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ business, operations and financial condition, either directly or as a result of their affect on its reinsurers or other counterparties. Such events could also have an adverse effect on lapses and surrenders of existing policies, as well as sales of new policies. While F&G Holdings has taken steps to identify and manage these risks, such risks cannot be predicted with certainty, nor fully protected against even if anticipated.

110


Table of Contents

In addition, such events could result in a decrease or halt in economic activity in large geographic areas, adversely affecting the marketing or administration of F&G Holdings’ business within such geographic areas and/or the general economic climate, which in turn could have an adverse affect on F&G Holdings’ business, operations and financial condition. The possible macroeconomic effects of such events could also adversely affect F&G Holdings’ asset portfolio.
F&G Holdings operates in a highly competitive industry, which could limit its ability to gain or maintain its position in the industry and could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
F&G Holdings operates in a highly competitive industry. F&G Holdings encounters significant competition in all of its product lines from other insurance companies, many of which have greater financial resources and higher financial strength ratings than F&G Holdings and which may have a greater market share, offer a broader range of products, services or features, assume a greater level of risk, have lower operating or financing costs, or have different profitability expectations than F&G Holdings. Competition could result in, among other things, lower sales or higher lapses of existing products.
F&G Holdings’ annuity products compete with fixed index, fixed rate and variable annuities sold by other insurance companies and also with mutual fund products, traditional bank investments and other retirement funding alternatives offered by asset managers, banks and broker-dealers. F&G Holdings’ insurance products compete with those of other insurance companies, financial intermediaries and other institutions based on a number of factors, including premium rates, policy terms and conditions, service provided to distribution channels and policyholders, ratings by rating agencies, reputation and commission structures.
Consolidation in the insurance industry and in distribution channels may result in increasing competitive pressures on F&G Holdings. Larger, potentially more efficient organizations may emerge from consolidation. In addition, some mutual insurance companies have converted to stock ownership, which gives them greater access to capital markets and greater ability to compete. The ability of banks to increase their securities-related business or to affiliate with insurance companies may materially and adversely affect sales of all of F&G Holdings’ products by substantially increasing the number and financial strength of potential competitors. Consolidation and expansion among banks, insurance companies, and other financial service companies with which F&G Holdings does business could also have an adverse affect on F&G Holdings’ business, operations and financial condition if they demand more favorable terms than F&G Holdings previously offered or if they elect not to continue to do business with F&G Holdings following consolidation or expansion.
F&G Holdings’ ability to compete is dependent upon, among other things, its ability to develop competitive and profitable products, its ability to maintain low unit costs, and its maintenance of adequate financial strength ratings from rating agencies. F&G Holdings’ ability to compete is also dependent upon, among other things, its ability to attract and retain distribution channels to market its products, the competition for which is vigorous. F&G Holdings competes for marketers and agents primarily on the basis of F&G Holdings’ financial position, support services, compensation and product features. Such marketers and agents may promote products offered by other life insurance companies that may offer a larger variety of products than F&G Holdings offers. F&G Holdings’ competitiveness for such marketers and agents also depends upon the long-term relationships it develops with them. If F&G Holdings is unable to attract and retain sufficient marketers and agents to sell its products, F&G Holdings’ ability to compete and its revenues will suffer.
F&G Holdings’ ability to maintain competitive unit costs is dependent upon the level of new sales and persistency of existing business.
F&G Holdings’ ability to maintain competitive unit costs is dependent upon a number of factors, such as the level of new sales, persistency of existing business, and expense management. A decrease in sales or persistency without a corresponding reduction in expenses may result in higher unit costs. F&G Holdings’ business plan includes expense reductions, but there can be no assurance that such reductions will be achieved.
In addition, lower persistency may result in higher or more rapid amortization of VOBA costs, which would result in higher unit costs and lower reported earnings. Although many of F&G Holdings’ products contain surrender charges, such charges decrease over time and may not be sufficient to cover the unamortized VOBA costs with respect to the insurance policy or annuity contract being surrendered.

111


Table of Contents

There may be adverse consequences if the independent contractor status of F&G Holdings’ IMOs is successfully challenged.
F&G Holdings sells its products through a network of approximately 250 IMOs representing approximately 25,000 independent agents and managing general agents. These IMOs are treated by F&G Holdings as independent contractors who own their own businesses. However, the tests governing the determination of whether an individual is considered to be an independent contractor or an employee are typically fact sensitive and vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Laws and regulations that govern the status of F&G Holdings’ IMOs are subject to change or interpretation by various authorities. If a federal or state authority or court enacts legislation (or adopts regulations) or adopts an interpretation that change the manner in which employees and independent contractors are classified or makes any adverse determination with respect to some or all of F&G Holdings’ independent contractors, F&G Holdings could incur significant costs in complying with such laws, regulations or interpretations, including, in respect of tax withholding, social security payments and recordkeeping, or F&G Holdings could be held liable for the actions of such independent contractors or may be required to modify its business model, any of which could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, there is the risk that F&G Holdings may be subject to significant monetary liabilities arising from fines or judgments as a result of any such actual or alleged non-compliance with federal, state, or provincial tax or employment laws. Further, if it were determined that F&G Holdings’ IMOs should be treated as employees, F&G Holdings could possibly incur additional liabilities with respect to any applicable employee benefit plan.
If F&G Holdings is unable to implement a new GAAP financial reporting process, it may not be able to report its financial results accurately or on a timely basis.
Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, F&G Holdings is required to prepare its financial statements in compliance with GAAP. For the pre-acquisition periods (2008 through March 2011), F&G Holdings prepared its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). As a result, F&G did not have the appropriate internal resources and processes established to convert previously prepared IFRS financial information to US GAAP financial statements, and needed to utilize manual workarounds. F&G Holdings will no longer use this method going forward and is implementing a process for the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP without first preparing the information in accordance with IFRS. F&G Holdings’ inability to complete the development and implementation of procedures and controls relating to the preparation of GAAP financial statements under the new process could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ ability to report its financial condition and results of operations in the future in a timely and reliable manner, which could in turn affect the Company’s ability to prepare and report consolidated financial information accurately and in a timely manner.
See also “Risks Related to HGI — Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting and to report on our assessment as to the effectiveness of these controls. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying these requirements or negative reports concerning our internal controls could adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition” and “Risks Related to F&G Holdings’ Business — New accounting rules, changes to existing accounting rules, or the grant of permitted accounting practices to competitors could negatively impact F&G Holdings.”
Risks Related to Front Street’s Business
There can be no assurance that Front Street will be able to effectively implement its business strategy or that its business will be successful.
Front Street is a Bermuda company that was formed in March 2010 to act as a long-term reinsurer and to provide reinsurance to the specialty insurance sectors of fixed, deferred and payout annuities. Front Street intends to enter into long-term reinsurance transactions with insurance companies, existing reinsurers, and pension arrangements, and may also pursue acquisitions in the same sector. To date, Front Street has not entered into any reinsurance contracts, and may not do so until it is capitalized according to its business plan, which was approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in March 2010. There can be no assurance that Front Street will be able to successfully enter into reinsurance transactions, that such transactions will be successful, or that Front Street will be able to achieve its anticipated investment returns.
In order to operate its business, Front Street will be subject to capital and other regulatory requirements and a highly competitive landscape. In addition, among other things, any of the following could negatively impact Front Street’s ability to implement its business strategy successfully: (i) failure to accurately assess the risks associated with the businesses that Front Street will reinsure, (ii) failure to obtain desirable financial strength ratings or any subsequent downgrade or withdrawal of any of Front Street’s financial strength ratings, (iii) exposure to credit risk associated with brokers with whom Front Street will conduct business, (iv) failure of the loss limitation methods that Front Street employs to mitigate its loss exposure, (v) loss of key personnel, (vi) unfavorable changes in

112


Table of Contents

applicable laws or regulations, (vii) inability to provide collateral to ceding companies or otherwise comply with U.S. insurance regulations, (viii) inability to gain or obtain market position and (ix) exposure to litigation.
As contemplated by the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, on May 19, 2011, the Special Committee unanimously recommended to the Board for approval (i) the Reinsurance Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and FGL Insurance, pursuant to which Front Street would reinsure up to $3 billion of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL Insurance and (ii) the Investment Management Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and HCP, an affiliate of the Harbinger Parties, pursuant to which HCP would be appointed as the investment manager of up to $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, which assets will be deposited in a reinsurance trust account for the benefit of FGL Insurance pursuant to the Trust Agreement. On May 19, 2011, the Board approved the Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.
The Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are subject to, and may not be entered into or consummated without, the approval of the Maryland Insurance Administration, which may be granted in whole, in part, or not at all. The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement provides for up to a $50 million post-closing reduction in purchase price for the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition if, among other things, the Front Street reinsurance transaction is not approved by the Maryland Insurance Administration or is approved subject to certain restrictions or conditions, including if HCP is not allowed to be appointed as the investment manager for $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement. See “Item 5. Other Information — The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — The Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.”
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
See “Item 5. Other Information — The Preferred Stock Offering” below. The shares of preferred stock were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereunder.
Item 3. Defaults upon Senior Securities
None.
Item 4. (Removed and Reserved)
Item 5. Other Information
Provided below is certain information with respect to recent developments and the Company’s business.
THE SPECTRUM BRANDS ACQUISITION
On June 16, 2010, Spectrum Brands Holdings completed the SB/RH Merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 9, 2010, as amended, by and among Spectrum Brands Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Battery Merger Corp. and Grill Merger Corp. (the “Merger Agreement”). As a result of the completion of the SB/RH Merger, Russell Hobbs became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, Spectrum Brands became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands Holdings and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands immediately prior to the consummation of the SB/RH Merger received shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock in exchange for their shares of Spectrum Brands common stock. Immediately prior to the SB/RH Merger, the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 41% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock and 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Russell Hobbs and had an outstanding term loan to Russell Hobbs. Upon the completion of the SB/RH Merger, the stockholders of Spectrum Brands (other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 35% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock and the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 65% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock. In connection with the consummation of the SB/RH Merger, the Spectrum Brands common stock was delisted from the NYSE and shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock were listed on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “SPB”.
On January 7, 2011, we completed the Spectrum Brands Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. As a result, the Harbinger Parties contributed 27,756,905 shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, (or approximately 54.5% of the then outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, as of such date) to us in exchange for 119,909,829 newly issued shares of our common stock. This exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00 was based on the respective volume weighted average trading prices of our common stock ($6.33) and Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock ($27.36) on the NYSE for the 30 trading days from and including July 2, 2010

113


Table of Contents

to and including August 13, 2010 (the day we received the Harbinger Parties’ proposal for the Spectrum Brands Acquisition). After the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Harbinger Parties owned a majority of our then issued and outstanding shares of common stock.
Upon the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Harbinger Parties, Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its affiliates (the “Avenue Parties”), and Spectrum Brands Holdings entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement”). Following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we also became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement.
Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, we may demand that Spectrum Brands Holdings register all or a portion of our shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock for sale under the Securities Act, so long as the anticipated aggregate offering price of the securities to be offered is (i) at least $30 million if registration is to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or a similar “long-form” registration or (ii) at least $5 million if registration is to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 or a similar “short-form” registration. We also have “piggy back” rights to participate in registered offerings initiated by Spectrum Brands Holdings or certain other holders.
Following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we also became a party to the Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement”), by and among the Harbinger Parties and Spectrum Brands Holdings. Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, the parties agree that, among other things:
    Spectrum Brands Holdings will maintain (i) a special nominating committee of its board of directors (the “Special Nominating Committee”) consisting of three Independent Directors (as defined in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement), (ii) a nominating and corporate governance committee of its board of directors (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) and (iii) an Audit Committee in accordance with the rules of the NYSE (the “NYSE rules”);
    for so long as we (together with our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties) own 40% or more of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ outstanding voting securities, we will vote our shares of Spectrum Brands
    Holdings common stock to effect the structure of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ board of directors described in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and to ensure that Spectrum Brands Holdings’ chief executive officer is elected to its board of directors;
    neither Spectrum Brands Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries will be permitted to pay any monitoring or similar fee to us or our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties;
    we will not effect any transfer of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ equity securities to any person that would result in such person and its affiliates beneficially owning 40% or more of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ outstanding voting securities (a “40% Stockholder”), unless (i) such person agrees to be bound by the terms of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, (ii) the transfer is pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of Spectrum Brands Holdings approved by Spectrum Brands Holdings’ board of directors and a majority of the members of the Special Nominating Committee, (iii) the transfer is otherwise specifically approved by Spectrum Brands Holdings’ board of directors and a majority of the Special Nominating Committee, or (iv) the transfer is of 5% or less of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ outstanding voting securities;
    we will have certain inspection rights so long as we and our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, own, in the aggregate, at least 15% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings’ voting securities; and
    we will have certain rights to obtain Spectrum Brands’ information, at our expense, for so long as we own at least 10% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings’ voting securities.
The Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement also provided that we would not, and we will not permit any of our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, to make any public announcement with respect to, or submit a proposal for, or offer in respect of, a Going-Private Transaction (as defined in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement) of Spectrum Brands Holdings unless such action is specifically requested in writing by the board of directors of Spectrum Brands Holdings with the approval of a majority

114


Table of Contents

of the members of the Special Nominating Committee. This limitation terminated on June 16, 2011. The other provisions of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement (other than with respect to information and investigation rights) will terminate on the date on which we and our affiliates (including the Harbinger Parties) no longer beneficially own 40% of outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings’ voting securities. The Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person or group owns 90% or more of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings.
In addition, under Spectrum Brands Holdings’ certificate of incorporation, no 40% Stockholder shall, or shall permit any of its affiliates or any group which such 40% Stockholder or any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by such 40% Stockholder is a member of, to engage in any transactions that would constitute a Going-Private Transaction, unless such transaction satisfies certain requirements.
In order to permit the collateral agent to exercise the remedies under the Senior Notes Indenture and foreclose on the Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock pledged as collateral for our senior secured notes upon an event of default under the Senior Notes Indenture, on January 7, 2011, simultaneously with the closing of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the collateral agent became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and will, upon an event of default under the Senior Notes Indenture, and subject to certain exceptions, become subject to all of its covenants, terms and conditions to the same extent as HGI prior to such event of default.
THE FIDELITY & GUARANTY ACQUISITION
On March 7, 2011, we entered into the Transfer Agreement with the Master Fund, pursuant to which, on March 9, 2011, (i) we acquired from the Master Fund a 100% membership interest in Harbinger F&G and (ii) the Master Fund transferred to Harbinger F&G the sole issued and outstanding Ordinary Share of FS Holdco. In consideration for the interests in FS Holdco and Harbinger F&G, we agreed to reimburse the Master Fund for certain expenses incurred by the Master Fund (up to a maximum of $13.3 million) in connection with the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and to submit certain expenses of the Master Fund for reimbursement by OM Group under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement. Following the consummation of the foregoing acquisitions, Harbinger F&G became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of HGI, FS Holdco became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Harbinger F&G and Front Street became the indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Harbinger F&G.
On April 6, 2011, pursuant to the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger F&G acquired from OM Group all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of F&G Holdings and certain intercompany loan agreements between OM Group, as lender, and F&G Holdings, as borrower, in consideration for $350 million. As described further herein, the $350 million purchase price may be reduced by up to $50 million post-closing if certain regulatory approvals are not obtained. Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, (i) F&G Holdings became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Harbinger F&G and (ii) FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance became the wholly-owned subsidiaries of F&G Holdings. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are our principal insurance companies.
The Reserve Facility and the CARVM Facility
Life insurance companies operating in the United States are required to calculate required reserves for life and annuity policies based on statutory principles. These methodologies are governed by “Regulation XXX” (applicable to term life insurance policies), “Guideline AXXX” (applicable to universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees) and the Commissioners Annuity Reserve Valuation Method, known as “CARVM” (applicable to annuities). Under Regulation XXX, Guideline AXXX and CARVM, insurers are required to establish statutory reserves for such policies that many market participants believe are excessive.
Insurers often use ceded reinsurance to facilitate the financing of certain of these excess reserves. Prior to the closing of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, FGL Insurance had financed these reserves through various reinsurance contracts consisting of: (i) four reinsurance contracts between FGL Insurance and Old Mutual Reassurance (Ireland) Limited, a subsidiary of OM Group (“OM Ireland”), pursuant to which OM Ireland reinsured life insurance policies subject to Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX reserve requirements (the “XXX/AXXX Agreements”) and (ii) one reinsurance contract pursuant to which OM Ireland reinsured annuities subject to CARVM reserve requirements (the “CARVM Treaty”). Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, OM Ireland is no longer an affiliate of FGL Insurance. FGL Insurance stopped cessions to OM Ireland with respect to XXX/AXXX Agreements on September 30, 2010 and with respect to annuities under the CARVM Treaty on December 31, 2010. The liabilities ceded under the XXX/AXXX Agreements were recaptured by FGL Insurance in connection with the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition.

115


Table of Contents

Reserve Facility. In connection with the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, OM Group consummated a reserve funding transaction with FGL Insurance with respect to the policies previously reinsured by OM Ireland under the XXX/AXXX Agreements (the “Reserve Facility”). As contemplated by the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, the reinsurance and related financing provided by the XXX/AXXX Agreements was replaced by the Reserve Facility as follows:
    The life insurance policies previously ceded to OM Ireland under the XXX/AXXX Agreements (the “Recaptured Policies”) were recaptured by FGL Insurance.
    Certain of the Recaptured Policies (the “Raven Policies”) that were issued prior to March 31, 2010 were then ceded by FGL Insurance to Raven Reinsurance Company, a newly formed special purpose captive reinsurer domiciled in Vermont that is owned by FGL Insurance (the “Vermont Captive”). The Recaptured Policies issued after March 31, 2010 were retained by FGL Insurance. Assets backing the economic reserves associated with the Raven Policies (that is, the non-excess reserves required by statutory accounting requirements) are held by FGL Insurance on a funds-withheld basis. The excess reserves associated with the Raven Policies are secured by a reinsurance credit trust established by the Vermont Captive for the benefit of FGL Insurance. The assets in trust consist of (i) a letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) issued by NBI and (ii) certain senior trust notes (the “Senior Trust Notes”) issued by a Delaware trust (which were submitted to the Capital Markets and Investment Analytics Office of the NAIC) that in turn, holds notes issued by an affiliate of NBI, which notes may in certain circumstances be put to such affiliate of NBI. The Reserve Facility will initially provide FGL Insurance financing for the excess reserves through the Letter of Credit and the Senior Trust Notes. The face amount of the Letter of Credit and the Senior Trust Notes is $535 million in the aggregate (the “Total L/C Exposure”) may be reduced in certain circumstances.
    FGL Insurance transferred $250,000, the amount of the Vermont Captive’s statutory minimum capital, to the regulatory account of the Vermont Captive in exchange for common stock issued by the Vermont Captive to FGL Insurance.
    OM Group contributed $95 million to the Vermont Captive in exchange for a surplus note, which amount will be held in a surplus account of the Vermont Captive, along with other amounts received by the Vermont Captive in excess of the Reserve Facility’s minimum capital and surplus requirements.
    During the term of the Reserve Facility, the Vermont Captive and Harbinger F&G have agreed to maintain Total Modified Adjusted Capital (generally defined with reference to the definition of Total Adjusted Capital in applicable Vermont statutes as in effect as of December 31, 2009, subject to certain exclusions) of the Vermont Captive at a level equal to the greater of (x) 300% of the Vermont Captive’s Company Action Level Risk Based Capital (generally defined with reference to applicable Vermont statutes and the risk-based capital factors and formula prescribed by the NAIC, each as in effect as of December 31, 2009) requirement or (y) $95 million (the greater of such amounts, “Minimum Capital Amount”). In the event that the Vermont Captive fails to maintain the Minimum Capital Amount for any quarter, Harbinger F&G is required to make a capital contribution equal to the amount of the shortfall for deposit into the surplus account. If Harbinger F&G fails to make the capital contribution, OM Group is required to make the capital contribution equal to the shortfall.
    For the benefit of NBI, FGL Insurance paid a structuring fee to the Administrative Agent in the amount of $13.7 million.
    Until December 31, 2012, the Vermont Captive and Harbinger F&G are jointly and severally obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of NBI) a portion of the Facility Fee described below, of up to 150 basis points per annum on the face amount of the Total L/C Exposure. Until December 31, 2012, any portion of the Facility Fee above the Total L/C Exposure will be paid by Old Mutual plc (“Old Mutual”). The “Facility Fee” is calculated as the amount accrued with respect to the Total L/C Exposure at an annual rate equal to the greatest of (x) 60 basis points plus 50% of a rate (the “CDS Rate”) generally reflecting the cost of credit default swap protection on senior unsecured debt of Old Mutual as of April 7, 2011, (y) 75% of the CDS Rate and (z) 125 basis points.
    During the term of the Reserve Facility, Harbinger F&G and Old Mutual is required to post collateral to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of NBI) based on the outputs of a mutually agreed collateralization model. If the amounts called for by the model based on calculations to be performed at least weekly exceed $15 million, then Old Mutual will be required to post cash collateral in the amount of such excess (to the extent not already posted) up to an additional $15 million and, to the extent such calculations call for amounts exceeding $30 million, Harbinger F&G will

116


Table of Contents

      be required to post cash collateral in the amount of such excess (to the extent not already posted), subject to a limit on the total aggregate collateral posted by both Harbinger F&G and Old Mutual equal to the Total L/C Exposure. Harbinger F&G has been required to post additional collateral and may be required to make additional postings in the future. Following a demand from the Administrative Agent, collateral must be posted by Harbinger F&G on the same or the following business day and required collateral posting under the collateralization model may fluctuate significantly in a short period of time. Any additional collateral must be funded by HRG or made available to Harbinger F&G by its subsidiaries. To the extent that the amounts called for by the collateralization model decrease and collateral has already been posted by Harbinger F&G or by Old Mutual, cash in the amount of the decrease would be returned to Harbinger F&G or to Old Mutual, as the case may be. Each of these transfers of cash is subject to a $250,000 de minimis threshold.
    In the event that FGL Insurance requests a draw on the assets in the reinsurance credit trust, NBI may direct the payment of the disbursement amount from either the Letter of Credit or the Senior Trust Notes. In the event of disbursement by NBI under either instrument, Harbinger F&G is obligated to make an immediate reimbursement to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of NBI). If Harbinger F&G fails to make such reimbursement, the Vermont Captive is required to make the reimbursement. If both Harbinger F&G and the Vermont Captive fail to make the reimbursement, OM Group is required to reimburse the Administrative Agent for NBI’s benefit.
Under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, OM Group’s obligation to provide the Reserve Facility terminates upon the earlier of (i) replacement of the Reserve Facility by a facility or facilities that enable FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for all of the business reinsured under the Reserve Facility; (ii) December 31, 2012; and (iii) the occurrence of any transaction pursuant to which Harbinger Capital and its affiliates collectively cease to own, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of at least 40% of the outstanding equity ownership or other economic interest in or voting securities or voting power of FGL Insurance or any parent company of FGL Insurance or cease to control FGL Insurance or any parent company of FGL Insurance (other than an initial public offering of FGL Insurance’s stock or any transaction conducted in connection with such offering) if, after the consummation of such transaction, FGL Insurance would reasonably be expected to have a financial strengths rating by A.M. Best Company of below “A-” (a “Non-Qualifying Change of Control”).
Pursuant to the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger F&G agreed to replace the Reserve Facility as soon as practicable, but in no event later than December 31, 2012, with a facility that enables FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for the business reinsured under the Reserve Facility. In order to secure this and certain other obligations under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger F&G and F&G Holdings have pledged to OM Group the Pledged Shares. In the event that the Reserve Facility is not replaced by that date, OM Group may foreclose on the Pledged Shares and exercise other rights in relation thereto. See “— Other Agreements” below. Alternatively, OM Group may agree to extend the Reserve Facility for successive three-month periods, until December 31, 2015, at a stepped-up Facility Fee payable solely by the Vermont Captive and Harbinger F&G. To the extent OM Group, rather than Harbinger F&G, posts collateral to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of NBI), Harbinger F&G will be required to pay to OM Group the amount of any such collateral posted by OM Group under the Reserve Facility plus interest on such amount. In addition, upon the earlier of December 31, 2012 or the date that the Reserve Facility is replaced, Harbinger F&G will be required to purchase from OM Group the $95 million surplus note OM Group acquired to capitalize the Vermont Captive.
The CARVM Facility. Under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, OM Group is required to support certain annuity reserves through letters of credit or other financing sponsored by OM Group (the “CARVM Facility”) to enable FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for certain annuity liabilities that are subject to CARVM reserve requirements. OM Group’s obligation to provide the CARVM Facility terminates upon the earliest of (i) replacement of the CARVM Facility by a facility or facilities that enable FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for all CARVM business (as described further below); (ii) December 31, 2015; and (iii) the occurrence of a Non-Qualifying Change of Control. To satisfy OM Group’s obligation to provide the CARVM Facility, these annuity liabilities remained reinsured under the CARVM Treaty. The CARVM Treaty is expected to remain in place until December 31, 2015, by which time the amount of the excess CARVM reserves is expected to have been substantially reduced because the amount of excess reserves required under CARVM diminishes over time.
Harbinger F&G will be required to replace the CARVM Facility as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than December 31, 2015, with a facility that enables FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for the business covered under the CARVM Facility. In the event that the CARVM Facility is not replaced by that date, OM Group may foreclose on the Pledged Shares and exercise other rights in relation thereto. See “— Other Agreements” below. In addition, on the earlier of December 31, 2015 or the date that the CARVM Facility is replaced, Harbinger F&G will be required to pay to OM Group the amount of any collateral posted by OM Group under the CARVM Facility plus interest on such amount.

117


Table of Contents

The Front Street Reinsurance Transaction
As contemplated by the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, on May 19, 2011, the Special Committee unanimously recommended to the Board for approval (i) the Reinsurance Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and FGL Insurance, pursuant to which Front Street would reinsure up to $3 billion of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL Insurance and (ii) the Investment Management Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and HCP, an affiliate of the Harbinger Parties, pursuant to which HCP would be appointed as the investment manager of up to $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, which assets will be deposited in a reinsurance trust account for the benefit of FGL Insurance pursuant the Trust Agreement. On May 19, 2011, our Board approved the Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.
The Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are subject to, and may not be entered into or consummated without, the approval of the Maryland Insurance Administration. The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement provides for up to a $50 million post-closing reduction in purchase price for the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition if, among other things, the Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are not approved by the Maryland Insurance Administration or are approved subject to certain restrictions or conditions, including if HCP is not allowed to be appointed as the investment manager for $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement. The Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement were submitted as part of a Form D filing with the Maryland Insurance Administration on July 26, 2011.
Indemnification
The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement includes customary mutual indemnification provisions relating to breaches of representations, warranties and covenants. In addition, Harbinger F&G agreed to indemnify OM Group for, among other things, any losses arising out of the provision by OM Group of the CARVM Facility and the Reserve Facility, in each case, including with respect to any obligation to post collateral, reimburse for a draw on a letter of credit or contribute capital, except to the extent such losses were caused by OM Group.
Wilton Transaction
On January 26, 2011, Harbinger F&G entered into an agreement (the “Commitment Agreement”) with Wilton, pursuant to which Wilton agreed to cause Wilton Re, its wholly owned subsidiary and a Minnesota insurance company, to enter into certain coinsurance arrangements with FGL Insurance following the closing of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition. Pursuant to the Commitment Agreement, Wilton Re is required to reinsure certain of FGL Insurance’s policies that are subject to redundant reserves under Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX and that are currently reinsured by the Vermont Captive under the Reserve Facility (the “Raven Block”), as well as another block of FGL Insurance’s in-force traditional, universal and interest sensitive life insurance policies (the “Camden Block”). Upon the completion of such reinsurance transactions, substantially all of FGL Insurance’s in-force life insurance business issued prior to April 1, 2010 will have been reinsured. Under the Commitment Agreement, these coinsurance arrangements are required to be effected pursuant to two separate amendments to the existing Automatic Reinsurance Agreement, by and between FGL Insurance and Wilton Re, effective as of December 31, 2007.
The amendment relating to the reinsurance of the Camden Block was executed on April 6, 2011 and the reinsurance thereunder became effective as of April 1, 2011. Under the Commitment Agreement, Harbinger F&G had the right to choose between two alternative structures for the implementation of the reinsurance of the Raven Block, one of which provided that Wilton Re will reinsure the Raven Block effective on or about November 30, 2012, subject to certain closing conditions described below (the “Raven Springing Amendment”). Effective April 26, 2011, Harbinger F&G elected the Raven Springing Amendment, and FGL Insurance and Wilton Re executed the Raven Springing Amendment on May 10, 2011. The Raven Springing Amendment is intended to mitigate the risk associated with Harbinger F&G’s obligation under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012.
Pursuant to the terms of the Raven Springing Amendment, the amount payable to Wilton at the closing of such amendment will be adjusted to reflect the economic performance of the Raven Block from January 1, 2011 until the effective time of the closing of the Raven Springing Amendment. However, Wilton Re will have no liability with respect to the Raven Block prior to the effective date of the Raven Springing Amendment.
The closing of the Raven Springing Amendment is subject to the closing conditions set forth in the Commitment Agreement, which include among other things, that (i) all material governmental approvals shall have been obtained and shall remain in effect without

118


Table of Contents

the imposition of adverse restrictions or conditions, (ii) no event shall have occurred that is reasonably likely to enjoin, restrain or restrict in a manner adverse to the parties the proposed reinsurance transactions or to prohibit or impose adverse conditions upon any of the parties with respect to the consummation thereof, (iii) no action, suit, proceeding or investigation before, and no order, injunction or decree shall have been entered by, any court, arbitrator or other governmental authority that is reasonably likely to enjoin, restrain, set aside or prohibit or impose adverse conditions upon, or to obtain substantial damages in respect of, the consummation of the proposed reinsurance transactions and which would be reasonably expected to impose on the parties or their affiliates additional loss, liability, cost, expense or risk, (iv) the representations and warranties of FGL Insurance shall be true and correct as of certain dates specified in the Commitment Agreement, (v) the parties shall have performed in all material respects their respective obligations and shall have complied in all material respects with the agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied by them, and (vi) certain documents and certain certifications shall have been delivered (including certifications as to the solvency of the parties). Any of the foregoing conditions may be waived by the party that is the beneficiary of such condition. In order to increase the closing certainty in respect of the reinsurance transactions contemplated under the Raven Springing Amendment, the Commitment Agreement permits either party to remedy the failure to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions through indemnification or other remedy that would put the other party in a position to realize an equivalent benefit of its bargain as contemplated under the proposed transactions.
The Raven Springing Amendment may require regulatory approval, which may include approval from the Maryland Insurance Administration for the recapture of the Raven Block from the Vermont Captive and the reinsurance by FGL Insurance of substantially all of a major class of its insurance in force by an agreement of bulk reinsurance. Filings with the Maryland Insurance Administration requesting these approvals, or confirmation of the inapplicability of regulation requiring such approvals, were made in June of 2011.
The Raven Springing Amendment is subject to termination (i) by either party if the closing of the reinsurance transactions thereunder has not occurred by November 30, 2013, (ii) by FGL Insurance on five days’ advance notice if Wilton Re has failed to perform a material obligation under the Raven Springing Amendment that has prevented the closing of the transactions thereunder to have occurred by November 30, 2012 and (iii) by either party on five days’ advance notice to the other party if all conditions precedent to the closing under the Raven Springing Amendment have been satisfied or waived and closing has not occurred as a result of the failure to obtain or maintain in effect any material required governmental approvals required for consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Raven Springing Amendment.
Wilton Re’s reinsurance of the Raven Block and the Camden Block will not extinguish FGL Insurance’s liability with respect to such business because FGL Insurance remains directly liable to policyholders and is required to pay the full amount of its policy obligations in the event that Wilton Re fails to satisfy its obligations with respect to the reinsured business.
Other Agreements
In connection with the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger F&G has entered into the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement (the “Pledge Agreement”). Pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, Harbinger F&G and F&G Holdings have granted security interests in the Pledged Shares to OM Group in order to secure certain of Harbinger F&G’s obligations arising under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, including its indemnity obligations and its obligations with respect to the replacement of the CARVM Facility and the Reserve Facility, its obligation to return to OM Group any collateral posted by OM Group in connection with the Reserve Facility or the CARVM Facility and its obligation to purchase the $95 million surplus note OM Group acquired to capitalize the Vermont Captive as described above (collectively, the “Secured Obligations”). In the event that Harbinger F&G defaults or breaches such covenants, OM Group could foreclose upon the Pledged Shares. OM Group would also have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other proceeds paid in respect of the Pledged Shares, and at OM Group’s option, subject to regulatory approval of a change of control, cause the Pledged Shares to be registered in the name of OM Group or a nominee, such that OM Group may thereafter exercise (i) all voting, corporate or other rights pertaining to the Pledged Shares and (ii) any rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to the Pledged Shares as if OM Group were the sole owner thereof. Prior to causing the Pledged Shares to be registered in the name of OM Group or a nominee, OM Group or such nominee would be required to obtain the prior approval of the Maryland Insurance Administration, the New York Insurance Department and the Vermont Department of Banking, Investment and Health Care Administration for such change of control.
THE PREFERRED STOCK ISSUANCE
On May 13, 2011, and August 5, 2011, we sold an aggregate of 400,000 shares of Preferred Stock to certain institutional investors (the “Preferred Stock Purchasers”) including CF Turul LLC, an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC (the “Fortress Purchaser”), at a purchase price of $1,000 per share (the “Purchase Price”), resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to

119


Table of Contents

us of $400 million. The proceeds are being used for general corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions and other investments. Funding of the initial tranche occurred on May 13, 2011 (the “Initial Preferred Stock Issue Date”). Of the 400,000 aggregate shares of Preferred Stock, 280,000 were issued in the first tranche and are referred to as our “Series A Preferred Stock” and 120,000 were issued in the second tranche and are referred to as our “Series A-2 Preferred Stock.”
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is initially convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $6.50, and each share of series A-2 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $7.00 per share, in each case. subject to adjustment (which are to be made on a weighted average basis) for dividends, certain distributions, stock splits, combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations, recapitalizations and similar events, as well as in connection with issuances of our common stock (and securities convertible or exercisable for our common stock) below such price (the “Conversion Price”). Until certain regulatory filings are made and approvals are obtained, Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.
The Preferred Stock will accrue a cumulative quarterly cash dividend at an annualized rate of 8%. The Purchase Price of the Preferred Stock will accrete quarterly at an annualized rate of 4% that will be reduced to 2% or 0% if we achieve specified rates of growth measured by increases in our net asset value. The Preferred Stock is also entitled to participate in cash and in-kind distributions to holders of our shares of common stock on an as converted basis.
On the seventh anniversary of the Initial Preferred Stock Issue Date, holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to cause us to redeem the Preferred Stock at the Purchase Price per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Each share of Preferred Stock that is not so redeemed will be automatically converted into shares of our common stock at the Conversion Price then in effect.
Upon a change of control (which is defined in a manner similar to the Senior Notes Indenture except that references to “Permitted Holders” are deemed to also include the Preferred Stock Purchasers and their affiliates), holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to cause us to redeem their Preferred Stock at a price per share of Preferred Stock equal to the sum of 101% of the Purchase Price and any accrued and unpaid dividends, including accrued and unpaid cash and accreting dividends for the then current dividend period.
At any time after the third anniversary of the Initial Preferred Stock Issue Date, we may redeem the Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, at a price per share equal to 150% of the Purchase Price plus accrued but unpaid dividends, subject to the holder’s right to convert prior to such redemption.
After the third anniversary of the Initial Preferred Stock Issue Date, we may force the conversion of the Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock if the thirty day volume weighted average price of shares of our common stock (“VWAP”) and the daily VWAP exceed 150% of the then applicable Conversion Price for at least twenty trading days out of the thirty trading day period used to calculate the thirty day VWAP. In the event of a forced conversion, the holders of Preferred Stock will have the ability to elect cash settlement in lieu of conversion if certain market liquidity thresholds for our common stock are not achieved. In addition, for so long as the Fortress Purchaser owns sufficient combined voting power (through ownership of Preferred and shares of our common stock) to entitle it to nominate directors to our Board or appoint observers (as described below) or exercise certain consent rights, our ability to force conversion of the Preferred Stock is limited such that after any such conversion the Fortress Purchaser will have the right to retain one share of Preferred Stock, enabling it to continue to exercise its right to nominate directors, appoint observers or exercise consent rights associated with the Preferred Stock, but such Preferred Stock will have no other rights or preferences. Once the Fortress Purchaser ceases to own sufficient combined voting power to exercise these rights, the retained share of Preferred Stock will be automatically cancelled.
In the event of our liquidation or wind up, the holders of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive per share the greater of (i) 150% of the Purchase Price, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends and (ii) the value that would be received if the share of Preferred Stock were converted into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the liquidation or winding up.
Prior to the fifth anniversary of the Preferred Stock Issue Date, subject to meeting certain ownership thresholds, certain Preferred Stock Purchasers will be entitled to participate, on a pro rata basis in accordance with their ownership percentage, determined on an as converted basis, in issuances of equity and equity linked securities by us. In addition, subject to meeting certain ownership thresholds, certain Preferred Stock Purchasers will be entitled to participate in issuances of preferred securities and in debt transactions.
Consent of the holders of Initial Preferred Stock is required before any fundamental change can be made to the Preferred Stock, including changes to the terms of the Preferred Stock with respect to liquidation preference, dividend, or redemption rights. Consent of the holders of a majority of Preferred Stock is required before, subject to certain exceptions, any material action may be taken with respect to the Preferred Stock, including issuing stock senior or pari passu to the Preferred Stock and incurring debt, or permitting a subsidiary to incur debt or selling assets or permitting a subsidiary to sell assets not otherwise permitted by the Senior Notes Indenture (or any

120


Table of Contents

replacement thereof). While the Fortress Purchaser continues to own at least 50% of the Preferred Stock purchased on the Initial Preferred Stock Issue Date (either as Preferred Stock or shares of our common stock upon conversion), consent of the Fortress Purchaser is required before any action may be taken which requires approval by a majority of the holders of Preferred Stock or any action with respect to certain related party transactions between HGI and its affiliates.
Subject to certain approval from certain insurance regulatory authorities, so long as the Fortress Purchaser owns at least 50% of the Preferred Stock purchased on the Initial Preferred Stock Issue Date or 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock on an as converted basis, the Fortress Purchaser will have the right to appoint one director to our Board who will be entitled to be a member of any committee of our Board (except for any special committee formed to consider a related party transaction involving the Fortress Purchaser).
If the Fortress Purchaser does not appoint a director to our Board, subject to meeting certain ownership thresholds, the Fortress Purchaser has the right to appoint an observer to attend all meetings of our Board, any committee of our Board, and the board of any of our wholly owned subsidiaries on which it does not have a director.
Upon a specified breach event (described below) the size of our Board will be increased by one or two directors, depending on whether the Fortress Purchaser has appointed a director to our Board prior to such breach. The Fortress Purchaser, or a majority of Preferred Stock Purchasers if the Fortress Purchaser at that time owns less than a threshold amount, in either shares of our common stock or Preferred Stock, will have the right to appoint one or two directors, reasonably acceptable to our Board.
Subject to meeting certain ownership thresholds, in the event that Mr. Falcone ceases to have principal responsibility for our investments for a period of more than 90 consecutive days, other than as a result of temporary disability, and the Fortress Purchaser does not approve our proposed business continuity plan (a “Director Addition Event”), the Fortress Purchaser may appoint such number of directors that, when the total number of directors appointed by the Fortress Purchaser is added to the number of independent directors, that number of directors is equal to the number of directors employed by or affiliated with us or Harbinger Capital.
Notwithstanding all of the foregoing, the Fortress Purchaser’s representation on our Board will always be less than or proportionate to its ownership of our securities and must otherwise comply with the rules of the NYSE and certain insurance regulatory authorities.
We are subject to additional restrictions under the Preferred Stock’s certificates of designation, including that upon a specified breach event (such as an event of default under the Senior Notes Indenture, our failure to pay any dividends on the Preferred Stock for a period longer than 90 days, our failure to maintain a 1:1 ratio of cash and cash equivalents to fixed charges until March 31, 2012, our failure to perform certain covenants under the certificate of designation or the delisting of our shares of common stock) we will be prohibited from making certain restricted payments, incurring certain debt, and entering into certain agreements to purchase debt or equity interests in portfolio companies of Harbinger Capital or its affiliates (other than HGI) or to sell equity interests in portfolio companies of HGI to Harbinger Capital or its affiliates.
The holders of the Preferred Stock have certain registration rights pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, by and among us and the Preferred Stock Purchasers (the “Preferred Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Preferred Registration Rights Agreement, we are obligated to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement with respect to the shares of our common stock underlying the Preferred Stock to be filed under the Securities Act by October 10, 2011 and declared effective by January 25, 2012. We have agreed to keep the registration statement effective until all of the shares of our common stock covered therein has been sold or may be sold without volume or manner of sale restrictions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

121


Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Our Company
We are a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999 under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc. Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “HRG.” Our principal executive offices are located at 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
We intend to make investments in companies that we consider to be undervalued or fairly valued with attractive assets or businesses. We intend to seek long-term investments that are able to generate high returns and significant cash flow to maximize long-term value for our stockholders. We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in companies that operate across a diversified set of industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition as the first steps in the implementation of that strategy. We have identified the following six sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities: consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecommunications, agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources. In addition to our intention to acquire controlling equity interests, we may also from time to time make investments in debt instruments and acquire minority equity interests in companies.
In pursuing our strategy, we utilize the investment expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York, and an affiliate of the Harbinger Parties. We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record of making successful investments across various industries. We believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to the traditional hedge-fund structure for long-term holdings as our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will more closely match our principal investment strategy. In addition, our corporate structure provides additional options for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our common stock as a form of consideration.
Philip Falcone, who serves as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, has been the Chief Investment Officer of the Harbinger Capital affiliated funds since 2001. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of professionals with expertise across various industries, including our targeted sectors.
Our Strategy
The key elements of our business strategy will include the following:
Seek to acquire attractively valued assets. We intend to make investments in companies that we consider to be undervalued or fairly valued with attractive assets or businesses. We intend to seek long-term investments that are able to generate high returns and significant cash flow to maximize long-term value for our stockholders. We plan to utilize our relationship with Harbinger Capital to identify and evaluate acquisition opportunities. We intend to seek a variety of investment opportunities, including investments in companies where we believe a catalyst for value realization is already present or where we can engage with companies to unlock value. We also intend to seek investments in companies that are in default, bankruptcy or in some other stage of financial failure or distress. Over time, we plan to become a holding company focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of industries. In addition to our intention to acquire controlling equity interests, we may also from time to time make investments in debt instruments and acquire minority equity interests in companies.
Actively manage our business. We intend to take an active approach to managing our investments in companies in which we acquire a controlling interest. Such activities may include assembling senior management teams with the expertise to operate the businesses and providing management of such companies with specific operating objectives. We will bring an owner’s perspective to our operating businesses and we will hold management accountable for their performance.

122


Table of Contents

Focused investment philosophy. We intend to employ a focused investment philosophy to seek out investments that may exhibit one or more of the following underlying characteristics:
    Scarcity — Situations with finite resources where we believe we can clearly quantify and impact supply/demand dynamics;
    Complexity — Government, legal and regulatory controls can be onerous; we believe our ability to navigate this complexity provides us with a substantial advantage; and
    Action — We believe our ability to actively engage with companies and work with them to encourage consolidation, restructuring or other corporate action creates a catalyst to unlock value.
Competition
We may pay acquisition consideration in the form of cash, our debt or equity securities, or a combination thereof. In addition, as a part of our acquisition strategy we may consider raising additional capital through the issuance of equity or debt securities, including the issuance of further shares of Preferred Stock. We believe that our status as a public entity with potential access to the public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities with a similar business objective to acquire certain target businesses on favorable terms. While we generally focus our attention in the United States, we may investigate acquisition opportunities outside of the United States when we believe that such opportunities might be attractive.
In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having similar business objectives such as strategic investors, private equity groups and special purpose acquisition corporations. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors may possess greater technical, human and other resources than us, and our financial resources may be relatively limited when contrasted with many of these competitors. Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.
The Harbinger Parties and their affiliates include other vehicles that actively are seeking investment opportunities, and any one of those vehicles may at any time be seeking investment opportunities similar to those targeted by us. Our directors and officers who are affiliated with the Harbinger Parties may consider, among other things, asset type and investment time horizon in evaluating opportunities for us. In recognition of the potential conflicts that these persons and our other directors may have with respect to corporate opportunities, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors from time to time to assert or renounce our interests and expectancies in one or more specific industries. In accordance with this provision, we have determined that we will not seek business combinations or acquisitions of businesses engaged in the wireless communications industry. However, a renunciation of interests and expectancies in specific industries does not preclude us from seeking business acquisitions in those industries. We have had discussions regarding potential investments in various industries, including wireless communications.
Employees
At July 3, 2011, we employed nine persons. In the normal course of business, we use contract personnel to supplement our employee base to meet our business needs. We believe that our employee relations are generally satisfactory. We intend to hire additional employees as a result of our growth and the increasing complexity of our business.
Properties
Our principal executive office is located at 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, where we lease approximately 2,350 square feet of office space.
Legal and Environmental Matters Regarding Our Business
We are a nominal defendant, and the members of our Board are named as defendants in a derivative action filed in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition was financially unfair to

123


Table of Contents

HGI and its public stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
We are also involved in other litigation and claims incidental to our current and prior businesses. These include worker compensation and environmental matters and pending cases in Mississippi and Louisiana state courts and in a federal multi-district litigation alleging injury from exposure to asbestos on offshore drilling rigs and shipping vessels formerly owned or operated by our offshore drilling and bulk-shipping affiliates. Based on currently available information, including legal defenses available to us, and given our reserves and related insurance coverage, we do not believe that the outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Spectrum Brands Holdings
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a global branded consumer products company with leading market positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries, pet supplies, home and garden control, electric shaving and grooming, electric personal care, portable lighting products and small appliances. Spectrum Brands Holdings is a leading worldwide marketer of alkaline, zinc carbon, hearing aid and rechargeable batteries, battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances, aquariums and aquatic health supplies, specialty pet supplies, insecticides, repellants and herbicides.
Spectrum Brands Holdings manages its businesses in three vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments:
    Global Batteries & Appliances, which consists of its worldwide battery, electric shaving and grooming, electric personal care, portable lighting business and small appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories;
    Global Pet Supplies, which consists of its worldwide pet supplies business; and
    Home and Garden Business, which consists of its home and garden and insect control business.
Spectrum Brands Holdings sells its products in approximately 130 countries through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and OEMs and enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-l, Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
Spectrum Brands Holdings’ strategy is to provide quality and value to retailers and consumers worldwide. Most of its products are marketed on the basis of providing the same performance as its competitors for a lower price or better performance for the same price. Spectrum Brands Holdings’ goal is to provide the highest returns to its customers and retailers, and to offer superior merchandising and category management. Its promotional spending focus is on winning at the point of sale, rather than incurring significant advertising expenses. Spectrum Brands Holdings operates in several business categories in which it believes there are high barriers to entry and Spectrum Brands Holdings strives to achieve a low cost structure with a global shared services administrative structure, helping it to maintain attractive margins. This operating model, which Spectrum Brands Holdings refers to as the Spectrum value model, is what Spectrum Brands Holdings believes will drive returns for investors and customers.
F&G Holdings
F&G Holdings is a provider of annuity and life insurance products in the United States. Based in Baltimore, Maryland, F&G Holdings operates its annuity and life insurance operations in the United States through its subsidiaries FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance.
F&G Holdings’ principal products are immediate annuities, deferred annuities (including fixed indexed annuities) and life insurance products (including fixed indexed universal life), which it sells, as of June 30, 2011, through a network of approximately 250 IMOs representing approximately 25,000 independent agents and managing general agents. As of March 31, 2011, F&G Holdings had approximately 790,000 policyholders nationwide and distributes its products throughout the United States.
F&G Holdings’ deferred annuities include fixed index annuities and fixed rate annuities. Fixed indexed annuities allow contract owners the possibility of earning credits based on the performance of a specified market index without risk to principal. The value to the contractholder of a fixed indexed annuity contract is equal to the sum of deposits paid, premium bonuses and credits earned (“index credits”), up to an overall limit on the amount of interest that an annuity will earn (a “cap”) or a percentage of the gain of a

124


Table of Contents

market index that will be credited to an annuity (a “participation rate”) based on the annual appreciation in a recognized index or benchmark.
Fixed rate annuities include annual reset and multi-year rate guaranteed policies. During the accumulation period, the account value of the annuity is credited with interest earned at a crediting rate guaranteed for no less than one year at issue, but which may be guaranteed for up to seven years, and thereafter we have the discretionary ability to change the crediting rate based on the guaranteed period of the contract at a rate above the guaranteed minimum rate.
Immediate annuities provide a fixed amount of income for either a defined number of years, the annuitant’s lifetime or the longer of a defined number of years or the annuitant’s lifetime, in exchange for a single premium.
F&G Holdings offers indexed universal life insurance policies. Holders of universal life insurance policies earn returns on their policies which are credited to the policyholder’s account value. The insurer periodically deducts its expenses and the cost of life insurance protection from the account value. The balance of the account value is credited interest at a fixed rate or returns based on the performance of a market index, or both, at the option of the policyholder, using a method similar to that described above for fixed indexed annuities.
F&G Holdings’ profitability depends in large part upon the amount of assets under management, its ability to manage its operating expenses, the costs of acquiring new business (principally commissions to agents and bonuses credited to policyholders) and the investment spreads earned on its contractholder fund balances. Managing investment spreads involves the ability to manage an investment portfolio to maximize returns and minimize risks such as interest rate changes and defaults or impairment of investments and its ability to manage interest rates credited to policyholders and costs of the options purchased to fund the annual index credits on the fixed index annuity.
Under GAAP, premium collections for deferred annuities and immediate annuities without life contingency are reported as deposit liabilities (i.e., contractholder funds) instead of as revenues. Earnings from products accounted for as deposit liabilities are primarily generated from the excess of net investment income earned over the interest credited or the cost of providing index credits to the policyholder, known as the investment spread. With respect to fixed index annuities, the cost of providing index credits includes the expenses incurred to fund the annual index credits and where applicable, minimum guaranteed interest credited. Proceeds received upon expiration or early termination of call options purchased to fund annual index credits are recorded as part of the change in fair value of derivatives, and are largely offset by an expense for interest credited to annuity contractholder fund balances.
Products
Annuity Products
F&G Holdings, through its insurance subsidiaries, issues a broad portfolio of deferred annuities (fixed indexed and fixed rate annuities) and immediate annuities. A deferred annuity is a type of contract that accumulates value on a tax deferred basis and typically begins making specified periodic or lump sum payments a certain number of years after the contract has been issued. An immediate annuity is a type of contract that begins making specified payments within one annuity period (e.g. one month or one year) and typically pays principal and earnings in equal payments over some period of time.
As part of its significant product consolidation, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance reduced from 51 in 2008 to 21 in 2011 the number of products in their portfolios of annuity products. The following table presents the deposits on annuity policies issued by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, as well as reserves required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP Reserves”), for the fiscal years 2009 and 2010:
                                 
    Deposits on Annuity Policies     GAAP Reserves  
    2009     2010     2009     2010  
    (In millions)  
Products
                               
Fixed Indexed Annuities
  $ 599     $ 755     $ 9,592     $ 9,327  
Fixed Rate Annuities
  $ 47     $ 253     $ 3,384     $ 3,430  
Single Premium Immediate Annuities
  $ 192     $ 245     $ 3,713     $ 3,599  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 838     $ 1,253     $ 16,689     $ 16,356  
 
                       

125


Table of Contents

Deferred Annuities
Fixed Indexed Annuities. FGL Insurance’s fixed indexed annuities allow contract owners the possibility of earning credits based on the performance of a specified market index without risk to principal. The contracts include a provision for a minimum guaranteed surrender value calculated in accordance with applicable law. A market index tracks the performance of a specific group of stocks representing a particular segment of the market, or in some cases an entire market. For example, the S&P 500 Composite Stock Price Index is an index of 500 stocks intended to be representative of a broad segment of the market. Most fixed indexed annuity policies allow policyholders to allocate funds once a year among several different crediting strategies, including one or more index based strategies and a traditional fixed rate strategy.
The value to the contractholder of a fixed indexed annuity contract is equal to the sum of deposits paid, premium bonuses (described below) and credits earned (“index credits”), up to an overall limit on the amount of interest that an annuity will earn (a “cap”) or a percentage of the gain of a market index that will be credited to an annuity (a “participation rate”) based on the annual appreciation (based in certain situations on monthly averages or monthly point-to-point calculations) in a recognized index or benchmark. Caps generally range from 3.5% to 6% when measured annually and 1.5% to 5.2% when measured monthly and participation rates generally range from 30% to 100%, of the performance of the applicable market index.
Approximately 90% and 80% of the fixed indexed annuity sales for the years ending December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, involved “premium bonuses” by which FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance increased the initial annuity deposit by a specified premium bonus of 3% and vested bonus of 5% to 8%. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance made compensating adjustments in the commission paid to the agent or the surrender charges on the policy to offset the premium bonus.
Fixed Rate Annuities. Fixed rate annuities include annual reset and multi-year rate guaranteed policies. Fixed rate annual reset annuities issued by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have an annual interest rate (the “crediting rate”) that is guaranteed for the first policy year. After the first policy year, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have the discretionary ability to change the crediting rate once annually to any rate at or above a guaranteed minimum rate. Fixed rate multi-year guaranteed annuities are similar to fixed rate annual reset annuities except that the initial crediting rate is guaranteed for a specified number of years before it may be changed at the discretion of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance. For fiscal year 2010, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance did not sell any fixed rate annual reset annuities. For fiscal year 2010, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance sold $253 million of fixed rate multi-year guaranteed annuities. As of December 31, 2010, crediting rates on outstanding (i) fixed rate annuities generally ranged from 1.5% to 6.0% and (ii) multi-year guaranteed annuities ranged from 1.5% to 6.25%. The average crediting rate on all outstanding fixed rate annuities at December 31, 2010 was 4.35%.
Withdrawal Options for Deferred Annuities. After the first year following the issuance of a deferred annuity policy, holders of deferred annuities are typically permitted penalty-free withdrawals up to 10% of the prior year’s value, subject to certain limitations. Withdrawals in excess of allowable penalty-free amounts are assessed a surrender charge if such withdrawals are made during the penalty period of the deferred annuity policy (a “surrender charge”). The penalty period typically ranges from 5 to 14 years for fixed indexed annuities and 3 to 10 years for fixed rate annuities. This surrender charge initially ranges from 9% to 17.5% of the contract value for fixed index annuities and 5% to 12% of the contract value for fixed rate annuities and generally decreases by approximately one to two percentage points per year during the penalty period. Certain annuity contracts contain a market value adjustment provision that may increase or decrease the amounts available for withdrawal upon full surrender. The policyholder may elect to take the proceeds of the surrender either in a single payment or in a series of payments over the life of the policyholder or for a fixed number of years (or a combination of these payment options). In addition to the foregoing withdrawal rights, policyholders may also elect to have additional withdrawal rights by purchasing a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit.
Immediate Annuities
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance also sell single premium immediate annuities (“SPIAs”), which provide a series of periodic payments for a fixed period of time or for the life of the policyholder, according to the policyholder’s choice at the time of issue. The

126


Table of Contents

amounts, frequency and length of time of the payments are fixed at the outset of the annuity contract. SPIAs are often purchased by persons at or near retirement age who desire a steady stream of payments over a future period of years.
Life Insurance
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance offer indexed universal life insurance policies. Holders of universal life insurance policies earn returns on their policies which are credited to the policyholder’s cash value account. The insurer periodically deducts its expenses and the cost of life insurance protection from the cash value account. The balance of the cash value account is credited interest at a fixed rate or returns based on the performance of a market index, or both, at the option of the policyholder, using a method similar to that described above for fixed indexed annuities.
For their 2009 and 2010 fiscal years, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have together written approximately $63 million in premiums for indexed universal life insurance policies. As part of their significant product consolidations, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance reduced from nine in 2008 to two in 2011 the number of products in their life insurance product portfolios.
As of December 31, 2010, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance together have issued approximately $1.51 billion (face amount), net, in life insurance policies. The collective premiums generated by total indexed life insurance policies issued by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance for fiscal years 2009 and 2010 was $32.4 million and $30.5 million, respectively.
A significant portion of the indexed universal life business is subject to a pending reinsurance arrangement with Wilton Re. See “F&G Stock Purchase Agreement and Related Arrangements — Wilton Transaction” above.
Investments
The types of assets in which F&G Holdings may invest are influenced by various state laws, which prescribe qualified investment assets applicable to insurance companies. Within the parameters of these laws, F&G Holdings invests in assets giving consideration to three primary investment objectives: (i) income-oriented total return, (ii) yield maintenance/enhancement and (iii) capital preservation/risk mitigation.
F&G Holdings’ investment portfolio is designed to provide a stable earnings contribution and balanced risk portfolio across asset classes and is primarily invested in high quality corporate bonds with low exposure to consumer-sensitive sectors.
For more information about F&G Holdings’ investment portfolio, see Note 3 to our financial statements included in Part 1 — Item 1. Financial Statements.
Derivatives
F&G Holdings’ fixed indexed annuity contracts (the “FIA Contracts”) permit the holder to elect to receive a return based on an interest rate or the performance of a market index. F&G Holdings uses a portion of the deposit made by policyholders pursuant to the FIA Contracts to purchase derivatives consisting of a combination of call options and futures contracts on the equity indices underlying the applicable policy. These derivatives are used to fund the index credits due to policyholders under the FIA Contracts. The majority of all such call options are one-year options purchased to match the funding requirements underlying the FIA Contracts. On the respective anniversary dates of the applicable FIA Contracts, the market index used to compute the annual index credit under the applicable FIA Contract is reset. At such time, F&G Holdings purchases new one-, two- or three-year call options to fund the next index credit. F&G Holdings attempts to manage the cost of these purchases through the terms of its FIA Contracts, which permit F&G Holdings to change caps or participation rates, subject to certain guaranteed minimums that must be maintained. The change in the fair value of the call options and futures contracts is designed to offset the change in the fair value of the FIA Contract’s embedded derivative. The call options and futures contracts are marked to fair value with the change in fair value included as a component of net investment gains (losses). The change in fair value of the call options and futures contracts includes the gains and losses recognized at the expiration of the instruments’ terms or upon early termination and the changes in fair value of open positions.
F&G Holdings is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by its counterparties on the call options. F&G Holdings attempts to reduce the credit risk associated with such agreements by purchasing such options from large, well-established financial institutions.

127


Table of Contents

Marketing and Distribution
F&G Holdings offers its products through a network of approximately 250 IMOs, representing approximately 25,000 agents, and identifies its most important 28 IMOs as “Power Partners”. F&G Holdings’ Power Partners are currently comprised of 19 annuity IMOs and 9 life insurance IMOs. In fiscal year 2010, these Power Partners accounted for approximately 62% of F&G Holdings’ annual sales volume. F&G Holdings believes that its relationships with these IMOs are strong. The average tenure of the top ten Power Partners is approximately 12 years.
F&G Holdings’ Power Partners play an important role in the development of F&G Holdings’ products. Over the last ten years, the majority of F&G Holdings’ best selling products have been developed in conjunction with its Power Partners. F&G Holdings intends to continue to have the Power Partners play an important role in the development of its products in the future, which it believes provides it with integral feedback throughout the development process and assists it with competing for “shelf space” for new design launches.
In 2003 F&G Holdings introduced a rewards program, the Power Agent Incentive Rewards (“PAIR”) Program, to incentivize annuity product sales and strengthen distributor relationships. The PAIR Program is structured as a non-contributory deferred compensation program that allows select producers to share in profitability of new product sales. F&G Holdings believes the PAIR Program drives loyalty amongst top producers and incentivizes them to focus on profitable sales. Over the past five years, PAIR agents have produced nearly 29% of F&G Holdings’ total deferred annuity sales. As of June 30, 2011, there was approximately $14.3 million in PAIR vested account balances.
A PAIR Program for life insurance products was introduced in 2009 and operates substantially in the same manner as the PAIR Program for annuities.
Outsourcing
In addition to services provided by third-party asset managers, F&G Holdings outsources the following functions to third-party service providers:
    new business administration,
 
    hosting of financial systems,
 
    service of existing policies,
 
    call centers, and
 
    underwriting administration of life insurance applications.
F&G Holdings closely manages its outsourcing partners and integrates their services into its operations. F&G Holdings believes that outsourcing such functions allows it to focus capital and personnel resources on its core business operations and perform differentiating functions, such as actuarial, product development and risk management functions. In addition, F&G Holdings believes an outsourcing model provides predictable pricing, service levels and volume capabilities and allows it to exploit technological developments to enhance its customer self-service and sales processes that it may not be able to take advantage of if it were required to deploy its own capital.
F&G Holdings outsources its new business and existing policy administration for fixed indexed annuity and life products to Transaction Applications Group, Inc., a subsidiary at Dell Inc. (“Transaction Group”). Under this arrangement, Transaction Group manages all of F&G Holdings’ call center and processing requirements. F&G Holdings and Transaction Group have entered into a seven-year relationship expiring in June 2014.
F&G Holdings has partnered with Hooper Holmes, Inc. (“Hooper Holmes”) to outsource its life insurance underwriting function. Under the terms of the arrangement Hooper Holmes has assigned F&G Holdings a team of five underwriters with Fellow Management Life Institute. F&G Holdings and Hooper Holmes have entered into a three-year relationship expiring in December 2012.
F&G Holdings believes that it has a good relationship with its principal outsource service providers.

128


Table of Contents

Competition and Ratings
F&G Holdings’ ability to compete is dependent upon many factors which include, among other things, its ability to develop competitive and profitable products, its ability to maintain low unit costs, and its maintenance of adequate financial strength ratings from ratings agencies.
Following is a summary of the financial strength ratings of FGL Insurance and its wholly-owned subsidiary, FGL NY Insurance:
                         
            Financial Strength        
Agency   Report Date     Rating     Outlook Statement  
Moody’s
  November 3, 2010   Ba1   Stable
 
  August 6, 2010   Baa3   On review for possible downgrade
 
  March 11, 2010   Baa3   Developing
Fitch
  April 7, 2011   BBB   Stable
 
  August 9, 2010   BB   Positive
 
  March 29, 2010   BB   Rating watch evolving
 
  March 11, 2010   BBB-   Rating watch negative
A.M. Best
  August 12, 2010   B++     Stable
 
  March 11, 2010   A-     Under review with developing implications
Financial strength ratings generally involve quantitative and qualitative evaluations by rating agencies of a company’s financial condition and operating performance. Generally, rating agencies base their ratings upon information furnished to them by the insurer and upon their own investigations, studies and assumptions. Ratings are based upon factors of concern to policyholders, agents and intermediaries and are not directed toward the protection of investors and are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities.
In addition to the financial strength ratings, rating agencies use an “outlook statement” to indicate a medium or long term trend which, if continued, may lead to a rating change. A positive outlook indicates a rating may be raised and a negative outlook indicates a rating may be lowered. A stable outlook is assigned when ratings are not likely to be changed. Outlooks should not be confused with expected stability of the issuer’s financial or economic performance. A rating may have a “stable” outlook to indicate that the rating is not expected to change, but a “stable” outlook does not preclude a rating agency from changing a rating at any time without notice.
Moody’s ratings currently range from “Aaa” (Exceptional) to “C” (Poor). Within Moody’s investment grade categories, “Aaa” (Exceptional) and “Aa” (Excellent) are the highest, followed by “A” (Good) and “Baa” (Good). The first two speculative grade categories are “Ba” (questionable) and “B” (poor). Publications of Moody’s indicate that Moody’s assigns a Ba1 rating to companies that have a moderate (and thereby not well safeguarded) ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.
Fitch ratings currently range from “AAA” (reliable and stable) to “D” (defaulted on obligations and will generally default on most or all obligations). Within Fitch’s investment grade categories, “AAA” (reliable and stable) and “AA” (reliable and stable) are the highest, followed by “A” (economic situation can affect financial situation) and “BBB” (satisfactory). The first two non-investment grade categories are “BB” (financial situation prone to changes) and “B” (financial situation noticeably changes). Fitch also uses intermediate “+/-” modifiers for each category between AA and CCC. Accordingly, “BBB+” is a higher investment grade than a “BBB” which in turn is a higher investment grade than a “BBB-”. Publications of Fitch indicate that Fitch assigns ratings according to strength of a company and a BBB rating is qualified as satisfactory on its scale.
A.M. Best Company ratings currently range from “A++” (Superior) to “F” (In Liquidation), and include 16 separate ratings categories. Within these categories, “A++” (Superior) and “A+” (Superior) are the highest, followed by “A” (Excellent) and “A-” (Excellent) then followed by “B++” (Good) and “B+” (Good). Publications of A.M. Best Company indicate A.M. Best Company assigns a B++ rating to companies that have a good ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.
A.M. Best Company, Fitch and Moody’s review their ratings of insurance companies from time to time. There can be no assurance that any particular rating will continue for any given period of time or that it will not be changed or withdrawn entirely if, in their

129


Table of Contents

judgment, circumstances so warrant. While the degree to which ratings adjustments will affect sales and persistency is unknown, we believe if F&G Holdings’ ratings were to be negatively adjusted for any reason, it could experience a material decline in the sales of its products and the persistency of its existing business. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to F&G Holdings’ Business — F&G Holdings operates in a highly competitive industry, which could limit its ability to gain or maintain its position in the industry and could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations;” “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to F&G Holdings’ Business — A financial strength ratings downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization could adversely affect F&G Holdings’ financial condition and results of operations;” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to F&G Holdings’ Business — The amount of statutory capital that F&G Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries have and the amount of statutory capital that they must hold to maintain its financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of factors outside of F&G Holdings’ control.”
Risk Management
Risk management is a critical part of F&G Holdings’ business. F&G Holdings seeks to assess risk to its business through a formalized process involving (i) identifying short-term and long-term strategic and operational objectives, (ii) utilizing risk identification tools to examine events that may prevent F&G Holdings from achieving goals, (iii) assigning risk identification and mitigation responsibilities to individual team members within functional groups, (iv) analyzing the potential qualitative and quantitative impact of individual risks, (v) evaluating risks against risk tolerance levels to determine which risks should be mitigated, (vi) mitigating risks by appropriate actions and (vii) identifying, documenting and communicating key business risks in a timely fashion.
The responsibility for monitoring, evaluating and responding to risk is allocated first to F&G Holdings’ management and employees, second to those occupying specialist functions, such as legal compliance and risk teams, and third to those occupying independent functions, such as internal and external audits and the audit committee of the board of directors.
Reinsurance
F&G Holdings, through its subsidiary FGL Insurance, both cedes reinsurance to other insurance companies and assumes reinsurance from other insurance companies. F&G Holdings uses reinsurance both to diversify its risks and to manage loss exposures. FGL Insurance seeks reinsurance coverage in order to limit its exposure to mortality losses and enhance capital management. The use of reinsurance permits F&G Holdings to write policies in amounts larger than the risk it is willing to retain, and also to write a larger volume of new business. The portion of risks exceeding the insurer’s retention limit is reinsured with other insurers.
In instances where FGL Insurance is the ceding company, it pays a premium to the other company (the “reinsurer”) in exchange for the reinsurer assuming a portion of FGL Insurance’s liabilities under the policies it has issued. Use of reinsurance does not discharge the liability of FGL Insurance as the ceding company because FGL Insurance remains directly liable to its policyholders and is required to pay the full amount of its policy obligations in the event that its reinsurers fail to satisfy their obligations. FGL Insurance collects reinsurance from its reinsurers when FGL Insurance pays claims on policies that are reinsured. In instances where FGL Insurance assumes reinsurance from another insurance company, it accepts, in exchange for a reinsurance premium, a portion of the liabilities of the other insurance company under the policies that the ceding company has issued to its policyholders.
Ceding Company
FGL Insurance is provided reinsurance as the ceding company by “accredited” or “licensed” reinsurers and “unaccredited” or “unlicensed” reinsurers. See the section entitled “— Regulation — Credit for Reinsurance Regulation” below.
Reinsurance Provided by Unaccredited or Unlicensed Reinsurers. As of June 30, 2011, the total reserves ceded by FGL Insurance to unauthorized reinsurers was ceded to OM Ireland and Raven Re and totaled approximately $1,183.7 million.
Reinsurance Provided by Accredited or Licensed Reinsurers. As of June 30, 2011, the total reserves ceded by FGL Insurance to licensed or accredited affiliate reinsurers was approximately $1,554.4 million.
Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, OM Ireland is no longer an affiliate of FGL Insurance and the life insurance policies previously ceded to OM Ireland under certain reinsurance agreements were recaptured by FGL Insurance on April 7, 2011. The CARVM Treaty, under which OM Ireland reinsures certain annuity liabilities from FGL Insurance, currently remains in effect. On January 26, 2011, Harbinger F&G entered into the Commitment Agreement with Wilton Re. Upon the

130


Table of Contents

completion of the reinsurance of the Raven Block and the Camden Block by Wilton Re, substantially all of FGL Insurance’s in-force life insurance business issued prior to April 1, 2010 will have been reinsured with third party reinsurers.
Reinsurer
FGL Insurance provides reinsurance as the reinsurer to four non-affiliate insurance companies. As of July 3, 2011, FGL Insurance was the reinsurer of $201.2 million total reserves assumed under policies issued by non-affiliate insurers.
Employees
As of July 3, 2011, F&G Holdings had 143 employees. F&G Holdings believes that it has a good relationship with its employees.
Litigation
There are no material legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of F&G Holdings and its subsidiaries, to which F&G Holdings or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their properties is subject.
Regulation
Overview
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to comprehensive regulation and supervision in their respective domiciles, Maryland and New York, and in each state in which they do business. FGL Insurance does business throughout the United States, except for New York. FGL NY Insurance does business only in New York. FGL Insurance’s principal insurance regulatory authority is the Maryland Insurance Administration. State insurance departments throughout the United States also monitor FGL Insurance’s insurance operations as a licensed insurer. The New York Insurance Department regulates the operations of FGL NY Insurance, which is domiciled and licensed in New York. The Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities & Health Administration regulates the operations of the Vermont Captive that was formed in connection with the Reserve Facility. The purpose of these regulations is primarily to protect policyholders and beneficiaries and not general creditors of those insurers or creditors of HGI. Many of the laws and regulations to which FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject are regularly re-examined, and existing or future laws and regulations may become more restrictive or otherwise adversely affect their operations.
Generally, insurance products underwritten by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must be approved by the insurance regulators in each state in which they are sold. Those products are also substantially affected by federal and state tax laws. For example, changes in tax law could reduce or eliminate the tax-deferred accumulation of earnings on the deposits paid by the holders of annuities and life insurance products, which could make such products less attractive to potential purchasers. A shift away from life insurance and annuity products could reduce FGL Insurance’s and FGL NY Insurance’s income from the sale of such products, as well as the assets upon which FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance earn investment income. In addition, insurance products may also be subject to ERISA.
State insurance authorities have broad administrative powers over FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance with respect to all aspects of the insurance business including:
    licensing to transact business;
 
    licensing agents;
 
    prescribing which assets and liabilities are to be considered in determining statutory surplus;
 
    regulating premium rates for certain insurance products;
 
    approving policy forms and certain related materials;
 
    regulating unfair trade and claims practices;

131


Table of Contents

    establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards;
 
    regulating the availability of reinsurance or other substitute financing solutions, the terms thereof and the ability of an insurer to take credit on its financial statements for insurance ceded to reinsurers or other substitute financing solutions;
 
    fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and minimum accumulation or surrender values; and
 
    regulating the type, amounts and valuations of investments permitted and other matters.
Financial Regulation
State insurance laws and regulations require FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance to file reports, including financial statements, with state insurance departments in each state in which they do business, and their operations and accounts are subject to examination by those departments at any time. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments.
NAIC has approved a series of statutory accounting principles that have been adopted, in some cases with certain modifications, by all state insurance departments. These statutory principles are subject to ongoing change and modification. For instance, the NAIC adopted, effective with the annual reporting period ending December 31, 2010, revisions to the Annual Financial Reporting Model Regulation (or the Model Audit Rule) related to auditor independence, corporate governance and internal control over financial reporting. These revisions require that insurance companies, such as FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, file reports with state insurance departments regarding their assessments of internal control over financial reporting. The reports filed by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance with state insurance departments did not identify any material weakness over financial reporting. Moreover, compliance with any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may not result in compliance with another regulator’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. Any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may change over time to FGL Insurance’s and/or FGL NY Insurance’s detriment, or changes to the overall legal or market environment, even absent any change of interpretation by a particular regulator, may cause FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance to change their views regarding the actions they need to take from a legal risk management perspective, which could necessitate changes to FGL Insurance’s and/or FGL NY Insurance’s practices that may, in some cases, limit their ability to grow and improve profitability.
State insurance departments conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy filings, market conduct and business practices of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC. State insurance departments also have the authority to conduct examinations of non-domiciliary insurers that are licensed in their states. The Maryland Insurance Administration completed a routine financial examination of FGL Insurance for the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, and found no material deficiencies or proposed any adjustments to the financial statements as filed. The New York Insurance Department is currently conducting a routine financial examination of FGL NY Insurance for the three year period ended December 31, 2010.
Dividend and Other Distribution Payment Limitations
The Maryland Insurance Code and the New York Insurance Law regulate the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, respectively. Each year FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance may pay a certain amount of dividends or other distributions without being required to obtain the prior consent of the Maryland Insurance Administration or the NY Insurance Department, respectively. However, in order to pay any dividends or distributions (including the payment of any dividends or distributions for which prior written consent is not required), FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must provide advance written notice to the Maryland Insurance Administration or the NY Insurance Department, respectively. Upon receipt of such notice, the Maryland Insurance Administration or the NY Insurance Department may impose restrictions or prohibit the payment of such dividends or other distributions based on their assessment of various factors, including the statutory surplus levels and risk-based capital (“RBC”) ratios of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, respectively.
Without first obtaining the prior written approval of the Maryland Insurance Administration, FGL Insurance may not pay dividends or make other distributions, if such payments, together with all other such payments within the preceding twelve months, exceed the lesser of (i) 10% of FGL Insurance’s statutory surplus as regards policyholders as of December 31 of the preceding year; or (ii) the net

132


Table of Contents

gain from operations of FGL Insurance (excluding realized capital gains for the 12-month period ending December 31 of the preceding year and pro rata distributions made on any class of FGL Insurance’s own securities). In addition, dividends may be paid only out of statutory surplus. FGL Insurance’s statutory net gain from operations as of December 31, 2010 was $295.1 million and its statutory surplus as of December 31, 2010 was $902.1 million. On December 20, 2010, FGL Insurance paid a dividend to OM Group in the amount of $59 million with respect to its 2009 results. Based on its 2010 fiscal year results, FGL Insurance may be able to declare an ordinary dividend up to $31.2 million through December 20, 2011 (taking into account the December 20, 2010 dividend payment of $59 million). In addition, between December 21, 2011 and December 31, 2011,
FGL Insurance may be able to declare an additional ordinary dividend in the amount of 2011 eligible dividends ($90.2 million) less any dividends paid in the previous twelve months. For example, if the company pays a dividend of $31.2 million on or before December 20, 2011, it may declare an additional dividend of $59 million between December 21, 2011 and December 31, 2011. The foregoing discussion of dividends that may be paid by FGL Insurance is included for illustrative purposes only. Any payment of dividends by FGL Insurance is subject to the regulatory restrictions described above and the approval of such payment by the board of directors of FGL Insurance, which must consider various factors, including general economic and business conditions, tax considerations, FGL Insurance’s strategic plans, financial results and condition, FGL Insurance’s expansion plans, any contractual, legal or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends, and such other factors the board of directors of FGL Insurance considers relevant.
Without first obtaining the prior written approval of the NY Insurance Department, FGL NY Insurance may not pay dividends and make other distributions, if such payments, together with all other such payments within the preceding twelve months, exceed the lesser of (i) 10% percent of its statutory surplus to policyholders as of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year, not including realized capital gains. In addition, dividends may be paid only out of earned statutory surplus. FGL NY Insurance’s statutory net gain from operations as of December 31, 2010 was $3.6 million and its statutory capital and surplus were $41.9 million. FGL NY Insurance did not declare or pay any dividends in its fiscal year 2010.
Surplus and Capital
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to the supervision of the regulators in which they are licensed to transact business. Regulators have discretionary authority in connection with the continuing licensing of these entities to limit or prohibit sales to policyholders if, in their judgment, the regulators determine that such entities have not maintained the minimum surplus or capital or that the further transaction of business will be hazardous to policyholders.
Risk-Based Capital
In order to enhance the regulation of insurers’ solvency, the NAIC adopted a model law to implement RBC requirements for life, health and property and casualty insurance companies. All states have adopted the NAIC’s model law or a substantially similar law. The RBC is used to evaluate the adequacy of capital and surplus maintained by an insurance company in relation to risks associated with: (i) asset risk, (ii) insurance risk, (iii) interest rate risk, (iv) market risk and (v) business risk. In general, RBC is calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium, claim, expense and reserve items, taking into account the risk characteristics of the insurer. Within a given risk category, these factors are higher for those items with greater underlying risk and lower for items with lower underlying risk. The RBC formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. Insurers that have less statutory capital than the RBC calculation requires are considered to have inadequate capital and are subject to varying degrees of regulatory action depending upon the level of capital inadequacy. As of the most recent annual statutory financial statement filled with insurance regulators on February 28, 2011, the RBC ratios for each of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance each exceeded the minimum RBC requirements.
Insurance Regulatory Information System Tests
The NAIC has developed a set of financial relationships or tests known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System (“IRIS”) to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of U.S. insurance companies and identifying companies that require special attention or action by insurance regulatory authorities. Insurance companies generally submit data annually to the NAIC, which in turn analyzes the data using prescribed financial data ratios, each with defined “usual ranges.” Generally, regulators will begin to investigate or monitor an insurance company if its ratios fall outside the usual ranges for four or more of the ratios. If an insurance company has insufficient capital, regulators may act to reduce the amount of insurance it can issue. Neither FGL Insurance nor FGL NY Insurance is currently subject to regulatory restrictions based on these ratios.

133


Table of Contents

Insurance Reserves
State insurance laws require insurers to analyze the adequacy of reserves annually. The respective appointed independent actuaries for FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must each submit an opinion that their respective reserves, when considered in light of the respective assets FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance hold with respect to those reserves, make adequate provision for the contractual obligations and related expenses of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have filed all of the required opinions with the insurance departments in the states in which they do business.
Credit for Reinsurance Regulation
States regulate the extent to which insurers are permitted to take credit on their financial statements for the financial obligations that the insurers cede to reinsurers. Where an insurer cedes obligations to a reinsurer which is neither licensed nor accredited by the state insurance department, the ceding insurer is not permitted to take such financial statement credit unless the unlicensed or unaccredited reinsurer secures the liabilities it will owe under the reinsurance contract. Under the laws regulating credit for reinsurance, the permissible means of securing such liabilities are (i) the establishment of a trust account by the reinsurer in a qualified U.S. financial institution, such as a member of the Federal Reserve, with the ceding insurer as the exclusive beneficiary of such trust account with the unconditional right to demand, without notice to the reinsurer, that the trustee pay over to it the assets in the trust account equal to the liabilities owed by the reinsurer; (ii) the posting of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit by a qualified U.S. financial institution in favor of the ceding company allowing the ceding company to draw upon the letter of credit up to the amount of the unpaid liabilities of the reinsurer; and (iii) a “funds withheld” arrangement by which the ceding company withholds transfer to the reinsurer of the reserves which support the liabilities to be owed by the reinsurer, with the ceding insurer retaining title to and exclusive control over such reserves. Both FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to such credit for reinsurance rules in Maryland and New York, respectively, insofar as they enter into any reinsurance contracts with reinsurers which are neither licensed nor accredited in Maryland and New York.
Insurance Holding Company Regulation
As the indirect parent companies of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, HGI and Harbinger F&G are subject to the insurance holding company laws in Maryland and New York. These laws generally require each insurance company directly or indirectly owned by the holding company to register with the insurance department in the insurance company’s state of domicile and to furnish annually financial and other information about the operations of companies within the holding company system. Generally, all transactions affecting the insurers in the holding company system must be fair and reasonable and, if material, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by its domiciliary insurance regulator.
Most states, including Maryland and New York, have insurance laws that require regulatory approval of a direct or indirect change of control of an insurer or an insurer’s holding company. Such laws prevent any person from acquiring control, directly or indirectly, of HGI, Harbinger F&G, FGL Insurance or FGL NY Insurance unless that person has filed a statement with specified information with the insurance regulators and has obtained their prior approval. Under most states’ statutes, including those of Maryland and New York, acquiring 10% or more of the voting stock of an insurance company or its parent company is presumptively considered a change of control, although such presumption may be rebutted. Accordingly, any person who acquires 10% or more of the voting securities of HGI, Harbinger F&G, FGL Insurance or FGL NY Insurance without the prior approval of the insurance regulators of Maryland and New York will be in violation of those states’ laws and may be subject to injunctive action requiring the disposition or seizure of those securities by the relevant insurance regulator or prohibiting the voting of those securities and to other actions determined by the relevant insurance regulator.
In connection with the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, Harbinger F&G made filings with the Maryland Insurance Administration and the New York Insurance Department for approval to acquire control over FGL NY Insurance. On March 31, 2011, the Maryland Insurance Administration approved Harbinger F&G’s application to acquire control over FGL Insurance. On April 1, 2011, the New York Insurance Department approved Harbinger F&G’s application to acquire control over FGL NY Insurance.
Insurance Guaranty Association Assessments
Each state has insurance guaranty association laws under which member insurers doing business in the state may be assessed by state insurance guaranty associations for certain obligations of insolvent or rehabilitated insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Typically, states assess each member insurer in an amount related to the member insurer’s proportionate share of the

134


Table of Contents

business written by all member insurers in the state. Although no prediction can be made as to the amount and timing of any future assessments under these laws, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have established reserves that they believe are adequate for assessments relating to insurance companies that are currently subject to insolvency proceedings.
Market Conduct Regulation
State insurance laws and regulations include numerous provisions governing the marketplace activities of insurers, including provisions governing the form and content of disclosure to consumers, illustrations, advertising, sales and complaint process practices. State regulatory authorities generally enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct examinations. In addition, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must file, and in many jurisdictions and for some lines of business obtain regulatory approval for, rates and forms relating to the insurance written in the jurisdictions in which they operate. FGL Insurance is currently the subject of nine ongoing market conduct examinations in various states, including a review by the New York State Insurance Department related to the possible unauthorized sale of insurance by FGL Insurance within the State of New York. Market conduct examinations can result in monetary fines or remediation and generally require FGL Insurance to devote significant resources to the management of such examinations. FGL Insurance does not believe that any of the current market conduct examinations it is subject to will result in any fines or remediation orders that will be material to its business.
Regulation of Investments
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed income securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investment portfolios of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance as of July 3, 2011 complied in all material respects with such regulations.
Privacy Regulation
F&G Holdings’ operations are subject to certain federal and state laws and regulations that require financial institutions and other businesses to protect the security and confidentiality of personal information, including health-related and customer information, and to notify customers and other individuals about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of health-related and customer information and their practices relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of such information. These laws and regulations require notice to affected individuals, law enforcement agencies, regulators and others if there is a breach of the security of certain personal information, including social security numbers, and require holders of certain personal information to protect the security of the data. F&G Holdings’ operations are also subject to certain federal regulations that require financial institutions and creditors to implement effective programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft. In addition, F&G Holdings’ ability to make telemarketing calls and to send unsolicited e-mail or fax messages to consumers and customers or uses of certain personal information, including consumer report information, is regulated. Federal and state governments and regulatory bodies may be expected to consider additional or more detailed regulation regarding these subjects and the privacy and security of personal information.
Fixed Indexed Annuities
In recent years, the SEC had questioned whether fixed indexed annuities, such as those sold by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, should be treated as securities under the federal securities laws rather than as insurance products exempted from such laws. Treatment of these products as securities would require additional registration and licensing of these products and the agents selling them, as well as cause FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance to seek additional marketing relationships for these products. On December 17, 2008, the SEC voted to approve Rule 151A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 151A”), and apply federal securities oversight to fixed index annuities issued on or after January 12, 2011. On July 12, 2010, however, the District of Columbia Circuit Court of Appeals vacated Rule 151A. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, annuities that meet specific requirements, including requirements relating to certain state suitability rules, are specifically exempted from being treated as securities by the SEC. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance expect that the types of fixed indexed annuities they sell will meet these requirements and therefore are exempt from being treated as securities by the SEC. It is possible that state insurance laws and regulations will be amended to impose further requirements on fixed indexed annuities.

135


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act
The Dodd-Frank Act makes sweeping changes to the regulation of financial services entities, products and markets. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are or may become applicable to F&G Holdings, its competitors or those entities with which F&G Holdings does business. These changes include the establishment of federal regulatory authority over derivatives, the establishment of consolidated federal regulation and resolution authority over systemically important financial services firms, the establishment of the Federal Insurance Office, changes to the regulation of broker dealers and investment advisors, the implementation of an exemption of FIAs from SEC regulation if certain suitability practices are implemented as noted above, changes to the regulation of reinsurance, changes to regulations affecting the rights of shareholders, the imposition of additional regulation over credit rating agencies, and the imposition of concentration limits on financial institutions that restrict the amount of credit that may be extended to a single person or entity. Numerous provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the adoption of implementing rules and/or regulations. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislation or regulation applicable to the insurance industry, F&G Holdings, its competitors or the entities with which F&G Holdings does business. Legislative or regulatory requirements imposed by or promulgated in connection with the Dodd-Frank Act may impact F&G Holdings in many ways, including but not limited to: placing F&G Holdings at a competitive disadvantage relative to its competition or other financial services entities, changing the competitive landscape of the financial services sector and/or the insurance industry, making it more expensive for F&G Holdings to conduct its business, requiring the reallocation of significant company resources to government affairs, legal and compliance-related activities, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the overall business climate as well as F&G Holdings’ financial condition and results of operations.
Until various studies are completed and final regulations are promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on investments, investment activities and insurance and annuity products of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance remain unclear.
Front Street
Front Street is a Bermuda company that was formed in March 2010 to act as a long-term reinsurer and to provide reinsurance to the specialty insurance sectors of fixed, deferred and payout annuities. Front Street intends to enter into long-term reinsurance transactions with insurance companies, existing reinsurers, and pension arrangements, and may also pursue acquisitions in the same sector. To date, Front Street has not entered into any reinsurance contracts, and may not do so until it is capitalized according to its business plan, which was approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in March 2010.
Front Street intends to focus on life reinsurance products including:
    reinsurance solutions that improve the financial position of Front Street’s clients by increasing their capital base and reducing leverage ratios through the assumption of reserves; and
    providing clients with exit strategies for discontinued lines, closed blocks in run-off, or lines not providing a good fit for a company’s growth strategies. With Front Street’s ability to manage these contracts, its clients will be able to concentrate their efforts and resources on core strategies.
As contemplated by the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, on May 19, 2011, the Special Committee of the Board of the Company, comprised of independent directors under the rules of the NYSE, unanimously recommended to the Board for approval (i) the Reinsurance Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and FGL Insurance, pursuant to which Front Street would reinsure up to $3 billion of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL and (ii) the Investment Management Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and HCP, an affiliate of the Harbinger Parties, pursuant to which HCP would be appointed as the investment manager of up to $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, which assets will be deposited in a reinsurance trust account for the benefit of FGL Insurance pursuant to the Trust Agreement. On May 19, 2011, the Board approved the Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.
The Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are subject to, and may not be entered into or consummated without, the approval of the Maryland Insurance Administration. The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement provides for up to a $50 million post-closing reduction in purchase price for the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition if, among other things, the Front Street reinsurance transaction is not approved by the Maryland Insurance Administration or is approved subject to certain restrictions or conditions, including if HCP is not allowed to be appointed as the investment manager for $1 billion of assets

136


Table of Contents

securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement. See “The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — The Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.”
Item 6. Exhibits
     
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibits
2.1
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2009, by and between, Zapata Corporation (“Zapata”), a Nevada corporation, and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
2.2†
  Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
2.3
  Amendment, dated as of November 5, 2010, to the Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed November 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
2.4†
  Transfer Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
2.5†
  First Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2011, between Harbinger OM, LLC and OM Group (UK) Limited (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
2.6
  Letter Agreement, dated April 6, 2011, between OM Group (UK) Limited and Harbinger OM, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 11, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
2.7
  Letter Agreement, dated April 6, 2011, from Old Mutual PLC and OM Group (UK) Limited to Harbinger OM, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 11, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
3.1
  Certificate of Incorporation of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
3.2
  Bylaws of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
3.3
  Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of Harbinger Group Inc., dated as of May 12, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 13, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
3.4*
  Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock Of Harbinger Group Inc., dated as of August 5, 2011.
 
   
3.5*
  Certificate of Designation of Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock Of Harbinger Group Inc., dated as of August 5, 2011.
 
   
4.1
  Indenture governing the 10.625% Senior Secured Noted due 2015, dates as of November 15, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed January 28, 2011 (File No. 333-171924)).
 
   
4.2
  Supplemental Indenture, dated June 22, 2011, to the indenture governing the Company’s 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015, dated November 15, 2010, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on form 8-K filed June 23, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
4.3
  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated June 28, 2011, to the indenture governing the Company’s 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015, dated November 15, 2010, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on form 8-K filed June 28, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
4.4
  Form of Exchange Note (Included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed January 28, 2011 (File No. 333-171924)).
 
   
4.5
  Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed January 28, 2011 (File No. 333-171924)).

137


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibits
4.6
  Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed January 28, 2011 (File No. 333-171924)).
 
   
10.1
  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 12, 2011, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., CF Turul LLC, Providence TMT Debt Opportunity Fund II, L.P., PECM Strategic Funding L.P., and Wilton Re Holdings Limited (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 13, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
10.2*
  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2011, by and among Harbinger Group Inc. and the purchasers of Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock named therein.
 
   
10.3*
  First Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2011, by and among Harbinger Group Inc. and the purchasers of Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock named therein.
 
   
10.4
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2011, by and among Harbinger Group Inc. and the Holders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 13, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
10.5*
  Amendment and Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2011, by and among Harbinger Group Inc. and the Holders party thereto.
 
   
10.6
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2011, between HGI and the initial purchaser named therein (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 28, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
 
   
31.1*
  Certification of CEO Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
31.2*
  Certification of CFO Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.1**
  Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.2**
  Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
101.INS
  XBRL Instance Document.***
 
   
101.SCH
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.***
 
   
101.CAL
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.***
 
   
101.DEF
  XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase. ***
 
   
101.LAB
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.***
 
   
101.PRE
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.***
 
  Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
 
*   Filed herewith
 
**   Furnished herewith
 
***   To be filed by amendment

138


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  HARBINGER GROUP INC.
(Registrant)

 
 
Dated: August 12, 2011  By:   /s/ FRANCIS T. McCARRON    
    Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
    (on behalf of the Registrant and
as Principal Financial Officer) 
 
 

139

exv3w4
Exhibit 3.4
EXECUTION COPY
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF SERIES A PARTICIPATING CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
OF
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
     The undersigned, Francis T. McCarron, Executive Vice President of Harbinger Group Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     FIRST. That resolutions of the Board of Directors of Harbinger Group Inc. have been duly adopted, setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of Harbinger Group Inc. (the “Series A Certificate of Designation”), declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling for a submission of said amendment to the stockholders for consideration thereof. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:
     RESOLVED, that SECTION 4(b) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
     (b) In addition to the voting rights provided for by SECTION 4(a) and any voting rights to which the Holders may be entitled to under law:
          (i) for so long as any Preferred Shares, shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, or shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders:
               (A) amend the Certificate of Incorporation (excluding for this purpose this Certificate of Designation) or the By-Laws of the Company (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise), in each case, in a manner adverse to the Holders;
               (B) create or issue any (x) Senior Securities or (y) except as permitted under SECTION 9(b) and otherwise by this Certificate of Designation, Parity Securities or Additional Permitted Preferred Stock;
               (C) incur, or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to incur, any Debt (excluding any Debt incurred to refinance the Senior Notes) not otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture;

 


 

               (D) make, or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to make, any Asset Sales not otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture;
               (E) make, or to the extent within the Company’s control, permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture;
               (F) create a new Subsidiary of the Company not in existence on the Original Issue Date for the primary purpose of issuing Equity Securities of such Subsidiary or incurring Debt the proceeds of which will, directly or indirectly, be used to make dividends or other distributions or payments of cash to holders of the Company’s Capital Stock other than the Holders; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not prohibit dividends or other distributions to the Company; or
               (G) agree to do, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (A) through (F), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of the Majority Holders; and
          (ii) for so long as the Fortress Investor Group owns Preferred Shares equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount, neither the Company nor, to the extent within the Company’s control, any of its Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the Fortress Investor:
               (A) create or issue any (x) Senior Securities or (y) except as permitted under SECTION 9(b) and otherwise by this Certificate of Designation, Parity Securities or Additional Permitted Preferred Stock;
               (B) incur, or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to incur, any Debt (excluding any Debt incurred to refinance the Senior Notes) not otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture;
               (C) make, or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to make, any Asset Sales not otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture;
               (D) make, or to the extent within the Company’s control, permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture;
               (E) acquire or, to the extent within the Company’s control, permit any Subsidiary of the Company to acquire, any limited partnership interest, general partnership interest, Equity Securities, Debt or other instrument issued by a Harbinger Affiliate that is a private collective investment vehicle;

 


 

               (F) create a new Subsidiary of the Company not in existence on the Original Issue Date for the primary purpose of issuing Equity Securities or incurring Debt the proceeds of which will, directly or indirectly, be used to make dividends or other distributions or payments of cash to holders of the Company’s Capital Stock other than the Holders; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not prohibit dividends or other distributions to the Company;
               (G) effect any stock split or combination, reclassification or similar event with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock; or
               (H) agree to do, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (A) through (G), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of the Fortress Investor for so long as the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of Preferred Shares equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount; and
          (iii) for so long as the Fortress Investor Group owns Preferred Shares equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount (whether held in the form of Preferred Shares or Common Stock issued to the Fortress Investor Group upon the conversion of Preferred Shares), neither the Company nor, to the extent within the Company’s control, any of its Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the Fortress Investor:
               (A) enter into any Related Party Transaction not otherwise permitted pursuant to the Existing Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Specified Related Party Transaction or any Related Party Transaction excluded from the definition of Specified Related Party Transaction, in each case to the extent any such transaction is not permitted by the Existing Indenture); provided, that once the Market Capitalization/Liquidity Threshold is satisfied, the dollar thresholds in Sections 4.13(a) and 4.13(b) of the Existing Indenture will be deemed for purposes of this SECTION 4(b)(iii)(A) to increase to any higher thresholds as set forth in the Indenture, as in effect from time to time;
               (B) enter into any Specified Related Party Transaction unless (x) such Specified Related Party Transaction shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board who are disinterested in the subject matter of such Specified Related Party Transaction (or, in the case of contingent bonuses to officers, directors or employees, such contingent bonuses shall have been approved by a committee of the Board comprised of independent directors) and (y) with respect to a Specified Related Party Transaction having a value of $15,000,000 or more and which is an Extraordinary Transaction for which a fairness opinion is customarily given by nationally recognized investment

 


 

banking firms, a fairness opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking firm has been obtained; or
               (C) agree to do any of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (A) and (B), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of the Fortress Investor for so long as the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of Preferred Shares equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount (whether held in the form of Preferred Shares or Common Stock issued to the Fortress Investor Group upon the conversion of Preferred Shares); and
          (iv) for so long as any Preferred Shares, shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, or shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock are outstanding, neither the Company nor, to the extent within the Company’s control, any of its Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of each of the Holders:
               (A) make any repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Preferred Shares, shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock or shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock, unless such redemption is made on the same terms and on a pro rata basis among all Holders (other than Holders that are granted an equal opportunity to participate in such transaction but elect not to do so); or
               (B) agree to do, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing actions set forth in clause (A), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of each of the Holders; and
          (v) for so long as any Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the Series A Majority Holders:
               (A) amend, repeal, alter or add, delete or otherwise change the powers, preferences, rights or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock;
               (B) effect any stock split or combination, reclassification or similar event with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock; or
               (C) agree to do, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (A) and (B), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of the Series A Majority Holders; and

 


 

          (vi) for so long as any Preferred Shares are outstanding, neither the Company nor, to the extent within the Company’s control, any of its Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of each of the holders of Preferred Shares:
               (A) amend, repeal, alter or add, delete or otherwise change the powers, preferences, rights or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in the Specified Sections (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) in a manner adverse to the holders of Preferred Shares (whether by means of an amendment or other change to the Specified Sections or by means of an amendment or other change to any definitions used in the Specified Sections or any other terms of this Certificate of Designation affecting the Specified Sections); or
               (B) agree to do, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing actions set forth in clause (A), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of each of the holders of Preferred Shares.
     RESOLVED, that the second sentence of SECTION 5(b) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: The Company may exercise its option under this SECTION 5(b) by providing the Holders with a notice, which notice shall specify that the Company is exercising the option contemplated by this SECTION 5(b), the Forced Conversion Trigger Date and the Conversion Date on which the conversion shall occur (which Conversion Date shall be not less than four (4) Business Days following the date such notice is provided to the Holders); provided that, once delivered, such notice shall be irrevocable, unless the Company obtains the written consent of (x) the Series A Majority Holders and (y) for so long as the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of Preferred Shares equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount, the Fortress Investor.
     RESOLVED, that the second sentence of SECTION 5(g)(v) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: In the event that holders of Common Stock have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in the Transaction, the Company shall make adequate provision whereby the Holders shall have a reasonable opportunity to determine the form of consideration into which all of the Preferred Shares, shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock, treated as a single class, shall be convertible from and after the effective date of the Transaction.
     RESOLVED, that the first paragraph of SECTION 9(b) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: After the date hereof, the Company may issue additional shares of

 


 

Series A Preferred Stock or Parity Securities provided that the aggregate purchase price of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Parity Securities may not, except to the extent set forth in the second sentence following this sentence, exceed $400.0 million. For purposes hereof, the term “Additional Permitted Preferred Stock” shall mean the $280 million of Series A Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date together with the next $120 million of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock or other Parity Securities issued after the Original Issue Date. The Company shall not, on or after the Original Issue Date, issue any (x) Parity Securities in excess of the Additional Permitted Preferred Stock authorized by the first sentence of this SECTION 9(b) or (y) Senior Securities unless one of the following conditions (the “Incurrence Based Issuance Limits”) is satisfied (and, in the case of Senior Securities, subject to receipt of the required approval of the Majority Holders and, if applicable, the Fortress Investor, as set forth under SECTIONS 4(b)(i)(B) and 4(b)(ii)(A)):
     RESOLVED, that the third paragraph of SECTION 9(b)(ii) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: For the avoidance of doubt, no Series A Preferred Stock or Parity Securities shall be issuable or deemed issued pursuant to the third sentence of this SECTION 9(b) unless and until the aggregate issue price of Series A Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date plus the aggregate issue price of all subsequently issued Additional Permitted Preferred Stock issued or deemed issued pursuant to the first sentence of this SECTION 9(b) equals $400 million.
     RESOLVED, that references made in SECTION 11(d)(i) of the Series A Certificate of Designation to “Section 11(e)(ii)” shall be replaced with references to “Section 11(d)(ii)”.
     RESOLVED, that references made in SECTION 11(d)(ii) of the Series A Certificate of Designation to “Section 11(e)(i)” shall be replaced with references to “Section 11(d)(i)”.
     RESOLVED, that SECTION 10(i) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Change of Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Existing Indenture; provided, however, that references to Permitted Holders therein shall be deemed to refer to the Harbinger Affiliates, the Fortress Investor and their respective Affiliates.
     RESOLVED, that SECTION 10(rr) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Holders” means the holders of outstanding Preferred Shares, shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock as they appear in the records of the Company.
     RESOLVED, that SECTION 10(fff) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Majority Holders” means Holders (other than the Company, its employees, its Subsidiaries

 


 

or Harbinger Affiliates) owning more than 50% of the Regular Liquidation Preference of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares, shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided that, for purposes of such calculation, the Preferred Shares, shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock held by the Company, its employees, its Subsidiaries or any Harbinger Affiliate shall be treated as not outstanding.
     RESOLVED, that SECTION 10(qqq) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Preferred Shares” means the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, but shall exclude, for the avoidance of doubt, shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock.
     RESOLVED, that SECTION 10(eeee) of the Series A Certificate of Designation is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Specified Sections” means SECTION 1(b), SECTION 2, SECTION 3, SECTION 4(a), SECTION 4(b)(i), SECTION 4(b)(iv), SECTION 4(b)(v), SECTION 4(b)(vi), SECTION 4(e), SECTION 5, SECTION 6, SECTION 9(e), SECTION 11(a), SECTION 11(b), SECTION 11(c), SECTION 11(d), SECTION 11(f) or the definitions of Majority Holders or Series A Majority Holders.
     RESOLVED, that SECTION 10 of the Series A Certificate of Designation is hereby amended to add the following additional defined terms:
     (ssss) “Series A-2 Preferred Stock” means the Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.
     (tttt) “Series A Majority Holders” means holders of Preferred Shares (other than the Company, its employees, its Subsidiaries or Harbinger Affiliates) owning more than 50% of the Regular Liquidation Preference of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares; provided that, for purposes of such calculation, the Preferred Shares held by the Company, its employees, its Subsidiaries or any Harbinger Affiliate shall be treated as not outstanding.
     SECOND. In lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholders of Harbinger Group Inc., the stockholders have consented in writing to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the DGCL.

 


 

     THIRD. The aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the DGCL.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Harbinger Group Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be executed by a duly authorized officer of Harbinger Group Inc. as of August 5, 2011.
         
    HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Francis T. McCarron
 
 Name: Francis T. McCarron
 
      Title: Executive Vice President
 
      & Chief Financial Officer

 

exv3w5
Exhibit 3.5
Execution Version
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF SERIES A-2 PARTICIPATING CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
OF
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
     The undersigned, Francis T. McCarron, Executive Vice President of Harbinger Group Inc. (including any successor in interest, the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify, in accordance with Sections 103 and 151 of the DGCL, that the following resolutions were duly adopted by its Board of Directors (the “Board”) on July 28, 2011:
     WHEREAS, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), authorizes 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), issuable from time to time in one or more series;
     WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board to provide by resolution for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, the number of shares in each series, the voting powers, if any, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof;
     WHEREAS, the Board desires, pursuant to its authority as aforesaid, to designate a new series of Preferred Stock, set the number of shares constituting such series, and the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof;
     WHEREAS, on May 13, 2011, the Company issued 280,000 shares of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Existing Series A Preferred Stock”), to certain Persons (such Persons, the “Existing Holders”), which Existing Series A Preferred Stock was designated by the Board pursuant to the Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of Harbinger Group Inc., dated as of May 12, 2011 (the “Existing Series A Certificate of Designation”); and
     WHEREAS, it is the Company’s intention that the Existing Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall have equivalent powers, preferences, rights and privileges, other than with respect to (x) terms and provisions specifically applicable to, or for the benefit of, the Fortress Investor and/or its Affiliates, and (y) the Conversion Price and the conversion price of the Existing Series A Preferred Stock.
     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors hereby designates a new series of Preferred Stock, consisting of the number of shares set forth herein, with the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions relating to such series as follows:

 


 

     SECTION 1. Number; Designation; Rank.
          (a) This series of convertible participating preferred stock is designated as the “Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A-2 Preferred Stock”). The maximum number of shares constituting the Series A-2 Preferred Stock is 120,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share.
          (b) The Series A-2 Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to the payment of dividends, redemption payments, rights (including as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company) or otherwise:
               (i) senior in preference and priority to the Common Stock and each other class or series of Capital Stock of the Company, except for (x) any class or series of Capital Stock hereafter issued in compliance with the terms hereof and the terms of which expressly provide that it will rank senior to or on parity, without preference or priority, with the Series A-2 Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, redemption payments, rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, or otherwise (collectively with the Common Stock, the “Junior Securities”) or (y) the Existing Series A Preferred Stock;
               (ii) on parity, without preference and priority, with (x) the Existing Series A Preferred Stock, and (y) each other class or series of Capital Stock of the Company hereafter issued in compliance with the terms hereof and the terms of which expressly provide that it will rank on parity, without preference or priority, with the Series A-2 Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, redemption payments, rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, or otherwise (collectively, the “Parity Securities”); and
               (iii) junior in preference and priority to each other class or series of Preferred Stock or any other Capital Stock of the Company hereafter issued in compliance with the terms hereof and the terms of which expressly provide that it will rank senior in preference or priority to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, redemption payments, rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or otherwise (collectively, “Senior Securities”).
     SECTION 2. Dividends.
          (a) Cash Dividends. Holders shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends to the Company’s stockholders under Delaware law, on each Preferred Share, cumulative cash dividends at a per annum rate of 8.00% on the amount of the Purchase Price (“Cash Dividends”). Such Cash Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Issue Date. Cash Dividends shall be payable quarterly with respect to each Dividend Period in arrears on the first Dividend Payment Date after such Dividend Period. If and to the extent that the Company does not for any reason (including because there are insufficient funds legally available for the payment of dividends) pay the entire Cash Dividend payable for a particular

-2-


 

Dividend Period in cash on the applicable Dividend Payment Date for such period (whether or not there are funds of the Company legally available for the payment of dividends to the Company’s stockholders under Delaware law or such dividends are declared by the Board), during the period in which such Cash Dividend remains unpaid, an additional accreting dividend (the “Cash Accretion Dividends”) shall accrue and be payable at an annual rate equal to the Dividend Rate on the amount of the unpaid Cash Dividend through the daily addition of such Cash Accretion Dividends to the Purchase Price (whether or not such Cash Accretion Dividends are declared by the Board).
          (b) Accreting Dividends. In addition to the Cash Dividend, for each Dividend Period beginning on or after the Issue Date, the Holders shall be entitled to receive on each Preferred Share additional dividends at the per annum rates set forth in this SECTION 2(b) (the “Basic Accreting Dividends” and, together with the Cash Accretion Dividends, the Participating Accretion Dividends and the In-Kind Participating Dividends, the “Accreting Dividends”; the Accreting Dividends, together with the Cash Dividend and the Participating Dividends, the “Dividends”). Basic Accreting Dividends shall accrue and be cumulative from the Issue Date. Basic Accreting Dividends shall be payable quarterly with respect to each Dividend Period in arrears on the first Dividend Payment Date after such Dividend Period by the addition of such amount to the Purchase Price, whether or not declared by the Board. Such Basic Accreting Dividend for any Dividend Period shall be at a per annum rate (the “Accreting Dividend Rate”) determined as follows:
               (i) If Net Asset Value as of the last day of any Dividend Period is less than 120% of the May 13 NAV, a per annum rate of 4.00% of the Purchase Price for the next succeeding Dividend Period;
               (ii) If Net Asset Value as of the last day of any Dividend Period is equal to or greater than 120% and less than or equal to 140% of the May 13 NAV, a per annum rate of 2.00% of the Purchase Price for the next succeeding Dividend Period; and
               (iii) If Net Asset Value as of the last day of any Dividend Period is greater than 140% of the May 13 NAV, no additional per annum rate for the next succeeding Dividend Period;
     provided, however, that the Basic Accreting Dividend with respect to the period from the Original Issue Date to September 30, 2011 shall be payable at a per annum rate of 4.00% of the Purchase Price.
          (c) Participating Cash Dividends. If the Company declares, makes or pays any cash dividend or distribution in respect of all or substantially all holders of Common Stock (a “Common Dividend”), each Holder shall receive a dividend (in addition to the Dividends provided for by SECTION 2(a) and SECTION 2(b)) in respect of each Preferred Share held thereby, in an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount of such Common Dividend paid per share of Common Stock, multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable if such Preferred Share had been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the record date for such Common Dividend (such amount per share of Preferred Stock, the “Participating Cash Dividend”). Participating Cash Dividends shall be payable to Holders on the record date for such Common

-3-


 

Dividend at the same time and in the same manner as the Common Dividend triggering such Participating Cash Dividend is paid. If and to the extent that the Company does not for any reason pay the entire Participating Cash Dividend when the Common Dividend is paid to the holders of Common Stock, during the period in which such Participating Cash Dividend remains unpaid, an additional accreting dividend (the “Participating Accretion Dividends”) shall accrue and be payable at an annual rate equal to the Dividend Rate on the amount of the unpaid Participating Cash Dividend through the daily addition of such Participating Accretion Dividends to the Purchase Price (whether or not such Participating Accretion Dividends are declared by the Board).
          (d) In-Kind Participating Dividends. If the Company distributes shares of its Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness or other assets, securities or property, to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock (an “In-Kind Common Dividend”), including without limitation any spin-off of one or more subsidiaries or businesses of the Company but excluding: (I) dividends or distributions referred to in SECTIONS 5(g)(i)(A) and 5(g)(i)(B); and (II) cash dividends with respect to which Holders are entitled to Participating Cash Dividends, then the Holders shall receive in such distribution or other transaction, at the same time and in the same manner as holders of Common Stock, the same type and amount of consideration (the “In-Kind Participating Dividend” and, collectively with the Participating Cash Dividend, the “Participating Dividends”) as Holders would have received if, immediately prior to the record date of such In-Kind Common Dividend, they had held the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares. To the extent that the Company establishes or adopts a stockholder rights plan or agreement (i.e., a “poison pill”), the Company shall ensure that the Holders will receive, as an In-Kind Participating Dividend, rights under the stockholder rights plan or agreement with respect to any shares of Common Stock that at the time of such distribution would be issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares. If and to the extent that the Company does not for any reason pay the entire In-Kind Participating Dividend when the Common Dividend is paid to the holders of Common Stock, during the period in which such In-Kind Participating Dividend remains unpaid, an additional accreting dividend (the “In-Kind Accretion Dividends”) shall accrue and be payable at an annual rate equal to the Dividend Rate on the amount of the unpaid In-Kind Participating Dividend through the daily addition of such In-Kind Accretion Dividends to the Purchase Price (whether or not such In-Kind Accretion Dividends are declared by the Board).
          (e) Dividends (other than Participating Dividends) payable on the Series A-2 Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of Dividends (other than Participating Dividends) payable on the Series A-2 Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month.
          (f) Cash Dividends and Accreting Dividends that are payable on Series A-2 Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to Holders of record on the applicable record date, which shall be the fifteenth (15th) calendar day before the applicable Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to any Cash Dividends not paid on the scheduled Dividend Payment Date therefor, such record date fixed by the Board (or a duly authorized committee of the

-4-


 

Board) that is not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days prior to such date on which such accrued and unpaid Cash Dividends are to be paid (each such record date, a “Dividend Record Date”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.
          (g) The quarterly dividend periods with respect to Cash Dividends and Accreting Dividends shall commence on and include January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 (other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on and include the Issue Date) and shall end on and include the last calendar day of the calendar quarter ending March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 preceding the next Dividend Payment Date (a “Dividend Period”).
     SECTION 3. Liquidation Preference.
          (a) Upon any Liquidation Event, each Preferred Share entitles the Holder thereof to receive and to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the Company’s stockholders, before any distribution or payment may be made to a holder of any Junior Securities, an amount in cash per share equal to the greater of: (i) 150% of the sum of (A) the Purchase Price, plus (B) all accrued and unpaid Dividends (including, without limitation, accrued and unpaid Cash Dividends and accrued and unpaid Accreting Dividends for the then current Dividend Period), if any, on such share to the extent not included in the Purchase Price (such sum, after the 150% multiplier and as adjusted, the “Regular Liquidation Preference”), and (ii) an amount equal to the amount the Holder of such share would have received upon such Liquidation Event had such Holder converted such Preferred Share into Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) immediately prior thereto (the “Participating Liquidation Preference,” and such greater amount, the “Liquidation Preference”).
          (b) If upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the Company’s stockholders are insufficient to pay the Holders the full Liquidation Preference and the holders of all Parity Securities the full liquidation preferences to which they are entitled, the Holders and the holders of such Parity Securities will share ratably in any such distribution of the assets of the Company in proportion to the full respective amounts to which they are entitled.
          (c) After payment to the Holders of the full Liquidation Preference to which they are entitled, the Holders as such will have no right or claim to any of the assets of the Company.
          (d) The value of any property not consisting of cash that is distributed by the Company to the Holders will equal the Fair Market Value thereof on the date of distribution.
          (e) No holder of Junior Securities shall receive any cash upon a Liquidation Event unless the entire Liquidation Preference in respect of the Preferred Shares has been paid in cash. To the extent that there is insufficient cash available to pay the entire Liquidation Preference in respect of the Preferred Shares and any liquidation preference in respect of Parity Securities in full in cash upon a Liquidation Event, the Holders and the holders of such Parity Securities will share ratably in

-5-


 

any cash available for distribution in proportion to the full respective amounts to which they are entitled upon such Liquidation Event.
     SECTION 4. Voting Rights.
          (a) The Holders are entitled to vote on all matters on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote and, except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the Holders shall vote together with the holders of shares of Common Stock as a single class. As of any record date or other determination date, each Holder shall be entitled to the number of votes such Holder would have had if all Preferred Shares held by such Holder on such date had been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior thereto, except that:
               (i) at no time shall a Holder have voting rights pursuant to SECTION 4(a) or otherwise in respect of more than 9.9% of the Total Current Voting Power unless such Holder has received any approvals from the Insurance Regulatory Authorities required to be obtained by such Holder in order for such Holder to possess voting rights in respect of the Company in excess of 9.9% of the Total Current Voting Power; and
               (ii) in the event that any Holder would be required to file any Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act as a result of the receipt of any Accreting Dividends by such Holder, the voting rights of such Holder pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall not be increased as a result of such Holder’s receipt of such Accreting Dividends unless and until such Holder and the Company shall have made their respective filings under the HSR Act and the applicable waiting period shall have expired or been terminated in connection with such filings. The Company shall make all required filings and reasonably cooperate with and assist such Holder in connection with the making of such filing and obtaining the expiration or termination of such waiting period and shall be reimbursed by such Holder for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Company in connection with such filings and cooperation.
          (b) In addition to the voting rights provided for by SECTION 4(a) and any voting rights to which the Holders may be entitled to under law:
               (i) for so long as any Preferred Shares, shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock, or shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders:
                    (A) amend the Certificate of Incorporation (excluding for this purpose this Certificate of Designation) or the By-Laws of the Company (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise), in each case, in a manner adverse to the Holders;

-6-


 

                    (B) create or issue any (x) Senior Securities or (y) except as permitted under SECTION 8(b) and otherwise by this Certificate of Designation, Parity Securities or Additional Permitted Preferred Stock;
                    (C) incur, or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to incur, any Debt (excluding any Debt incurred to refinance the Senior Notes) not otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture;
                    (D) make, or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to make, any Asset Sales not otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture;
                    (E) make, or to the extent within the Company’s control, permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture;
                    (F) create a new Subsidiary of the Company not in existence on the Original Issue Date for the primary purpose of issuing Equity Securities of such Subsidiary or incurring Debt the proceeds of which will, directly or indirectly, be used to make dividends or other distributions or payments of cash to holders of the Company’s Capital Stock other than the Holders; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not prohibit dividends or other distributions to the Company; or
                    (G) agree to do, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (A) through (F), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of the Majority Holders; and
               (ii) for so long as any Preferred Shares, shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock, or shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock are outstanding, neither the Company nor, to the extent within the Company’s control, any of its Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of each of the Holders:
                    (A) make any repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Preferred Shares, shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock or shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock, unless such redemption is made on the same terms and on a pro rata basis among all Holders (other than Holders that are granted an equal opportunity to participate in such transaction but elect not to do so); or
                    (B) agree to do, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing actions set forth in clause (A), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of each of the Holders; and

-7-


 

               (iii) for so long as any Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the Series A-2 Majority Holders:
                    (A) amend, repeal, alter or add, delete or otherwise change the powers, preferences, rights or privileges of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock;
                    (B) effect any stock split or combination, reclassification or similar event with respect to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock; or
                    (C) agree to do, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (A) and (B), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of the Series A-2 Majority Holders; and
               (iv) for so long as any Preferred Shares are outstanding, neither the Company nor, to the extent within the Company’s control, any of its Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior written consent of each of the holders of Preferred Shares:
                    (A) amend, repeal, alter or add, delete or otherwise change the powers, preferences, rights or privileges of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth in the Specified Sections (including by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) in a manner adverse to the holders of Preferred Shares (whether by means of an amendment or other change to the Specified Sections or by means of an amendment or other change to any definitions used in the Specified Sections or any other terms of this Certificate of Designation affecting the Specified Sections); or
                    (B) agree to do, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing actions set forth in clause (A), unless such agreement expressly provides that the Company’s obligation to undertake any of the foregoing is subject to the prior approval of each of the holders of Preferred Shares.
          (c) The agreements of the Company in SECTION 4(b) insofar as they govern or purport to govern conduct concerning any Subsidiary of the Company are being made by the Company solely in its capacity as the controlling shareholder of such Subsidiary and not in any fiduciary capacity of it or any of the Subsidiary’s officers or directors, and nothing herein shall require the Company to act in any way that would cause any shareholder, director or officer of any such Subsidiary to act in a manner that would violate legally imposed fiduciary duties applicable to any such shareholder, director or officer.

-8-


 

          (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in SECTION 4(b), the Holders shall have no voting or consent rights (but will continue to have voting rights to the extent set forth in SECTION 4(a)) in connection with any FS/OM Permitted Activities.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this SECTION 4, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, take any action otherwise approved pursuant to Section 4(b) if such action would have a materially adverse and disproportionate effect on the powers, preferences, rights, limitations, qualifications and restrictions or privileges of any Holder with respect to any shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock held by any Holder, without the prior approval of such Holder.
          (f) Written Consent. Any action as to which a class vote of the holders of Preferred Stock, or the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock voting together, is required pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Designation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Company.
     SECTION 5. Conversion. Each Preferred Share is convertible into shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) as provided in this SECTION 5, except that Preferred Shares may not be converted into Common Stock with respect to any Holder to the extent that, following such conversion, such Holder would Beneficially Own more than 9.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock until the receipt by such Holder of any approvals from the Insurance Regulatory Authorities required to be obtained by such Holder in order for such Holder to Beneficially Own in excess of 9.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any of the approvals from the Insurance Regulatory Authorities required to be obtained by a Holder in order for such Holder to Beneficially Own in excess of 9.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock have not been obtained at (x) a time when the Company desires to exercise its right to convert shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock pursuant to SECTION 5(b) or (y) the Maturity Date in connection with the automatic conversion of the shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock pursuant to SECTION 5(c), the Company will not be entitled to convert any Holder’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock (and, in the case of SECTION 5(c), the Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall not automatically convert) to the extent conversion would cause such Holder to Beneficially Own more than 9.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (any such shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock that are not converted as a result of the foregoing limitation, the “Regulated Shares”). From and after the date of the conversions contemplated by SECTIONS 5(b) or 5(c), as applicable, each Regulated Share shall have no rights, powers, preferences or privileges other than the right to (i) convert into Common Stock if and when the approvals from the Insurance Regulatory Authorities required to be obtained by such Holder in order for such Holder to Beneficially Own in excess of 9.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock have been obtained and (ii) receive dividends and distributions pursuant to SECTIONS 2(c) and 2(d).

-9-


 

          (a) Conversion at the Option of Holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock. Subject to SECTION 5(b) hereof, each Holder is entitled to convert, at any time and from time to time, at the option and election of such Holder, any or all outstanding Preferred Shares held by such Holder and receive therefor the property described in SECTION 5(d) upon such conversion. In order to convert Preferred Shares into shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable), the Holder must surrender the certificates representing such Preferred Shares at the office of the Company’s transfer agent for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Company, if the Company serves as its own transfer agent), together with (x) written notice that such Holder elects to convert all or part of the Preferred Shares represented by such certificates as specified therein, (y) a written instrument or instructions of transfer or other documents and endorsements reasonably acceptable to the transfer agent or the Company, as applicable (if reasonably required by the transfer agent or the Company, as applicable), and (z) funds for any stock transfer, documentary, stamp or similar taxes, if payable by the Holder pursuant to SECTION 5(f)(i). Except as provided in SECTION 5(b) and in SECTION 5(c), the date the transfer agent or the Company, as applicable, receives such certificates, together with such notice and any other documents and amounts required to be paid by the Holder pursuant to this SECTION 5, will be the date of conversion (the “Conversion Date”).
          (b) Conversion at the Option of the Company. Beginning on the third (3rd) anniversary of May 13, 2011, the Company shall have the right, at its option, to cause all shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock to be automatically converted (without any further action by the Holder and whether or not the certificates representing the Preferred Shares are surrendered), in whole but not in part, into the property described in SECTION 5(d) within eight (8) Business Days of any day (the “Forced Conversion Trigger Date”) on which all of the Company Conversion Conditions are satisfied from time to time. The Company may exercise its option under this SECTION 5(b) by providing the Holders with a notice, which notice shall specify that the Company is exercising the option contemplated by this SECTION 5(b), the Forced Conversion Trigger Date and the Conversion Date on which the conversion shall occur (which Conversion Date shall be not less than four (4) Business Days following the date such notice is provided to the Holders); provided that, once delivered, such notice shall be irrevocable, unless the Company obtains the written consent of the Series A-2 Majority Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) the Holders shall continue to have the right to convert their Preferred Shares pursuant to SECTION 5(a) until and through the Conversion Date contemplated in this SECTION 5(b) and (y) if any Preferred Shares are converted pursuant to SECTION 5(a), such Preferred Shares shall no longer be converted pursuant to this SECTION 5(b) and the Company’s notice delivered to the Holders pursuant to this SECTION 5(b) shall automatically terminate with respect to such Preferred Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice delivered by the Company under this SECTION 5(b) in accordance with SECTION 10(g) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given at the time set forth therein, whether or not such Holder of Preferred Shares actually receives such notice, and neither the failure of a Holder to actually receive such notice given as aforesaid nor any immaterial defect in such notice shall affect the validity of the proceedings for the conversion of the Preferred Shares as set forth in this SECTION 5(b). The Company shall issue a press release for publication on the Dow Jones News Service or Bloomberg Business News (or if either such service is not available, another broadly disseminated news or press release service selected by the Company) prior to the opening of

-10-


 

business on the first Business Day following any date on which the Company provides notice to Holders pursuant to this SECTION 5(b) announcing the Company’s election to convert Preferred Shares pursuant to this SECTION 5(b).
          (c) Automatic Conversion on Maturity Date. In the event that any Holder has not elected to have its Preferred Shares redeemed by the Company on the Maturity Date (as defined herein) pursuant to SECTION 6(a), then such Holder’s Preferred Shares shall be automatically converted (without any further action by the Holder and whether or not the certificates representing the Preferred Shares are surrendered), in whole and not in part, into the property described in SECTION 5(d), effective as of the Maturity Date, which shall be deemed to be the “Conversion Date” for purposes of this SECTION 5(c). As promptly as practicable (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days) following the Maturity Date, the Company shall deliver a notice to any Holder whose Preferred Shares have been converted by the Company pursuant to this SECTION 5(c), informing such Holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Preferred Shares have been converted, together with certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice delivered by the Company in compliance with this SECTION 5(c) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not such Holder of Preferred Shares actually receives such notice, and neither the failure of a Holder to actually receive such notice given as aforesaid nor any immaterial defect in such notice shall affect the validity of the proceedings for the conversion of the Preferred Shares as set forth in this SECTION 5(c). The Company shall issue a press release for publication on the Dow Jones News Service or Bloomberg Business News (or if either such service is not available, another broadly disseminated news or press release service selected by the Company) prior to the opening of business on the first Business Day following the Maturity Date announcing the aggregate number of Preferred Shares being converted pursuant to this SECTION 5(c) and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in connection therewith, as well as the aggregate number of Preferred Shares redeemed on the Maturity Date and the purchase price paid by the Company therefor.
          (d) Amounts Received Upon Conversion. Upon a conversion of Preferred Shares pursuant to SECTION 5(a), (b) or (c), the Holder of such converted Preferred Shares shall, subject to the limitations and adjustments pursuant to the first paragraph of SECTION 5, receive in respect of each Preferred Share:
               (i) a number of shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) equal to the amount (the “Conversion Amount”) determined by dividing (A) the Purchase Price for the Preferred Share to be converted by (B) the Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company has elected to convert all Preferred Shares pursuant to SECTION 5(b) and the Public Float Hurdle is not met on the Forced Conversion Trigger Date, then each Holder may elect, by delivery of a notice to the Company no later than the close of business on the Business Day immediately prior to the Conversion Date, to receive, in lieu of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable), cash equal to the Conversion Amount multiplied by the Thirty Day VWAP as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Conversion Date, which cash amount shall be delivered to the electing Holders within forty-five (45) calendar days of the date that

-11-


 

the last Holder electing to receive cash pursuant to this SECTION 5(d)(i) has provided the Company with notice thereof;
               (ii) cash in an amount equal to the amount of any accrued but unpaid Cash Dividends and Participating Cash Dividends (to the extent not included in the Purchase Price) on the Preferred Shares being converted; provided that, to the extent the Company is prohibited by law or by contract from paying such amount, then the Company shall provide written notice to the applicable Holder of such inability to pay, and at the written election of the Holder (which written election shall be delivered to the Company within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such written notice from the Company), the Company shall either pay such amount as soon as payment is no longer so prohibited or issue Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) in the manner specified in SECTION 5(d)(i) as if the amount of such accrued but unpaid Cash Dividends and Participating Cash Dividends were added to the Purchase Price;
               (iii) a number of shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the amount of any accrued but unpaid Accreting Dividends (to the extent not included in the Purchase Price) on the Preferred Shares being converted by (B) the Conversion Price in effect at the time of Conversion; and
               (iv) any accrued and unpaid In-Kind Participating Dividends.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Holder would be required to file any Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act as a result of the conversion of any Preferred Shares into the property described above in this Section 5(d), at the option of such Holder upon written notice to the Company, the effectiveness of such conversion shall be delayed (only to the extent necessary to avoid a violation of the HSR Act), until such Holder shall have made such filing under the HSR Act and the applicable waiting period shall have expired or been terminated; provided, however, that in such circumstances such Holder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make such filing and obtain the expiration or termination of such waiting period as promptly as reasonably practical and the Company shall make all required filings and reasonably cooperate with and assist such Holder in connection with the making of such filing and obtaining the expiration or termination of such waiting period and shall be reimbursed by such Holder for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Company in connection with such filings and cooperation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the conversion of any Preferred Share is delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence at (x) a time when the Company desires to exercise its right to convert shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock pursuant to SECTION 5(b) or (y) the Maturity Date in connection with the automatic conversion of the shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock pursuant to SECTION 5(c), from and after the date of the conversions contemplated by SECTIONS 5(b) or 5(c), as applicable, such Preferred Share not then converted shall have no rights, powers, preferences or privileges other than the rights provided by this paragraph and the right to (i) convert into Common Stock if and when such Holder shall have made such filing under the HSR Act and the waiting period in connection with such filing under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated and (ii) receive dividends and distributions pursuant to SECTIONS 2(c) and 2(d).

-12-


 

          (e) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock (or fractional shares in respect of Reference Property, to the extent applicable) will be issued upon conversion of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock. In lieu of fractional shares, the Company shall pay cash in respect of each fractional share equal to such fractional amount multiplied by the Thirty Day VWAP as of the closing of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Conversion Date. If more than one Preferred Share is being converted at one time by the same Holder, then the number of full shares issuable upon conversion will be calculated on the basis of the aggregate number of Preferred Shares converted by such Holder at such time.
          (f) Mechanics of Conversion.
               (i) As soon as reasonably practicable after the Conversion Date, or in the case of Regulated Shares, the date on which the Holder thereof provides evidence to the Company that such Holder has obtained the approvals from the Insurance Regulatory Authorities required to be obtained by such Holder to Beneficially Own in excess of 9.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, (and in any event within four (4) Trading Days after either such date), the Company shall issue and deliver to such Holder one or more certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) to which such Holder is entitled, together with, at the option of the Holder, a check or wire transfer of immediately available funds for payment of fractional shares and any payment required by SECTION 5(d)(ii) in exchange for the certificates representing the converted Preferred Shares (including any Regulated Shares). Such conversion will be deemed to have been made on the Conversion Date, or in the case of Regulated Shares, the date on which the Holder thereof provides evidence to the Company that such Holder has obtained the approvals from the Insurance Regulatory Authorities required to be obtained by such Holder to Beneficially Own in excess of 9.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, and the Person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) on such date. The delivery of the Common Stock upon conversion of Preferred Shares (including any Regulated Shares) shall be made, at the option of the applicable Holder, in certificated form or by book-entry. Any such certificate or certificates shall be delivered by the Company to the appropriate Holder on a book-entry basis or by mailing certificates evidencing the shares to the Holders at their respective addresses as set forth in the conversion notice. In cases where fewer than all the Preferred Shares represented by any such certificate are to be converted, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unconverted Preferred Shares (or Regulated Shares). The Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) upon conversion or due upon the issuance of a new certificate for any Preferred Shares (or Regulated Shares) not converted to the converting Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any such amounts, and any such amounts shall be paid by the converting Holder, in the event that such Common Stock or Preferred Shares are issued in a name other than the name of the converting Holder.
               (ii) For the purpose of effecting the conversion of Preferred Shares (including any Regulated Shares), the Company shall: (A) at all times reserve and keep available,

-13-


 

free from any preemptive rights, out of its treasury or authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) the full number of shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Shares (including Regulated Shares) after taking into account any adjustments to the Conversion Price from time to time pursuant to the terms of this SECTION 5 and any increases to the Purchase Price from time to time and assuming for the purposes of this calculation that all outstanding Preferred Shares are held by one holder) and (B) without prejudice to any other remedy at law or in equity any Holder may have as a result of such default, take all actions reasonably required to amend its Certificate of Incorporation, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, to increase the authorized and available amount of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) if at any time such amendment is necessary in order for the Company to be able to satisfy its obligations under this SECTION 5. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) issuable upon conversion of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the Company will take any corporate action which may be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) upon the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Shares at such adjusted Conversion Price.
               (iii) From and after the Conversion Date, or in the case of Regulated Shares, the date on which the Holder thereof provides evidence to the Company that such Holder has obtained the approvals from the Insurance Regulatory Authorities required to be obtained by such Holder to Beneficially Own in excess of 9.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, the Preferred Shares (including any Regulated Shares) converted on such date, will no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the Holder thereof including the right to receive Dividends, but excluding the right to receive from the Company the Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) or any cash payment upon conversion, and except for any rights of Holders (including any voting rights) pursuant to this Certificate of Designation which by their express terms continue following conversion or, for the avoidance of doubt, rights which by their express terms continue following conversion pursuant to any of the other Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) shall immediately and automatically cease and terminate with respect to such Preferred Shares (including any Regulated Shares); provided that, in the event that a Preferred Share or Regulated Share is not converted due to a default by the Company or because the Company is otherwise unable to issue the requisite shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable), such Preferred Share or Regulated Share will, without prejudice to any other remedy at law or in equity any Holder may have as a result of such default, remain outstanding and will continue be entitled to all of the rights attendant to such Preferred Share or Regulated Share (as the case may be) as provided herein.
               (iv) If the conversion is in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of the shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) issuable upon conversion of Preferred Shares made pursuant to the Tag-Along Agreement (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement), the conversion may, at the option of any Holder tendering Preferred Shares for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such sale, transfer or the disposition of the

-14-


 

shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) issuable upon conversion of such Preferred Shares, in which event such conversion of such Preferred Shares shall not be deemed to have occurred until immediately prior to the closing of such sale, transfer or other disposition.
               (v) The Company shall comply with all federal and state laws, rules and regulations and applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange on which shares of the Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) are then listed. If any shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) to be reserved for the purpose of conversion of Preferred Shares require registration with or approval of any Person or group (as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) under any federal or state law or the rules and regulations of the Exchange on which shares of the Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) are then listed before such shares may be validly issued or delivered upon conversion, then the Company will, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, use commercially reasonable efforts to secure such registration or approval, as the case may be. So long as any Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) into which the Preferred Shares are then convertible is then listed on an Exchange, the Company will list and keep listed on any such Exchange, upon official notice of issuance, all shares of such Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) issuable upon conversion.
               (vi) All shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares (including any Regulated Shares) will, upon issuance by the Company, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights arising under law or contract and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof, and the Company shall take no action which will cause a contrary result.
          (g) Adjustments to Conversion Price.
               (i) The Conversion Price shall be subject to the following adjustments:
                    (A) Common Stock Dividends or Distributions. If the Company issues shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on shares of Common Stock, or if the Company effects a share split or share combination with respect to shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:
     (LOGO)
     where,
          CP0 = the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution, or the open of business on the effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be;

-15-


 

          CP1 = the Conversion Price in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution, or the open of business on the effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be;
          OS0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution, or the open of business on the effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be; and
          OS1 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution, or such share split or share combination, as the case may be.
Any adjustment made under this SECTION 5(g)(i)(A) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the effective date for such share split or share combination. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this SECTION 5(g)(i)(A) is declared but not so paid or made, or any share split or combination of the type described in this SECTION 5(g)(i)(A) is announced but the outstanding shares of Common Stock are not split or combined, as the case may be, the Conversion Price shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, or not to split or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination had not been declared or announced.
                    (B) Rights, Options or Warrants on Common Stock. If the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock any rights, options or warrants entitling them, for a period expiring not more than sixty (60) days immediately following the record date of such distribution, to purchase or subscribe for shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the average of the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution, the Conversion Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:
     (LOGO)
     where,
          CP0 = the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
          CP1 = the Conversion Price in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
          OS0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;

-16-


 

          X = the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise all such rights, options or warrants divided by the average of the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution; and
          Y = the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to all such rights, options or warrants.
     Any adjustment made under this SECTION 5(g)(i)(B) will be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are distributed and shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution. To the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered prior to the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted following the expiration of such rights to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect had the decrease in the Conversion Price with respect to the distribution of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so distributed, the Conversion Price shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board determines not to make such distribution, to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such distribution had not occured.
     In determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such average of the Daily VWAP for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of the Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the fair market value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be reasonably determined by the Board in good faith.
                    (C) Tender Offer or Exchange Offer Payments. If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for Common Stock, if the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board) exceeds the average of the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date on which such tender offer or exchange offer expires, the Conversion Price will be decreased based on the following formula:
          (LOGO)
          where,
          CP1 = the Conversion Price in effect immediately after the close of business on the last Trading Day of the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires;

-17-


 

          CP0 = the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the last Trading Day of the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
          OS0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
          SP1 = the average of the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
          AC = the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board) paid or payable for shares purchased in such tender or exchange offer; and
          OS1 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the date such tender or exchange offer expires (after giving effect to such tender offer or exchange offer and excluding fractional shares).
     The adjustment to the Conversion Price under this SECTION 5(g)(i)(C) will occur at the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, but excluding, the date such tender or exchange offer expires; provided that, for purposes of determining the Conversion Price, in respect of any conversion during the ten (10) Trading Days immediately following, but excluding, the date that any such tender or exchange offer expires, references within this SECTION 5(g)(i)(C) to ten (10) consecutive Trading Days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of consecutive Trading Days as have elapsed between the date such tender or exchange offer expires and the relevant conversion date.
                    (D) Common Stock Issued at Less than Conversion Price. If, after the Original Issue Date, the Company issues or sells any Common Stock (or Option Securities or Convertible Securities, to the extent set forth in this SECTION 5(g)(i)(D)), other than Excluded Stock, for no consideration or for consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect as of the date of such issuance or sale, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to each such issuance or sale will (except as provided below) be adjusted at the time of such issuance or sale based on the following formula:
     (LOGO)
     where,
          CP1 = the Conversion Price in effect immediately following such issuance or sale;
          CP0 = the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale;

-18-


 

          OS0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or sale (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of (x) all Preferred Shares issued on the Original Issue Date, (y) all shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock and Additional Permitted Preferred Stock and (z) all convertible, exchangeable or exercisable Equity Securities of the Company not listed in (x) or (y) if the conversion price, exercise price or exchange price applicable to such Equity Securities of the Company is below Market Value on the determination date) outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or sale;
          X = the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold would purchase at a price per share equal to CP0; and
          Y = the number of additional shares of Common Stock so issued.
     For the purposes of any adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this SECTION 5(g)(i)(D), the following provisions shall be applicable:
                         (1) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the amount of the consideration received by the Company shall be deemed to be the amount of the cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Stock after deducting therefrom any discounts or commissions allowed, paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof
                         (2) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock (otherwise than upon the conversion of shares of Capital Stock or other securities of the Company) for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as reasonably determined by the Board in good faith.
                         (3) For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this SECTION 5(g)(i)(D) shall apply to any issuance of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock that are Convertible Securities and meet the criteria for requiring an adjustment under this SECTION 5(g)(i)(D).
                         (4) In the case of (A) the issuance of Option Securities (whether or not at the time exercisable) or (B) the issuance of Convertible Securities (whether or not at the time so convertible or exchangeable):
                              i) the issuance of Option Securities shall be deemed the issuance of all shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of such Option Securities;

-19-


 

                              ii) such Option Securities shall be deemed to be issued for a consideration equal to the value of the consideration (determined in the manner provided in SECTION 5(g)(i)(D)(1) and (2)), if any, received by the Company for such Option Securities, plus the exercise price, strike price or purchase price provided in such Option Securities for the Common Stock covered thereby;
                              iii) the issuance of Convertible Securities shall be deemed the issuance of all shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange for, such Convertible Securities;
                              iv) such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be issued for a consideration equal to the value of the consideration (determined in the manner provided in SECTION 5(g)(i)(D)(1) and (2) and excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), if any, received by the Company for such Convertible Securities, plus the value of the additional consideration (determined in the manner provided in SECTION 5(g)(i)(D)(1) and (2)) to be received by the Company upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, if any;
                              v) upon any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of any Option Securities or Convertible Securities or upon any change in the consideration to be received by the Company upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such securities, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have been in effect had such change been in effect, with respect to any Option Securities or Convertible Securities outstanding at the time of the change, at the time such Option Securities or Convertible Securities originally were issued;
                              vi) upon the expiration or cancellation of Option Securities (without exercise), or the termination of the conversion or exchange rights of Convertible Securities (without conversion or exchange), if the Conversion Price shall have been adjusted upon the issuance of such expiring, canceled or terminated securities, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have been obtained if, at the time of the original issuance of such Option Securities or Convertible Securities, the expired, canceled or terminated Option Securities or Convertible Securities, as applicable, had not been issued;
                              vii) if the Conversion Price shall have been fully adjusted upon the issuance of any such options, warrants, rights or convertible or exchangeable securities, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof; and
                              viii) if any issuance of Common Stock, Option Securities or Convertible Securities would also require an adjustment pursuant to any other adjustment provision of this SECTION 5(g)(i), then only the adjustment most favorable to the Holders shall be made.

-20-


 

               (ii) If the Company issues rights, options or warrants that are only exercisable upon the occurrence of certain triggering events (each, a “Trigger Event”), then the Conversion Price will not be adjusted pursuant to SECTION 5(g)(i)(B) until the earliest Trigger Event occurs, and the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to the extent any of these rights, options or warrants are not exercised before they expire (provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Trigger Event would require an adjustment pursuant to SECTION 5(g)(i)(D), such adjustment pursuant to SECTION 5(g)(i)(D) shall be made at the time of issuance of such rights, options or warrants in accordance with such Section).
               (iii) Notwithstanding anything in this SECTION 5(g) to the contrary, if a Conversion Price adjustment becomes effective pursuant to any of clauses (A), (B) or (C) of this SECTION 5(g)(i) on any Ex-Date as described above, and a Holder that converts its Preferred Shares on or after such Ex-Date and on or prior to the related record date would be treated as the record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the related Conversion Date based on an adjusted Conversion Price for such Ex-Date and participate on an adjusted basis in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment, then, notwithstanding the foregoing Conversion Price adjustment provisions, the Conversion Price adjustment relating to such Ex-Date will not be made for such converting Holder. Instead, such Holder will be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of the shares of Common Stock on an un-adjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.
Notwithstanding anything in this SECTION 5(g) to the contrary, no adjustment under SECTION 5(g)(i) need be made to the Conversion Price unless such adjustment would require a decrease of at least 1% of the Conversion Price then in effect. Any lesser adjustment shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with the next subsequent adjustment, if any, which, together with any adjustment or adjustments so carried forward, shall amount to a decrease of at least 1% of such Conversion Price; provided that, on the date of any conversion of the Preferred Shares pursuant to SECTION 5, adjustments to the Conversion Price will be made with respect to any such adjustment carried forward that has not been taken into account before such date. In addition, at the end of each year, beginning with the year ending December 31, 2011, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted to give effect to any adjustment or adjustments so carried forward, and such adjustments will no longer be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.
               (iv) Adjustments Below Par Value. The Company shall not take any action that would require an adjustment to the Conversion Price such that the Conversion Price, as adjusted to give effect to such action, would be less than the then-applicable par value per share of the Common Stock, except that the Company may undertake a share split or similar event if such share split results in a corresponding reduction in the par value per share of the Common Stock such that the as-adjusted new Conversion Price per share would not be below the new as-adjusted par value per share of the Common Stock following such share split or similar transaction and the Conversion Price is adjusted as provided under SECTION 5(g)(i)(A) and any other applicable provision of SECTION 5(g).

-21-


 

               (v) Reference Property. In the case of any Going Private Event or recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification described in SECTION 5(g)(i)(A)), a consolidation, merger or combination involving the Company, a sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (or the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis), or any statutory share exchange, in each case as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any of the foregoing, a “Transaction”), then, at the effective time of the Transaction, the right to convert each Preferred Share will be changed into a right to convert such Preferred Share into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (the “Reference Property”) that a Holder would have received in respect of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Preferred Shares immediately prior to such Transaction. In the event that holders of Common Stock have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in the Transaction, the Company shall make adequate provision whereby the Holders shall have a reasonable opportunity to determine the form of consideration into which all of the Preferred Shares, shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock and shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock, treated as a single class, shall be convertible from and after the effective date of the Transaction. For so long as the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount, such determination shall be made by the Fortress Investor; thereafter, any such election shall be made by the Majority Holders. Any such determination by the Holders shall be subject to any limitations to which all holders of Common Stock are subject, such as pro rata reductions applicable to any portion of the consideration payable in the Transaction, and shall be conducted in such a manner as to be completed at approximately the same time as the time elections are made by holders of Common Stock. The provisions of this SECTION 5(g)(v) and any equivalent thereof in any such securities similarly shall apply to successive Transactions. The Company shall not become a party to any Transaction unless its terms are in compliance with the foregoing.
               (vi) Rules of Calculation; Treasury Stock. All calculations will be made to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent or to the nearest one-ten thousandth of a share. Except as explicitly provided herein, the number of shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) outstanding will be calculated on the basis of the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable), not including shares held in the treasury of the Company. The Company shall not pay any dividend on or make any distribution to shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) held in treasury.
               (vii) No Duplication. If any action would require adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to more than one of the provisions described in this SECTION 5 in a manner such that such adjustments are duplicative, only one adjustment (which shall be the adjustment most favorable to the Holders) shall be made.
               (viii) Notice of Record Date. In the event of:

-22-


 

                    (A) any event described in SECTION 5(g)(i)(A), (B), (C) or (D);
                    (B) any Transaction to which SECTION 5(g)(v) applies;
                    (C) the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company; or
                    (D) any other event constituting a Change of Control or a Going Private Event;
then the Company shall mail to the Holders at their last addresses as shown on the records of the Company, at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date specified in (A) below or twenty (20) days prior to the date specified in (B) below, as applicable, a notice stating:
                    (A) the record date for the dividend, other distribution, stock split or combination or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, other distribution, stock split or combination; or
                    (B) the date on which such reclassification, change, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or other event constituting a Transaction, Change of Control or Going Private Event, or any transaction which would result in an adjustment pursuant to SECTION 5(g)(i)(D), is estimated to become effective or otherwise occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record will be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for Reference Property, other securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, change, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, Transaction, Change of Control or Going Private Event or that such issuance of Common Stock, Option Securities or Convertible Securities is anticipated to occur.
               (ix) Certificate of Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this SECTION 5, the Company at its expense shall as promptly as reasonably practicable compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each Holder a certificate, signed by an officer of the Company (in his or her capacity as such and not in an individual capacity), setting forth (A) the calculation of such adjustments and readjustments in reasonable detail, (B) the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, (C) the Conversion Price then in effect, and (D) the number of shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) and the amount, if any, of Capital Stock, other securities or other property (including but not limited to cash and evidences of indebtedness) which then would be received upon the conversion of a Preferred Share.
               (x) No Upward Revisions to Conversion Price. For the avoidance of doubt, except in the case of a reverse share split or share combination resulting in an adjustment under SECTION 5(g)(i)(A) effected with the approvals, if any, required pursuant to SECTION 4(b), in no event shall any adjustment be made pursuant to this SECTION 5 that results in an increase in the Conversion Price.

-23-


 

     SECTION 6. Redemption.
          (a) Redemption at Option of Holder on Maturity Date. Each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to redeem such Holder’s Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, on the seventh (7th) anniversary of May 13, 2011 (the “Maturity Date”) at a price per share payable, subject to SECTION 6(e), in cash and equal to the Redemption Price. At any time during the period beginning on the thirtieth (30th) calendar day prior to the Maturity Date (the “Holder Redemption Notice Period”), each Holder may deliver written notice to the Company notifying the Company of such Holder’s election to require the Company to redeem all or a portion of such Holder’s Preferred Shares on the Maturity Date (the “Election Notice”). No later than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the commencement of the Holder Redemption Notice Period, the Company shall deliver a notice to each Holder including the following information: (A) informing the Holder of the Maturity Date and such Holder’s right to elect to have all or a portion of its Preferred Shares redeemed by Company on the Maturity Date, (B) the Redemption Price payable with respect to each share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock on the Maturity Date in connection with any such redemption (to the extent the Redemption Price is known or can be calculated, and to the extent not capable of being calculated, the manner in which such price will be determined); (C) that any certificates representing Preferred Shares which a Holder elects to have redeemed must be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price at the office of the Company or any redemption agent located in New York City selected by the Company therefor together with any written instrument or instructions of transfer or other documents and endorsements reasonably acceptable to the redemption agent or the Company, as applicable (if reasonably required by the redemption agent or the Company, as applicable); (D) that, upon a Holder’s compliance with clause (C), payment of the Redemption Price with respect to any Preferred Shares to be made on the Maturity Date will be made to the Holder within five (5) Business Days of the Maturity Date to the account specified in such Holder’s redemption election notice; (E) that any Holder may withdraw its Election Notice with respect to all or a portion of its Preferred Shares at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date; and (F) the number of shares of Common Stock (or, if applicable, the amount of Reference Property) and the amount of cash, if any, that a Holder would receive upon conversion of a Preferred Share if a Holder does not elect to have its Preferred Shares redeemed. The Company shall issue a press release for publication on the Dow Jones News Service or Bloomberg Business News (or if either such service is not available, another broadly disseminated news or press release service selected by the Company) prior to the opening of business on the first Business Day following any date on which the Company provides notice to Holders pursuant to this SECTION 6(a) disclosing the right of Holders to have the Company redeem Preferred Shares pursuant to this SECTION 6(a).
          (b) Optional Redemption by the Company. On and after the third (3rd) anniversary of May 13, 2011, the Company may, at its option, redeem all (but not less than all) of the outstanding Preferred Shares for cash equal to the Redemption Price. If the Company elects to redeem the Preferred Shares pursuant to this SECTION 6(b), the Company shall deliver a notice of redemption to the Holders not less than thirty (30) or more than sixty (60) calendar days prior to the date specified for redemption (the “Optional Redemption Date”), which notice shall include: (A) the Optional Redemption Date; (B) the Redemption Price; (C) that on the Optional Redemption Date, if

-24-


 

the Holder has not previously elected to convert Preferred Shares into Common Stock, each Preferred Share shall automatically and without further action by the Holder thereof (and whether or not the certificates representing such Preferred Shares are surrendered) be redeemed for the Redemption Price; (D) that payment of the Redemption Price will be made to the Holder within five (5) business days of the Redemption Date to the account specified by such Holder to the Company in writing; (E) that the Holder’s right to elect to convert its Preferred Shares will end at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the Optional Redemption Date; and (F) the number of shares of Common Stock (or, if applicable, the amount of Reference Property) and the amount of cash, if any, that a Holder would receive upon conversion of a Preferred Share if a Holder elect to convert its Preferred Shares prior to the Optional Redemption Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice delivered by the Company under this SECTION 6(b) in accordance with SECTION 10(g) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given at the time set forth therein, whether or not such Holder of Preferred Shares actually receives such notice, and neither the failure of a Holder to actually receive such notice given as aforesaid nor any immaterial defect in such notice shall affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of the Preferred Shares as set forth herein. The Company shall issue a press release for publication on the Dow Jones News Service or Bloomberg Business News (or if either such service is not available, another broadly disseminated news or press release service selected by the Company) prior to the opening of business on the first Business Day following any date on which the Company provides notice to Holders pursuant to this SECTION 6(b) announcing the Company’s election to redeem Preferred Shares pursuant to this SECTION 6(b).
          (c) Redemption at Option of the Holder upon a Change of Control.
               (i) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to redeem its Preferred Shares pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, which Change of Control Offer shall be made by the Company in accordance with Section 6(c)(ii). In such Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment (such payment, a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash per Preferred Share equal to the sum of (x) 101% of the Purchase Price, and (y) accrued and unpaid Dividends thereon, if any, to the extent not included in the Purchase Price (including, without limitation, accrued and unpaid Cash Dividends and accrued and unpaid Accreting Dividends for the then current Dividend Period).
               (ii) Within thirty (30) days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constituted such Change of Control and offering to redeem the Preferred Shares on the date specified in such notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date shall be no earlier than thirty (30) days and no later than sixty-one (61) days from the date such notice is mailed. In addition, such Change of Control Offer shall further state: (A) the amount of the Change of Control Payment; (B) that the Holder may elect to have all or any portion of its Preferred Shares redeemed pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (C) that any Preferred Shares to be redeemed must be surrendered for payment of the Change of Control Payment at the office of the Company or any redemption agent selected by the Company therefor together with any written instrument or instructions of transfer or other documents and endorsements reasonably acceptable to the

-25-


 

redemption agent or the Company, as applicable (if reasonably required by the redemption agent or the Company, as applicable); (D) that, upon a Holder’s compliance with clause (C), payment of the Change of Control Payment with will be made to the Holder on the Change of Control Payment Date to the account specified by such Holder to the Company in writing; (E) the date and time by which the Holder must make its election, (F) that any Holder may withdraw its election notice with respect to all or a portion of their Preferred Shares at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; and (G) the amount and type of property that the Holder would receive in connection with such Change of Control if the Holder elects to convert its Preferred Shares in connection with the Change of Control. The Company shall issue a press release for publication on the Dow Jones News Service or Bloomberg Business News (or if either such service is not available, another broadly disseminated news or press release service selected by the Company) prior to the opening of business on the first Business Day following any date on which the Company provides notice to Holders pursuant to this SECTION 6(c) disclosing the right of Holders to have the Company redeem Preferred Shares pursuant to this SECTION 6(c).
               (iii) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: (A) accept for payment all Preferred Shares validly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and (B) make a Change of Control Payment to each Holder that validly tendered Preferred Shares pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
               (iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this SECTION 6(c), the Company shall not be required to consummate the repurchase of Preferred Shares contemplated by this SECTION 6(c) unless and until the Company has repurchased the Senior Notes as required by the Indenture with regard to the Change of Control (provided, however, that the failure to repurchase Preferred Shares at any time required by this SECTION 6(c), even if such repurchase cannot be made as a result of this clause (iv), will constitute a Specified Breach Event).
               (v) If at any time prior to consummation of a transaction that would constitute a Change of Control, the Company has publicly announced (whether by press release, SEC filing or otherwise) such transaction or prospective transaction or the entry by the Company into any definitive agreement with respect thereto, the Company shall, within five (5) Business Days of the issuance of such public announcement, deliver a written notice to each Holder notifying them of the same and the anticipated date of consummation of such transaction.
               (vi) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer and makes the Change of Control Payment in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth herein applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Preferred Shares validly tendered under such Change of Control Offer.
               (vii) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

-26-


 

          (d) Notwithstanding anything in this SECTION 6 to the contrary, each Holder shall retain the right to elect to convert any Preferred Shares to be redeemed at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding any Redemption Date. Any Preferred Shares that a Holder elects to convert prior to the Redemption Date shall not be redeemed pursuant to this SECTION 6.
          (e) Insufficient Funds. Any redemption of the Preferred Shares pursuant to this SECTION 6 shall be payable out of any cash legally available therefor, provided, however, that, other than in respect of a redemption pursuant to SECTION 6(b) (which the Company may only effectuate to the extent it has sufficient cash legally available therefor), if there is not a sufficient amount of cash legally available to pay the Redemption Price in full in cash, then the Company may pay that portion of the Redemption Price with respect to which it does not have cash legally available therefor out of the remaining assets of the Company legally available therefor (valued at the fair market value thereof on the date of payment, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board). If the Company anticipates not having sufficient cash legally available for a redemption pursuant to SECTION 6(a) or SECTION 6(c), the redemption notice delivered to Holders shall so specify, and indicate the nature of the other assets expected to be distributed and the fair market value of the same as reasonably determined by the Board as aforesaid. At the time of any redemption pursuant to this SECTION 6, the Company shall take all actions required or permitted under Delaware law to permit the redemption of the Preferred Shares, including, without limitation, through the revaluation of its assets in accordance with Delaware law, to make cash funds (and to the extent cash funds are insufficient, other assets) legally available for such redemption. In connection with any redemption pursuant to SECTION 6(c), to the extent that Holders elect to have their Preferred Shares redeemed and the Company has insufficient funds to redeem such Preferred Shares (after taking into account the amount of any repurchase obligations the Company has or expects to have under the Senior Notes (or any other Debt ranking senior to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock), Senior Securities or any Parity Securities resulting from the same facts and circumstances as the Change of Control hereunder), the Company shall use any available funds to redeem a portion of such Preferred Shares and Parity Securities (if any are being redeemed) ratably in proportion to the full respective amounts to which they are entitled; provided, however, that the failure for any reason to redeem all Preferred Shares required to be redeemed under SECTION 6(c) when required shall constitute a Specified Breach Event.
          (f) Mechanics of Redemption.
               (i) The Company (or a redemption agent on behalf of the Company, as applicable) shall pay the applicable Redemption Price on the Redemption Date or the required payment date therefor upon surrender of the certificates representing the Preferred Shares to be redeemed and receipt of any written instrument or instructions of transfer or other documents and endorsements reasonably acceptable to the redemption agent or the Company, as applicable, to the extent required by SECTIONS 6(a), 6(b) and 6(c); provided that, if such certificates are lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company may require an affidavit certifying to such effect and, if requested, an agreement indemnifying the Company from any losses incurred in connection therewith, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, from such Holder prior to paying such amounts.

-27-


 

               (ii) Following any redemption of Preferred Shares on any Redemption Date, the Preferred Shares so redeemed will no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the Holder thereof shall cease, including the right to receive Dividends; provided, however, that any rights of Holders pursuant to this Certificate of Designation that by their terms survive redemption of the Preferred Shares and, for the avoidance of doubt, any rights that survive pursuant to any of the other Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement), shall survive in accordance with their terms. The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event that a Preferred Share is not redeemed by the Company when required, such Preferred Share will remain outstanding and will continue to be entitled to all of the powers, designations, preferences and other rights (including but not limited to the accrual and payment of dividends and the conversion rights) as provided herein.
          SECTION 7. Specified Breach Events.
          (a) The following events shall constitute “Specified Breach Events”:
               (i) an “Event of Default” has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture; or an “event of default” has occurred and is continuing with respect to any other indenture, credit agreement or similar documentation related to an aggregate of $25,000,000 or more in principal amount of indebtedness of the Company for borrowed money incurred after the Original Issue Date; provided that, a Specified Breach Event shall cease to exist once the underlying event of default in respect of such indebtedness has been waived or cured or such indebtedness has been repaid;
               (ii) any Significant Subsidiary fails to repay any indebtedness for borrowed money within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any indebtedness for borrowed money of a Significant Subsidiary because of a default, in each case where the total amount of such unpaid or accelerated indebtedness exceeds $25,000,000; provided that, such a Specified Breach Event shall cease to exist once the underlying event of default in respect of such indebtedness has been waived or cured or such indebtedness has been repaid;
               (iii) the Company fails to declare and pay any Cash Dividends or Accreting Dividends due on any Dividend Payment Date and such failure continues for a period of ninety (90) days; provided that, any such Specified Breach Event shall cease to exist once all Cash Dividends and Accreting Dividends in arrears through the end of the most recently completed Dividend Period have been declared and paid in full;
               (iv) the Company fails to comply with the Cash Maintenance Ratio covenant set forth in SECTION 8(a) for a period of ninety (90) days; provided that, any such Specified Breach Event shall cease to exist on the date that an officer of the Company executes a certificate, which shall be sent to the Holders, certifying to facts showing that the Company is in compliance with such covenant for a subsequent fiscal quarter;

-28-


 

               (v) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches the covenants contained in, the following sections of this Certificate of Designation or the Securities Purchase Agreement and such default or breach, if curable, is not cured within ninety (90) days: SECTION 2(c) (Participating Cash Dividends); SECTION 2(d) (In-Kind Participating Dividends); the proviso contained in SECTION 5(d)(i) (Amounts Received Upon Conversion); SECTION 6(a) (Redemption at Option of Holder on Maturity Date); SECTION 6(c) (Redemption at Option of Holder Upon a Change of Control) (including, without limitation, any delay or failure to repurchase the Preferred Shares as a result of provisions of SECTION 6(c)(iv)); and SECTION 8(b) (Issuance of Additional Preferred Stock); and
               (vi) if the Company voluntarily delists its Common Stock so that the Common Stock ceases to be listed on at least one (1) Exchange or the Company shall take any action with the intent to cause the Common Stock to cease to be listed on at least one (1) Exchange, except, in either case, in connection with (A) a Going Private Event, (B) a merger or consolidation involving the Company or (C) a sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its consolidated assets, in each case where such transaction is authorized in accordance with the terms set forth in, or not prohibited by, this Certificate of Designation and where none of the transaction consideration consists of Common Stock that is listed on an Exchange; provided that, such a Specified Breach Event shall cease to exist upon the Common Stock again being listed on at least one (1) Exchange.
          (b) Upon a Specified Breach Event and during any time that a Specified Breach Event is continuing, the Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt shall not be deemed to include any Subsidiaries of the Company except to the extent specified below) shall be prohibited from:
               (i) making, and to the extent within the Company’s control, permitting any of its Subsidiaries to make, any Restricted Payments (other than repurchases of shares of Common Stock in connection with the termination of an employee’s, officer’s or director’s service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Designation (including, without limitation, SECTION 4, if applicable));
               (ii) for so long as the Indenture limits the Company’s ability to incur subordinated indebtedness, incurring any subordinated indebtedness (including for this purpose, Additional Permitted Preferred Stock or Parity Securities) pursuant to SECTION 4.06(b)(3) of the Indenture (or a similar provision) to the extent the Company could not do so if the Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities were assumed to be subordinated indebtedness for the purposes of the Indenture;
               (iii) incurring, and to the extent within the Company’s control, permitting any Intermediate Holding Company from incurring, any Debt (which term shall include, for this purpose, Senior Securities, Additional Permitted Preferred Stock and Parity Securities and shall exclude, in the case of any Intermediate Holding Company, Debt permitted to be incurred under the Indenture and incurred to finance acquisitions of businesses or operating assets to be held by a Portfolio Company in which such Intermediate Holding Company holds an equity interest or to refinance other indebtedness of such Intermediate Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries (but only in such amount as is necessary to pay the acquisition purchase price or pay the refinanced

-29-


 

indebtedness, as the case may be, together with any fees and expenses related thereto) if after giving effect to such incurrence, the Collateral Coverage Ratio would be less than 1.0:1.0;
                    (iv) entering, and to the extent within the Company’s control, permitting any of its Subsidiaries from entering, into any agreement for the purchase of any debt or Equity Securities of any Portfolio Company of any Harbinger Affiliate from any Harbinger Affiliate; and
                    (v) entering, and to the extent within the Company’s control, permitting any of its Subsidiaries to enter, into any agreement for the sale by the Company of Equity Securities of any Portfolio Company of the Company to any Harbinger Affiliate;
provided, however, that clauses (iv) and (v) shall in no way limit or restrict (x) any FS/OM Permitted Activities or (y) the sale or contribution by a Harbinger Affiliate to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of shares of Capital Stock of Spectrum on commercially reasonable terms at prevailing market prices using the Thirty Day VWAP for the purpose of ensuring that the Company’s holdings in Spectrum do not constitute investment securities under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this SECTION 7(b), the agreements of the Company in this SECTION 7(b) insofar as they govern or purport to govern conduct concerning any Subsidiary of the Company are being made by the Company solely in its capacity as the controlling shareholder of such Subsidiary and not in any fiduciary capacity of it or any of the Subsidiary’s officers or directors, and nothing herein shall require the Company to act in any way that would cause any shareholder, director or officer of any such Subsidiary to act in a manner that would violate legally imposed fiduciary duties applicable to any such shareholder, director or officer.
          (c) Subject to applicable law and compliance with the rules of The New York Stock Exchange and the Insurance Regulatory Authorities (including the requirement that an individual appointed as a Specified Breach Director not be found at any time or from time to time to be “untrustworthy” by the Insurance Regulatory Authorities), upon a Specified Breach Event and during any time that a Specified Breach Event is continuing, upon the Company’s receipt of a written notice from the Fortress Investor (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount) or from the Majority Holders (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock less than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount), the Company shall, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Designation, increase the size of the Board by one (1) directorship (or at any time when the Purchaser Director (as defined in the Existing Series A Certificate of Designation) is not serving on the Board, two (2) directorships) (a “Specified Breach Director”) and the Specified Breach Director(s) shall be elected as set forth in this section; provided that as a condition precedent to the election of a Specified Breach Director, the Fortress Investor or the Majority Holders, as applicable, shall be required to provide to the Company the duly executed and delivered written resignation of the Person to be elected as a Specified Breach Director, providing that effective immediately and automatically (without any further action by any Person) upon the earlier to occur of (x) the expiration of the applicable Breach Period or (y) the number of Fortress Representatives being reduced pursuant to

-30-


 

SECTION 8(c) of the Existing Series A Certificate of Designation, such Specified Breach Director shall resign from the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, no Specified Breach Director shall be elected to the Board unless the written resignation referred to in the preceding sentence is delivered to the Company prior thereto. A Specified Breach Director need not be an “independent director” of the Board pursuant to the rules of the Exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock is then traded. Subject to applicable law and compliance with the rules of The New York Stock Exchange and the Insurance Regulatory Authorities (including the requirement that an individual appointed as a Specified Breach Director not be found at any time or from time to time to be “untrustworthy” by the Insurance Regulatory Authorities), the Fortress Investor (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount) or the Majority Holders (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock less than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount) shall be entitled to nominate and elect the Specified Breach Director(s) (which nominees shall be reasonably acceptable to any governance or nominating committee of the Board (or the Board if no such committee then exists)). At any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock less than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount, the Specified Breach Directors shall be elected (i) by the written consent of the Majority Holders or (ii) at a special meeting of the Holders (which shall be called by the Secretary of the Company at the request of any Holder) to be held within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of the Specified Breach Event, or, if the Specified Breach Event occurs less than sixty (60) days before the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, at such annual meeting. At any meeting at which the Specified Breach Director(s) will be elected, the Specified Breach Director(s) shall be elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock held by the Fortress Investor Group (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount) or by the Majority Holders (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock less than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount). The Specified Breach Director(s) will serve until there ceases to be any Preferred Shares or shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock outstanding or until no Specified Breach Event exists or is continuing, whichever occurs earliest (the “Breach Period”) and, upon the expiration of an applicable Breach Period, the director seat(s) held by the Specified Breach Director(s) shall be automatically eliminated and the size of the Board shall be reduced accordingly. If there is a vacancy in the office of a Specified Breach Director during a Breach Period, then the vacancy may only be filled by a nominee (which nominees shall be reasonably acceptable to any governance or nominating committee of the Board (or the Board if no such committee then exists)) upon the written consent or vote of the Fortress Investor (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock equal to or greater than 50% of

-31-


 

the Initial Preferred Share Amount) or the Majority Holders (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock less than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount. Each Specified Breach Director will be entitled to one (1) vote on any matter with respect to which the Board votes. During the Breach Period, any Specified Breach Director may be removed at any time with or without cause by, and shall not be removed otherwise than by, the written consent or vote of the Fortress Investor (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock equal to or greater than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount) or the Majority Holders (at any time when the Fortress Investor Group owns a number of shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock less than 50% of the Initial Preferred Share Amount). If after the appointment of a Specified Breach Director the applicable Breach Period expires, if so requested by the Company, the Investor shall promptly cause to resign, and take all other action reasonably necessary, or reasonably requested by the Company, to cause the prompt removal of, such Specified Breach Director. The Investor Director (as defined in the Existing Series A Certificate of Designation), if any, the Additional Preferred Directors (as defined in the Existing Series A Certificate of Designation), if any and the Specified Breach Directors (if any), shall be spread as evenly as practicable among the classes of directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this SECTION 7(c), no Specified Breach Directors shall be appointed (whether or not a Specified Breach Event has occurred and is continuing) during any period when Additional Preferred Directors have been appointed to the Board.
          (d) Whether or not a Specified Breach Event has occurred and is continuing under SECTION 7(a)(iii), if the Company fails to declare and pay Dividends (other than Participating Dividends) due on any Dividend Payment Date or Participating Dividends when dividends are paid to the holders of Common Stock, then until such accrued and unpaid Dividends are paid, the Company shall be prohibited from (i) declaring, paying or setting apart for payment, any dividends or other distributions on the Common Stock or other Junior Securities, (ii) redeeming, purchasing or otherwise acquiring for any consideration any Common Stock or Junior Securities and (iii) declaring, paying or setting apart for payment, any dividends or other distributions on any Parity Securities; provided that, dividends or distributions otherwise prohibited by clause (iii) may be declared, paid or set aside on a pro rata basis among the Preferred Shares and the shares of Parity Securities in proportion to the amounts to which they are entitled.
          (e) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Designation or the Securities Purchase Agreement, if at any time (i) the number of Fortress Representatives to which the Fortress Investor is then entitled (collectively, the “Fortress Director Representation Amount”) exceeds (ii) the number (the “Proportionate Representation Amount”) equal to, rounded up to the nearest whole number (A) the percentage of the Company’s Voting Stock held by the Fortress Investor Group (assuming, for such purposes, that any securities held by the Fortress Investor Group and convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Voting Stock of the Company are so converted, exchanged or exercised), divided by (B) the number of votes applicable to all Voting Stock of the Company (assuming, for such purposes, that any securities held by the Fortress Investor Group and convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Voting Stock of the Company are so converted, exchanged or exercised), multiplied by (C) the total number of seats on the Board, then, unless not required pursuant to the rules of The New York Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock may then be listed, the Fortress Director Representation Amount and, if necessary, the number of Fortress Representatives shall be reduced until the Fortress Director Representation Amount and the number of Appointed Directors equals the greater of one and the Proportionate Representation Amount;
provided, however, that the Fortress Director Representation Amount and the number of Fortress Representatives shall thereafter again be increased from time to time if and to the extent that, at such

-32-


 

time, the Fortress Investor would be entitled to appoint such additional Fortress Representatives and the appointment of such additional Fortress Representatives would not cause the Fortress Director Representation Amount to exceed the Proportionate Representation Amount. Any vacancy created on the Board as a result of the operation of the foregoing procedures shall be required to be filled by the Company by an individual who is “independent” as defined in Section 303A of The New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual and who is not, nor ever has been, an employee of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any Harbinger Affiliate or any Portfolio Company of any Harbinger Affiliate.
     SECTION 8. Covenants.
          (a) Cash Maintenance Ratio. During the period beginning on the Original Issue Date and ending on March 31, 2012, the Company shall not permit, on the last day of each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to March 31, 2012, the ratio of the Company’s Cash Equivalents to Fixed Charges for the prior four (4) quarters then ended to be less than 1.0 to 1.0 (the “Cash Maintenance Ratio”); provided that, for the first three (3) fiscal quarters ending after the Original Issue Date, the actual amount of Fixed Charges incurred since the Original Issue Date shall be annualized to reflect a full year of 365 days.
          (b) Issuance of Additional Preferred Stock. After the date hereof, the Company may issue additional shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock or Parity Securities provided that the aggregate purchase price of all outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Parity Securities may not, except to the extent set forth in the second sentence following this sentence, exceed $400.0 million. For purposes hereof, the term “Additional Permitted Preferred Stock” shall mean the $280 million of Series A Preferred Stock issued on May 12, 2011 together with the $120 million of Series A-2 Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date. The Company shall not, on or after the Original Issue Date, issue any (x) Parity Securities in excess of the Additional Permitted Preferred Stock authorized by the first sentence of this SECTION 8(b) or (y) Senior Securities unless one of the following conditions (the “Incurrence Based Issuance Limits”) is satisfied (and, in the case of Senior Securities, subject to receipt of the required approval of the Majority Holders and, if applicable, the Fortress Investor, as set forth under SECTIONS 4(b)(i)(B) and 4(b)(ii)(A) of the Existing Series A Certificate of Designation):
               (i) if the Company’s Total Secured Debt is less than $400.0 million, the Pro Forma Collateral Coverage Ratio after such issuance would be greater than the number equal to (x) the collateral coverage ratio set forth in Section 4.18 of the Indenture (or a successor provision) applicable at times when the Company’s Total Secured Debt outstanding is less than $400.0 million less (y) 0.5 (which, for example, means the Pro Forma Collateral Coverage Ratio exceeds 1.5 to 1.0 as of the date hereof because the collateral coverage ratio set forth in the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof is 2.0 to 1.0); or
               (ii) if the Company’s Total Secured Debt is equal to or greater than $400.0 million, the Pro Forma Collateral Coverage Ratio after such issuance would be greater than the number equal to (x) the collateral coverage ratio set forth in Section 4.18 of the Indenture (or a successor provision) applicable at times when the Company’s Total Secured Debt outstanding is

-33-


 

equal to or greater than $400.0 million, the Pro Forma Collateral Coverage Ratio after such issuance would be greater than the number equal to (x) the collateral coverage ratio set forth in Section 4.18 of the Indenture (or a successor provision) applicable at times when the Company’s Total Secured Debt outstanding is equal to or greater than $400.0 million less (y) 0.5 (which, for example, means the Pro Forma Collateral Coverage Ratio exceeds 2.0 to 1.0 as of the date hereof because the collateral coverage ratio set forth in the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof is 2.5 to 1.0).
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Incurrence Based Issuance Limits shall cease to apply, and the conditions in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall be deemed satisfied, from and after the first date on which both (x) the Company Conversion Conditions and (y) the Public Float Hurdle are satisfied.
     For the avoidance of doubt, no Series A-2 Preferred Stock or Parity Securities shall be issuable or deemed issued pursuant to the third sentence of this SECTION 8(b) unless and until the aggregate issue price of the Existing Series A Preferred Stock issued on May 13, 2011, plus the Series A-2 Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date, plus the aggregate issue price of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock issued or deemed issued pursuant to the first sentence of this SECTION 8(b) equals $400 million.
     Any Parity Securities or Senior Securities issued after the Original Issue Date pursuant to the third sentence of this SECTION 8(b), are referred to herein as the “Additional Preferred Securities”).
          (c) Use of Proceeds from Preferred Shares. The Company shall not, within 180 days after May 13, 2011, (i) make any Restricted Payments, or (ii) redeem or repurchase any of the Senior Notes; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may pursuant to this covenant (x) (a) repurchase or redeem Equity Securities of the Company or any securities that are linked to Equity Securities of the Company held by employees of the Company upon such employee’s termination, death or disability, (b) repurchase Equity Securities of the Company deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if the Equity Securities represent all or a portion of the exercise price thereof (or related withholding taxes) and (c) make Restricted Payments to allow the customary payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Equity Securities of the Company; and (y) make Restricted Payments or redeem or repurchase any of the Senior Notes to the extent that the funds used to make such Restricted Payments or to redeem or repurchase any of the Senior Notes, as applicable, consist of either dividend proceeds from operations received by the Company from earnings of its Subsidiaries or proceeds from an initial public offering of F&G (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) or a Subsidiary thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any of the foregoing actions are subject to any other covenants or conditions pursuant to any other provisions of this Certificate of Designation (including, without limitation, SECTION 4), such action shall be required to comply with such other provisions.
          (d) Certificates. The Company shall promptly, and in no event later than 30 days after the last day of any calendar quarter, furnish to each Holder a certificate of an officer of the Company setting forth, as of the end of such calendar quarter the Cash Maintenance Ratio and the calculation of the same (provided that the Company shall not be obligated to provide the information required by this sentence from and after such time as the covenant in SECTION 8(a) ceases to be applicable).

-34-


 

               (i) The Company shall promptly, and in no event later than the 30th day after the first day of a Dividend Period for which the Accreting Dividend rate has been adjusted pursuant to SECTION 2(b), furnish to each Holder a certificate of an officer of the Company setting forth, as of the end of the prior Dividend Period the Net Asset Value as of the end of such prior Dividend Period and the calculation of the same.
               (ii) If the Company issues any Additional Preferred Securities pursuant to SECTION 8(b), the Company shall promptly, and in no event later than five (5) days after the date of such issuance, furnish to each Holder a certificate of an officer of the Company setting forth, to the extent required to be complied with in connection with such issuance, the amount of Total Secured Debt and the Collateral Coverage Ratio as of the date of such issuance, the Pro Forma Collateral Coverage Ratio after giving effect to such issuance, and the calculations relating to the same;
               (iii) If the Company takes any action, which pursuant to this Certificate of Designation requires the Public Float Hurdle to be met, the Company shall promptly, and in no event later than five (5) days after the date of such action, furnish to each Holder a certificate of an officer of the Company setting forth, to the extent required to be complied with in connection with such action, the Public Market Capitalization as of the date of such action and an analysis of the Public Float Hurdle.
     SECTION 9. Additional Definitions. For purposes of these resolutions, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          (a) “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person.
          (b) “Asset Sale” shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
          (c) “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.
          (d) “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to close.
          (e) “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.

-35-


 

          (f) “Cash Equivalents” means:
               (i) United States dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business;
               (ii) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition;
               (iii) (A) demand deposits, (B) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (C) banker’s acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (D) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s;
               (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven (7) days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above;
               (v) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six (6) months after the date of acquisition; and
               (vi) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (i) through (v) above.
          (g) “Certificate of Designation” means this certificate of designation for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, as such shall be amended from time to time.
          (h) “Change of Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Existing Indenture; provided, however, that references to Permitted Holders therein shall be deemed to refer to the Harbinger Affiliates, the Fortress Investor and their respective Affiliates.
          (i) “Collateral Coverage Ratio” means, as of any determination date, the “Collateral Coverage Ratio” as set forth in the Indenture, except that (x) all assets of the Company and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) (including Excluded Property (as defined in the Indenture)) shall be considered to be “Collateral” whether or not pledged to secure indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries and (y) clause (ii) of such definition shall be deemed to refer to all “Debt” (as defined in the Indenture), whether or not secured by liens on the “Collateral”, and the term “Debt” shall further be deemed to include all outstanding Preferred Shares and all outstanding Parity Securities and Senior Securities (including any shares of Preferred Stock that would be outstanding after taking into account the consummation of the proposed issuance of Preferred Stock). In the event that any version of the Indenture no longer contains a “Collateral Coverage Ratio” (or substantially similar test), then the term “Collateral Coverage Ratio” shall be deemed to refer to the definition of “Collateral Coverage Ratio” (or such substantially similar definition) set

-36-


 

forth in the last version of the Indenture containing such ratio; provided, however, that if the Company no longer has any indebtedness outstanding, then any covenants utilizing the Collateral Coverage Ratio shall no longer be in effect (subject to the 365-day reinstatement and related non-circumvention provisions of the last sentence contained in the definition of the term “Indenture” herein).
          (j) “Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company or any other Capital Stock of the Company into which such Common Stock shall be reclassified or changed.
          (k) “Company Conversion Conditions” means the following: (i) the Thirty Day VWAP exceeds 150% of the then applicable Conversion Price (as defined in the Existing Series A Certificate of Designation) of the Existing Series A Preferred Stock; and (ii) the Daily VWAP exceeds 150% of the then applicable Conversion Price (as defined in the Existing Series A Certificate of Designation) of the Existing Series A Preferred Stock for at least twenty (20) Trading Days out of the thirty (30) Trading Days used to calculate the Thirty Day VWAP in clause (i) of this definition.
          (l) “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, as of the date hereof (but without precluding a different determination as of any date subsequent to the date hereof dependent on the relevant facts and circumstances at such time), the Company shall not be considered to control Spectrum.
          (m) “Conversion Price” means initially $7.00, as adjusted from time to time as provided in SECTION 5.
          (n) “Convertible Securities” means securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options, warrants or rights to purchase such convertible or exchangeable securities.
          (o) “Daily VWAP” means the volume-weighted average price per share of Common Stock (or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than Common Stock) as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on the Bloomberg page for the “<equity> AQR” page corresponding to the “ticker” for such Common Stock or unit (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of such Common Stock (or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than Common Stock) on such Trading Day. The “volume weighted average price” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.

-37-


 

          (p) “Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
          (q) “Dividend Payment Date” means January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on July 15, 2011; provided that, if any such Dividend Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be the immediately succeeding Business Day.
          (r) “Dividend Rate” means for any Dividend Period, 8.00% plus the applicable Accreting Dividend Rate for such Dividend Period.
          (s) “Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person: (i) shares of Capital Stock of such Person, (ii) any rights, options, warrants or similar securities to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of the Capital Stock of such Person, and (iii) Capital Stock or other securities (including debt securities) directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of Capital Stock of such Person.
          (t) “Exchange” means the NASDAQ Global Market, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, The New York Stock Exchange or any of their respective successors.
          (u) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          (v) “Excluded Stock” means: (i) shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in an event subject to, and for which the Conversion Price is subject to adjustment pursuant to, SECTION 5(g)(i)(A); (ii) Option Securities or shares of Common Stock (including upon exercise of Option Securities) issued to any director, officer or employee pursuant to compensation arrangements approved by the Board in good faith and otherwise permitted to be issued, or not prohibited, by any other provision of this Certificate of Designation; (iii) the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Shares or upon the exercise or conversion of Option Securities and Convertible Securities of the Company outstanding on the Original Issue Date or otherwise permitted to be issued, or not prohibited, by any other provision of this Certificate of Designation; and (iv) Common Stock that becomes issuable in connection with, or as a result of, accretions to the face amount of, or payments in kind with respect to, Preferred Shares, Option Securities and Convertible Securities of the Company outstanding on the Original Issue Date or otherwise permitted to be issued, or not prohibited, by any other provision of this Certificate of Designation.
          (w) “Ex-Date” means the first date on which the Common Stock trades on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of the Common Stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market.

-38-


 

          (x) “Existing Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, governing the Senior Notes, as in effect on the Original Issue Date.
          (y) “Fair Market Value” shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture, provided that, the initial Fair Market Value of all Investments of the Company shall be deemed to be the purchase price paid by the Company therefor and the Fair Market Value of Harbinger F&G on May 13, 2011 shall be deemed to be $350.0 million, provided, further, that for purposes of the calculation of “Net Asset Value,” the Fair Market Value of any Investment of the Company shall be valued twice per annum at the end of the same two fiscal quarters as provided in the Indenture (or, if the Indenture shall cease to be in effect or shall provide for valuations at times other than twice per annum, then at the end of the same two fiscal quarters as provided in the then most recent Indenture).
          (z) “Fixed Charges” means, without duplication, the sum of (i) cash interest payments on the Senior Notes, (ii) cash interest payments on other indebtedness for borrowed money, (iii) Cash Dividends payable on the Preferred Shares, and (iv) cash dividends payable on Parity Securities and Senior Securities.
          (aa) “Fortress Investor” means CF Turul LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or its successor.
          (bb) “Fortress Investor Group” means the Fortress Investor, its Affiliates and its managed funds.
          (cc) “Fortress Representatives” shall mean any Investor Director, Additional Preferred Directors, Specified Default Directors, Director Replacement Observer and Fortress Board Observer, in each case as defined in the Existing Series A Certificate of Designation.
          (dd) “Front Street Re” means, collectively, FS Holdco Ltd. (Cayman), Front Street Holdings Ltd (Cayman) and Front Street Re Ltd. (Bermuda), and their respective successors.
          (ee) “Front Street Specified Affiliate” means FS Holdco Ltd., Front Street Re, Ltd. and any of their respective Subsidiaries and successors and any other Subsidiary of FS Holdco Ltd. formed to conduct a reinsurance business.
          (ff) “FS/OM Permitted Activities” means:
               (i) any reinsurance transaction entered into by any Front Street Specified Affiliate that is approved by a committee of independent directors of the Company (including without limitation the appointment of a Harbinger Affiliate as investment manager of any assets underlying such transaction, the investment of any such assets in debt or equity securities issued by, or the purchase of assets or investments from, any Harbinger Affiliate, or the formation of any subsidiaries to implement such transaction);

-39-


 

               (ii) asset management activity of any Harbinger F&G Affiliate that are (x) conducted on customary market terms, (y) conducted in the ordinary course of business and on terms that are substantially economically similar (in the aggregate) to the terms in effect as of the date of this Agreement with respect to the asset management activities conducted on behalf of Harbinger F&G Affiliates by Goldman Sachs Asset Management and Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss (regardless of whether such asset management activities are conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, any Harbinger F&G Affiliates) or any Harbinger Affiliate), or (z) approved by a committee of independent directors of the Company (including without limitation the appointment of a Harbinger Affiliate as the investment manager for such assets, the investment of any such assets in debt or equity securities issued by, or the purchase of assets or investments from, any Harbinger Affiliate or the formation of any subsidiary to implement such transaction); and
               (iii) asset management activity of any other financial services company that is a Subsidiary of the Company (including without limitation the appointment of a Harbinger Affiliate as the investment manager for such assets, the investment of any such assets in debt or equity securities issued by, or the purchase of assets or investments from, any Harbinger Affiliate or the formation of any Subsidiary to implement such transaction) (other than the asset management activities described in clause (ii) above) that are either in the ordinary course of business or approved by a committee of independent directors of the Company; provided, such asset management activities do not include operating as a hedge fund or private equity business (unless such activities are managed by a Subsidiary of the Company and not by any Harbinger Affiliate); provided further, that reinsurance activities shall not, for this purpose, be considered a hedge fund or private equity business operation.
          (gg) “Going Private Event” means either: (A) the Company or any Harbinger Affiliate entering into a plan of merger or other agreement or arrangement providing for the acquisition of the Company by any Harbinger Affiliate in a transaction subject to Rule 13e-3 of the Exchange Act or (ii) a Harbinger Affiliate launching a tender offer subject to Rule 13e-3 of the Exchange Act for the outstanding shares of Common Stock not held by the Harbinger Affiliates.
          (hh) “Governmental Entity” shall mean any United States or non-United States federal, state or local government, or any agency, bureau, board, commission, department, tribunal or instrumentality thereof or any court, tribunal, or arbitral or judicial body.
          (ii) “Harbinger Affiliates” means Philip A. Falcone, Harbinger Capital Partners, or any limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity that is an Affiliate of Philip A. Falcone or Harbinger Capital Partners (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries).
          (jj) “Harbinger Capital Partners” means, collectively, Harbinger Capital Partners LLC and Harbinger Capital Partners II LP.
          (kk) “Harbinger F&G” means Harbinger F&G, LLC (formerly known as Harbinger OM, LLC).

-40-


 

          (ll) “Harbinger F&G Affiliate” means Harbinger F&G and any of its Subsidiaries and any of their respective successors.
          (mm) “hereof”; “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Certificate of Designation as a whole and not merely to any particular clause, provision, section or subsection.
          (nn) “Holders” means the holders of outstanding Preferred Shares, shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock, and shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock as they appear in the records of the Company.
          (oo) “HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
          (pp) “Independent Director” means any director on the Board that is “independent” as defined in Section 303A of The New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual, other than any director that is employed by a Harbinger Affiliate.
          (qq) “Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, governing the Senior Notes as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and, in the event that the Senior Notes are refinanced or replaced with indebtedness ranking senior to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, shall be deemed to refer to any agreement governing the terms of such indebtedness (provided, that in the event more than one agreement would constitute an “Indenture”, with respect to any provision in this Certificate of Designation incorporating a provision of the “Indenture”, the term Indenture shall mean the agreement most favorable to the Holders with respect to such provision). Further, if at any time the Company ceases to be a party to an “Indenture”, the terms hereof referring to the provisions of the “Indenture” shall be suspended, except that if the Company enters into an agreement regarding indebtedness ranking senior to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock within 365 days of the termination of the last “Indenture,” then the term “Indenture” shall be deemed to refer to such agreement and the provisions hereof that were previously suspended shall once again be effective (provided, however, that if the Company directly or indirectly structures any financing activity, or the timing thereof, with the purpose or intent of causing any such suspension with a view towards thereafter entering into a new Indenture, then such suspension shall be deemed not to have taken effect and the Company shall be deemed to have continued to be subject to the provisions of the prior Indenture).
          (rr) “Initial Preferred Share Amount” means 205,000 shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock, as adjusted for any splits, combinations, reclassifications or similar adjustments.
          (ss) “Intermediate Holding Company” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has no assets other than Equity Interests in other Subsidiaries of the Company.
          (tt) “Insurance Regulatory Authorities” means the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration, the New York State Insurance Department, the Maryland Insurance Administration, the Bermuda Monetary Authority or any other

-41-


 

Governmental Entity regulating an insurance business of the Company or any of its controlled Affiliates.
          (uu) “Investment” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Indenture.
          (vv) “Investment Securities” with respect to a Person means debt or equity securities issued by such Person or similar obligations of, or participations in, such Person.
          (ww) “Issue Date” means, with respect to a Preferred Share, the date on which such share is first issued by the Company.
          (xx) “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or capital lease).
          (yy) “Liquidation Event” means (i) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, (ii) the commencement by the Company of any case under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect, including pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, (iii) the consent to entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect, including pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and (iv) the consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or similar official of the Company, or any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
          (zz) “Majority Holders” means Holders (other than the Company, its employees, its Subsidiaries or Harbinger Affiliates) owning more than 50% of the Regular Liquidation Preference of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares, shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock and shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided that, for purposes of such calculation, the Preferred Shares, shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock and shares of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock held by the Company, its employees, its Subsidiaries or any Harbinger Affiliate shall be treated as not outstanding.
          (aaa) “Market Disruption Event” means the occurrence or existence for more than one half hour period in the aggregate on any scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the applicable Exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) or in any options, contracts or future contracts relating to the Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable), and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time before 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such day.
          (bbb) “Market Value” on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such date as reported on the principal Exchange on which shares of the Common Stock are then listed. If the

-42-


 

Common Stock is not so listed or traded, the Market Value will be an amount reasonably determined by the Board in good faith to be the fair value of the Common Stock.
          (ccc) “May 13 NAV” means $893,520,931.
          (ddd) “Net Asset Value” means the amount, valued twice per annum at the end of the same two fiscal quarters as provided in the Indenture, equal to (A) the sum of (1) the Cash Equivalents of the Company plus (2) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments (other than Cash Equivalents), less (B) all liabilities of the Company determined in accordance with GAAP, including those related to the Company’s Investments to the extent not taken into account in the calculation of the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments; provided that for purposes hereof, (i) the derivative attributable to the conversion feature in any series of Preferred Stock will not be considered a liability of the Company, (ii) the face amount of any Series A-2 Preferred Stock and any Parity Securities (as well as any cash dividends accrued thereon) will be considered a liability of the Company, (iii) the amount of the fees and expenses paid by the Company on behalf of itself or any third party in connection with the issuance of the first $400 million aggregate purchase price of Existing Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Additional Preferred Securities will be included in the calculation of the Company’s Cash Equivalents, in each case upon the first calculation of Net Asset Value following payment of such fees or expenses, (iv) the face amount of Preferred Stock that constitutes Senior Securities and dividends accrued thereon will be considered a liability of the Company and (v) the face amount of Preferred Stock that is a Junior Security and dividends accrued thereon will not be considered a liability of the Company; provided, further, that at the option of the Company, Net Asset Value may be recalculated as of December 31, 2011 solely for purposes of the Dividend Period(s) beginning on and after January 1, 2012.
          (eee) “Option Securities means options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock, as well as stock appreciation rights, phantom stock units and similar rights whose value is derived from the value of the Common Stock.
          (fff) “Original Issue Date” means Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement).
          (ggg) “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government, any agency or political subdivisions thereof or other “Person” as contemplated by Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.
          (hhh) “Portfolio Company” means, with respect to a referent Person, any other Person that issues Investment Securities if (i) such Investment Securities are the subject of an investment by the referent Person, (ii) at least 10% of the class of Investment Securities are Beneficially Owned by the referent Person and (iii) such Investment Securities are not (A) cash or cash equivalents, (B) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the government of any OECD country, or issued by any agency thereof, maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (C) money market instruments, commercial paper or other short-term debt obligations having at the date of purchase by such Person the highest or second highest rating

-43-


 

obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., or their respective successors, (D) interest bearing accounts at a registered broker-dealer, (E) money market mutual funds, (F) certificates of deposit or similar financial instruments maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by commercial banks incorporated under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, any other OECD country or political subdivision thereof, each having at the date of acquisition by the Partnership combined capital and surplus of not less than $100 million, or (G) overnight repurchase agreements with primary U.S. Federal Reserve Bank dealers collateralized by direct U.S. Government obligations or similar arrangements with the central banks of OECD countries.
          (iii) “Preferred Shares” means the shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock.
          (jjj) “Pro Forma Collateral Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to a potential issuance of shares of Additional Preferred Securities, the Collateral Coverage Ratio calculated to give pro forma effect to the issuance of such Additional Preferred Securities.
          (kkk) “Public Float Hurdle” means, as of any relevant measurement date, that the Public Market Capitalization is greater than the aggregate Market Value of the shares of Common Stock into which all issued and outstanding shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock may be converted.
          (lll) “Public Market Capitalization” means, as of any relevant measurement date, the aggregate Market Value of all issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, other than shares of Common Stock held by Harbinger Affiliates.
          (mmm) “Purchase Price” means $1,000 per share, as the same may be increased pursuant to SECTION 2; provided that, in connection with a Going Private Event, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be an amount equal to the greater of (i) an amount equal to the Regular Liquidation Preference (disregarding for the purposes of calculating the Regular Liquidation Preference the last sentence of this definition) or (ii) the value of the consideration to be received per share of Common Stock in such Going Private Event (reasonably determined in good faith by the Board). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining Cash Dividends payable pursuant to SECTION 2(a) and the Liquidation Preference payable upon a Liquidation Event pursuant to SECTION 3, no adjustment to the Purchase Price pursuant to the first proviso of the preceding sentence shall be taken into account.
          (nnn) “Redemption Date” means the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or any Change of Control Payment Date, as applicable.
          (ooo) “Redemption Price” means with respect to each Preferred Share: (i) in connection with a redemption pursuant to SECTION 6(a), the Purchase Price plus all accrued and unpaid Dividends (to the extent not included in the Purchase Price, including, without limitation, accrued and unpaid Cash Dividends and accrued and unpaid Accreting Dividends for the then current Dividend Period), if any, on each Preferred Share to be redeemed, (ii) in connection with a redemption pursuant to SECTION 6(b), 150% of the sum of the Purchase Price plus all accrued and

-44-


 

unpaid Dividends (to the extent not included in the Purchase Price, including, without limitation, accrued and unpaid Cash Dividends and accrued and unpaid Accreting Dividends for the then current Dividend Period), if any, on each Preferred Share to be redeemed, or (iii) in connection with a Change of Control, the Change of Control Payment.
          (ppp) “Restricted Payment” means any dividend, distribution or other payment in respect of the Common Stock or any Junior Securities, (other than, in the case of Junior Securities, regularly scheduled dividend payments) or the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of any shares of Common Stock or any Junior Securities.
          (qqq) “Securities Purchase Agreement” means that certain securities purchase agreement, dated August 1, 2011 (as amended by First Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2011), among the Company, Quantum Partners LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, JHL Capital Group Master Fund L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, DDJ High Yield Fund, an entity organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada, General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust — 7N1H, a trust maintained by General Motors Corporation, a Delaware corporation, General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust — 7N1I, a trust maintained by General Motors Corporation, Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens, a Dutch pension plan regulated by the Dutch Central Bank, Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust, a trust maintained by Caterpillar, Inc., a Delaware corporation, J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust, a trust maintained by J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen Global High Yield Pool, a Dutch tax transparent pool of assets, Stichting Pensioenfonds voor Fysiotherapeuten, a Dutch pension plan regulated by the Dutch Central Bank, Houston Municipal Employees Pension System, a pension plan organized pursuant to Texas government code, UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust, a trust consisting of three separate employees’ beneficiary associations, DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Russell Investment Company — Russell Global Opportunistic Credit Fund, a Massachusetts business trust, DDJ Capital Management Group Trust - High Yield Investment Fund, a trust maintained by The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York State chartered bank, as trustee, Luxor Capital Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Luxor Wavefront, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Luxor Capital Partners Offshore Fund, LP, a Cayman Islands limited partnership, OC 19 Master Fund, L.P. — LCG , a Cayman Islands limited partnership and GAM Equity Six Inc., a British Virgin Islands company.
          (rrr) “Senior Notes” means the 10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due November 15, 2015 issued under the Indenture.
          (sss) “Series A-2 Majority Holders” means holders of Preferred Shares (other than the Company, its employees, its Subsidiaries or Harbinger Affiliates) owning more than 50% of the Regular Liquidation Preference of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares; provided that, for purposes of such calculation, the Preferred Shares held by the Company, its employees, its Subsidiaries or any Harbinger Affiliate shall be treated as not outstanding.
          (ttt) “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries, that would, taken together, be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 (w)(1) or (2) of

-45-


 

Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as such regulation is in effect on the Original Issue Date.
          (uuu) “Specified Sections” means SECTION 1(b), SECTION 2, SECTION 3, SECTION 4(a), SECTION 4(b), SECTION 4(e), SECTION 5, SECTION 6, SECTION 8(d), SECTION 10(a), SECTION 10(b), SECTION 10(c), SECTION 10(d), SECTION 10(f) or the definitions of Majority Holders or Series A-2 Majority Holders.
          (vvv) “Spectrum” means Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          (www) “Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by, or of which more than 50% of the economic value accrues to, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof). Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company.
          (xxx) “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any entity that is a “Guarantor” pursuant to the Indenture.
          (yyy) “Thirty Day VWAP” means, with respect to a security, the average of the Daily VWAP of such security for each day during a thirty (30) consecutive Trading Day period ending immediately prior to the date of determination. Unless otherwise specified, “Thirty Day VWAP” means the Thirty Day VWAP of the Common Stock.
          (zzz) “Total Secured Debt” means, with respect to any Person, all outstanding Debt of such Person that is secured by Liens on the assets of such Person.
          (aaaa) “Total Current Voting Power” shall mean, with respect to any entity, at the time of determination of Total Current Voting Power, the total number of votes which may be cast in the general election of directors of such entity (or, in the event the entity is not a corporation, the governing members, board or other similar body of such entity).
          (bbbb) “Trading Day” means any day on which (i) there is no Market Disruption Event and (ii) The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) is not listed on The New York Stock Exchange, the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) is listed and is open for trading or, if the Common Stock (or Reference Property, to the extent applicable) is not so listed, admitted for trading or quoted, any Business Day. A Trading Day only includes those days that have a scheduled closing time of 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) or the then standard closing time for regular trading on the relevant exchange or trading system.
          (cccc) “Transaction Agreements” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Securities Purchase Agreement.

-46-


 

          (dddd) “U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.
          (eeee) “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.
          (ffff) Each of the following terms is defined in the SECTION set forth opposite such term:
     
Term   Section
Accreting Dividend
  2(b)
Accreting Dividend Rate
  2(b)
Additional Preferred Securities
  8(b)(ii)
Additional Permitted Preferred Stock
  8(b)
Basic Accreting Dividend
  2(b)
Board
  Preamble
Breach Period
  7(c)
Cash Accretion Dividends
  2(a)
Cash Dividends
  2(a)
Cash Maintenance Ratio
  8(a)
Certificate of Incorporation
  Recitals
Change of Control Offer
  6(c)(ii)
Change of Control Payment
  6(c)(i)
Change of Control Payment Date
  6(c)(ii)
Common Dividend
  2(c)
Company
  Preamble
Conversion Amount
  5(d)(i)
Conversion Date
  5(a)
DGCL
  Preamble
Dividend Period
  2(g)
Dividend Record Date
  2(f)
Dividends
  2(b)
Election Notice
  6(a)
Existing Purchasers
  Recitals
Existing Series A Certificate of Designation
  Recitals
Existing Series A Preferred Stock
  Recitals
Forced Conversion Trigger Date
  5(b)
Fortress Director Representation Amount
  7(e)
Holder Redemption Notice Period
  6(a)
Incurrence Based Issuance Limits
  8(b)
In-Kind Accretion Dividends
  2(d)
In-Kind Common Dividend
  2(d)

-47-


 

     
Term   Section
In-Kind Participating Dividend
  2(d)
Junior Securities
  1(b)(i)
Liquidation Preference
  3(a)
Maturity Date
  6(a)
Optional Redemption Date
  6(b)
Parity Securities
  1(b)(ii)
Participating Accretion Dividends
  2(c)
Participating Cash Dividend
  2(c)
Participating Dividends
  2(d)
Participating Liquidation Preference
  3(a)
Preferred Stock
  Recitals
Proportionate Representation Amount
  8(e)
Reference Property
  5(g)(v)
Regular Liquidation Preference
  3(a)
Regulated Shares
  5
Senior Securities
  1(b)(iii)
Series A-2 Preferred Stock
  1(a)
Specified Breach Director
  7(c)
Transaction
  5(g)(v)
Trigger Event
  5(g)(ii)
     SECTION 10. Miscellaneous. For purposes of this Certificate of Designation, the following provisions shall apply:
          (a) Share Certificates. If any certificates representing Preferred Shares shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue, in exchange and in substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, a new Preferred Share certificate of like tenor and representing an equivalent number of Preferred Shares, but only upon receipt of evidence of such loss, theft or destruction of such certificate and indemnity by the holder thereof, if requested, reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
          (b) Status of Cancelled Shares. Preferred Shares which have been converted, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise cancelled shall be retired and, following the filing of any certificate required by the DGCL, have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, without designation as to series, until such shares are once more designated by the Board as part of a particular series of Preferred Stock of the Company.
          (c) Severability. If any right, preference or limitation of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth in this Certificate of Designation is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, all other rights, preferences and limitations set forth in this Certificate of Designation which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable right, preference or limitation shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and

-48-


 

no right, preference or limitation herein set forth shall be deemed dependent upon any other such right, preference or limitation unless so expressed herein.
          (d) Remedies.
               (i) Except with respect to the Specified Breach Events specified in SECTIONS 7(a)(v) and 7(a)(vi), the remedies set forth in SECTIONS 7(b), 7(c) and 7(d) shall be the sole remedies available to any Person upon the occurrence of a Specified Breach Event. In addition to the remedies provided for in SECTIONS 7(b), 7(c) and 7(d), the Holders shall retain all rights and remedies available to them at law or in equity as provided in SECTION 10(d)(ii) below in connection with any Specified Breach Event specified in SECTIONS 7(a)(v) and 7(a)(vi). With respect to a Specified Breach in SECTION 7(a)(iii), for the avoidance of doubt, Holders retain all rights and remedies available at law or in equity as provided in SECTION 10(d)(ii) for any failure to pay any Dividends when and to the extent required in connection with the conversion of any Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption of Preferred Shares on the Maturity Date, on an Optional Redemption Date or in connection with a Change of Control, upon any Liquidation Event or otherwise in connection with the redemption, repayment, repurchase, retirement, conversion or maturity of Preferred Shares, and such events do not constitute a Specified Breach within the meaning of SECTION 7(a)(iii)).
               (ii) The Company acknowledges that the obligations imposed on it in this Certificate of Designation are special, unique and of an extraordinary character, and irreparable damages, for which money damages, even if available, would be an inadequate remedy, would occur in the event that the Company does not perform the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breaches such provisions. Except as specifically provided in SECTION 10(d)(i), the Holders shall be entitled to seek an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Certificate of Designation and to seek to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled, at law or in equity, including without limitation money damages.
          (e) Renunciation under DGCL Section 122(17). Pursuant to Section 122(17) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are presented to one or more of the Specified Breach Directors other than any business opportunities that are presented to any such Specified Breach Director solely in their capacity as a director of the Company.
          (f) Headings. The headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.
          (g) Notices. All notices or communications in respect of Preferred Stock shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered (a) three (3) Business Days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (b) one (1) Business Day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, (c) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or (d) if by facsimile, upon written confirmation of receipt

-49-


 

by facsimile. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Preferred Stock is issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the beneficial holders of Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.
          (h) Other Rights. The shares of Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law and regulation.
[Rest of page intentionally left blank.]

-50-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate of Designation to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company as of August 5, 2011.
             
    HARBINGER GROUP INC.    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Francis T. McCarron
 
Francis T. McCarron
   
 
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer    
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION]

exv10w2
Exhibit 10.2
EXECUTION COPY
SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
by and among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
QUANTUM PARTNERS LP,
DDJ HIGH YIELD FUND,
GENERAL MOTORS HOURLY-RATE EMPLOYES PENSION TRUST — 7N1H,
GENERAL MOTORS SALARIED EMPLOYES PENSION TRUST — 7N1I,
STICHTING PENSIOENFONDS HOOGOVENS,
CATERPILLAR INC. MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST,
J.C. PENNEY CORPORATION, INC. PENSION PLAN TRUST,
STICHTING BEWAARDER INTERPOLIS PENSIOENEN GLOBAL HIGH YIELD POOL,
STICHTING PENSIOENFONDS VOOR FYSIOTHERAPEUTEN,
HOUSTON MUNICIPAL EMPLOYEES PENSION SYSTEM,
UAW RETIREE MEDICAL BENEFITS TRUST,
DDJ DISTRESSED AND SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND, L.P.,
RUSSELL INVESTMENT COMPANY — RUSSELL GLOBAL OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND,
DDJ CAPITAL MANAGEMENT GROUP TRUST — HIGH YIELD INVESTMENT FUND,
and
JHL CAPITAL GROUP MASTER FUND L.P.
August 1, 2011
     This Securities Purchase Agreement contains a number of representations and warranties which the Company and the Purchasers have made to each other. The assertions embodied in those representations and warranties are qualified by information in a confidential disclosure letter that the Company and the Purchasers have exchanged in connection with signing the Securities Purchase Agreement. The disclosure letter contains information that has been included

 


 

in the general prior public disclosures of the Company, as well as additional non-public information. While we do not believe that this non-public information is required to be publicly disclosed by the Company under the applicable securities laws, that information does modify, qualify and create exceptions to the representations and warranties set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement. In addition, these representations and warranties were made as of the date of the Securities Purchase Agreement. Information concerning the subject matter of the representations and warranties may have changed since the date of the Securities Purchase Agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in the public disclosures of the Company. Moreover, representations and warranties are frequently utilized in Securities Purchase Agreements as a means of allocating risks, both known and unknown, rather than to make affirmative factual claims or statements. Accordingly, ONLY THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT SHOULD RELY ON THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AS CURRENT CHARACTERIZATIONS OF FACTUAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY OR THE PURCHASERS.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
    1  
 
       
1. Definitions
    2  
 
       
2. Authorization, Purchase and Sale of Shares
    13  
2.1 Authorization, Purchase and Sale
    13  
2.2 Closing
    13  
 
       
3. Representations and Warranties of the Company
    14  
3.1 Organization and Power
    14  
3.2 Capitalization
    14  
3.3 Authorization
    16  
3.4 Registration Requirements
    16  
3.5 No Conflict
    16  
3.6 Consents
    17  
3.7 Permits
    17  
3.8 SEC Reports; Financial Statements
    17  
3.9 Litigation
    20  
3.10 Absence of Certain Changes
    20  
3.11 Compliance with Law
    21  
3.12 Intellectual Property
    21  
3.13 Employee Benefits
    22  
3.14 Labor Relations
    23  
3.15 Taxes
    24  
3.16 NYSE
    25  
3.17 Investment Company Act
    25  
3.18 Brokers
    25  
3.19 Subsidiaries
    26  
3.20 Environmental Matters
    26  
3.21 Assets
    27  
3.22 Insurance
    28  
3.23 Material Contracts
    28  
3.24 Right of First Refusal; Stockholders Agreement; Voting and Registration Rights
    29  
3.25 Anti-Takeover Statutes
    30  
3.26 No Additional Understandings
    30  
3.27 Spectrum and F&G.
    30  
3.28 No Other Representations and Warranties
    34  
 
       
4. Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers
    34  
4.1 Organization
    34  
4.2 Authorization
    34  

 


 

         
    Page  
4.3 No Conflict
    35  
4.4 Consents
    35  
4.5 Brokers
    35  
4.6 Purchase Entirely for Own Account
    35  
4.7 Investor Status
    35  
4.8 Securities Not Registered
    36  
4.9 Financing
    36  
4.10 Equity Securities of the Company
    36  
4.11 Indebtedness
    36  
 
       
5. Covenants
    37  
5.1 Regulatory Approval
    37  
5.2 Shares Issuable Upon Conversion
    38  
5.3 Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurances; Notification
    38  
5.4 Standstill
    39  
5.5 Participation Rights
    40  
5.6 Hedging Restrictions
    43  
5.7 Form 8-K.
    43  
5.8 Tax Characterization.
    44  
5.9 Confidential Information
    44  
5.10 Amendment to Certificate of Designation.
    45  
5.11 Most Favored Nation Status
    45  
 
       
6. Conditions Precedent
    45  
6.1 Conditions to the Obligation of the Purchasers to Consummate the Closing
    45  
6.2 Conditions to the Obligation of the Company to Consummate the Closing
    46  
 
       
7. Additional Covenants
    46  
7.1 Material Non-Public Information
    46  
7.2 Information Rights
    46  
 
       
8. Transfer Restrictions
    47  
 
       
9. Legends; Securities Act Compliance
    47  
 
       
10. Indemnification; Survival
    48  
10.1 Company Indemnification
    48  
10.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties
    48  
10.3 Purchaser Indemnification
    48  
10.4 Limitations
    49  
10.5 Procedures
    49  
10.6 Additional Limitations
    50  
10.7 Exclusive Remedies
    50  

ii


 

         
    Page  
11. Termination
    50  
11.1 Conditions of Termination
    50  
11.2 Effect of Termination
    50  
 
       
12. Miscellaneous Provisions
    50  
12.1 Public Statements or Releases
    50  
12.2 Interpretation
    51  
12.3 Notices
    51  
12.4 Severability
    54  
12.5 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    55  
12.6 Specific Performance
    55  
12.7 Delays or Omissions; Waiver
    55  
12.8 Fees; Expenses
    56  
12.9 Assignment
    56  
12.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries
    56  
12.11 Counterparts
    56  
12.12 Entire Agreement; Amendments
    57  
12.13 Freedom to Pursue Opportunities
    57  
12.14 No Person Liability of Directors, Officers, Owners, Etc
    58  
12.15 Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights
    58  
Annexes
Annex A   Shares and Purchasers
     
Exhibits    
Exhibit A
  Form of Certificate of Designation
Exhibit B
  Form of Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder
Exhibit C
  Form of Tag-Along Agreement
Exhibit D
  Form of Legal Opinion
Exhibit E
  Form of Amendment to Certificate of Designation

iii


 

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
     
Term   Section
Agreement
  Preamble
Basket Amount
  10.4 
Capitalization Date
  3.2(a) 
Certificate of Designation
  Recitals
Change
 
Closing
  2.2(a) 
Closing Date
  2.2(a) 
Company
  Preamble
Company Annual Report
  3.8(a) 
Company Financial Statements
  3.8(c) 
Company Indemnified Parties
  10.3 
Company Indemnified Party
  10.3 
Company Intellectual Property
  3.12(c) 
Company SEC Filings
  3.8(a) 
Confidential Information
  5.9(a) 
Consent
  3.6 
Contracts
  3.23(a)(v) 
Convertible Preferred Stock
  Recitals
DDJ
  4.10 
DDJ Purchasers
  Preamble
DGCL
  Recitals
Disclosure Letter
 
DTC
  9(b) 
Environmental Permits
  3.20(a)(i) 
ERISA Affiliate
  3.13(d) 
Existing Certificate of Designation
  Recitals
Existing Series A Preferred Stock
  Recitals
Existing Series A Transaction Agreements
  Recitals
First Amendment to the Certificate of Designation
  5.10 
Foreign Benefit Plans
  3.13(f) 
Form S-4
  3.8(a) 
GAAP
  3.8(c) 
Indemnified Party
  10.5 
Indemnifying Party
  10.5 
Insurance Regulatory Authorities
  5.1(b) 
JHL Purchaser
  Preamble
Law
  3.5 
Laws
  3.5 
Leased Real Property
  3.21(b) 
Lien
  3.5 

iv


 

     
Term   Section
Material Contract
  3.23(a) 
New York Court
  12.5(b) 
NYSE
  3.16(a) 
F&G Financial Statements
  3.8(f) 
Preferred Stock
  3.2(a) 
Protected Information
  5.1(b) 
Purchaser Adverse Effect
  4.3 
Purchaser Indemnified Parties
  10.1 
Purchaser Indemnified Party
  10.1 
Registration Rights Agreement
  Recitals
Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder
  Recitals
Rule 144
  4.8(a) 
Securities Exercise Notice
  5.5(b)(ii) 
Securities Participation Amount
  5.5(a) 
Securities Participation Right
  5.5(a) 
Securities Participation Rights Notice
  5.5(b)(i) 
Share
  2.1 
Share Purchase Price
  2.1 
SFM
  5.7 
Shares
  2.1 
Soros Purchaser
  Preamble
Spectrum Financial Statements
  3.8(e) 
Spectrum SEC Reports
  3.27(o) 
Standstill Period
  5.4(a) 
Survival Period
  10.2 
Tag-Along Agreement
  Recitals
Third Party Intellectual Property
  3.12(c) 
Zap.Com Financial Statements
  3.8(d) 
Zap.Com SEC Reports
  3.8(b) 

v


 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated August 1, 2011, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Quantum Partners LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (the “Soros Purchaser”), JHL Capital Group Master Fund L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (the “JHL Purchaser”), DDJ High Yield Fund, an entity organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada, General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust — 7N1H, a trust maintained by General Motors Corporation, a Delaware corporation, General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust — 7N1I, a trust maintained by General Motors Corporation, Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens, a Dutch pension plan regulated by the Dutch Central Bank, Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust, a trust maintained by Caterpillar, Inc., a Delaware corporation, J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust, a trust maintained by J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen Global High Yield Pool, a Dutch tax transparent pool of assets, Stichting Pensioenfonds voor Fysiotherapeuten, a Dutch pension plan regulated by the Dutch Central Bank, Houston Municipal Employees Pension System, a pension plan organized pursuant to Texas government code, UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust, a trust consisting of three separate employees’ beneficiary associations, DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Russell Investment Company — Russell Global Opportunistic Credit Fund, a Massachusetts business trust, and DDJ Capital Management Group Trust — High Yield Investment Fund, a trust maintained by The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York State chartered bank, as trustee (collectively, the “DDJ Purchasers”).
     WHEREAS, on May 13, 2011, the Company issued 280,000 shares of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Existing Series A Preferred Stock”) for a purchase price of $1,000 per share thereof;
     WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the Existing Series A Preferred Stock, the Company, certain of the Harbinger Affiliates (as defined below) and the purchasers of the Existing Series A Preferred Stock entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, a Registration Rights Agreement (as amended and supplemented by the Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder (as defined below), the “Registration Rights Agreement”), a Corporate Opportunities Agreement, a Tag-Along Agreement, and the Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of Harbinger Group Inc. (the “Existing Certificate of Designation”), in each case dated as of May 12, 2011 (collectively, the “Existing Series A Transaction Agreements”);
     WHEREAS, the Company has authorized the issuance and sale of 75,000 shares of Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Convertible Preferred Stock”), the rights, preferences and privileges of which are to be set forth in a Certificate of Designation, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Certificate of Designation”), which shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be convertible into authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock (as defined below);

 


 

     WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company desires to issue and sell to the several Purchasers, and the several Purchasers desire to purchase from the Company, the Shares (as defined below);
     WHEREAS, the Board (as defined below) has (i) determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, and declared it advisable, to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements (as defined below) to which the Company is a party providing for the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and (ii) approved the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby in accordance with the DGCL upon the terms and conditions contained herein and therein;
     WHEREAS, each Purchaser has approved the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby in accordance with applicable law upon the terms and conditions contained herein and therein; and
     WHEREAS, as a condition to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, on the Closing Date the Purchasers, the Company and/or certain of the Harbinger Affiliates and holders of Existing Series A Preferred Stock will enter into (i) an amendment and joinder to the Registration Rights Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto (the “Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder”), and (ii) the Amended and Restated Tag-Along Side Letter in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “Tag-Along Agreement”).
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
     “Accreting Dividends” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Designation.
     “Acquisition Date” means July 9, 2009.
     “Additional Permitted Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Designation.
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) none of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its other controlled Affiliates, nor any Harbinger Affiliates shall be considered Affiliates of any Purchaser, (ii) no Purchaser shall be considered an Affiliate of any Portfolio Company in which such Purchaser or any of its Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (provided, however, that for purposes of Sections 5.4 and 5.6 hereof, a Purchaser shall be considered an Affiliate of any such Portfolio Company if such Portfolio Company has received material confidential information regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such

2


 

Purchaser or any of its Affiliates in violation of Section 5.10 (disregarding for this purpose clause (v) of Section 5.10(a)), and (iii) no Purchaser shall be considered an Affiliate of any other Purchaser or any of such other Purchaser’s Affiliates; provided, however, that a Portfolio Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of a Purchaser if such Purchaser, directly or indirectly, encouraged, directed or caused such Portfolio Company to take any action that would have been prohibited by the terms of this Agreement if such Portfolio Company had been an Affiliate of such Purchaser but for clause (ii) of this definition.
     “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “Antitrust Laws” means the HSR Act and any foreign antitrust Laws.
     “Basket Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.
     “Beneficially Own,” “Beneficially Owned,” or “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that, other than for purposes of the definition of “Hedging Agreement”, a Person will be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any security which may be acquired by such Person whether within 60 days or thereafter, upon the conversion, exchange or exercise (without giving effect to any provision governing such security that would limit, reduce or otherwise restrict the conversion, exchange or exercise features of such security) of any rights, options, warrants or similar securities to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire such security; provided, further, that for purposes of Section 5.4, the Convertible Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be convertible at any time notwithstanding the limitations on conversion thereof contained in SECTION 5 of the Certificate of Designation.
     “Benefit Plans” with respect to any Person shall mean each material “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA), and all stock purchase, stock option, severance, employment, change-in-control, fringe benefit, collective bargaining, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA (including any funding mechanism therefor now in effect or required in the future as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise), whether formal or informal, oral or written, legally binding or not, under which any employee of such Person or its Subsidiaries has any present or future right to benefits or which are contributed to, sponsored by or maintained by the Person or any of its Subsidiaries.
     “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in the State of New York are authorized or required by Law or other governmental action to close.
     “Capitalization Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).
     “Certificate of Designation” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

3


 

     “Closing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
     “Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
     “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     “Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, or any other shares of capital stock into which the Common Stock shall be reclassified or changed.
     “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “Company Annual Report” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).
     “Company Change in Control Event” means any transaction or series of transactions (as a result of a tender offer, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) that results in, (i) the sale, lease, exchange, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (including any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, or any other distribution made, in connection therewith); (ii) any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becoming the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than a Harbinger Affiliate or the Fortress Investor (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) (aggregated with its Affiliates); provided, that such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as one or more Harbinger Affiliates shall Beneficially Own more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company than such person or group; or (iii) the Continuing Directors ceasing to constitute a majority of the members of the Board. For purposes of this definition, (x) any direct or indirect holding company of the Company shall not itself be considered a Person for purposes of clause (ii) above or a “person” or “group” for purposes of clause (ii) above, provided that no “person” or “group” (other than the Harbinger Affiliates or another such holding company) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the voting stock of such company, and a majority of the voting stock of such holding company immediately following it becoming the holding company of the Company is Beneficially Owned by the Persons who Beneficially Owned the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to it becoming such holding company and (y) a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.
     “Company Financial Statements shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(c).
     “Company Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.
     “Company Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(c).
     “Company Option” shall mean an option to acquire shares of Common Stock that was issued under any Company Stock Plan.

4


 

     “Company SEC Filings” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).
     “Company Stock Plans” shall mean the plans listed on Section 1.2 of the Disclosure Letter.
     “Company Voting Stock” shall mean securities of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote generally for the election of Directors of the Company or its successor (including the Common Stock and the Convertible Preferred Stock).
     “Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.9(a).
     “Consent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
     “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board who was: (x) a member of the Board on the Closing Date; (y) nominated for election or elected pursuant to any of the Transaction Agreements, or (z) nominated for election or elected to such Board with the approval of the Harbinger Affiliates or a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.
     “Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.23(a)(v).
     “control” (including the terms “controlling” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) with respect to any Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, as of the date hereof (but without precluding a different determination as of any date subsequent to the date hereof dependent on the relevant facts and circumstances at such time), the Company shall not be considered to control Spectrum.
     “Conversion Shares” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock as provided for in the Certificate of Designation.
     “Convertible Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “DDJ Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “DGCL” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “Director” means any member of the Board.
     “Disclosure Letter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.
     “DTC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).
     “Environmental Law” shall mean any and all Laws relating to the protection of the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater or land) or natural resources and any other Laws concerning human exposure to Hazardous Substances.
     “Environmental Permits” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(a)(i).

5


 

     “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     “ERISA Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(d).
     “Equity Securities” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) shares of capital stock of, or other equity or voting interest in, such Person, (ii) any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of, or other equity or voting interest in, such Person, (iii) options, warrants, rights or other commitments or agreements to acquire from such Person, or that obligates such Person to issue, any capital stock of, or other equity or voting interest in, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of, or other equity or voting interest in, such Person, (iv) obligations of such Person to grant, extend or enter into any subscription, warrant, right, convertible or exchangeable security or other similar agreement or commitment relating to any capital stock of, or other equity or voting interest (including any voting debt) in, such Person and (v) the capital stock of such Person.
     “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all of the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “Existing Certificate of Designation” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “Existing Series A Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “Existing Series A Transaction Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “F&G” shall mean Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc.).
     “F&G Purchase Agreement” shall mean the First Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2011, between OM Group (UK) Limited and Harbinger F&G.
     “F&G Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(f).
     “First Amendment to the Certificate of Designation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.10.
     “Foreign Benefit Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(f).
     “Form S-4” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).
     “GAAP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(c).
     “Governmental Entity” shall mean any United States or non-United States federal, state or local government, or any agency, bureau, board, commission, department, tribunal or instrumentality thereof or any court, tribunal, or arbitral or judicial body.

6


 

     “Harbinger Affiliate” shall mean any of Philip A. Falcone, Harbinger Capital Partners, or any limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Philip A. Falcone or Harbinger Capital Partners (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries).
     “Harbinger Capital Partners” shall mean Harbinger Capital Partners LLC and Harbinger Capital Partners II LP, collectively.
     “Harbinger F&G” shall mean Harbinger F&G, LLC (f/k/a Harbinger OM, LLC).
     “Hazardous Substance” shall mean any substance, material or chemical that is characterized or regulated under any Environmental Law as “hazardous,” a “pollutant,” “waste,” a “contaminant,” “toxic” or words of similar meaning or effect, or that could result in liability under any Environmental Law, and shall include petroleum and petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead, crystalline silica and asbestos.
     “Hedging Agreement” shall mean any swap, forward or option contract or any other agreement, arrangement, contract or transaction that hedges the direct economic exposure to a decline in value resulting from ownership by any Person of the Common Stock, the Convertible Preferred Stock or the equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company that are traded on a national securities exchange, regardless of whether any such agreement, arrangement, contract or transaction is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise; provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall an agreement providing for (i) the direct Transfer of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock actually Beneficially Owned by such Person or (ii) transactions involving an index-based portfolio of securities that includes Common Stock or common equity securities of any Subsidiary (provided that the value of such Common Stock or common equity securities of any Subsidiary, as applicable, in such portfolio is not more than 10% of the total value of the portfolio of securities, or if the value of such Common Stock or common equity securities of any Subsidiary, as applicable, is more than 10% of the total value of the portfolio of securities, then such transaction was not entered into for purposes of hedging such Common Stock or common equity securities of a Subsidiary, as applicable) be deemed a “Hedging Agreement” hereunder.
     “Hedging Limitation Period” shall mean the period from the date hereof until the earlier of (i) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing or (ii) the occurrence of a Specified Breach Event.
     “HSR Act” shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and all of the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.
     “Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.
     “Insurance Regulatory Authorities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).
     “Insurance Subsidiaries” shall have the meaning set forth in the F&G Purchase Agreement.

7


 

     “Intermediate Holding Company Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Company that is a holding company that holds equity interests in two (2) or more Portfolio Companies engaged in unrelated lines of business; provided, however, that (w) Spectrum shall not be considered an Intermediate Holding Company Subsidiary, (x) the reinsurance and insurance businesses shall be considered to be a single line of business, (y) any Portfolio Company that operates in more than one (1) Specified Industry shall be an Intermediate Holding Company Subsidiary and (z) any Portfolio Company that operates in only one (1) Specified Industry shall not be an Intermediate Holding Company Subsidiary.
     “Intellectual Property” shall mean all U.S. or foreign intellectual property, including (i) patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, other source indicators and the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby, copyrights, works of authorship in any medium, designs and trade secrets, (ii) applications for and registrations of such patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights and designs (“Registered Intellectual Property”), (iii) inventions, processes, formulae, methods, schematics, technology, know-how, computer software programs and applications, and (iv) other tangible or intangible proprietary or confidential information and materials.
     “JHL” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.7.
     “JHL Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “Knowledge” shall mean, with respect to the Company, the knowledge of any of the Persons set forth on Section 1.1 of the Disclosure Letter. Such individuals will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if (i) such individual has or at any time had actual knowledge of such fact or other matter or (ii) a prudent individual would be expected to discover or otherwise become aware of such fact or other matter in the course of conducting a reasonably diligent review concerning the existence thereof with each employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who reports directly to such individual and who (x) has responsibilities or (y) would reasonably be expected to have actual knowledge of circumstances or other information, in each case, that would reasonably be expected to be pertinent to such fact or other matter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter of which an officer of the Company has received written notice (whether in hard copy, digital or electronic format).
     “Law” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
     “Leased Real Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.21(b).
     “Legal Proceeding” shall mean any action, suit, litigation, petition, claim, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, inquiry, or investigation by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other Governmental Entity or arbitral body.
     “Liability” shall mean any liability, obligation or commitment of any kind (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, matured, unmatured or otherwise and whether or not required to be recorded or reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP).

8


 

     “Lien” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
     “Losses” shall mean any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), it being agreed that Losses may include any losses that any Person deciding any dispute in respect thereof (whether a court, jury or other Person) may determine are recoverable, including if so determined to be recoverable, losses that represent diminution in value.
     “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any fact, circumstance, event, change, effect, occurrence or development (each, a “Change”) that, individually or in the aggregate with all other Changes, has a material adverse effect on or with respect to the business, operations, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, results of operation or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, provided, however, that a Material Adverse Effect shall not include any Change (by itself or when aggregated or taken together with any and all other Changes) (i) generally affecting the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or economic conditions in the United States (including changes in the capital or financial markets generally); (ii) resulting from any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or acts of war or terrorism, political instability or other national or international calamity, crisis or emergency, or any governmental or other response to any of the foregoing, in each case whether or not involving the United States; (iii) resulting from changes (or proposed changes) in Law or GAAP (or authoritative interpretations thereof); (iv) resulting from changes in the market price or trading volume of the Company’s or Spectrum’s securities or from the failure of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to meet projections, forecasts or estimates (it being understood that the causes underlying such failure may be considered in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur); (v) acts of God (including earthquakes, storms, fires, floods and natural catastrophes), (vi) effects relating to or arising from the announcement of the execution of this Agreement or the Existing Series A Transaction Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the identity of any Purchaser or a Purchaser’s Affiliates, including the loss of any customers, suppliers or employees; (vii) effects resulting from compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement to which the Company is a party by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or consented to in writing by a Purchaser, (viii) the seasonality of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ix) any breach of this Agreement by a Purchaser, except to the extent that, with respect to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), the impact of such Changes is disproportionately adverse to the Company and its Subsidiaries. For purposes of Sections 3.8(f), 3.8(g) and 3.27(q),it is expressly agreed that with respect to the historical financial statements of F&G referenced therein, no error or omission or alleged error or omission therein will be considered in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred unless and then only to the extent such error or omission would have or would reasonably be expected to result in a Fair Market Value (as defined in the Indenture) of F&G as of May 13, 2011 that is less than $350 million and would otherwise constitute a Material Adverse Effect (and then only to the extent the Fair Market Value of F&G as of May 13, 2011 is less than $350 million).
     “Material Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.23(a).

9


 

     “New York Court” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.5(b).
     “Notes” shall mean the Company’s 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015.
     “NYSE” shall have the meaning set forth in the Section 3.16(a).
     “Participation Rights Fraction” shall mean, in the case of any Purchaser, a fraction, the numerator of which is the product of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Purchaser on a fully-diluted basis from either the Shares or the Common Stock issuable on conversion of the Shares, as of such date, multiplied by (B) 0.75, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding on a fully-diluted basis, as of such date.
     “Permitted Liens” means, (a) local, state and federal Laws, including, without limitation, zoning or planning restrictions, and utility lines, easements, permits, covenants, conditions, restrictions, rights-of-way, oil, gas or mineral leases of record and other restrictions or limitations on the use of real property or irregularities in title thereto, which do not materially impair the value of such properties or the continued use of such property for the purposes for which the property is currently being used by the Company or any Subsidiary, (b) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, that are payable without penalty or that are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been recorded on the Company Financial Statements, (c) Liens for carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, repairmen’s, workers’ and similar Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, in each case for sums not yet due and payable or due but not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been recorded on the Company Financial Statements, (d) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return of money bonds and similar obligations, which do not materially impair the value of the underlying property or the continued use of such property for the purposes for which the property is currently being used by the Company or any Subsidiary, (e) Liens granted under equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (f) Liens permissible under any applicable loan agreements and indentures, (g) restrictions arising under applicable securities Laws and (h) Liens securing the Notes.
     “Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or any other entity or organization.
     “Portfolio Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Designation.
     “Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).
     “Protected Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).
     “Purchasers” means, collectively, the Soros Purchaser, the DDJ Purchasers and the JHL Purchaser.

10


 

     “Purchaser Adverse Effect” shall have the meaning set forth in the Section 4.3.
     “Purchaser Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.
     “Registered Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property”.
     “Registration Rights Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates (other than any Portfolio Company) and their respective directors, officers, employees, managers, trustees, principals, stockholders, members, general or limited partners, agents and other representatives.
     “Rule 144” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(a).
     “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all of the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “Securities Exercise Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(b)(ii).
     “Securities Participation Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).
     “Securities Participation Right” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).
     “Securities Participation Rights Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(b)(i).
     “SFM” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.7.
     “Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
     “Share Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in the Section 2.1.
     “Significant Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries that would, taken together, be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 (w)(1) or (2) of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect from time to time; provided, however, that Spectrum and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Significant Subsidiaries of the Company for purposes of Section 3.
     “Soros Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “Specified Breach Event” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Designation.

11


 

     “Specified Industries” shall mean the consumer products, insurance and financial products, agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources industries.
     “Spectrum” shall mean Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “Spectrum Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in the Section 3.8(e).
     “Spectrum SEC Reports” shall have the meaning set forth in the Section 3.27(p).
     “Standstill Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a).
     “Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other form of legal entity (whether incorporated or unincorporated) of which (or in which) more than 50% of (i) the Total Current Voting Power; (ii) the interest in the capital or profits of such partnership, joint venture or limited liability company; or (iii) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate; is, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Subsidiaries; provided, however, that Spectrum and F&G and their respective Subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Subsidiaries of the Company for purposes of Section 3 (other than Sections 3.2, 3.8(e), 3.8(f), 3.8(g), 3.10(a), 3.23(a)(i), 3.23(a)(vii) and 3.26) or for purposes of the definition of “Benefit Plan”; provided, further, however, that F&G and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Subsidiaries of the Company for purposes of Sections 3.19. For the avoidance of doubt, Spectrum, F&G and their respective Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Subsidiaries of the Company for purposes of the definition of “Material Adverse Effect.”
     “Survival Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.
     “Tag-Along Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “Tax Returns” shall mean returns, reports, information statements and other documentation (including any additional or supporting material) filed or required to be filed in connection with the calculation, determination, assessment or collection of any Tax, including any schedules or amendments thereto.
     “Taxes” shall mean any and all taxes, levies, fees, imposts, duties and charges of whatever kind (including any interest, penalties or additions to the tax imposed in connection therewith or with respect thereto) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, taxes imposed on, or measured by, income, franchise, profits or gross receipts, and any ad valorem, value added, sales, use, service, real or personal property, capital stock, license, payroll, withholding, employment, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, utility, severance, production, excise, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, transfer and gains taxes and customs or duties.
     “Third Party Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(c).
     “Total Current Voting Power” shall mean, with respect to any entity, at the time of determination of Total Current Voting Power, the total number of votes which may be cast in the

12


 

general election of directors of such entity (or, in the event the entity is not a corporation, the governing members, board or other similar body of such entity).
     “Transaction Agreements” shall mean this Agreement, the Certificate of Designation, the Tag-Along Agreement, the Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder and the First Amendment to the Certificate of Designation.
     “Transfer” shall mean the direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, exchange, distribution, mortgage, pledge or disposition of any Equity Securities of the Company.
     “Treasury Regulation” shall mean the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.
     “Voting Stock” shall mean securities of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote generally for the election of (x) Directors of the Company or its successor (including the Common Stock and the Convertible Preferred Stock) or (y) directors of any Subsidiary of the Company.
     “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means (x) any Subsidiary of the Company of which the Company owns, either directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding equity interests of such Subsidiary (excluding qualifying shares held by directors), and (y) Zap.Com.
     “Zap.Com” shall mean Zap.Com Corporation, a corporation formed under the Laws of the State of Nevada.
     “Zap.Com Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d).
     “Zap.Com SEC Reports” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).
     2. Authorization, Purchase and Sale of Shares.
          2.1 Authorization, Purchase and Sale. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to the several Purchasers, and the several Purchasers will purchase from the Company, at the Closing, the number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock set forth next to each such Purchaser’s name on Annex A (each, a “Share” and collectively, the “Shares”). The purchase price per Share shall be $1,000 and the aggregate purchase price (the “Share Purchase Price”) for the Shares shall be the amount set forth on Annex A.
          2.2 Closing.
               (a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019 on August 5, 2011, following the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions set forth in Section 6 (other than those conditions which, by their terms, are to be satisfied or waived at the Closing), or at such other place or such other date as agreed to by the parties hereto (the “Closing Date”).

13


 

               (b) At the Closing:
                    (i) the Company shall deliver to each Purchaser one or more certificates representing the Shares purchased by such Purchaser; and
                    (ii) each Purchaser shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Company an amount equal to the portion of the Share Purchase Price set forth next to such Purchaser’s name on Annex A by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account that the Company shall designate at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing Date.
     3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. Except as set forth in the disclosure letter delivered by the Company to the Purchasers on the date hereof (the “Disclosure Letter”) (it being agreed that disclosure of any item in any section of the Disclosure Letter shall also be deemed disclosure with respect to any other Section of this Agreement to which the relevance of such item is reasonably apparent) or as disclosed in the Company SEC Filings, Spectrum SEC Reports or the Zap.com SEC Reports, filed and publicly available prior to the date of this Agreement and only as and to the extent disclosed therein (but excluding any risk factor disclosures contained under the heading “Risk Factors,” any disclosure of risks included in any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer or any other statements that are similarly forward-looking), the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchasers as follows:
          3.1 Organization and Power.
               (a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its respective business as it is presently being conducted and to own, lease or operate its respective properties and assets, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (b) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or other legal entity) in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its assets or properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The organizational or governing documents of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of its organizational or governing documents. The Company has delivered or made available to the Purchasers complete and correct copies of the certificates of incorporation and bylaws or other constituent documents, as amended to date and currently in full force and effect, of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries.
          3.2 Capitalization.
               (a) As of the date of this Agreement, the authorized shares of capital stock of the Company consist of 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”). As of the close of business on July 22, 2011 (the “Capitalization Date”), (i) 139,284,286 shares of Common Stock were issued

14


 

and outstanding, (ii) 6,273,241 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance under the Company Stock Plans, (iii) 280,000 shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding, (v) a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Existing Series A Preferred Stock, and (v) zero shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock were held by the Company as treasury shares. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive or similar rights. Since the Capitalization Date, the Company has not sold or issued or repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired any shares of the Company’s capital stock (other than issuances pursuant to the exercise of any Company Option or vesting of any share unit award that had been granted under any Company Stock Plan, or repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions pursuant to agreements contemplated by a Company Stock Plan). No Subsidiary of the Company owns any Equity Securities of the Company.
               (b) As of the Capitalization Date, with respect to the Company Stock Plans, (i) there were 404,833 shares of Common Stock underlying outstanding Company Options to acquire shares of Common Stock, such outstanding Company Options having a weighted average exercise price per share as of the Capitalization Date of $6.18, (ii) there were zero shares of Common Stock issuable upon the vesting of outstanding share award units, and (iii) 5,868,408 additional shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance for future grants pursuant to the Company Stock Plans. All shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance as noted in the foregoing sentence, when issued in accordance with the respective terms thereof, are or will be validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive or similar rights. Each Company Option was granted with an exercise price per share equal to or greater than the per share fair market value (as such term is used in Code Section 409A and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder) of the Common Stock underlying such Company Option on the grant date thereof and was otherwise issued in material compliance with applicable Law.
               (c) Except as set forth in this Section 3.2, as of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding Equity Securities of the Company and no other obligations by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to make any payments based on the price or value of any Equity Securities of the Company. Except as set forth in the Existing Series A Transaction Agreements, there are no outstanding agreements of any kind which obligate the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Equity Securities of the Company.
               (d) Except as set forth in the Transaction Agreements, the Existing Series A Transaction Agreements or in any registration rights agreements filed as exhibits to the Company’s SEC Reports, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement relating to the voting of, requiring registration of, or granting any preemptive, anti-dilutive rights or rights of first refusal or other similar rights with respect to any Equity Securities of the Company.
               (e) Upon the filing of the Certificate of Designation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (i) the Convertible Preferred Stock will be duly authorized and (ii) a sufficient number of Conversion Shares will have been duly authorized and validly reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designation. When the Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the provisions of this

15


 

Agreement and the Certificate of Designation, all such Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive or similar rights except as set forth in the Transaction Agreements. When Conversion Shares are issued in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Designation all such Conversion Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights.
          3.3 Authorization. The Company has all requisite corporate power to enter into each of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by each of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers and directors necessary for the authorization of the Convertible Preferred Stock and the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party has been taken. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party by the Company and the issuance of the Common Stock upon conversion of the Shares, in each case in accordance with their terms, and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated herein do not require any approval of the Company’s stockholders. Upon their respective execution by the Company and the other parties thereto and assuming that they constitute legal and binding agreements of each Purchaser party thereto, each of the Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that such enforceability (a) may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally, and (b) is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).
          3.4 Registration Requirements. Subject to the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchasers in Section 4, the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares and the conversion of the Shares into Common Stock in accordance with the Certificate of Designation (i) has been and will be made in compliance with applicable exemptions from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and (ii) will have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit or qualification requirements of all applicable Blue Sky laws.
          3.5 No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party by the Company, the issuance of the Shares and the Common Stock upon conversion of the Shares and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party will not (i) conflict with or result in any violation of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, or, upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Designation, (ii) result in any breach or violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, require consent under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation, modification or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of any benefit under any mortgage, Contract, purchase or sale order, instrument, permit, concession, franchise, right or license binding upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or result in the creation of any liens, claims, mortgages, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, equities or charges of any kind (each, a “Lien”) upon any of the properties, assets or rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate,

16


 

reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to prevent or materially delay or hinder the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements, or (iii) subject to the matters referred to in Section 3.6, conflict with or violate any applicable material law, statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, or agency requirement of or undertaking to or agreement with any Governmental Entity, including common law (collectively, “Laws” and each, a “Law”) or any judgment, order, injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Entity.
          3.6 Consents. No consent, approval, order, or authorization of, or filing or registration with, or notification to (any of the foregoing being a “Consent”), any Governmental Entity is required on the part of the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance of the Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, or (b) the issuance of the Shares or the issuance of the Common Stock upon conversion of the Shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designation; other than (i) the filing of the Certificate of Designation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting periods under the Antitrust Laws with respect to performance under the Transaction Agreements, or the consummation of transactions, in each case occurring after the Closing, (iii) those to be obtained, in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Registration Rights Agreement, under the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and any related filings and approvals under applicable state securities laws, (iv) such filings as may be required under any applicable requirements of the Exchange Act or the rules of the NYSE and (v) such Consents the failure of which to make or obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to prevent or materially delay or hinder the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements.
          3.7 Permits. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries possess all permits, licenses, authorizations, consents, approvals and franchises of Governmental Entities that are required to conduct its business, except for such permits or licenses the absence of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to conduct their businesses consistent with past practices.
          3.8 SEC Reports; Financial Statements.
               (a) The Company has filed all forms, reports and documents with the SEC that have been required to be filed by it under applicable Laws since the Acquisition Date (collectively, with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-171924) as amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement (the “Form S-4”), the “Company SEC Filings”), including the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, as amended through the date of this Agreement (the “Company Annual Report”). Each Company SEC Filing complied as of its filing date as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, each as in effect on the date such Company SEC Filing was filed (and, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, on the date of such amended or superseded filing). As of its filing date (and, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, on the date of such amended or superseded filing), each Company SEC

17


 

Filing did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Other than Spectrum and Zap.Com, none of the Company’s Subsidiaries is required to file any forms, reports or other documents with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Since the Acquisition Date, no executive officer of the Company or Zap.Com has failed to make the certifications required by him or her under Section 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to any Company SEC Filing or Zap.Com SEC Report. There are no transactions that have occurred since the Acquisition Date that are required to be disclosed in the Company SEC Filings pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K that have not been disclosed in the Company SEC Filings.
               (b) Zap.Com has filed all forms, reports and documents with the SEC that have been required to be filed by it under applicable Laws since January 1, 2010 (the “Zap.Com SEC Reports”). Each Zap.Com SEC Report complied as of its filing date, as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, each as in effect on the date such Zap.Com SEC Report was filed (and, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, on the date of such amended or superseded filing). As of its filing date (and, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, on the date of such amended or superseded filing), each Zap.Com SEC Report did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
               (c) The consolidated financial statements (including all related notes and schedules) of the Company and its Subsidiaries included in the Company SEC Filings and (collectively, the “Company Financial Statements”) (i) comply as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, and (ii) fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods therein specified, all in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis (“GAAP”) throughout the periods therein specified (except as otherwise noted therein, and in the case of quarterly financial statements except for the absence of footnote disclosure and subject, in the case of interim periods, to normal year-end adjustments).
               (d) The financial statements (including all related notes and schedules) of Zap.Com included in the Zap.Com SEC Reports (collectively, the “Zap.Com Financial Statements”) (i) comply as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, and (ii) fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Zap.Com and its Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods therein specified, all in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods therein specified (except as otherwise noted therein, and in the case of quarterly financial statements except for the absence of footnote disclosure and subject, in the case of interim periods, to normal year-end adjustments).

18


 

               (e) To the Company’s Knowledge, the financial statements (including all related notes and schedules) of Spectrum included in the Spectrum SEC Reports (collectively, the “Spectrum Financial Statements”) (i) comply as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC applicable with respect thereto, and (ii) fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Spectrum and its Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods therein specified, all in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods therein specified (except as otherwise noted therein, and in the case of quarterly financial statements except for the absence of footnote disclosure and subject, in the case of interim periods, to normal year-end adjustments).
               (f) To the Company’s Knowledge, the financial statements (including all related notes and schedules) of F&G included in the Form S-4 (collectively, the “F&G Financial Statements”) (i) comply as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC applicable with respect thereto, and (ii) fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of F&G and its Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods therein specified, all in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods therein specified (except as otherwise noted therein, and in the case of quarterly financial statements except for the absence of footnote disclosure and subject, in the case of interim periods, to normal year-end adjustments), except, in each case, as would not and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
               (g) Except as disclosed on Section 3.8(g) of the Disclosure Letter, there are no Liabilities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any kind whatsoever, other than: (i) Liabilities disclosed and provided for in the Company Financial Statements, the Spectrum Financial Statements, the F&G Financial Statements or in the Zap.Com Financial Statements; (ii) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (iii) Liabilities incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements or the Existing Series A Transaction Agreements, in each case to which the Company is a party or (iv) Liabilities that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
               (h) The Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer have (i) devised and maintained a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and have evaluated such system at the times required by the Exchange Act and in any event no less frequently than at reasonable intervals and (ii) disclosed to the Company’s management, auditors and the audit committee of the Board (x) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ (other than Spectrum, Harbinger F&G and their Subsidiaries, as to which no representation is made pursuant to this clause (ii)(x)) ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (y) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of the Company, and the Company has provided to the Purchasers copies of any written materials relating to the foregoing. To the Company’s Knowledge, Spectrum’s principal

19


 

executive officer and its principal financial officer have disclosed to Spectrum’s management, auditors and the audit committee of Spectrum’s board of directors (x) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect Spectrum’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (y) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of Spectrum. As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has no Knowledge of any material weaknesses in the internal controls over financial reporting of Harbinger F&G and its Subsidiaries, that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a 15 under the Exchange Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Harbinger F&G and its Subsidiaries as to which the Company is in the process of implementing its disclosure controls and procedures.) required to be included in the Company’s periodic reports under the Exchange Act is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, and such disclosure controls and procedures are sufficient to ensure that the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer are made aware of such material information required to be included in the Company’s periodic reports required under the Exchange Act. There are no outstanding loans made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any executive officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of the Company. Neither the Company, since the Acquisition Date, nor any Subsidiary of the Company, since the date that the Company acquired (either directly or indirectly) a majority of the outstanding capital stock of such Subsidiary, has made any loans to any executive officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
          3.9 Litigation. Except as set forth on Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Letter, there are no (i) investigations or, to the Knowledge of the Company, proceedings pending or threatened by any Governmental Entity with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets, (ii) Legal Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties or assets, at Law or in equity that would reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Company or its Subsidiaries in excess of $250,000, or (iii) orders, judgments or decrees of any Governmental Entity against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
          3.10 Absence of Certain Changes. Since December 31, 2010 and except as disclosed on Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Letter, the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries has been conducted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and there has not been:
               (a) any Change which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
               (b) any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution with respect to any shares of capital stock of the Company, or any repurchase,

20


 

redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any outstanding shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
               (c) any incurrence, assumption or guarantee by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $25,000, individually, or $100,000, in the aggregate, or the repurchase, redemption or repayment of any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $25,000, individually, or $100,000, in the aggregate;
               (d) any event of default (or event which with notice, the passage of time or both, would become an event of default) in the payment of any indebtedness for borrowed money in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000 by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
               (e) any change in any methods of accounting by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except as may be appropriate to conform to changes in GAAP; or
               (f) any material Tax election made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any settlement or compromise of any material Tax liability by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except (i) as required by applicable Law or (ii) with respect to any material Tax election, consistent with elections historically made by the Company.
          3.11 Compliance with Law. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with and are not in default under or in violation of, and have not received any written notices of non-compliance, default or violation with respect to, any material Laws, in each case, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to materially delay or hinder the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements.
          3.12 Intellectual Property.
               (a) The Company and its Subsidiaries own, license, sublicense or otherwise possess legally enforceable rights to use all Intellectual Property necessary to conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as currently conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business), except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all Intellectual Property developed for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by any employees, contractors and consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is exclusively owned by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens (other than non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business or Permitted Liens).
               (b) All Registered Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subsisting and has not expired or been cancelled or abandoned and, to the Company’s Knowledge, is valid and enforceable, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the

21


 

Company’s Knowledge, no third party is infringing, violating or misappropriating any of the Company Intellectual Property in any material respect.
               (c) The execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in the breach of, or create on behalf of any third party the right to terminate or modify, (i) any license or other agreement relating to any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Company Intellectual Property”), or (ii) any license, sublicense and other agreement as to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is authorized to use any third party Intellectual Property, excluding generally commercially available, off-the-shelf software programs licensed for a license fee of less than $50,000 in the aggregate (the “Third Party Intellectual Property”), except, in either case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (d) The conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries has not infringed, violated or constituted a misappropriation of any Intellectual Property of any third party and as currently conducted does not infringe, violate or constitute a misappropriation of any Intellectual Property of any third party, except, in either case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has received any written claim or notice alleging any such infringement, violation or misappropriation, or (ii) has been or is subject to any settlement, order, decree, injunction, or stipulation imposed by any Governmental Entity that may affect the use, validity or enforceability of Company Intellectual Property.
               (e) The Company and its Subsidiaries take all reasonable actions to protect the Company Intellectual Property and to protect and preserve the confidentiality of their trade secrets, including disclosing trade secrets to a third party only where such third party is bound by a confidentiality agreement, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.13 Employee Benefits.
               (a) Prior to the date hereof, a complete and correct copy of each Benefit Plan of the Company has been delivered or otherwise made available to the Purchasers.
               (b) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to any Benefit Plan of the Company, no Legal Proceeding has been threatened, asserted, instituted, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is anticipated (other than non-material routine claims for benefits, and appeals of such claims), and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no facts or circumstances exist that would give rise to any such Legal Proceeding.
               (c) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Benefit Plan of the Company has been established and administered in accordance with its terms, and in compliance with the applicable

22


 

provisions of ERISA, the Code and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations, and each Benefit Plan of the Company that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that such Benefit Plan of the Company is qualified under the Code and nothing has occurred that would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.
               (d) Except as set forth on Section 3.13(d) of the Disclosure Letter, neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, nor any other entity which, together with the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries would be treated as a single employer under Section 4001 of ERISA or Section 414 of the Code (each such entity, an “ERISA Affiliate”) sponsors, maintains, contributes to, or has had in the past six (6) years an obligation at any time to sponsor, maintain or contribute to, or has any liability in respect of (i) any “defined benefit pension plan” (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA), (ii) any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA, including any “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA), (iii) any other plan which is subject to Section 4063, 4064 or 4069 of ERISA, or (iv) any “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is not intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code. Except as set forth in Section 3.13(d) of the Disclosure Letter, and except as required by Section 4980B of the Code, no Benefit Plan of the Company provides any retiree or post-employment medical, disability or life insurance benefits to any person. The assets of any defined benefit pension plan equal or exceed the projected benefit obligation of such plan, as determined using the actuarial assumptions used for purposes of the Company Financial Statements.
               (e) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the execution of the Transaction Agreements nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will (i) accelerate the time of payment or vesting or increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any Company employee, or (ii) give rise to any other liability or funding obligation under any Benefit Plan of the Company or otherwise, including liability for severance pay, unemployment compensation or termination pay.
               (f) Except as set forth on Section 3.13(f) of the Disclosure Letter, no Benefit Plan of the Company is maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States, or covers any employee residing or working outside the United States (any such Benefit Plan the “Foreign Benefit Plans”). Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all Foreign Benefit Plans that are required to be funded are fully funded, and with respect to all other Foreign Benefit Plans, adequate reserves therefor have been established on the accounting statements of the Company or its applicable Subsidiary.
          3.14 Labor Relations.
               (a) (i) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or as set forth on Section 3.14 of the Disclosure Letter, no Company employee is represented by a labor union or works council and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no organizing efforts have been conducted within the last

23


 

three years or are now being conducted, (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any material collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract or collective agreement, and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries currently has, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is there now threatened, a strike, picket, work stoppage, work slowdown or other material labor dispute.
               (b) (i) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has complied with all applicable laws relating to the employment of labor, including all applicable laws relating to wages, hours, collective bargaining, employment discrimination, civil rights, safety and health, workers’ compensation, pay equity and the collection and payment of withholding and/or social security taxes, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or any similar state or local Law within the last two years which remains unsatisfied.
          3.15 Taxes.
               (a) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have filed all Tax Returns required to have been filed as of the date hereof (or extensions have been duly obtained) and such Tax Returns are correct and complete in all respects and have paid all Taxes required to have been timely paid by them in full through the date hereof, except to the extent such Taxes are both (i) being challenged in good faith and (ii) adequately provided for on the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any current liability, and to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no events or circumstances which would result in any liability, for Taxes of any Person (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (c) None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, is bound by or has any obligation under any Tax sharing or Tax indemnity agreement or similar Contract or arrangement other than any such agreement or similar Contract or arrangement between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries.
               (d) All Taxes required to be withheld, collected or deposited by or with respect to Company and each of its Subsidiaries have been timely withheld, collected or deposited as the case may be, and to the extent required, have been paid to the relevant taxing authority, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (e) No deficiencies for any Taxes have been proposed or assessed in writing against or with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and there is no outstanding audit, assessment, dispute or claim concerning any Tax liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or raised by an authority in writing, except as would not,

24


 

individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No written claim has been made by any Governmental Entity in a jurisdiction where neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries files Tax Returns that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has granted any waiver of any federal, state, local or foreign statute of limitations with respect to, or any extension of a period for the assessment of, any material Tax.
               (f) There are no Liens with respect to Taxes upon any of the assets or properties of either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than with respect to Taxes not yet delinquent, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (g) No closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) has been entered into by or with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
               (h) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has participated in a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).
               (i) The representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Section 3.15 shall be the only representations and warranties, express or implied, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter contained in this Section 3.15.
          3.16 NYSE.
               (a) Shares of the Common Stock are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed on The New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), and there is no action pending by the Company or any other Person to terminate the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or to delist the Common Stock from NYSE, nor has the Company received any notification that the SEC or the NYSE is currently contemplating terminating such registration or listing.
               (b) The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares have been approved by the NYSE for listing on the NYSE.
               (c) The representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Section 3.16 shall be the only representations and warranties, express or implied, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter contained in this Section 3.16.
          3.17 Investment Company Act(a) . The Company is not, nor immediately after the Company’s receipt of the Share Purchase Price from the Purchasers, will the Company be, an “investment company” within the meaning of, and required to be registered under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
          3.18 Brokers. Except for Jefferies & Company, Inc., the Company has not retained, utilized or been represented by any broker or finder who is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

25


 

          3.19 Subsidiaries.
               (a) As of the date hereof, the Company has no Subsidiaries other than as listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Company Annual Report and Harbinger F&G and any Subsidiaries thereof, which are listed on Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Letter.
               (b) Except as set forth on Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Letter, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of, or other equity or voting interest in, each Subsidiary of the Company (i) have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, free and clear of all Liens (other than restrictions under applicable securities Laws and Liens securing the Notes).
          3.20 Environmental Matters.
               (a) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or as set forth on Section 3.20 of the Disclosure Letter:
                    (i) The Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective operations are and have been in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable Environmental Laws, which compliance includes the possession and maintenance of, and compliance with, all permits, licenses, authorizations, waivers, exemptions, registrations, consents, approvals and franchises from Governmental Entities required under applicable Environmental Laws (“Environmental Permits”) for the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; the Company has no reason to believe that any such Environmental Permits will be modified, revoked or otherwise made ineffective, or will not be renewed on terms substantially the same as those currently in effect.
                    (ii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any other entity for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is responsible, has transported, produced, processed, manufactured, generated, used, treated, handled, stored or disposed of any Hazardous Substances, except in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws and in a manner that would not result in liability under any applicable Environmental Law. No Hazardous Substance has been released by the Company, the Subsidiaries, or to the Knowledge of the Company, by any other Person (including, without limitation, any of the predecessors in interest to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), at, on, about or under (i) any property now or formerly owned, operated or leased by the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective predecessors in interest; or (ii) any property to which the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective predecessors in interest has sent waste;
                    (iii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective predecessors in interest has exposed any employee or any third party to Hazardous Substances in violation of, or in a manner that would result in liability under, any applicable Environmental Law or tort law;
                    (iv) Neither, the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective predecessors in interest, is a party to or the subject of any pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, Legal Proceeding

26


 

alleging Liabilities under or noncompliance with any Environmental Law or seeking to impose any financial responsibility for any investigation, cleanup, removal, containment or any other remediation or compliance under any Environmental Law. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective predecessors in interest, is subject to any orders, judgments or decrees or agreement by or with any Governmental Entity or third party imposing any Liabilities with respect to any Environmental Laws or any Hazardous Substances;
                    (v) There are no liabilities of any third party arising out of or related to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Substances that the Company, its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, their respective predecessors in interest has expressly agreed to assume, to indemnify or retain by contract or otherwise;
                    (vi) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries has received any notice, claim, subpoena, or summons from any Person alleging: (i) any environmental liability relating to the Company, the Subsidiaries, or their respective predecessors in interest; or (ii) any violation by the Company, the Subsidiaries or their respective predecessors in interest of any Environmental Law;
                    (vii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has manufactured any products that are not or were not in compliance with all Environmental Laws applicable to such products to be imported, sold, or otherwise marketed in any jurisdiction in which such products are currently, or have been, imported, sold, or otherwise marketed; and
                    (viii) None of the products currently or formerly manufactured, produced, distributed, sold, leased, licensed, repaired, delivered, installed, conveyed or otherwise put into the stream of commerce by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other Person for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is responsible by contract or operation of law, contains or has contained (i) asbestos; or (ii) any other Hazardous Substance that has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in any liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
               (b) As of the date hereof, all reports of environmental site assessments, reviews, audits, investigations or similar evaluations, and any material documents in the possession or control of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries concerning (i) environmental conditions at any facilities or real property ever owned, operated or leased by the Company, the Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors in interest; or (ii) any environmental liability of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors in interest have been made available to the Purchasers.
               (c) The representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Section 3.20 shall be the only representations and warranties, express or implied, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter contained in this Section 3.20.
          3.21 Assets.
               (a) The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all of its or their real or personal properties (whether tangible or intangible), rights and assets,

27


 

except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). The properties and assets owned and leased by the Company and its Subsidiaries are sufficient to carry on their businesses as they are now being conducted except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (b) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company has good and valid leasehold interests in all of its leased properties, whether as lessee or sublessee (the “Leased Real Property”), in each case, sufficient to conduct its respective businesses as currently conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), assuming the timely discharge of all obligations owing under or related to Leased Real Property. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any real property.
          3.22 Insurance. The Company and its Subsidiaries have and maintain in effect policies of insurance covering the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective employees, properties or assets, including policies of life, property, fire, workers’ compensation, products liability, directors’ and officers’ liability and other casualty and liability insurance, that is in a form and amount that is customarily carried by persons conducting business similar to that of the Company and its Subsidiaries and which the Company reasonably believes are adequate for the operation of its business. All such insurance policies are in full force and effect, no written notice of cancellation has been received by the Company as of the date hereof and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no such notice is imminent, and there is no existing default or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default, by any insured thereunder, except for such defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no material claim pending under any of such policies as to which coverage has been denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies and there has been no threatened termination of any such policies, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.23 Material Contracts.
               (a) Except as filed as an exhibit to the Company SEC Filings, Spectrum SEC Reports or Zap.com SEC Reports, there are none of the following (each a “Material Contract”):
                    (i) Contracts restricting the payment of dividends upon, or the redemption, repurchase or conversion of, the Convertible Preferred Stock or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof;
                    (ii) joint venture, partnership, limited liability or other similar Contract or arrangement relating to the formation, creation, operation, management or control of any partnership or joint venture that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

28


 

                    (iii) any Contract relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business, stock or assets that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
                    (iv) Contracts containing any covenant (x) limiting the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any line of business or in any geographic area, or (y) prohibiting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from engaging in business with any Person or levying a fine, charge or other payment for doing so;
                    (v) “material contracts” (as such term is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K of the SEC, excluding any exhibits, schedules and annexes to such material contracts that are not required to be filed with the SEC, and those agreements and arrangements described in Item 601(b)(10)(iii)) with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries required to be filed with the SEC (the Material Contracts, together with any lease, binding commitment, option, insurance policy, benefit plan or other contract, agreement, instrument or obligation (whether oral or written) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be bound, the “Contracts”);
                    (vi) Contracts relating to indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount exceeding $500,000;
                    (vii) Contracts that would be binding on the Purchasers or any of their Affiliates after the Closing;
                    (viii) Contracts with any Governmental Entity that imposes any material obligation or restriction on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and
                    (ix) any material Contract with any current or former director, officer or employee.
               (b) Each Material Contract is valid and binding on the Company (and/or each such Subsidiary of the Company party thereto) and, to the Knowledge of the Company, on each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries that is a party thereto, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in breach of, or default under, any such Material Contract, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such a breach or default thereunder or would result in the termination thereof or would cause or permit the acceleration or other change of any right or obligation of the loss of any benefit thereunder by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, except for such failures to be in full force and effect and such breaches and defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.24 Right of First Refusal; Stockholders Agreement; Voting and Registration Rights. Except as set forth on Section 3.24 of the Disclosure Letter or as provided for in this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements or the Existing Series A Transaction Agreements, no party has any right of first refusal, right of first offer, right of co-sale, preemptive right, anti-dilution right or other similar right regarding Equity Securities of the Company. Except as set

29


 

forth on Section 3.24 of the Disclosure Letter, there are no provisions of the Company’s organizational documents and no Material Contracts other than the Certificate of Designation, this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements or the Existing Series A Transaction Agreements, which (a) may affect or restrict the voting rights of the Purchasers with respect to the Shares in their capacity as stockholders of the Company, (b) restrict the ability of the Purchasers, or any successor thereto or assignee or transferee thereof, to transfer the Shares, (c) would adversely affect the Company’s or the Purchasers’ right or ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or comply with the terms of the other Transaction Agreements or the Certificates of Designation and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (d) require the vote of more than a majority of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Stock or require a separate class vote, voting together as a single class, to take or prevent any corporate action (other than those matters expressly requiring a different vote under the provisions of the DGCL) or (e) entitle any party to nominate or elect any director of the Company or require any of the Company’s stockholders to vote for any such nominee or other person as a director of the Company.
          3.25 Anti-Takeover Statutes. To the extent necessary, the Board has taken all required actions so that the restrictions on business combinations set forth in Article IX, Section (b) of the Company’s certificate of incorporation are not applicable to the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the acquisition of Beneficial Ownership by the Purchasers of additional shares of voting stock of the Company pursuant to additional issuances contemplated by the Certificate of Designation or through the exercise of the Purchasers’ rights set forth in Section 5.5, and any other acquisition of Beneficial Ownership by the Purchasers of additional shares of voting stock of the Company made in compliance with Section 5.4. The Company has elected in its certificate of incorporation not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL and no other state takeover statute or similar regulation applies to or purports to apply to the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
          3.26 No Additional Understandings. Other than the Transaction Agreements, (x) none of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of the Harbinger Affiliates is a party to any agreement or other legally binding arrangement, whether oral or written, with any Purchaser or any Affiliate thereof relating to the Shares or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements and (y) none of the Purchasers or any of their Affiliates have been paid or are entitled to any transaction or similar fees or compensation from the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any Harbinger Affiliates (other than reimbursement of actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses as provided in Section 12.8) in connection herewith or therewith.
          3.27 Spectrum and F&G.
               (a) As of the date hereof, the Company directly or indirectly owns 27,756,905 shares of common stock of Spectrum free and clear of all Liens (other than restrictions under applicable securities Laws and Liens securing the Notes).
               (b) Organization. Each of Spectrum and F&G and their respective Subsidiaries are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization; and each of them is duly qualified to do business as a foreign

30


 

corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
               (c) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements, the issuance of the Shares and the Common Stock upon conversion of the Shares and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Agreements will not (i) conflict with or result in any violation of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Spectrum or Harbinger F&G or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (ii) result in any breach or violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, require consent under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation, modification or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of any benefit under any mortgage, Contract, purchase or sale order, instrument, permit, concession, franchise, right or license binding upon Spectrum or Harbinger F&G or any of their respective Subsidiaries or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties, assets or rights of Spectrum or Harbinger F&G or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or (iii) subject to the matters referred to in Section 3.27(d), conflict with or violate any applicable Law or any judgment, order, injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Entity, except in each case with respect to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to prevent or materially delay or hinder the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements.
               (d) No Consents. No Consent of any Governmental Entity is required on the part of Spectrum or Harbinger F&G or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance of the Transaction Agreements party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, or (b) the issuance of the Shares or the issuance of the Common Stock upon conversion of the Shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designation; other than (i) such filings as may be required under any applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and (ii) such Consents the failure of which to make or obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to prevent or materially delay or hinder the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements.
               (e) Permits. Each of Spectrum and its Subsidiaries possess all permits, licenses, authorizations, consents, approvals and franchises of Governmental Entities that are required to conduct its business, except for such permits or licenses the absence of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (f) Litigation. To the Knowledge of the Company, except as disclosed on Section 3.27(f) of the Disclosure Letter, and except as disclosed in the Spectrum SEC Reports and the disclosure schedules to the F&G Purchase Agreement, there are no (i) investigations or proceedings pending or threatened by any Governmental Entity with respect to Spectrum or F&G or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets, (ii) Legal Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting Spectrum or F&G or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties or assets, at law or in equity, or (iii) orders, judgments or decrees of any Governmental Entity

31


 

against Spectrum or F&G or any of their respective Subsidiaries, except in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (g) Compliance with Law. Except as set forth on Section 3.27(g) of the Disclosure Letter, each of Spectrum and F&G and each of their respective Subsidiaries are in compliance with and are not in default under or in violation of, and have not received any written notices of non-compliance, default or violation with respect to, any Laws, in each case, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (h) Insurance. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of Spectrum and F&G and each of their respective Subsidiaries have and maintain in effect policies of insurance covering such entities, their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective employees, properties or assets, including policies of life, property, fire, workers’ compensation, products liability, directors’ and officers’ liability and other casualty and liability insurance, that is in a form and amount that is customarily carried by persons conducting business similar to that of such entities and which the Company reasonably believes are adequate for the operation of their respective businesses.
               (i) Intellectual Property. To the Knowledge of the Company, each of Spectrum and F&G and their respective subsidiaries: (i) own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate trademarks, trade names and other rights to inventions, know how, patents, copyrights, confidential information and other intellectual property (collectively, “intellectual property rights”) necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, or presently employed by them, except where the failure to own, possess or acquire such intellectual property rights would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) have not received any written notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any intellectual property rights that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
               (j) Benefit Plans. To the Knowledge of the Company, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Benefit Plan of Spectrum and Benefit Plan of F&G and their respective Subsidiaries has been established and administered in accordance with its terms, and in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations.
               (k) Labor Matters. To the Knowledge of the Company, no labor dispute with the employees of Spectrum or F&G, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, exists or is imminent, except such labor disputes as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
               (l) Taxes. To the Knowledge of the Company, Spectrum, F&G and their respective Subsidiaries have filed all Tax Returns that are required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect); and, to the Knowledge of the Company, Spectrum, F&G and their

32


 

respective Subsidiaries have paid all Taxes required to be paid by them, except for any such Taxes currently being contested in good faith or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (m) Environmental Matters. To the Knowledge of the Company, none of Spectrum or F&G or their respective Subsidiaries is in violation of any Environmental Law, owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is liable for any off site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; nor to the Knowledge of the Company is there any pending investigation which would reasonably be expected to lead to such a claim.
               (n) Title to Property. To the Knowledge of the Company, each of Spectrum, F&G and their respective Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property owned by them, good title to all personal property owned by them and valid leasehold interests in real and personal property being leased by them, in each case, as of the date hereof, free from all liens, charges, encumbrances and defects, except (x) for Permitted Liens as such term is defined in the Indenture, (y) for such as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to interfere in any material respect with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (z) for such as would not otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect.
               (o) Spectrum SEC Compliance. To the Company’s Knowledge, Spectrum has filed all forms, reports and documents with the SEC that have been required to be filed by it under applicable Laws since October 1, 2009 (the “Spectrum SEC Reports”). To the Company’s Knowledge, each Spectrum SEC Report complied as of its filing date, as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, each as in effect on the date such Spectrum SEC Report was filed (and, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, on the date of such amended or superseded filing). To the Company’s Knowledge, as of its filing date (and, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, on the date of such amended or superseded filing), each Spectrum SEC Report did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
               (p) F&G. The acquisition contemplated by the F&G Purchase Agreement has been consummated. Except as set forth on Section 3.27(p) of the Disclosure Letter, to the Knowledge of the Company, there has not been any breach of the representations and warranties made by OM Group (UK) Limited to Harbinger F&G in Article III of the F&G Purchase Agreement that has given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to a claim for indemnification under the F&G Purchase Agreement. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Insurance Subsidiaries possess all permits, licenses, authorizations, consents, approvals and franchises that are required by applicable Law to conduct their business in the ordinary course of business.

33


 

               (q) Form S-4. To the Company’s Knowledge, as of its effective date (and, if thereafter amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, on the date of such amended or superseded filing), the financial statements of Spectrum and its subsidiaries incorporated by reference into the Form S-4, the financial statements of F&G and its subsidiaries incorporated by reference into the Form S-4 and the information contained in Annexes A through E included in the Form S-4 did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except as would not and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.28 No Other Representations and Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties contained in Section 3 (including, or as qualified by, the Disclosure Letter), the Company makes no other representation or warranty, express or implied, written or oral, and hereby, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, disclaims any such representation or warranty, whether by the Company or any other Person, with respect to the Company or with respect to any other information (including, without limitation, pro-forma financial information, financial projections or other forward-looking statements) provided to or made available to any Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither the Company nor any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to any Purchaser or any other Person resulting from any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company, unless any such information is expressly included in a representation or warranty contained in Section 3 or in an applicable section of the Disclosure Letter.
     4. Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers. Each Purchaser represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, to the Company as follows:
          4.1 Organization. Such Purchaser is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.
          4.2 Authorization. Such Purchaser has all requisite corporate power to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which such Purchaser is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements to which such Purchaser is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All corporate or member action on the part of such Purchaser or the holders of the capital stock or other equity interests of such Purchaser necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements to which such Purchaser is a party has been taken. Upon their respective execution by such Purchaser and the other parties thereto and assuming that they constitute legal and binding agreements of the Company, each of the Transaction Agreements to which such Purchaser is a party will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable against such Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except that such enforceability (a) may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally, and (b) is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).

34


 

          4.3 No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements to which such Purchaser is a party by such Purchaser, the issuance of the Shares and the Common Stock upon conversion of the Shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designation and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) conflict with or result in any violation of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other equivalent organizational document, in each case as amended, of such Purchaser, (ii) result in any breach or violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, require consent under, any Contract binding upon such Purchaser or (iii) subject to the matters referred to in Section 4.4, conflict with or violate any applicable Laws or any judgment, order, injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Entity, except in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to materially delay or hinder the ability of such Purchaser to perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements (with respect to each Purchaser, a “Purchaser Adverse Effect”).
          4.4 Consents. No Consent of any Governmental Entity is required on the part of such Purchaser in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance of the Transaction Agreements to which such Purchaser is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (b) the issuance of the Shares or the issuance of the Common Stock upon conversion of the Shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designation, other than (i) the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting periods under the Antitrust Laws with respect to the performance under the Transaction Agreements, or consummation of transactions, in each case occurring after the Closing, (ii) those to be obtained, in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Registration Rights Agreement, under the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and any related filings and approvals under applicable state securities Laws, (iii) such filings and approvals as may be required by any federal or state securities Laws, including compliance with any applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iv) such Consents the failure of which to make or obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Adverse Effect.
          4.5 Brokers. Such Purchaser has not retained, utilized or been represented by any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement whose fees the Company would be required to pay.
          4.6 Purchase Entirely for Own Account. Such Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for its own account solely for the purpose of investment, not as nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act, and such Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same, in violation of the Securities Act. Such Purchaser has no present agreement, undertaking, arrangement, obligation or commitment providing for the disposition of the Shares.
          4.7 Investor Status. Such Purchaser certifies and represents to the Company that such Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Such Purchaser’s financial condition is such that it is able to bear the risk of holding the Shares for an indefinite period of time and the risk of loss of its entire investment. Such Purchaser has been afforded the opportunity to receive information

35


 

from, and to ask questions of and receive answers from the management of, the Company concerning this investment so as to allow it to make an informed investment decision prior to its investment and has sufficient knowledge and experience in investing in companies similar to the Company so as to be able to evaluate the risks and merits of its investment in the Company.
          4.8 Securities Not Registered.
               (a) Such Purchaser understands that the Shares and the Conversion Shares have not been approved or disapproved by the SEC or by any state securities commission nor have the Shares or the Conversion Shares been registered under the Securities Act, by reason of their issuance by the Company in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and that the Shares and the Conversion Shares must continue to be held by such Purchaser unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act or is exempt from such registration. Such Purchaser understands that the exemptions from registration afforded by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) (the provisions of which are known to it) depend on the satisfaction of various conditions, and that, if applicable, Rule 144 may afford the basis for sales only in limited amounts.
               (b) The Shares and the Conversion Shares shall be subject to the restrictions contained herein.
               (c) It is understood that the Shares and the Conversion Shares, and any securities issued in respect thereof or in exchange therefor, may bear one or all of the legends set forth in Section 9.
          4.9 Financing. Such Purchaser has (and at the Closing will have) an amount of cash sufficient to enable it to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder (including the purchase of the Shares set forth next to such Purchaser’s name on Annex A) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
          4.10 Equity Securities of the Company. Such Purchaser does not Beneficially Own any Equity Securities of the Company except, as of the Closing, the Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, anything in this Section 4.10 to the contrary notwithstanding, the parties hereto acknowledge, that all the representations and warranties made by the DDJ Purchaser in this Section 4.10 are being made only with respect to the account managed by DDJ Capital Management, LLC (“DDJ”) and shall not apply to any Shares that may be beneficially owned by the DDJ Purchaser that are not held through such Account.
          4.11 Indebtedness. Except as disclosed to the Company in writing on or prior to the date hereof, neither such Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates owns any debt securities or other indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, anything in this Section 4.11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the parties hereto acknowledge, that all the representations and warranties made by the DDJ Purchaser in this Section 4.11 are being made only with respect to the account managed by DDJ and shall not apply to any Shares that may be beneficially owned by the DDJ Purchaser that are not held through such Account.

36


 

     5. Covenants.
          5.1 Regulatory Approval.
               (a) [Reserved.]
               (b) To the extent a filing, notification or submission is to be made under applicable insurance laws with the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration, the New York State Insurance Department, the Maryland Insurance Administration, the Bermuda Monetary Authority or any other Governmental Entity regulating an insurance business of the Company or any of its controlled Affiliates (the “Insurance Regulatory Authorities”) in connection with the exercise by a Purchaser of its rights under the Transaction Agreements, upon the request of such Purchaser, the Company shall reasonably cooperate and assist such Purchaser in the making by it of any such filing, notification or submission with the Insurance Regulatory Authorities, including by promptly furnishing any information or documentation as those authorities may reasonably require or request from such Purchaser in connection with such filing, notification or submission. Each Purchaser hereto shall promptly inform the Company (and vice versa) of any meetings or hearings to be held with or before any Insurance Regulatory Authority regarding any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements applicable to such Purchaser, and shall afford the Company or such Purchaser, as applicable, the opportunity to attend all such meetings and hearings to the extent permitted by such Insurance Regulatory Authority and applicable Law, except as to any portion of such meeting that addresses Protected Information (as defined below) of such Purchaser. Each Purchaser shall permit the Company and their counsel (and vice versa) the opportunity to review in advance, and comment upon, any proposed written communication to any Insurance Regulatory Authority, and provide the Company or such Purchaser, as applicable, with copies of all filings made by the Company or such Purchaser, as applicable, and all correspondence between such Purchaser (or its advisors) or the Company with any Insurance Regulatory Authority and any other information supplied by such Purchaser or the Company to, or received from, any Insurance Regulatory Authority, in each case relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements relating to such Purchaser, except to the extent prohibited by such Insurance Regulatory Authority or applicable Law or in the event any Insurance Regulatory Authority requires or requests a Purchaser or the Company or any of their Affiliates to provide or a Purchaser or the Company or any of their Affiliates otherwise provides: (i) personal financial information, including, but not limited to, any individual tax return or statement of net worth, or any other information that is of a personal or private nature, about any individual who is an employee, officer, director, general partner or limited partner (including the identity of any such limited partner) of such party or any of its Affiliates, or (ii) information that is either confidential or constitutes a trade secret of such party (the information described in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), “Protected Information”), such party shall have no obligation to provide to the other party, and the other party shall have no right to review, such Protected Information, the other party shall not seek Protected Information from any such Insurance Regulatory Authority, and in the event any Insurance Regulatory Authority were to share such information with the other party, the other party agrees upon discovering this fact, to cease accessing or reading any Protected Information, not to disclose such information to any third party, and to return it (otherwise unread) to such party. Subject to applicable Law, each Purchaser and the Company shall have the right to file Protected Information separately from

37


 

other correspondence, filings or communications, or to redact Protected Information from such documents prior to sharing them with the other party.
               (c) Each Purchaser hereto shall promptly inform the Company (and vice versa) of any material communication from the Insurance Regulatory Authorities or any other Governmental Entity regarding any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement relating to such Purchaser. If any Purchaser or the Company or any Affiliate thereof receives a request for additional information or documentation from any such Governmental Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement relating to such Purchaser, then such party will endeavor in good faith to make, or cause to be made, as soon as reasonably practicable and, if permitted by applicable Law, after consultation with the other party, an appropriate response in compliance with such request; provided, however, the foregoing shall not require any party to disclose or otherwise provide any Protected Information.
          5.2 Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company will at all times have reserved and available for issuance such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be from time to time sufficient to permit the conversion in full of the outstanding Shares into Common Stock, including as may be adjusted for share splits, combinations or other similar transactions as of the date of determination or due to the accrual of Accreting Dividends.
          5.3 Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurances; Notification.
               (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Purchasers and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties or parties hereto in doing, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, including using commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) cause the conditions to the Closing set forth in Section 6 to be satisfied; (ii) obtain all necessary actions or non-actions, waivers, consents, approvals, orders and authorizations from Governmental Entities and make all necessary registrations, declarations and filings with Governmental Entities; and (iii) execute or deliver any additional instruments reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by, and to fully carry out the purposes of, this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements.
               (b) Each party agrees to cooperate with each other and their respective officers, employees, attorneys, accountants and other agents, and, generally, do such other reasonable acts and things in good faith as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and thereof and compliance with applicable Law, including taking reasonable action to facilitate the filing of any document or the taking of reasonable action to assist the other parties hereto in complying with the terms hereof and thereof.

38


 

          5.4 Standstill.
               (a) Each Purchaser hereby agrees that from Closing until the date that is the earlier of (i) the date such Purchaser ceases to hold any Shares and (ii) three (3) years following the Closing (the “Standstill Period”), such Purchaser shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly:
                    (i) make, or in any way participate, directly or indirectly, in any “solicitation” of “proxies” to vote (as such terms are used in the rules of the SEC), or seek to advise or influence any Person (other than (x) such Purchaser or its Affiliates, or (y) in accordance with and consistent with the recommendation of the Board) with respect to the voting of any Company Voting Stock;
                    (ii) authorize or commence any tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Company Voting Stock (for the avoidance of doubt, tendering into any tender offer or exchange offer not otherwise violating this clause this Section 5.4(a)(ii) will not violate this Section 5.4(a)(ii));
                    (iii) form, join or in any way participate in a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, for the purpose of voting, acquiring, holding, or disposing of any Company Voting Stock;
                    (iv) submit to the Board a written proposal for or offer of (with or without conditions), any merger, recapitalization, reorganization, business combination or other extraordinary transaction involving the Company, or make any public announcement with respect to such proposal or offer;
                    (v) request the Company or any of its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, to amend or waive any provision of this Section 5.4; or
                    (vi) enter into any arrangements with any third party concerning any of the foregoing.
               (b) If, at any time prior to the termination of the Standstill Period, (i) the Company has entered into a definitive agreement, the consummation of which would result in a Company Change in Control Event, (ii) any Person shall have commenced and not withdrawn a bona fide public tender or exchange offer which if consummated would result in a Company Change in Control Event and the Board has not recommended that the stockholders of the Company reject such offer within the time period contemplated by Rule 14e 3 under the Exchange Act, or (iii) the Company files or consents to the filing against the Company of a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar Law, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to the Company or with respect to any substantial part or its property, then, in each case, for so long as such condition continues to apply, the limitation on the actions described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of Section 5.4(a) (and any related acquisition of Beneficial Ownership by such Purchaser and/or their Affiliates) shall not be applicable to such Purchaser.

39


 

               (c) Anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, this Section 5.4 shall not be construed to prohibit or restrict (i) any actions taken by any designee, nominee or appointee on the Board, in their capacities as a member of the Board and in compliance with and subject to his or her fiduciary duties as a member of the Board or (ii) the Purchaser from making non-public suggestions, recommendations and proposals regarding the future management of, or business plans of, the Company to the Company’s management or its Board after the occurrence of a Specified Breach Event (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) that would not require any Person to publicly disclose such suggestions, recommendations or proposals.
               (d) Anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, this Section 5.4 shall not prohibit or restrict any activity of the Soros Purchaser in an account under the discretionary investment management of a third-party investment adviser, provided that the Soros Purchaser does not instruct or advise such third-party investment adviser to act in a manner that would be considered a breach of the terms of this Section 5.4.
               (e) For the avoidance of doubt, anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the parties hereto acknowledge, that all the covenants made by the DDJ Purchaser in this Section 5.4 are being made only with respect to the account managed by DDJ and shall not apply to any Shares that may be beneficially owned by the DDJ Purchaser that are not held through such Account.
          5.5 Participation Rights.
               (a) At any time prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date, for so long as a Purchaser (along with its Affiliates) owns at least 50% of the Shares issued to such Purchaser and its Affiliates at the Closing, the Company shall not issue, or agree to issue, any Equity Securities of the Company to any Person unless the Company offers such Purchaser the right (the “Securities Participation Right”) to purchase in the aggregate up to the number of such Equity Securities of the Company (the “Securities Participation Amount”) equal to the product of (x) the total number of such offered shares of Equity Securities of the Company multiplied by (y) such Purchaser’s Participation Rights Fraction, at the same price per security (payable in cash, except to the extent that the consideration for such issuance is an exchange of Convertible Preferred Stock) and otherwise upon the same terms and conditions as those offered to such Person in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5.5; provided that the Securities Participation Rights shall not be applicable to the issuance of the following Equity Securities of the Company: (i) an underwritten registered public offering of Common Stock for cash (which shall exclude for this purpose any registered direct offering to one or more purchasers (other than to or through brokers, dealers, underwriters or market makers, in each case purchasing for resale to investors) in an aggregate amount greater than the lesser of $5 million and 1% of the shares the Company’s Common Stock then outstanding), (ii) an issuance of equity or equity linked securities pursuant to any director, officer or employee compensation arrangements approved by the Board that is permitted, or not prohibited by, the Certificate of Designation, (iii) an issuance of equity to a seller, or in the case of a merger, the shareholders of the target company, and the employees or officers of any target company in connection with a bona fide merger, business combination transaction or acquisition of stock or assets outside of

40


 

the ordinary course (other than any merger, business combination or acquisition transaction involving a Harbinger Affiliate), (iv) a conversion of shares of one class of capital stock of the Company into shares of another class of capital stock of the Company in accordance with the terms of such securities, (v) a stock split or other subdivision or combination, or a stock dividend made to all holders on a pro rata basis of any Equity Securities of the Company, (vi) an issuance of Equity Securities of the Company that is incidental to and is issued as part of a debt financing from a bank, institutional lender or similar financial institution, (vii) an issuance of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Designation), or (viii) an issuance of preferred stock that is not convertible into Common Stock (or Equity Securities of the Company that are convertible into Common Stock) and non-voting (treating preferred stock that is entitled to elect no more than two directors upon a default resulting from the failure to pay six (6) or more consecutive quarterly dividends as non-voting for this purpose). For purposes of clarity, the parties agree that the issuance of Conversion Shares shall not be subject to the Securities Participation Rights. In no event will any Existing Series A Preferred Stock, Convertible Preferred Stock or Additional Permitted Preferred Stock (or any Common Stock issuable in connection with the conversion of any Existing Series A Preferred Stock, Convertible Preferred Stock or Additional Permitted Preferred Stock) issued in connection with or as a result of accretions to the face amount of, or payments in kind with respect to, any Existing Series A Preferred Stock, Convertible Preferred Stock or Additional Permitted Preferred Stock, Option Securities and Convertible Securities of the Company outstanding on the Closing or otherwise permitted to be issued, or not prohibited, by the Certificate of Designation or the Existing Certificate of Designation be subject to the Securities Participation Rights.
               (b) Securities Participation Rights Process.
                    (i) The Company shall send a written notice (the “Securities Participation Rights Notice”) to each applicable Purchaser stating the number of Equity Securities of the Company to be offered, a description of the terms of such Equity Securities of the Company if not Common Stock, the price and terms on which it proposes to offer such Equity Securities of the Company (including a description of any non-cash consideration sufficiently detailed to permit a valuation thereof), and a reference to such Purchaser’s Securities Participation Rights hereunder.
                    (ii) Within ten (10) Business Days after the delivery of the Securities Participation Rights Notice, each such Purchaser may elect by written notice to the Company (the “Securities Exercise Notice”) to purchase such Equity Securities of the Company, at the price and on the terms specified in the Securities Participation Rights Notice (or, if such price includes non-cash consideration, an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of such non-cash consideration, except to the extent that the consideration for such issuance is an exchange of Convertible Preferred Stock), up to such Purchaser’s Securities Participation Amount (or, in the event that the offered securities are preferred securities that are not convertible into Common Stock or Equity Securities of the Company that are convertible into Common Stock, up to such Purchaser’s Preferred Participation Amount). A Securities Exercise Notice shall constitute a binding agreement of such Purchaser to purchase the amount of Equity Securities of the Company so specified at the price and other terms set forth in the Securities Participation Rights Notice. Assuming delivery of the Securities Participation Rights Notice in accordance with the terms hereof, the failure of any Purchaser to respond within such ten (10)

41


 

Business Day period shall be deemed a waiver of such Purchaser’s rights under this Section 5.5 with respect to the offering described in the applicable Securities Participation Rights Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, at any time prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities of the Company (whether or not a Securities Exercise Notice shall have been delivered), the Company may elect (in its sole discretion), upon written notice to the applicable Purchasers, not to issue such Equity Securities of the Company and rescind, in such event, the applicable Securities Participation Rights Notice without liability to any Person hereunder.
                    (iii) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 5.5(b)(iii), the Company may offer the Equity Securities of the Company specified in the Securities Participation Rights Notice in excess of the Securities Participation Amount, if any, to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and on terms no more favorable to such offerees than, those set forth in such Securities Participation Rights Notice, at any time after the Securities Participation Rights Notice is sent but on or before the 90th day after the Securities Participation Rights Notice was sent. In addition, during the period beginning ten (10) Business Days after the Securities Participation Rights Notice was sent and ending on the 90th day after the Securities Participation Rights Notice was sent, the Company may offer any Equity Securities of the Company of the Securities Participation Amount that are not timely elected to be purchased by the applicable Purchasers in accordance herewith to any other Person or Persons, provided that if such Equity Securities of the Company are to be offered at a price less than, or on terms materially more favorable to such offerees than, those specified in the Securities Participation Rights Notice, the Company shall promptly notify the applicable Purchasers in writing of such modified terms and such Purchasers shall have five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such notice in which to elect to purchase the Securities Participation Amount of such Equity Securities of the Company at the price and on the terms specified in such subsequent notice.
                    (iv) The closing of the purchase of Equity Securities of the Company by each Purchaser pursuant to this Section 5.5(b) shall occur as promptly as practicable following delivery of the Securities Exercise Notice to the Company by all Purchasers; provided that such closing shall be subject to and shall occur not earlier than the later of (x) concurrently with the closing of the purchase of Equity Securities of the Company by such offeree and (y) ten (10) Business Days after delivery of the Securities Exercise Notice by each Purchaser to the Company. The closing of the purchase of Equity Securities of the Company by the applicable Purchasers pursuant to this Section 5.5(b) shall also be subject to the receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals, the expiration of any required waiting periods and applicable Law.
                    (v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event any Purchaser would be required to file any Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act as a result of the purchase of Equity Securities of the Company by such Purchaser pursuant to this Section 5.5, the closing of such purchase by such Purchaser shall be delayed (in whole, or at the option of such Purchaser, only to the extent necessary to avoid a violation of the HSR Act), until such Purchaser shall have made such filing under the HSR Act and such Purchaser shall have received early termination clearance in respect thereof or the waiting period in connection with such filing under the HSR Act shall have expired. In such circumstances such Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make such filing and obtain such clearance or expiration of such waiting period as promptly as reasonably practical

42


 

and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make all required filings and reasonably cooperate with and assist such holder in connection with the making of such filing and obtaining such clearance or expiration of such waiting period.
          5.6 Hedging Restrictions. Each Purchaser agrees that from Closing until the date that is the earlier of (i) the date such Purchaser ceases to hold any Shares and (ii) the expiration of the Hedging Limitation Period, such Purchaser shall not, and shall cause each of its Affiliates not to, enter into any Hedging Agreement with respect to the Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred Stock or the equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company that are traded on a national securities exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, following the Hedging Limitation Period, nothing in this Section 5.6 shall prohibit such Purchaser or its Affiliates from entering into any Hedging Agreement with respect to the Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred Stock or the equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company, including any transactions involving an index-based portfolio of securities that includes Common Stock or the equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company (regardless of the value of such Common Stock or equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company in such portfolio relative to the total value of the portfolio of securities) or involving the purchase or sale of derivative securities or any short sale of the Common Stock or the equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company. Anything in this Section 5.6 to the contrary notwithstanding, this Section 5.6 shall not prohibit or restrict any activity of the Soros Purchaser in an account under the discretionary investment management of a third-party investment adviser, provided that the Soros Purchaser does not instruct or advise such third-party investment adviser to act in a manner that would be considered a breach of the terms of this Section 5.6. For the avoidance of doubt, anything in this Section 5.6 to the contrary notwithstanding, the parties hereto acknowledge, that all the covenants made by the DDJ Purchaser in this Section 5.6 are being made only with respect to the account managed by DDJ and shall not apply to any Shares that may be beneficially owned by the DDJ Purchaser that are not held through such Account.
          5.7 Form 8-K. The Company shall, promptly following the date hereof (but in any event within the time period required by the rules and regulations of the SEC), file a Current Report on Form 8-K, disclosing the material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby and filing the Transaction Agreements as exhibits thereto, provided that the Company shall afford the Purchasers with reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such Current Report on Form 8-K prior to the filing thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as required by Law, court order, subpoena, stock exchange, self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or regulatory body (including pursuant to any rules or regulations of any of the foregoing), the Company, the Company’s controlled Affiliates and the Company’s Representatives shall not directly or indirectly use or refer to Soros Fund Management LLC (“SFM”), the “Soros” name, or any derivation thereof, or the funds advised by SFM, for any purpose whatsoever (including, without limitation, in any filing with any governmental authority, any press release, any public announcement or statement, advertisement or in any interview or other discussion with any reporter or other member of the media) without the prior written consent of SFM with respect to each such use or reference. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as required by Law, court order, subpoena, stock exchange, self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or regulatory body (including pursuant to any rules or regulations of any of the foregoing), the Company, the Company’s controlled Affiliates and the Company’s Representatives shall not directly or indirectly use or refer to JHL Capital Group LLC (“JHL”), the “JHL” name, or any

43


 

derivation thereof, or the funds advised by JHL, for any purpose whatsoever (including, without limitation, in any filing with any governmental authority, any press release, any public announcement or statement, advertisement or in any interview or other discussion with any reporter or other member of the media) without the prior written consent of JHL with respect to each such use or reference. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as required by Law, court order, subpoena, stock exchange, self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or regulatory body (including pursuant to any rules or regulations of any of the foregoing), the Company, the Company’s controlled Affiliates and the Company’s Representatives shall not directly or indirectly use or refer to DDJ, the “DDJ” name, or any derivation thereof, or the funds and/or the accounts advised by DDJ, for any purpose whatsoever (including, without limitation, in any filing with any governmental authority, any press release, any public announcement or statement, advertisement or in any interview or other discussion with any reporter or other member of the media) without the prior written consent of DDJ with respect to each such use or reference.
          5.8 Tax Characterization. Unless otherwise required by a “determination”, as defined in Section 1313(a) of the Code, the parties agree to treat the Convertible Preferred Stock as stock other than preferred stock for U.S. federal, and to the extent applicable, state and local income tax purposes.
          5.9 Confidential Information.
               (a) Each Purchaser recognizes that Confidential Information may have been and may be disclosed to such Purchaser by the Company or any of its Affiliates. Each Purchaser shall not engage in the unauthorized use, and shall cause its Affiliates not to engage in the unauthorized use, or make any unauthorized disclosure to any third party, of any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company and shall use due care to ensure that such Confidential Information is kept confidential, including by treating such information as such party would treat its own Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchasers shall have the right to share any Confidential Information with any of their Representatives, each of whom shall be required to agree to keep confidential such Confidential Information to the extent required of the Purchaser under this Section 5.9. With respect to each Purchaser, at the Closing, the confidentiality agreement entered into by the Company and such Purchaser prior to the date hereof shall terminate. As used herein, “Confidential Information” means all information, knowledge, systems or data relating to the business, operations, finances, policies, strategies, intentions or inventions of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (including any of the terms of this Agreement) from whatever source obtained, except for any such information, knowledge, systems or data which (i) has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of such Purchaser, (ii) has been rightfully received by such Purchaser from a third party who, to the knowledge of such Purchaser, is not bound any obligations of confidentiality with respect to such information, knowledge, systems or data, (iii) is independently developed by such Purchaser without use of Confidential Information, (iv) is already known by a Portfolio Company of such Purchaser or is already in the possession of a Portfolio Company of such Purchaser prior to the date hereof, or (v) subject to the obligations set forth in Section 5.9(b), is required by law, court order, subpoena, stock exchange, self-regulatory organization, governmental agency, or regulatory body to be disclosed.

44


 

               (b) If any Purchaser is requested to disclose any Confidential Information by any Governmental Entity or for any regulatory reason, such Purchaser will promptly notify the Company, as is reasonably practicable and legally permissible under the circumstances, to permit it to seek a protective order or take other action that the Board in its discretion deems appropriate, and such Purchaser will cooperate in any such efforts to obtain a protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information, at the Company’s sole cost and expense. If, in the absence of a protective order, such Purchaser is compelled to disclose any such information in any proceeding or pursuant to legal process, such Purchaser may disclose to the party compelling disclosure only the part of such Confidential Information as is required to be disclosed (in which case, prior to such disclosure, such Purchaser will advise and, if requested by the Board, consult with the Company and its counsel as to such disclosure and the nature and wording of such disclosure) and such Purchaser will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser shall not be required to notify the Company if it is required to disclose Confidential Information pursuant to a routine regulatory inquiry or blanket document request, not targeting the Company or the Board.
          5.10 Amendment to Certificate of Designation. Each Purchaser hereby consents and agrees to the adoption, execution and filing by the Company of the First Amendment to the Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock, attached as Exhibit E (the “First Amendment to the Certificate of Designation”), for all purposes of SECTION 4 of the Certificate of Designation.
          5.11 Most Favored Nation Status. With respect to the next $45 million of Additional Permitted Preferred Stock issued or sold by the Company, prior to the time when the Purchasers cease to own any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, the Company shall not (x) sell any such Additional Permitted Preferred Stock with a cash dividend rate, an accreting dividend rate or a combined dividend rate that is higher than the dividend rates applicable to the Convertible Preferred Stock, (y) sell any such Additional Permitted Preferred Stock for a price per share less than $1,000 or (z) pay to any Person that is acquiring such Additional Permitted Preferred Stock any transaction fee or similar fee or compensation in connection therewith other than reimbursement of actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses.
     6. Conditions Precedent.
          6.1 Conditions to the Obligation of the Purchasers to Consummate the Closing. The obligations of the Purchasers to consummate the transactions to be consummated at the Closing, and to purchase and pay for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
               (a) the Company shall have filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware the Certificate of Designation;

45


 

               (b) the Purchasers shall have received the Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto (other than the Purchasers);
               (c) the Purchasers shall have received the Tag-Along Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto (other than the Purchasers);
               (d) the Purchasers shall have received from Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel to the Company, an opinion substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D;
               (e) no Law shall be in effect and no judgment or order shall have been entered, in each case that restrains, enjoins or prohibits the performance of all or any part of this Agreement or the consummation of all or any part of the transactions contemplated hereby, or declares unlawful the transactions contemplated hereby or would cause any of the transactions contemplated hereby to be rescinded; and
               (f) since December 31, 2010, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect.
          6.2 Conditions to the Obligation of the Company to Consummate the Closing. The obligation of the Company to consummate the transactions to be consummated at the Closing, and to issue and sell to the Purchasers the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
               (a) each Purchaser shall have executed and delivered each Transaction Agreement to which such Purchaser is a party;
               (b) the Certificate of Designation shall have been duly filed and accepted by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and
               (c) no Law shall be in effect and no judgment or order shall have been entered, in each case that restrains, enjoins or prohibits the performance of all or any part of this Agreement or the consummation of all or any part of the transactions contemplated hereby, or declares unlawful the transactions contemplated hereby or would cause any of the transactions contemplated hereby to be rescinded.
     7. Additional Covenants.
          7.1 Material Non-Public Information. If any Purchaser has notified the Company in writing that it does not want to receive any material nonpublic information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Company shall thereafter not disclose material nonpublic information to such Purchaser, or to advisors to or representatives of such Purchaser (in their capacity as such) until such time as such Purchaser may again request in writing to receive such information.
          7.2 Information Rights(1) . For so long as a Purchaser and its Affiliates collectively own at least 12,500 Shares (or Common Stock issued upon conversion of such

46


 

Shares) (as adjusted for any stock splits, combinations, re-classifications or the like), whether or not the Company is required to file any forms, reports or documents with the SEC, the Company shall deliver to each such Purchaser all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K, as applicable, if the Company were required to file such Form with the SEC and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s independent registered accountants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligation under this Section 7.2 to deliver the foregoing information shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon the filing of the abovementioned forms, reports and documents with the SEC in accordance with applicable Laws.
     8. Transfer Restrictions. Each Purchaser understands and agrees that the Shares and any Conversion Shares may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (a) in a transaction not involving a public offering, (b) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if available), (c) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (d) to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, (e) to any Affiliate of such Purchaser (provided such Person is an institutional investor) or (f) to any other holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock and to any Affiliates thereof (provided such Person is an institutional investor); in each of cases (a) through (e) in accordance with any applicable state and federal securities laws; provided that as a condition precedent to a transfer of any Shares or Conversion Shares to an Affiliate of a Purchaser pursuant to clause (e), any such Affiliate shall assume, on a several and not joint basis, all then continuing obligations of such Purchaser hereunder pursuant to a written agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company. Any purported transfer of Shares or Conversion Shares other than in compliance with the terms hereof shall be void ab initio.
     9. Legends; Securities Act Compliance.
               (a) Each certificate representing the Shares and each certificate representing Conversion Shares will bear a legend conspicuously thereon to the following effect:
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS THE SAME ARE REGISTERED AND QUALIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SAID ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”
               (b) Removal of Legends. The legend set forth above will be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate representing Conversion Shares without such legend to the holder of such certificate or issue to such holder by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), if (i) such Conversion Shares are

47


 

registered for resale under the Securities Act, (ii) such Conversion Shares are sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 (assuming the transferor is not an Affiliate of the Company) or Rule 144A, or (iii) such Conversion Shares are eligible for sale under Rule 144 without regard to the volume, notice, manner of sale or current public information requirements of Rule 144. The Company shall cause its counsel to issue a legal opinion to the Company’s transfer agent on the effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) to cover any removal of legend pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 9(b) and the transferor shall provide to the Company an opinion of counsel to cover any removal of legend pursuant to clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 9(b). For further clarity, if any portion of the Shares are converted at a time when there is an effective Shelf Registration Statement to cover the resale of the Conversion Shares under clause (i) of this Section 9(b), or if such Conversion Shares may be sold under Rule 144 under clause (iii) of this Section 9(b), then such Conversion Shares shall be issued free of all legends. Following the effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement, or at such earlier time as a legend is no longer required for Shares or Conversion Shares, the Company will no later than three (3) Business Days following the delivery by a Purchaser to the Company or the transfer agent (with notice to the Company) of (i) a legended certificate representing such Shares or Conversion Shares (endorsed or with stock powers attached, signatures guaranteed, and otherwise in form necessary to affect the reissuance and/or transfer) or (ii) a conversion notice in the manner stated in Section 5 of the Certificate of Designation to effect the conversion of such Shares in accordance with its terms and an opinion of counsel to the extent required, deliver or cause to be delivered to such Purchaser a certificate representing such Conversion Shares that is free from all restrictive and other legends. The Company may not make any notation on its records or give instructions to the transfer agent that enlarge the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 9(b).
     10. Indemnification; Survival.
          10.1 Company Indemnification. The Company shall defend, indemnify, exonerate and hold free and harmless each Purchaser and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (each, a “Purchaser Indemnified Party” and, collectively, the “Purchaser Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses actually incurred by such Indemnified Parties that arise out of, or result from: (i) any inaccuracy in or breach of the Company’s representations or warranties in this Agreement or (ii) the Company’s breach of its agreements or covenants in this Agreement.
          10.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties contained herein shall survive until 5:00 p.m. EDT on the fifteen (15) month anniversary of the Closing, other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.26, which shall survive indefinitely (the “Survival Period”). For the avoidance of doubt, all other covenants, agreements and obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive indefinitely (unless a different period is specifically provided for pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement expressly relating thereto).
          10.3 Purchaser Indemnification. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, shall defend, indemnify, exonerate and hold free and harmless the Company and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (each a “Company Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Company Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses

48


 

actually incurred by such Company Indemnified Parties that arise out of, or result from: (i) any inaccuracy in or breach of such Purchaser’s representations or warranties in this Agreement or (ii) such Purchaser’s breach of its agreements or covenants in this Agreement.
          10.4 Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) no indemnification claims for Losses shall be asserted by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties under Section 10.1 or by the Company Indemnified Parties under Section 10.3 unless and until (x) the aggregate amount of Losses that would otherwise be payable under Section 10.1 or Section 10.3, as applicable, exceeds $2,000,000 (the “Basket Amount”), whereupon the Purchaser Indemnified Party or Company Indemnified Party, as applicable, shall be entitled to receive only amounts for Losses in excess of the Basket Amount or (y) Losses have been asserted against such Person in accordance with this Section 10.4, and (ii) the aggregate liability of the Company or any Purchaser for Losses under Section 10.1 or Section 10.3, as applicable, shall in no event exceed the applicable Share Purchase Price.
          10.5 Procedures. A party entitled to indemnification hereunder (each, an “Indemnified Party”) shall give written notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification promptly after the discovery by such Indemnified Party of any matters giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder; provided, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 10 unless and to the extent that the Indemnifying Party shall have been materially prejudiced by the failure of such Indemnified Party to so notify such party. Such notice shall describe in reasonable detail such claim. In case any such action, suit, claim or proceeding is brought against an Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assume and conduct the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party unless (i) such claim seeks remedies, in addition to or other than, monetary damages that are reasonably likely to be awarded, (ii) such claim involves a criminal proceeding or (iii) counsel to the Indemnified Party advises such Indemnifying Party in writing that such claim involves a conflict of interest that would reasonably be expected to make it inappropriate for the same counsel to represent both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party. If any one of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii) applies, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to retain its own counsel at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party (except that the Indemnifying Party shall only be liable for the legal fees and expenses of one law firm for all Indemnified Parties, taken together with respect to any single action or group of related actions, other than local counsel). If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of any claim, the Indemnified Party shall nevertheless be entitled to hire, at its own expense, separate counsel and participate in the defense thereof; provided, that all Indemnified Parties shall thereafter deliver to the Indemnifying Party copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnified Party relating to the claim, and each Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate in the defense or prosecution of such claim. Such reasonable cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the Indemnifying Party’s reasonable request) the provision to the Indemnifying Party of records and information that are reasonably relevant to such claim, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, suit, claim or proceeding effected without its prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Indemnifying Party further agrees that it will not, without the

49


 

Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), settle or compromise any claim or consent to entry of any judgment in respect thereof in any pending or threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding in respect of which indemnification has been sought or may be hereunder unless such settlement or compromise includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such action, suit, claim or proceeding and is solely for monetary damages.
          10.6 Additional Limitations. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, “Losses” shall not include (i) any Losses to the extent such Losses could not have been reasonably foreseen by the parties as of the Closing, and (ii) punitive damages, except to the extent payable by an Indemnified Party to a third party. No party hereto shall be obligated to indemnify any other Person with respect to any representation, warranty, covenant or condition specifically waived in writing by any other party on or prior to the Closing.
          10.7 Exclusive Remedies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the provisions of Section 10 and Section 12.6 shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of parties under this Agreement following the Closing for any and all breaches or alleged breaches of any representations or warranties, covenants or agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10 shall not prevent the parties from obtaining specific performance or other non-monetary remedies at in equity or at Law pursuant to Section 12.6 of this Agreement and shall not limit other remedies that may be available to the parties under any of the Transaction Agreements (other than this Agreement).
     11. Termination.
          11.1 Conditions of Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Agreement may be terminated at any time before the Closing by either the Company, on the one hand, or any Purchaser, on the other hand, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on August 5, 2011.
          11.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of any termination pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof, this Agreement shall become null and void and have no further effect, with no liability on the part of the Company or any Purchaser, or their directors, partners, members, employees, affiliates, officers, stockholders or agents or other representatives, with respect to this Agreement, except (a) for the terms of this Section 11.2 and Section 12 (Miscellaneous Provisions), which shall survive the termination of this Agreement, and (b) that nothing in this Section 11 shall relieve any party or parties hereto, as applicable, from liability or damages incurred or suffered by any other party resulting from any intentional (x) breach of any representation or warranty of such first party or (y) failure of such first party to perform a covenant thereof. As used in the foregoing sentence, “intentional” shall mean an act or omission by such party which such party actually knew, or reasonably should have known, would constitute a breach of this Agreement by such party.
     12. Miscellaneous Provisions.
          12.1 Public Statements or Releases. Neither the Company nor any Purchaser shall make any public release or announcement with respect to the existence or terms of this

50


 

Agreement or the transactions provided for herein without the prior approval of the other parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 12.1 shall prevent any party from making any public release required (in the exercise of its reasonable judgment) in order to satisfy its obligations under law or under the rules or regulations of any United States national securities exchange, in which case the party or parties, as applicable, required to make the release or announcement shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, allow the other party or parties, as applicable, reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of such issuance.
          12.2 Interpretation. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and section and subsection references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and will not limit or otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The phrases “the date of this Agreement,” “the date hereof” and terms of similar import, unless the context otherwise requires, will be deemed to refer to the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The meanings given to terms defined herein will be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. All matters to be agreed to by any party hereto must be agreed to in writing by such party unless otherwise indicated herein. Except as specified otherwise herein, references to agreements, policies, standards, guidelines or instruments, or to statutes or regulations, are to such agreements, policies, standards, guidelines or instruments, or statutes or regulations, as amended or supplemented from time to time (or to successors thereto). All references herein to the Subsidiaries of a Person shall be deemed to include all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of such Person, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires. The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and execution of the Transaction Agreements and, therefore, waive the application of any Law, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.
          12.3 Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered (a) three (3) Business Days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (b) one (1) Business Day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, (c) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or (d) if by facsimile, upon written confirmation of receipt by facsimile, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:
  (a)   if to the Company, addressed as follows:
 
      Harbinger Group Inc.
450 Park Avenue
27th Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Francis T. McCarron
Facsimile: (212) 906-8559

51


 

      with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 
      Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Jeffrey D. Marell and Kelley D. Parker
Facsimile: (212) 757-3990
 
  (b)   if to the Soros Purchaser, to:
 
      Quantum Partners LP
c/o Soros Fund Management LLC
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10106
Attention: Maryann Canfield
Facsimile: (646) 731-5551
 
      with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
      Soros Fund Management LLC
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10106
Attention: Alex Shapiro
Facsimile: (646) 731-5802
 
  (c)   if to a DDJ Purchaser (as applicable), to:
 
      DDJ High Yield Fund
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust — 7N1H
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust — 7N1I
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541

52


 

      Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen Global High Yield Pool
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      Stichting Pensioenfond voor Fysiotherapeuten
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      Houston Municipal Employees Pension System
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541

53


 

      DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P.
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      Russell Investment Company — Russell Global Opportunistic Credit Fund
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
      DDJ Capital Management Group Trust — High Yield Investment Fund
c/o DDJ Capital Management, LLC
130 Turner Street, Building 3, Suite 600
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: (781) 283-8541
 
  (d)   if to the JHL Purchaser, to:
 
      JHL Capital Group Master Fund L.P.
c/o JHL Capital Group LLC
900 N. Michigan Avenue
Suite 1340
Chicago, IL 60611
Attention: David Weiss
Facsimile: (312) 628-7351
     Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, consents or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner set forth in this Section 12.3.
          12.4 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

54


 

          12.5 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
               (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law thereof.
               (b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably (i) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding brought by any party hereto against arising out of or based upon this Agreement may be instituted in any United States federal court or New York State court located in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (a “New York Court”), (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding and (iii) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a New York Court in any such suit, action or proceeding.
               (c) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PURCHASER OR THE COMPANY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.
          12.6 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that the obligations imposed on them in this Agreement are special, unique and of an extraordinary character, and that irreparable damages for which money damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that the parties hereto do not perform the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breach such provisions. The parties acknowledge and agree that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled, at law or in equity; and the parties hereto further agree to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond or other security in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief. Each of the parties agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief as provided herein on the basis that (x) either party has an adequate remedy at law or (y) an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity.
          12.7 Delays or Omissions; Waiver. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to a party upon any breach or default of another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. No waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or be construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, provision or condition or as a waiver of any other term, provision or condition of this Agreement. Any agreement on the part of a party or parties hereto to any waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party or parties, as

55


 

applicable. Any delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right.
          12.8 Fees; Expenses.
               (a) Except as set forth in this Section 12.8, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be paid by the party or parties, as applicable, incurring such expenses whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are consummated.
               (b) The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer Tax payable in connection with this Agreement, the issuance of the Shares at Closing and the issuance of the Conversion Shares.
               (c) Each party shall pay for any filing fees associated with any filings made by it to the Insurance Regulatory Authorities.
          12.9 Assignment. None of the parties may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties, provided, however, that each Purchaser may assign its right and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate of such Purchaser without the prior written consent of the Company or any other Purchaser; provided, further, that as a condition precedent to such assignment (x) any such Affiliate shall assume, on a several and not joint basis, all then continuing obligations of such Purchaser hereunder pursuant to a written agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company, and (y) no assignment and assumption shall relieve such Purchaser from any liability hereunder; provided, further, that any assignment to an Affiliate shall only be effective for so long as such Person remains an Affiliate of the applicable Purchaser and the rights assigned to such Person shall cease to be of further force and effect when such Person ceases to be an Affiliate of the applicable Purchaser. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any purported assignment other than in compliance with the terms hereof shall be void ab initio.
          12.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except for Section 10 (with respect to which all Indemnified Parties shall be third party beneficiaries), this Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any Person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto. Without limiting the foregoing, the representations and warranties in this Agreement are the product of negotiations among the parties hereto and are for the sole benefit of the parties hereto. In some instances, the representations and warranties in this Agreement may represent an allocation among the parties hereto of risks associated with particular matters regardless of the knowledge of any of the parties hereto. Consequently, Persons other than the parties hereto may not rely upon the representations and warranties in this Agreement as characterizations of actual facts or circumstances as of the date of this Agreement or as of any other date.
          12.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or electronic transmission) in any number of counterparts, and by the different

56


 

parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute a single instrument.
          12.12 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements among the parties hereto as contemplated by or referred to herein, including the Disclosure Letter and the Annexes and Exhibits hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto respecting the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, negotiations, understandings, representations and statements respecting the subject matter hereof, whether written or oral. No modification, alteration, waiver or change in any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and duly executed by the Company, on the one hand, and the Purchasers holding a majority of the Shares issued at the Closing (whether held in the form of Convertible Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon the conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock), on the other hand; provided, however, that any modification, alteration, waiver or change that (a) has a disproportionate and adverse effect on any right of any Purchaser under this Agreement, (b) increases any restriction or imposes any additional restriction upon any Purchaser or any successor or assigns thereof with respect to the Shares acquired by such Purchaser at Closing or with respect to any Common Stock acquired upon conversion thereof or otherwise or (c) increases in any respect the obligations or liabilities of any Purchaser under this Agreement shall not be effective against such Purchaser without the written approval of such Purchaser; provided, further, no modification, alteration, waiver or change with respect to Section 5.4 (Standstill) or 5.6 (Hedging Restrictions) for the benefit of any Purchaser shall be effective unless such modification, alteration, waiver or change is made equally applicable to all Purchasers; provided, further, that with respect to the rights and obligations of any Purchaser under Sections 2 (Authorization, Purchase and Sale of Shares), 5.4 (Standstill), 5.5 (Participation Rights), 5.6 (Hedging Restrictions), 5.10 (Confidentiality), 5.11 (Most Favored Nation Status), 6.1 (Conditions to the Obligation of the Purchasers to Consummate Closing), 7.1 (Material Non-Public Information), 7.2 (Information Rights), 11 (Termination), and 12.13 (Freedom to Pursue Opportunities) such provisions may be amended with respect to the rights and obligations of such Purchaser by written instrument duly executed by the Company, on the one hand, and such Purchaser, on the other hand; provided, further, that Sections 3 (Representations and Warranties of the Company), 4 (Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers), 5.2 (Shares Issuable Upon Conversion), 5.8 (Tax Characterization), 10 (Indemnification; Survival) and this 12.12 shall not be modified, altered, waived or changed unless made in writing and duly executed by each of the parties hereto.
          12.13 Freedom to Pursue Opportunities. Each of the parties hereto expressly acknowledges and agrees that: (i) each Purchaser has the right to, and shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including those deemed to be competing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (ii) in the event that a Purchaser acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for each of the Company and such Purchaser, such Person shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to the Company or its Affiliates for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Purchaser, directly or indirectly,

57


 

pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person, or does not present such opportunity to the Company.
          12.14 No Person Liability of Directors, Officers, Owners, Etc. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, shareholder, managing member, member, general partner, limited partner, principal or other agent of any of the Purchasers or the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Purchasers or the Company, as applicable, under this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the respective obligations of the Purchasers or the Company, as applicable, under this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and releases all such liability. This waiver and release is a material inducement to each party’s entry into this Agreement.
          12.15 Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Purchaser under this Agreement or any Transaction Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement. Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Agreement, and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement. Each Purchaser confirms that it has independently participated in the negotiation of the transactions contemplated hereby and has been represented by separate counsel. All rights, powers and remedies provided to the Purchasers under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other rights, powers or remedies by such party or any other party.
[Remainder of the Page Intentionally Left Blank]

58


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  COMPANY:

HARBINGER GROUP INC.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Francis T. McCarron    
    Name:   Francis T. McCarron   
    Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief
Financial Officer 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  QUANTUM PARTNERS LP
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jay A. Schoenfarber    
    Name:   Jay A. Schoenfarber   
    Title:   Attorney-in-Fact   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  JHL CAPITAL GROUP MASTER FUND L.P.
 
 
  By:   /s/ James H. Litinsky    
    Name:   James H. Litinsky   
    Title:   Managing Member
JHL Capital Group LLC 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 


 

Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust, in its capacity as investment manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
DDJ Capital Management Group Trust — High Yield Investment Fund
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as Investment Manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
DDJ High Yield Fund
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, its attorney-in-fact
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 


 

General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust — 7N1H
By: State Street Bank and Trust Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee for General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust (Account 7N1H), and not in its individual capacity, as directed by DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as Investment Manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ Kimberly A. Dinsmore    
    Name:   Kimberly A. Dinsmore   
    Title:   Client Services Officer State Street Bank and Trust Company   
 
General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust — 7N1I
By: State Street Bank and Trust Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee for General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust (Account 7N1I), and not in its individual capacity, as directed by DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as Investment Manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ Kimberly A. Dinsmore    
    Name:   Kimberly A. Dinsmore   
    Title:   Client Services Officer State Street Bank and Trust Company   
 
Houston Municipal Employees Pension System
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as Manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 


 

J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust, in its capacity as investment manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
Russell Investment Company — Russell Global Opportunistic Credit Fund
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as Money Manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen Global High Yield Pool
By: Syntrus Achmea Asset Management, as asset manager
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as subadviser
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens, in its capacity as Manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 


 

Stichting Pensioenfonds voor Fysiotherapeuten
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as investment manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust
By: State Street Bank and Trust company, solely in its capacity as Trustee for UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust, as directed by DDJ Capital Management, LLC, and not in its individual capacity
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P.
By: DDJ/GP Distressed and Special Situations, LLC, its General Partner
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, Manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 


 

Annex A
Shares and Purchasers
                 
       Purchaser   Shares   Share Purchase Price
Quantum Partners LP
    25,000     $ 25,000,000.00  
DDJ High Yield Fund
    250     $ 250,000.00  
General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust – 7N1H
    3,750     $ 3,750,000.00  
General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust – 7N1I
    2,000     $ 2,000,000.00  
Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens
    1,250     $ 1,250,000.00  
Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust
    2,500     $ 2,500,000.00  
J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust
    3,000     $ 3,000,000.00  
Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen Global High Yield Pool
    3,250     $ 3,250,000.00  
Stichting Pensioenfonds voor Fysiotherapeuten
    1,000     $ 1,000,000.00  
Houston Municipal Employees Pension System
    1,000     $ 1,000,000.00  
UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust
    3,750     $ 3,750,000.00  

 


 

                 
Purchaser   Shares   Share Purchase Price
DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P.
    1,000     $ 1,000,000.00  
Russell Investment Company — Russell Global Opportunistic Credit Fund
    2,000     $ 2,000,000.00  
DDJ Capital Management Group Trust — High Yield Investment Fund
    250     $ 250,000.00  
JHL Capital Group Master Fund L.P.
    25,000     $ 25,000,000.00  
             
TOTAL:
    75,000     $ 75,000,000.00  
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 


 

Exhibit A
Form of Certificate of Designation
[see attached]

 


 

Exhibits B
Form of Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder
[see attached]

 


 

Exhibit C
Form of Tag-Along Agreement
[see attached]

 


 

Exhibit D
Form of Legal Opinion
[see attached]

 


 

Exhibit E
Form of Amendment to Certificate of Designation
[see attached]

 

exv10w3
Exhibit 10.3
Execution Version
First Amendment
to
Securities Purchase Agreement
          This First Amendment (this “Amendment”) to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), is entered into as of August 4, 2011, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Quantum Partners LP (the “Soros Purchaser”), DDJ High Yield Fund, an entity organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada, General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust — 7N1H, a trust maintained by General Motors Corporation, a Delaware corporation, General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust — 7N1I, a trust maintained by General Motors Corporation, Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens, a Dutch pension plan regulated by the Dutch Central Bank, Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust, a trust maintained by Caterpillar, Inc., a Delaware corporation, J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust, a trust maintained by J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen Global High Yield Pool, a Dutch tax transparent pool of assets, Stichting Pensioenfonds voor Fysiotherapeuten, a Dutch pension plan regulated by the Dutch Central Bank, Houston Municipal Employees Pension System, a pension plan organized pursuant to Texas government code, UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust, a trust consisting of three separate employees’ beneficiary associations, DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Russell Investment Company — Russell Global Opportunistic Credit Fund, a Massachusetts business trust, DDJ Capital Management Group Trust — High Yield Investment Fund, a trust maintained by The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York State chartered bank, as trustee (collectively, the “DDJ Purchasers”), JHL Capital Group Master Fund L.P. (the “JHL Purchaser”), Luxor Capital Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Luxor Wavefront, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Luxor Capital Partners Offshore Fund, LP, a Cayman Islands limited partnership, OC 19 Master Fund, L.P. — LCG, a Cayman Islands limited partnership, and GAM Equity Six Inc., a British Virgin Islands company (collectively, the “Luxor Purchasers”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.
          WHEREAS, the parties hereto (other than the Luxor Purchasers) entered into that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2011 (the “Purchase Agreement”); and
          WHEREAS, in order for the Luxor Purchasers to be joined as Purchasers under the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto wish to amend certain provisions of the Purchase Agreement and agree that all other terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement otherwise remain unchanged except as expressly set forth herein.
          NOW THEREFORE, the Purchase Agreement is amended as follows:
          1. The third recital in the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:
     WHEREAS, the Company has authorized the issuance and sale of 120,000 shares of Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Convertible Preferred Stock”), the rights,

 


 

preferences and privileges of which are to be set forth in a Certificate of Designation, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Certificate of Designation”), which shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be convertible into authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock (as defined below);
     2. The following definitions set forth in Section 1 of the Purchase Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:
     “Purchasers” means, collectively, the Soros Purchaser, the DDJ Purchasers, the JHL Purchaser and the Luxor Purchasers.
     3. Section 1 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to add the following definition:
     “Luxor Purchasers” shall mean, collectively, Luxor Capital Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Luxor Wavefront, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Luxor Capital Partners Offshore Fund, LP, a Cayman Islands limited partnership, OC 19 Master Fund, L.P. - LCG, a Cayman Islands limited partnership, and GAM Equity Six Inc., a British Virgin Islands company.
          4. Section 5.11 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with a reference to “[Reserved.]”
          5. New subsection (e) is hereby added to Section 12.3 of the Purchase Agreement as follows:
               (e) if to the Luxor Purchasers, to:
Luxor Capital Group, LP
1114 Avenue of the Americas, 29th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Operations Group
Fax: (212) 763-8001
          6. Annex A of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.
          7. Each of the Luxor Purchasers agrees that upon execution of this Amendment, such Luxor Purchaser shall become a party to the Purchase Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed a Purchaser for all purposes thereof and entitled to all the rights incidental thereto.

2


 

          8. Except as expressly amended herein, all provisions of the Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
          9. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law thereof.
          10. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement. Any counterpart or other signature hereupon delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery of this Amendment by such party.
[Signature Pages Follows]

3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.
         
  COMPANY:

HARBINGER GROUP INC.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Francis T. McCarron    
    Name:   Francis T. McCarron   
    Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
  QUANTUM PARTNERS LP
By: QP GP LLC, its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jay A. Schoenfarber    
    Name:   Jay A. Schoenfarber   
    Title:   Attorney-in-Fact   
 
[Signature Page to First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
  JHL CAPITAL GROUP MASTER FUND L.P.
 
 
  By:   /s/ James H. Litinsky    
    Name:   James H. Litinsky   
    Title:   Managing Member
JHL Capital Group LLC 
 
 
[Signature Page to First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
 

Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of
Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust, in its
capacity as investment manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  DDJ Capital Management Group Trust — High Yield
Investment Fund

By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as
Investment Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  DDJ High Yield Fund
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, its attorney-in-fact
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
[Signature Page to First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
  General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension
Trust — 7N1H

By: State Street Bank and Trust Company, solely in
its capacity as Trustee for General Motors
Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust (Account 7N1H),
and not in its individual capacity, as directed by
DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as Investment Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kimberly A. Dinsmore    
    Name:   Kimberly A. Dinsmore   
    Title:   Client Services Officer State Street Bank and Trust Company   
 
  General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust —
7N1I

By: State Street Bank and Trust Company, solely in
its capacity as Trustee for General Motors Salaried
Employes Pension Trust (Account 7N1I), and not in its
individual capacity, as directed by DDJ Capital
Management, LLC, as Investment Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kimberly A. Dinsmore    
    Name:   Kimberly A. Dinsmore   
    Title:   Client Services Officer State Street Bank
and Trust Company 
 
 
  Houston Municipal Employees Pension System
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as
Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
[Signature Page to First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
  J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of J.C.
Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust, in its
capacity as investment manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  Russell Investment Company — Russell Global
Opportunistic Credit Fund

By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as
Money Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen
Global High Yield Pool

By: Syntrus Achmea Asset Management, as asset manager
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as subadviser
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of
Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens, in its capacity as
Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
[Signature Page to First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
  Stichting Pensioenfonds voor Fysiotherapeuten
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as
investment manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust
By: State Street Bank and Trust company, solely in
its capacity as Trustee for UAW Retiree Medical
Benefits Trust, as directed by DDJ Capital
Management, LLC, and not in its individual capacity
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P.
By: DDJ/GP Distressed and Special Situations, LLC,
its General Partner
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
[Signature Page to First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
  LUXOR CAPITAL PARTNERS, LP
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
  LUXOR CAPITAL PARTNERS OFFSHORE MASTER FUND, LP
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
  LUXOR WAVEFRONT, LP
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
  GAM EQUITY SIX INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
  OC 19 MASTER FUND, L.P. — LCG
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
[Signature Page to First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit A
Annex A
Shares and Purchasers
                 
Purchaser   Shares   Share Purchase Price
Luxor Capital Partners, LP
    14,384     $ 14,384,000.00  
Luxor Capital Partners Offshore Master Fund, LP
    22,263     $ 22,263,000.00  
Luxor Wavefront, LP
    5,159     $ 5,159,000.00  
OC 19 Master Fund, LP
    1,603     $ 1,603,000.00  
GAM Equity Six, Inc.:
    1,591     $ 1,591,000.00  
Quantum Partners LP
    25,000     $ 25,000,000.00  
DDJ High Yield Fund
    250     $ 250,000.00  
General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust — 7N1H
    3,750     $ 3,750,000.00  
General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust — 7N1I
    2,000     $ 2,000,000.00  
Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens
    1,250     $ 1,250,000.00  
Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust
    2,500     $ 2,500,000.00  

 


 

                 
Purchaser   Shares   Share Purchase Price
J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust
    3,000     $ 3,000,000.00  
Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen Global High Yield Pool
    3,250     $ 3,250,000.00  
Stichting Pensioenfonds voor Fysiotherapeuten
    1,000     $ 1,000,000.00  
Houston Municipal Employees Pension System
    1,000     $ 1,000,000.00  
UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust
    3,750     $ 3,750,000.00  
DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P.
    1,000     $ 1,000,000.00  
Russell Investment Company — Russell Global Opportunistic Credit Fund
    2,000     $ 2,000,000.00  
DDJ Capital Management Group Trust — High Yield Investment Fund
    250     $ 250,000.00  
JHL Capital Group Master Fund L.P.
    25,000     $ 25,000,000.00  
             
TOTAL:
    120,000     $ 120,000,000.00  

 

exv10w5
Exhibit 10.5
Execution Version
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AMENDMENT AND JOINDER
by and among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
and the HOLDERS party hereto
 
Dated: August 5, 2011
 

 


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AMENDMENT AND JOINDER
     WHEREAS, CF Turul LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, PECM Strategic Funding L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, Providence TMT Debt Opportunity Fund II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, and Wilton Re Holdings Limited, a Bermuda limited company (together, the “Current Parties”), entered into the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2011 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), in connection with the purchase by the Current Parties of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Series A Shares”).
     WHEREAS, Quantum Partners LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, DDJ High Yield Fund, an entity organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada, General Motors Hourly-Rate Employes Pension Trust — 7N1H, a trust maintained by General Motors Corporation, a Delaware corporation, General Motors Salaried Employes Pension Trust — 7N1I, a trust maintained by General Motors Corporation, Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens, a Dutch pension plan regulated by the Dutch Central Bank, Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust, a trust maintained by Caterpillar, Inc., a Delaware corporation, J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust, a trust maintained by J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen Global High Yield Pool, a Dutch tax transparent pool of assets, Stichting Pensioenfonds voor Fysiotherapeuten, a Dutch pension plan regulated by the Dutch Central Bank, Houston Municipal Employees Pension System, a pension plan organized pursuant to Texas government code, UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust, a trust consisting of three separate employees’ beneficiary associations, DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Russell Investment Company — Russell Global Opportunistic Credit Fund, a Massachusetts business trust, DDJ Capital Management Group Trust — High Yield Investment Fund, a trust maintained by The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York State chartered bank, as trustee, JHL Capital Group Master Fund L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Luxor Capital Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Luxor Wavefront, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Luxor Capital Partners Offshore Fund, LP, a Cayman Islands limited partnership, OC 19 Master Fund, L.P. — LCG , a Cayman Islands limited partnership and GAM Equity Six Inc., a British Virgin Islands company (collectively, the “New Parties”) desire to purchase Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Series A-2 Shares”) pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2011 (the “Additional Purchase Agreement”).
     WHEREAS, the Current Parties desire to treat the New Parties as Additional Purchasers under the Registration Rights Agreement and the New Parties desire to become Additional Purchasers and Holders, as such terms are used in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 


 

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          1. The Current Parties, the New Parties and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby agree that the definitions of the following terms in the Registration Rights Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:
          “Additional Purchasers” means, collectively, the New Parties.
          “Certificate of Designation” means the Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock, dated as of May 12, 2011, the Certificate of Designation of Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock, dated as of August 5, 2011.
          “Holder” (collectively, the “Holders”) means each Person who is a purchaser of Series A Shares pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or the Additional Purchase Agreement for so long as it holds any Registrable Securities and each of its successors and assigns and direct and indirect transferees who Beneficially Own Registrable Securities.
          “Series A Shares” means the Company’s Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock and the Company’s Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock.
          2. Each New Party hereby accedes to and ratifies the Registration Rights Agreement and covenants and agrees with the Current Parties and the Company to be bound by the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement as a “Holder” and to duly and punctually perform and discharge all liabilities and obligations whatsoever from time to time to be performed or discharged by it under or by virtue of the Registration Rights Agreement in all respects as if named as a party therein.
          3. The Company and each Existing Party covenants and agrees that each New Party shall be entitled to all the benefits of the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement to the intent and effect that the New Party shall be deemed, with effect from the date on which the New Party executes this instrument, to be a party to the Registration Rights Agreement as a “Holder.”
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder on the date first written above.
                 
    COMPANY:    
 
               
    HARBINGER GROUP INC.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Francis T. McCarron    
             
 
      Name:   Francis T. McCarron    
 
      Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief    
 
          Financial Officer    
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder]

 


 

                 
    CF TURUL LLC    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Glenn P. Cummins    
             
 
      Name:   Glenn P. Cummins    
 
      Title:   Authorized Signatory    
 
               
    PROVIDENCE TMT DEBT OPPORTUNITY FUND II, L.P.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ John Wells    
             
 
      Name:   John Wells    
 
      Title:   Authorized Signatory    
 
               
    PECM STRATEGIC FUNDING L.P.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ John Wells    
             
 
      Name:   John Wells    
 
      Title:   Authorized Signatory    
 
               
    WILTON RE HOLDINGS LIMITED    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Perry H. Braun    
             
 
      Name:   Perry H. Braun    
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President    
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder]

 


 

                 
    QUANTUM PARTNERS LP
By: QP GP LLC, its General Partner
   
 
               
    By:   /s/ Jay A. Schoenfarber    
             
 
      Name:   Jay A. Schoenfarber    
 
      Title:   Attorney-in-Fact    
 
               
    JHL CAPITAL GROUP MASTER FUND L.P.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ James H. Litinsky    
             
 
      Name:   James H. Litinsky    
 
      Title:   Managing Member    
 
          JHL Capital Group LLC    
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder]

 


 

         
  Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust, in its capacity as investment manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  DDJ Capital Management Group Trust — High Yield
Investment Fund

By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as
Investment Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  DDJ High Yield Fund
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, its attorney-in-fact
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder]

 


 

         
  General Motors Hourly-Rate Employees Pension Trust — 7N1H
By: State Street Bank and Trust Company, solely in its
capacity as Trustee for General Motors Hourly-Rate
Employees Pension Trust (Account 7N1H), and not in its
individual capacity, as directed by DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as Investment Manager  
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kimberly A. Dinsmore    
    Name:   Kimberly A. Dinsmore   
    Title:   Client Services Officer State Street Bank and Trust Company   
 
  General Motors Salaried Employees Pension Trust — 7N1I
By: State Street Bank and Trust Company, solely in its
capacity as Trustee for General Motors Salaried Employees
Pension Trust (Account 7N1I), and not in its individual
capacity, as directed by DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as
Investment Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kimberly A. Dinsmore    
    Name:   Kimberly A. Dinsmore   
    Title:   Client Services Officer State Street Bank and Trust Company   
 
  Houston Municipal Employees Pension System
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder]

 


 

         
  J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of
J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Pension Plan Trust, in its
capacity as investment manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  Russell Investment Company — Russell Global
Opportunistic Credit Fund

By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as
Money Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  Stichting Bewaarder Interpolis Pensioenen Global High Yield Pool
By: Syntrus Achmea Asset Management, as asset manager
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as subadviser
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of Stichting
Pensioenfonds Hoogovens, in its capacity as Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
         
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder]

 


 

         
  Stichting Pensioenfonds voor Fysiotherapeuten
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as
investment manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust
By: State Street Bank and Trust company, solely in its
capacity as Trustee for UAW Retiree Medical Benefits
Trust, as directed by DDJ Capital Management, LLC, and
not in its individual capacity
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
 
  DDJ Distressed and Special Situations Fund, L.P.
By: DDJ/GP Distressed and Special Situations, LLC,
its General Partner
By: DDJ Capital Management, LLC, Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David J. Breazzano    
    Name:   David J. Breazzano   
    Title:   President   
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder]

 


 

         
         
  Luxor Capital Partners, LP
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
  Luxor Capital Partners Offshore Master Fund, LP
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
  Luxor Wavefront, LP
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
  GAM Equity Six Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
  OC 19 Master Fund, L.P. — LCG
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norris Nissim    
    Name:   Norris Nissim   
    Title:   General Counsel   
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Amendment and Joinder]

 

exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Philip A. Falcone, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Harbinger Group Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: August 12, 2011
         
/s/ PHILIP A. FALCONE    
Philip A. Falcone   
Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer 
 

 

exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Francis T. McCarron, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Harbinger Group Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: August 12, 2011
         
/s/ FRANCIS T. McCARRON    
Francis T. McCarron   
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
 

 

exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION
906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Harbinger Group Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Philip A. Falcone, as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to the best of my knowledge, that:
  (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
         
/s/ PHILIP A. FALCONE    
Philip A. Falcone   
Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer 

August 12, 2011
 
This Certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION
906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Harbinger Group Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Francis T. McCarron, as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to the best of my knowledge, that:
  (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
         
/s/ FRANCIS T. McCARRON    
Francis T. McCarron   
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

August 12, 2011
 
This Certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.